As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 23, 2012
Registration No. 333-176767
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
Amendment No. 8
to
FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
RESTORATION HARDWARE HOLDINGS, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Delaware | 5712 | 45-3052669 | ||
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) |
(Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code Number) |
(I.R.S. Employer Identification Number) |
15 Koch Road, Suite J
Corte Madera, CA 94925
(415) 924-1005
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrants principal executive offices)
Carlos E. Alberini
Chief Executive Officer
15 Koch Road, Suite J
Corte Madera, CA 94925
(415) 924-1005
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)
Copies to:
Stewart L. McDowell, Esq. Steven R. Shoemate, Esq. Gibson Dunn & Crutcher, LLP 555 Mission Street San Francisco, CA 94105 Tel: (415) 393-8200 Fax: (415) 986-5309 |
Gavin B. Grover, Esq. John M. Rafferty, Esq. Andrew D. Thorpe, Esq. Morrison & Foerster LLP 425 Market Street San Francisco, CA 94105 Tel: (415) 268-7000 Fax: (415) 268-7522 |
Sharon R. Flanagan, Esq. Justin L. Bastian, Esq. Sidley Austin LLP 555 California Street San Francisco, CA 94104 Tel: (415) 772-1200 Fax: (415) 772-7400 |
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 check the following box. ¨
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definition of large accelerated filer, accelerated filer and smaller reporting company in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer | ¨ | Accelerated filer | ¨ | |||
Non-accelerated filer | x (Do not check if a smaller reporting company) | Smaller reporting company | ¨ |
The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
Title of Each Class of Securities to be Registered |
Amount To Be Registered(1) |
Proposed Maximum
Aggregate Offering Price Per Share |
Proposed Maximum
Aggregate Offering Price(2) |
Amount of
Registration Fee(3) |
||||
Common Stock, $0.0001 par value |
5,938,982 | $24.00 | $142,535,568 | $16,549 | ||||
|
||||||||
|
(1) | Includes 774,650 shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase. |
(2) | Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(a) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. |
(3) | This Amendment No. 8 reduces the maximum aggregate offering price from $150,000,000 to $142,535,568. The registrant previously paid $17,415 pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, in connection with the registration of $150,000,000 worth of Common Stock in the initial filing of this Registration Statement on September 9, 2011. The registration fee of $16,549 applicable to the $142,535,568 proposed maximum aggregate offering price was previously paid on September 9, 2011 in connection with the initial filing of this registration statement. Accordingly, $866 of registration fees will remain available for future offset pursuant to Rule 457(p) under the Securities Act. |
The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We and the selling stockholders may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state or other jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.
RH RESTORATION HARDWARE
Subject to Completion
Preliminary Prospectus dated October 23, 2012
THIS IS RESTORATION HARDWARE HOLDINGS, INC.S INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING
We are selling 4,782,609 shares of our common stock and the selling stockholders identified in this prospectus are selling 381,723 shares of our common stock. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of shares to be offered by the selling stockholders.
We expect the public offering price to be between $22.00 and $24.00 per share. Since June 2008 and prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the shares. After pricing this offering, we expect that the shares will trade on the NYSE under the symbol RH.
We are an emerging growth company as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 and, as such, will be subject to reduced public company reporting requirements.
Two of our director designees, Thomas Mottola and Barry Sternlicht, have each indicated an interest in purchasing approximately $5 million in shares of our common stock ($10 million in the aggregate) in this offering at the initial public offering price. However, because indications of interest are not binding agreements or commitments to purchase, the underwriters may determine to sell more, less or no shares in this offering to either of these director designees, or either of these director designees may determine to purchase more, less or no shares in this offering.
5,164,332 Shares of Common Stock
Investing in our common stock involves risks that are described in the Risk Factors section beginning on page 20 of this prospectus.
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
Public Offering Price Total
$ per share $
Underwriting Discount Total
$ per share $
Proceeds (before expenses, to us)
Total $ per share $
Proceeds (before expenses, to the selling stockholders) Total
$ per share $
The underwriters may also exercise their option to purchase up to an additional 774,650 shares from the selling stockholders, at the public offering price, less the underwriting discount, for 30 days after the date of this prospectus. In connection with this offering, fees will be paid to the qualified independent underwriter. See Underwriting.
The shares will be ready for delivery on or about: , 2012
The date of this prospectus is , 2012.
BofA Merrill Lynch
Goldman, Sachs & Co.
Baird William Blair
Piper Jaffray Stifel Nicolaus Weisel
|
ss
Page | ||||
ii | ||||
1 | ||||
20 | ||||
43 | ||||
45 | ||||
46 | ||||
47 | ||||
49 | ||||
Selected Historical Consolidated Financial and Operating Data |
52 | |||
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations |
58 | |||
89 | ||||
109 | ||||
118 | ||||
127 | ||||
131 | ||||
140 | ||||
142 | ||||
146 | ||||
Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations to Non-U.S. Holders |
148 | |||
152 | ||||
159 | ||||
159 | ||||
160 | ||||
F-1 |
You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus that we authorize to be delivered to you. Neither we nor the selling stockholders or underwriters have authorized anyone to provide you with additional or different information. If anyone provides you with additional, different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is current only as of its date.
i
We use a 52 53 week fiscal year ending on the Saturday closest to January 31. Fiscal years are identified in this prospectus according to the calendar year prior to the calendar year in which they end. For example, references to 2011, fiscal 2011 or similar references refer to the fiscal year ended January 28, 2012.
All of the outstanding capital stock of Restoration Hardware, Inc. was acquired on June 16, 2008, by Home Holdings, LLC, which we refer to in this prospectus as the Acquisition. Home Holdings equity interests are held primarily by (i) CP Home Holdings, LLC, an investment entity managed by funds affiliated with Catterton Management Company, LLC, (ii) Tower Three Home LLC, an investment fund managed by Tower Three Partners, LLC, and (iii) funds affiliated with Glenhill Capital Management LLC. In this prospectus, we refer to CP Home Holdings, LLC and its affiliated funds as Catterton, we refer to Tower Three Home LLC and its affiliated funds as Tower Three and we refer to Glenhill Capital Management LLC and its affiliated funds as Glenhill. As a result of the Acquisition, a new basis of accounting was created beginning June 17, 2008. In this prospectus, the periods prior to the Acquisition are referred to as the Predecessor periods and the periods after the Acquisition are referred to as the Successor periods. The Predecessor periods presented in this prospectus for 2008 include the period from February 3, 2008 through June 16, 2008, reflecting approximately 19 weeks of operations, and the Successor periods presented in this prospectus for 2008 include the period from June 17, 2008 through January 31, 2009, reflecting approximately 33 weeks of operations. Due to the Acquisition, the financial statements presented in this prospectus for the Successor periods are not comparable to those of the Predecessor periods.
In this prospectus, when we refer to store level cash contribution margin, we mean store net revenues less product costs and cash operating costs related to store operations, divided by store net revenues.
In this prospectus, when we refer to store demand in a market, we mean the dollar value of orders booked by customers associated with that particular location for the specified period.
In this prospectus, when we refer to direct demand in a market, we mean the dollar value of orders booked by customers through catalogs and e-commerce in that market for the specified period.
ii
This summary highlights some of the key information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information that you should consider in making your investment decision. You should read the following summary together with the entire prospectus carefully, including Risk Factors, Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, the more detailed information regarding our Company and the common stock being sold in this offering, as well as our consolidated financial statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, before deciding to invest in our common stock. Some of the statements in this prospectus constitute forward-looking statements. See Forward-Looking Statements and Market Data.
Except where the context otherwise requires or where otherwise indicated, the terms Restoration Hardware, we, us, our, our Company and our business refer, prior to the Reorganization discussed below, to Restoration Hardware, Inc. and, after the Reorganization, to Restoration Hardware Holdings, Inc., in each case together with its consolidated subsidiaries, including Restoration Hardware, Inc., as a combined entity. The term Restoration Hardware Holdings refers to Restoration Hardware Holdings, Inc. and the term Home Holdings refers to Home Holdings, LLC, and, in each case, not to any of their subsidiaries.
Our Company
We believe RH is one of the most innovative and fastest growing luxury brands in the home furnishings marketplace. We believe our brand stands alone and is redefining this highly fragmented and growing market, contributing to our superior sales growth and market share gains over the past several years as compared to industry growth rates. Our ability to innovate, curate and integrate products, categories, services and businesses with a completely authentic and distinctive point of view, then rapidly scale them across our fully integrated multi-channel infrastructure is a powerful platform for continued long-term growth. We evolved our brand to become RH, positioning our Company to curate a lifestyle beyond the four walls of the home. Our unique product development, go-to-market and supply chain capabilities, together with our significant scale, enable us to offer a compelling combination of design, quality and value that we believe is unparalleled in the marketplace.
Our business is fully integrated across our multiple channels of distribution, consisting of our stores, catalogs and websites. As of July 28, 2012, we operated a total of 73 retail stores, consisting of 71 Galleries and 2 full line Design Galleries, and 10 outlet stores throughout the United States and Canada. In fiscal 2011, we distributed approximately 26.1 million catalogs, and our websites logged over 14.3 million unique visits.
Over the last several years, we achieved strong growth in sales and profitability, as illustrated by the following:
|
From fiscal 2009 to fiscal 2011, we increased our net revenues 53% to $958.1 million, our Adjusted EBITDA 356% to $80.2 million and our Adjusted EBITDA margin by 555 basis points to 8.4%. Over the same time period we increased our net income by $49.3 million from a net loss of $28.7 million to net income of $20.6 million; and |
|
We achieved ten consecutive quarters of double-digit net revenue growth through our fiscal quarter ended July 28, 2012. We achieved this growth as we reduced our store base from 95 retail locations as of January 30, 2010, to 73 locations as of July 28, 2012. |
1
Net revenues |
Adjusted EBITDA |
Net income (loss) |
||
(dollars in millions) | ||||
|
|
|
See Selected Historical Consolidated Financial and Operating Data for a discussion of Adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation of the differences between Adjusted EBITDA and net income (loss).
Our Competitive Strengths
We attribute our success to the following competitive strengths:
Our Market-Redefining Luxury Brand. We believe RH stands alone as a leading luxury brand of inspired design, and is redefining the highly fragmented home furnishings market by offering a compelling combination of design, quality and value. We believe we are changing the home furnishings landscape by attracting affluent consumers from designer showrooms and high-end boutiques, as well as aspirational consumers trading up from department stores and other home furnishings retailers. In a market characterized by smaller, independent competitors, we believe our luxury positioning, superior quality and significant scale enable us to grow our market share.
Our Unique Development Model. We believe our unique approach to the development of new products, categories and services enables us to gain market share, adapt our business to emerging trends, stay relevant with our customers and enter into new businesses that leverage our strengths. The foundation of our unique development model is:
|
Innovation . We are dedicated to offering products and services that push established boundaries. The scope of our innovation is demonstrated in every aspect of our organization, including in our products and services, our stores and presentation, our channel-agnostic go-to-market strategy and our fully integrated supply chain and systems infrastructure. |
|
Curation. At our core we are not designers, rather we are curators and composers of inspired design and experiences. We travel the world in search of people, ideas, items, experiences and inspiration, and then create a composition that is unique and entirely our own. |
|
Integration. Everything we curate and compose must be beautifully and intelligently integrated, enhancing the appeal of our offering and experience. This process involves both art and science as we integrate new products, categories, services and businesses that enhance our existing offering, and as our supporting functions and infrastructure are integrated to achieve our goals. |
Our ability to innovate, curate and integrate products, categories, services and businesses, then rapidly scale them across our fully integrated multi-channel infrastructure is a powerful platform for continued long-term growth.
Our Superior Capabilities. Our product development and multi-channel go-to-market capabilities, together with our fully integrated infrastructure and significant scale, enable us to offer a compelling combination of design, quality and value that we believe is unparalleled in the marketplace.
|
Highly Differentiated Product Development Capabilities . We have established a cross-functional organization centered on product leadership, with teams that collaborate across functions and work |
2
closely with our network of artisan partners. Our product development platform and significant scale have enabled us to introduce an increasing number of new products with each collection and dramatically shorten our product lead times, while allowing us to offer greater value to our customers. |
|
Multi-Channel Go-To-Market Ability. We pursue a market-based rather than a channel-based sales strategy where we size our stores to the potential of the area that each location serves and leverage our direct channels to provide access to our complete product offering. This approach is designed to enhance the customer experience, generate greater sales, increase our market share and deliver higher returns on invested capital. |
|
Fully Integrated Infrastructure. Our infrastructure is integrated across our channels, providing strong direct sourcing capabilities, a centrally managed inventory and a reconfigured distribution network and new order management, warehouse management and point-of-sale systems. We believe our sophisticated operating platform provides us with significant capabilities to support our future growth. |
Our High-Performance Culture and Team. We have built a high-performance organization driven by a company-wide commitment to our core values of People, Quality, Service and Innovation. We believe our leadership team, led by our Chief Executive Officer, Carlos Alberini, is a key driver of our success and positions us to execute our long-term growth strategy. We also benefit from the vision and advice of Gary Friedman, our former Chairman and Co-Chief Executive Officer, who serves as our Creator and Curator on an advisory basis.
Our Growth Strategy
Key elements of our growth strategy are to:
Transform Our Real Estate Platform. We believe we have an opportunity to significantly increase our sales by transforming our real estate platform from a mall-based retail footprint to a portfolio focused on full line Design Galleries. With a target size of approximately 21,500 square feet of selling space, our full line Design Galleries have approximately three times the selling square footage of our current average Gallery. We have identified approximately 50 key metropolitan markets where we can open new full line Design Galleries. We believe, based on our analysis of the market, that we have the opportunity to double our current selling square footage in the U.S. and Canada over the next 7 to 10 years by opening full line Design Galleries in these 50 identified markets.
We opened our first two full line Design Galleries in Los Angeles in June 2011 and Houston in November 2011, where we consolidated demand by closing existing retail stores in each market. In the Los Angeles market, we have increased store demand by over 90% and direct demand by over 30% in the first full year of operation of our new full line Design Gallery. In the Houston market, in the first 9 months of operation of the new full line Design Gallery, we have increased store demand by over 60% and direct demand by over 50%. Over the next 24 months, we plan to open full line Design Galleries in iconic or high profile locations in Scottsdale, Boston, Greenwich (Connecticut) and Atlanta. We are also actively exploring opening full line Design Galleries in other key markets such as New York City, Miami, Dallas and Chicago.
Expand Our Offering and Increase Our Market Share. We participate in the domestic housewares and home furnishings market, that based on our research we believe represented $143 billion in sales in 2010. Our annual net revenues currently represent less than 1% of this market, and we believe we have a significant opportunity to increase our market share by:
|
Growing our merchandise assortment and introducing new products and categories, including current initiatives in furniture, rugs, lighting, culinary, tabletop and baby and child; |
|
Expanding our service offerings including interior design, product customization and gift registry services; and |
|
Exploring and testing new business opportunities complementary to our core business that leverage our defining strengths of taste, style and innovation. |
3
Increase Brand Awareness. We will continue to increase our brand awareness and customer loyalty through our real estate transformation, our circulation strategy, our digital and social media marketing initiative, and our increased advertising and public relations efforts. Our stores are a critical branding vehicle and we believe the transformation of our real estate platform to a portfolio focused on full line Design Galleries will contribute to increased brand awareness as our customers experience an enhanced expression of our luxury brand positioning. Our Source Books and other catalogs are also an important branding and advertising vehicle. Our Source Book strategy has contributed to a 41% increase in the number of catalog pages circulated and a 27% increase in net revenues for our direct business in fiscal 2011. We plan to increase the number of catalog pages circulated in fiscal 2012 by more than 75% over fiscal 2011.
Pursue International Expansion. We plan to strategically expand our business into select countries outside of the United States and Canada over the next several years. We believe that our luxury brand positioning and unique aesthetic will have strong international appeal.
Increase Operating Margins. We have the opportunity to continue to improve our operating margins by leveraging our fixed occupancy costs and scalable infrastructure, and by expanding our merchandise margins. We believe that our real estate transformation, specifically consolidating multiple Galleries into single full line Design Galleries, will allow us to better leverage our fixed occupancy costs.
For a discussion of risks that could adversely affect our growth strategies, see Risk FactorsRisks Related to Our Business.
Our High-Performance Culture
Our culture is driven by our management team, which instills a company-wide commitment to our core values of People, Quality, Service and Innovation. We believe our distinct corporate culture allows us to attract highly talented team members who are passionate and driven and who share our vision.
Evolution of Our Business
In 2001, we began to reposition Restoration Hardware from a nostalgic, discovery-items business to a leading home furnishings brand. In 2008, we were taken private by investment funds affiliated with Catterton, Tower Three and Glenhill. As a private company, we were able to accelerate the pace of the transformation of our business and brand and the development of our multi-channel business model and infrastructure. Over the last eleven years, we built a new company as we:
|
Elevated our brand positioning; |
|
Enhanced our product development process; |
|
Refined our go-to-market strategy; |
|
Reconceptualized our stores and developed our full line Design Gallery format; |
|
Built a new supply chain and systems infrastructure; and |
|
Strengthened our management team. |
We believe these initiatives have contributed to our recent strong performance and increased profitability, and position us for sustained growth and profitability.
4
Our Market
We participate in the large and growing domestic housewares and home furnishings market. Based on our research, we believe this market generated $143 billion in retail sales in 2010 and is projected to grow at a compound annual growth rate of 3% 4% between 2011 and 2015. Our annual net revenues currently represent less than 1% of this market, providing us with a substantial opportunity to gain market share.
According to Euromonitor International, a market research and analysis firm, the U.S. housewares and home furnishings market is highly fragmented. The top 20 companies comprised only 20% of the total market in 2008, with the largest player representing less than 3% of the total market. As a result of the weakening housing market and economic downturn in 2007, many home furnishings retailers were forced to close stores, dramatically scale back operations or lower prices. While our sales results were also adversely affected during this period, this disruption also created an opportunity for us to differentiate our brand in the marketplace. We believe we are well positioned to gain market share in the current competitive environment as a result of our compelling combination of design, quality and value.
We target households with incomes of $200,000 and higher, which we believe drive a disproportionate share of spending in the home furnishings market. We believe that these consumers are highly attractive as they tend to be less impacted by an economic downturn and return to spending more quickly in an economic recovery.
Recent Developments
As of September 29, 2012, we had 73 retail stores, consisting of 71 Galleries and 2 full line Design Galleries, and 12 outlet stores throughout the United States and Canada. For the nine-week period from July 29, 2012, the first day of our third quarter of fiscal 2012, to September 29, 2012, we estimate that our comparable store sales increased by approximately 27.8% compared to the first nine weeks of our third quarter of fiscal 2011 ending October 1, 2011. The primary drivers of increased comparable store sales during the nine weeks ended September 29, 2012 include increased product assortment, expanded service offerings, increased circulation of our Source Books and store closures in market areas where an existing store can capture volume from the closure of another location. Consistent with our financial performance for the first six months of fiscal 2012, the increase in comparable store sales during the third quarter is tracking to a higher growth rate than our rate of growth in our direct business and net revenue. The lower rate of growth in our net revenues as compared to the growth in our comparable store sales is also attributable to store closures. As of October 1, 2011, we had 84 retail stores, consisting of 83 Galleries and 1 full line Design Gallery, and 10 outlet stores throughout the United States and Canada. We do not expect a gross margin improvement for the third quarter of fiscal 2012 as compared to the same period in the prior year. We continue to experience improvements in occupancy leverage, offset by an increase in promotional activity and increased freight costs as a result of a higher percentage of furniture sales, which incur greater shipping costs than our other products.
This preliminary financial information is for the first nine weeks of our third fiscal quarter. Accordingly, we have not begun our normal quarter-end closing and review procedures. The results for this nine-week period represent only a portion of our fiscal quarter, will be subject to quarter-end closing procedures and/or adjustments and should not be viewed as a substitute for full interim financial statements prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States and reviewed by our auditors. These preliminary results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be achieved for the thirteen-week period ending October 27, 2012, the remainder of fiscal 2012 or any future period. This preliminary financial data has been prepared by, and is the responsibility of, our management. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP has not audited, reviewed, compiled or performed any procedures with respect to the accompanying preliminary financial data. Accordingly, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP does not express an opinion or any other form of assurance with respect thereto.
5
Summary Risk Factors
We are subject to a number of risks, including risks that may prevent us from achieving our business objectives or that may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and prospects. You should carefully consider the following risks, including the risks discussed in the section entitled Risk Factors, before investing in our common stock:
|
Growth in our business may not be sustained and may not generate a corresponding improvement in our results of operations. |
|
If we fail to successfully anticipate consumer preferences and demand, or to manage our inventory commensurate with demand, our results of operations may be adversely affected. |
|
Our growth strategy and performance depend on our ability to purchase our merchandise in sufficient quantities at competitive prices, including our products that are produced by artisans and specialty vendors, and any disruptions we experience in our ability to obtain our products in a timely fashion or in the quantities required could have a material adverse effect on our business. |
|
We are undertaking a large number of business initiatives at the same time and if these new initiatives are not successful, they may have a negative impact on our operating results. |
|
If any of our vendors is not able to meet our product requirements, we may not be able to develop relationships with new alternative vendors to replace those product requirements in a timely and satisfactory manner, which could lead to product shortages and customer backorders, which could harm our business. |
|
We do not have exclusive relationships with many of our vendors, and there is a risk that our vendors may sell similar or identical products to our competitors, which could harm our business. |
|
We may not have adequate remedies with our vendors for defective merchandise, which could damage our reputation and brand image and harm our business. |
|
Changes in consumer spending or the housing market may significantly harm our revenue and results of operations. |
|
If we lose key personnel or are unable to hire additional qualified personnel, our business may be harmed. |
|
Our operations have significant liquidity and capital requirements and depend on the availability of adequate financing on reasonable terms, and if we are unable to borrow sufficient capital, it could have a significant negative effect on our business. |
|
A number of factors that affect our ability to successfully open new stores or to optimize our store footprint are beyond our control, and these factors may harm our ability to execute our strategy of sizing stores to the potential of the market, which may negatively affect our results of operations. |
|
Our operating results are subject to quarterly and seasonal fluctuations, and results for any quarter may not necessarily be indicative of the results that may be achieved for the full fiscal year. |
|
Our business depends in part on a strong brand image. We continue to invest in the development of our brand and the marketing of our business, and if we are not able to maintain and enhance our brand or market our product offerings, we may be unable to attract a sufficient number of customers or sell sufficient quantities of our products. |
|
We are exploring opportunities to expand into new categories or complementary businesses. If we are not successful in these new categories or business areas, it may have an adverse effect on our results of operations and our reputation. |
6
|
Our former Chairman and Co-Chief Executive Officer, Gary Friedman, recently resigned from these positions and as a director of the Company, following an investigation by a special committee of non-management directors of the board. There can be no assurance that this transition will not have an adverse impact on us. |
Reorganization
Restoration Hardware Holdings was incorporated as a Delaware corporation on August 18, 2011, by our sole stockholder, Home Holdings, for the purpose of acquiring all of the stock of Home Holdings wholly owned subsidiary, Restoration Hardware, Inc. Prior to the completion of this offering, Restoration Hardware Holdings will issue additional shares to Home Holdings, which currently holds all issued and outstanding shares of Restoration Hardware Holdings, and will acquire all of the outstanding shares of Restoration Hardware, Inc. from Home Holdings. In addition, outstanding units under the 2008 Home Holdings equity compensation plan, which we refer to as the Team Resto Ownership Plan, will be replaced by new shares of our common stock issued to the participants of the Team Resto Ownership Plan. As a result of these transactions, prior to the completion of this offering, 32,188,891 shares of our common stock will be outstanding. In this prospectus, we refer to these transactions as the Reorganization.
Principal Equity Holders
Home Holdings equity interests are held primarily by funds affiliated with Catterton, Tower Three and Glenhill. In this prospectus, we refer to Catterton, Tower Three and Glenhill as our Principal Equity Holders.
Home Holdings will remain in place and will continue to be the single largest holder of our common stock immediately after the completion of this offering. Interests of Catterton, Tower Three and Glenhill in our Company will continue to be held indirectly through their ownership interests in Home Holdings immediately following this offering. We intend to enter into a stockholders agreement with Home Holdings in connection with the offering. The stockholders agreement (and our certificate of incorporation) will provide for a waiver of the corporate opportunity doctrine with respect to Home Holdings and its affiliates, including the Principal Equity Holders. If Home Holdings or its affiliates, including the Principal Equity Holders, participate in any such corporate opportunity, Thomas Mottola and Barry Sternlicht, two of our director designees, will also be afforded a waiver of the corporate opportunity doctrine in connection with any participation by them in any such corporate opportunity. The stockholders agreement will provide that, for so long as Home Holdings and the Principal Equity Holders hold a majority of the voting power of our outstanding common stock, Home Holdings shall have the right to nominate a majority of the members of our board of directors and as long as Home Holdings and the Principal Equity Holders hold at least 30% of the voting power of our outstanding common stock, Home Holdings shall have the right to nominate two members of our board of directors. Home Holdings currently expects to nominate two directors to our board of directors, one of which will be designated by Catterton and one of which will be designated by Tower Three. For so long as Home Holdings and the Principal Equity Holders own a majority of the voting power of our outstanding common stock, no action may be taken or vote approved by our board of directors or any committee thereof (other than the audit committee or any other committee of directors that may be created with the approval of Home Holdings as not being subject to this provision) without the affirmative vote of the Catterton and Tower Three designated directors. In addition, for so long as Home Holdings and the Principal Equity Holders hold at least 30% of the voting power of our outstanding common stock, certain actions may not be taken without the approval of Home Holdings.
Catterton . Catterton is a leading private equity firm with an exclusive focus on providing equity capital in support of small to middle-market consumer companies that are positioned for attractive growth. Since its founding in 1989, Catterton has invested in approximately 80 companies and led equity investments totaling over $3.3 billion. Currently, Catterton is actively managing more than $2.5 billion of equity capital focused on all
7
sectors of the consumer industry: food, beverage, retail, restaurants, consumer products, consumer services and media and marketing services. Cattertons combination of investment capital, strategic operating skills and industry network has enabled it to become a highly sought after firm within this industry.
Tower Three . Tower Three is an operationally-focused private equity fund formed to create a concentrated portfolio of investments in U.S.-based middle-market businesses. Tower Threes professionals are experienced with operational management, financial restructuring, private equity and credit markets. With long-term committed capital from major institutional investors, Tower Three has the flexibility to participate in a variety of transactions.
Glenhill . Glenhill is a privately owned investment partnership that invests primarily in public equity markets internationally. Founded in 2001, Glenhill is led by Glenn J. Krevlin, who has served as the managing member of Krevlin Advisors, LLC, an investment management firm, which is the general partner of Glenhill.
Funds affiliated with Catterton and Tower Three invested in Home Holdings in order to fund Home Holdings acquisition of Restoration Hardware, Inc. Funds associated with Glenhill acquired their interests in Home Holdings pursuant to a rollover agreement, pursuant to which such funds agreed to contribute a portion of their shares of Restoration Hardware, Inc.s common stock in exchange for a pro rata equity interest in Home Holdings. See Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.
Our Principal Equity Holders are also in the business of making investments in companies and may from time to time acquire and hold interests in businesses that compete directly or indirectly with us. Our Principal Equity Holders may also pursue acquisition opportunities that are complementary to our business and, as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us. See Risk Factors Home Holdings, Catterton, Tower Three, and Glenhill will continue to have significant influence over us after this offering, including over decisions that require the approval of stockholders, and their interests in our business may be different from yours.
8
The following chart sets forth the anticipated distribution of outstanding shares (including outstanding unvested shares) among our stockholders as of the completion of this offering, assuming no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares:
Payments to Principal Equity Holders and Officers, Director Designees and Advisor
in Connection with the Offering
In connection with this offering, pursuant to our management services agreement with affiliates of our Principal Equity Holders, we plan to pay Catterton Management Company, LLC, Tower Three Partners LLC and GJK Capital Advisors, LLC, fees in the amount of $3.3 million, $3.1 million and $0.6 million, respectively. In addition, units in Home Holdings issued under the Team Resto Ownership Plan held by certain of our officers, one of director designees and our advisor will convert in connection with this offering into vested and unvested shares as follows: 754,382 vested shares and 674,615 unvested restricted shares to Carlos Alberini, our Chief Executive Officer, 344,750 vested shares to Ken Dunaj, our Chief Operating Officer, 193,830 vested shares to Eri Chaya, a director designee and our Chief Creative Officer and 1,214,988 vested shares and 1,214,307 unvested restricted shares to Gary Friedman, who serves as our Creator and Curator on an advisory basis. See Executive CompensationEmployee Benefit and Stock PlansTeam Resto Ownership Plan.
9
Corporate and Other Information
Restoration Hardware Holdings, Inc. is a Delaware corporation. Our corporate headquarters is located at 15 Koch Road, Suite J, Corte Madera, CA 94925. Our telephone number is (415) 924-1005. Our principal website addresses are www.restorationhardware.com and www.rh.com . We also operate a website for our Baby & Child brand at www.rhbabyandchild.com . The information on any of our websites is not deemed to be incorporated in this prospectus or to be part of this prospectus.
This prospectus includes our trademarks, such as Restoration Hardware, RH and Restoration Hardware Baby & Child, which are protected under applicable intellectual property laws and are the property of Restoration Hardware. This prospectus also contains trademarks, service marks, trade names and copyrights of other companies, which are the property of their respective owners. Solely for convenience, trademarks and trade names referred to in this prospectus may appear without the ® or TM symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the right of the applicable licensor to these trademarks and trade names.
10
The Offering
Total common stock offered |
5,164,332 shares |
Common stock offered by us |
4,782,609 shares |
Common stock offered by the selling stockholders |
381,723 shares |
Common stock to be outstanding immediately after this offering |
36,971,500 shares |
Use of proceeds |
We estimate that the net proceeds to us from this offering, after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses, will be approximately $92.7 million, assuming the shares are offered at $23.00 per share (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus). |
We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholders. |
We intend to use approximately $85.7 million of the net proceeds from the sale of common stock by us in this offering to repay a portion of the outstanding amounts under the Restoration Hardware, Inc. revolving line of credit and term loan and $7.0 million of the net proceeds to pay management fees to affiliates of Catterton, Tower Three and Glenhill pursuant to the terms of the management services agreement that will terminate upon consummation of this offering. In addition to the repayment of debt with net proceeds of this offering, we intend to use $8.4 million of available cash to further reduce amounts outstanding under the Restoration Hardware, Inc. revolving line of credit and term loan. See Use of Proceeds. |
Principal stockholders |
Upon completion of this offering, Home Holdings will own 25,988,826 shares, or 66.8%, of our outstanding common stock (including outstanding unvested shares). Of that amount, Catterton will beneficially own 11,808,604 shares, or 30.4%, of our outstanding common stock and Tower Three will beneficially own 11,137,944 shares, or 28.6%, of our outstanding common stock. Glenhill will beneficially own 3,251,930 shares, or 8.4%, of our outstanding common stock of which 3,015,766 are held through Home Holdings and 209,652 are held directly by Glenhill Capital Overseas Master Fund, LP. |
We are a controlled company within the meaning of the NYSE listing rules, and therefore will be exempt from certain of the corporate governance listing requirements of the NYSE. See ManagementCorporate Governance. |
Home Holdings and the directors appointed by Home Holdings have certain approval rights. See Certain Relationships and Related Party TransactionsStockholders Agreement. |
11
Dividend policy |
We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings for use in the operation of our business, and therefore we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any future determination to pay dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon our results of operations, financial condition, capital requirements and other factors that our board of directors deems relevant. We are a holding company, and substantially all of our operations are carried out by our subsidiary, Restoration Hardware, Inc., and its subsidiaries. Restoration Hardware, Inc.s ability to pay dividends to us is limited by the terms of its credit agreement, which may in turn limit our ability to pay dividends on our common stock. Our ability to pay dividends may also be restricted by the terms of any future credit agreement or any future debt or preferred securities of ours or of our subsidiaries. See Dividend Policy. |
Conflicts of interest |
As described under Use of Proceeds, Bank of America, N.A., an affiliate of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, an underwriter in this offering, is a lender under the Restoration Hardware, Inc. revolving line of credit and term loan and may receive more than five percent of the net proceeds of this offering. Thus, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated may be deemed to have a conflict of interest under the applicable provisions of Rule 5121 of the Conduct Rules of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., or FINRA. Accordingly, this offering will be made in compliance with the applicable provisions of Rules 5110 and 5121 of the Conduct Rules regarding the underwriting of securities of a company with a member that has a conflict of interest within the meaning of those rules. Goldman, Sachs & Co. has agreed to serve as a qualified independent underwriter as defined by FINRA and performed due diligence investigations and reviewed and participated in the preparation of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. No underwriter with a conflict of interest will execute sales in discretionary accounts without the prior written specific approval of the customers. See UnderwritingConflicts of Interest. |
Risk factors |
Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. See Risk Factors beginning on page 20 of this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in our common stock. |
Proposed symbol for trading on the NYSE |
RH |
Unless otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus relating to the number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding immediately after this offering:
|
assumes the completion of the Reorganization as described in the section entitled Reorganization; |
|
excludes an aggregate of 555,190 shares of unvested common stock that we expect to issue under the Restoration Hardware 2012 Equity Replacement Plan, which we refer to as the Replacement Plan, in |
12
connection with the Reorganization (the amount of unrecognized compensation expense related to these issuances is $1,428,514) to our Chief Executive Officer, Carlos Alberini, and Gary Friedman, who serves as our Creator and Curator on an advisory basis, which shares shall begin to vest during the 36-month period following this offering when the price of our common stock exceeds the initial public offering price per share for at least ten consecutive trading days, and such shares shall fully vest when the price of our common stock reaches a price per share specified in the applicable award agreement corresponding to a market capitalization of approximately $1.1 billion for at least ten consecutive trading days (with proportional vesting in between); |
|
excludes an aggregate of 1,333,732 shares of unvested common stock that we expect to issue under the Replacement Plan in connection with the Reorganization (the amount of unrecognized compensation expense related to such issuances is $1,217,479) to Mr. Alberini and Mr. Friedman, which shares shall begin to vest during the 36-month period following this offering when the price of our common stock exceeds a price per share specified in the applicable award agreement corresponding to a market capitalization of approximately $1.1 billion, for at least ten consecutive trading days, and such shares shall fully vest when the price of our common stock reaches a price per share specified in the applicable award agreement, corresponding to a market capitalization of approximately $1.9 billion for at least ten consecutive trading days (with proportional vesting in between); |
|
excludes an aggregate of 42,392 shares of unvested common stock that we expect to issue under the Restoration Hardware 2012 Stock Incentive Plan, which we refer to as the 2012 Plan, in connection with this offering to certain of our directors and director designees, which shares shall vest in 2013; |
|
excludes vested options to purchase an aggregate of 1,271,821 shares of our common stock that we expect to grant in connection with this offering under the 2012 Plan, with an exercise price (i) for certain of these options, equal to the initial public offering price, and (ii) for other of these options, equal to 120% of the initial public offering price (the shares issuable upon exercise of these options will be subject to selling restrictions that will lapse over time); |
|
excludes vested options to purchase an aggregate of 953,116 shares of our common stock that we expect to grant in connection with this offering under the Restoration Hardware 2012 Stock Option Plan, which we refer to as the Option Plan, with an exercise price (i) for certain of these options, equal to the initial public offering price, and (ii) for other of these options, equal to 120% of the initial public offering price (the shares issuable upon exercise of these options will be subject to selling restrictions that will lapse over time); |
|
excludes vested options to purchase an aggregate of 5,972,030 shares of our common stock that we expect to grant in connection with this offering to Mr. Alberini and Mr. Friedman under the Option Plan, with an exercise price per share specified in the applicable award agreement corresponding to a market capitalization of approximately $1.9 billion, with restrictions on sale that will lapse in increments when our stock price reaches specified levels for at least ten consecutive trading days corresponding to market capitalization ranging from approximately $2.1 billion to approximately $5.4 billion; |
|
excludes 3,773,072 additional shares of common stock reserved for future grants under the 2012 Plan; |
|
assumes an initial public offering price of $23.00 per share (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus); and |
|
assumes no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase up to 774,650 additional shares from the selling stockholders. |
13
Two of our director designees, Thomas Mottola and Barry Sternlicht, have each indicated an interest in purchasing 217,391 shares of our common stock in this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $23.00 per share (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus), or approximately $5 million in shares of our common stock, at the initial public offering price (or an aggregate of 434,782 shares of common stock or approximately $10 million in shares of our common stock). However, because indications of interest are not binding agreements or commitments to purchase, the underwriters may determine to sell more, less or no shares in this offering to either of these director designees, or either of these director designees may determine to purchase more, less or no shares in this offering.
14
Summary Historical Consolidated Financial and Operating Data
The following tables present Restoration Hardware, Inc.s summary historical consolidated financial and operating data as of the dates and for the periods indicated. Restoration Hardware Holdings was formed as a Delaware corporation on August 18, 2011. Restoration Hardware Holdings will acquire all of the outstanding shares of capital stock of Restoration Hardware, Inc. prior to the effectiveness of this offering in connection with the Reorganization, and will therefore control Restoration Hardware, Inc. Restoration Hardware Holdings has not engaged in any business or other activities except in connection with its formation and the Reorganization. Accordingly, all financial and other information herein relating to periods prior to the completion of the Reorganization is that of Restoration Hardware, Inc.
All of the outstanding capital stock of Restoration Hardware, Inc. was acquired on June 16, 2008, by Home Holdings, which we refer to in this prospectus as the Acquisition.
The summary consolidated financial data for the fiscal years ended January 30, 2010, January 29, 2011, and January 28, 2012 and as of January 28, 2012, were derived from Restoration Hardware, Inc.s consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
The summary consolidated financial data for the six months ended July 30, 2011, and July 28, 2012, and as of July 28, 2012, were derived from Restoration Hardware, Inc.s unaudited consolidated interim financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited consolidated interim financial statements were prepared on a basis consistent with that used in preparing our audited consolidated financial statements and include all adjustments, consisting of normal and recurring items, that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of our financial position and results of operations for the unaudited periods. The unaudited financial information for the twelve months ended July 30, 2011, has been derived by adding our financial information for the year ended January 29, 2011, to the financial information for the six months ended July 30, 2011, and subtracting the financial information for the six months ended July 31, 2010. The unaudited financial information for the twelve months ended July 28, 2012, has been derived by adding our financial information for the year ended January 28, 2012, to the financial information for the six months ended July 28, 2012, and subtracting the financial information for the six months ended July 30, 2011. We believe that presentation of unaudited financial information for these twelve-month periods is useful to investors because it presents information about how our business has performed in the twelve-month period immediately preceding the date of our most recent interim financial statements, which allows investors to review our current performance trends over a full year period, and because it presents results for four consecutive quarters, which presentation compensates for seasonal factors that might influence results in a particular quarter within the year.
In the third quarter of fiscal 2012, we changed our accounting policy for recognizing stock-based compensation expense which has been applied retrospectively to the periods presented below. For further discussion, see footnote 2 to the table below.
Restoration Hardware, Inc.s historical results are not necessarily indicative of future operating results, and interim results for the six months ended July 28, 2012, are not projections for the results to be expected for the fiscal year ending February 2, 2013. The summary historical consolidated data presented below should be read in conjunction with the sections entitled Risk Factors, Selected Historical Consolidated Financial and Operating Data and Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and the consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto and other financial data included elsewhere in this prospectus.
15
Year Ended | Six Months Ended |
Last Twelve
Months Ended (1) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
January 30,
2010 |
January 29,
2011 |
January 28,
2012 |
July 30,
2011 |
July 28,
2012 |
July 30,
2011 |
July 28,
2012 |
||||||||||||||||||||||
(dollars in thousands, excluding share, per share and per square foot data) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Statement of Operations Data: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net revenues |
$ | 625,685 | $ | 772,752 | $ | 958,084 | $ | 420,383 | $ | 510,820 | $ | 862,281 | $ | 1,048,521 | ||||||||||||||
Cost of goods sold |
412,629 | 501,132 | 601,735 | 265,953 | 321,425 | 553,001 | 657,207 | |||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
Gross profit |
213,056 | 271,620 | 356,349 | 154,430 | 189,395 | 309,280 | 391,314 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Selling, general and administrative expenses (2) |
238,889 | 274,836 | 329,506 | 150,395 | 171,830 | 299,493 | 350,941 | |||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
Income (loss) from operations |
(25,833 | ) | (3,216 | ) | 26,843 | 4,035 | 17,565 | 9,787 | 40,373 | |||||||||||||||||||
Interest expense |
(3,241 | ) | (3,150 | ) | (5,134 | ) | (1,888 | ) | (3,054 | ) | (3,459 | ) | (6,300 | ) | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
Income (loss) before income taxes |
(29,074 | ) | (6,366 | ) | 21,709 | 2,147 | 14,511 | 6,328 | 34,073 | |||||||||||||||||||
Income tax expense (benefit) |
(423 | ) | 685 | 1,121 | 783 | 623 | 1,427 | 961 | ||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
Net income (loss) |
$ | (28,651 | ) | $ | (7,051 | ) | $ | 20,588 | $ | 1,364 | $ | 13,888 | $ | 4,901 | $ | 33,112 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
Basic and diluted net income (loss) per share |
$ | (286,510 | ) | $ | (70,510 | ) | $ | 205,880 | $ | 13,640 | $ | 138,880 | $ | 49,010 | $ | 331,120 | ||||||||||||
Basic and diluted average number of shares outstanding |
100 | 100 | 100 | 100 | 100 | 100 | 100 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Pro forma net income per share (3): |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Basic |
$ | 0.63 | $ | 0.43 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Diluted |
$ | 0.63 | $ | 0.43 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Pro forma average number of shares outstanding (3): |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Basic |
35,914,326 | 35,914,326 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Diluted |
35,914,326 | 35,914,326 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other Financial and Operating Data: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Growth in net revenues: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Stores (4) |
(6 | )% | 15 | % | 22 | % | 21 | % | 19 | % | 17 | % | 21 | % | ||||||||||||||
Direct |
(15 | )% | 37 | % | 27 | % | 36 | % | 25 | % | 38 | % | 23 | % | ||||||||||||||
Total |
(10 | )% | 24 | % | 24 | % | 27 | % | 22 | % | 26 | % | 22 | % | ||||||||||||||
Retail (5): |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Comparable store sales change (6) |
(7 | )% | 19 | % | 25 | % | 20 | % | 29 | % | 17 | % | 29 | % | ||||||||||||||
Retail stores open at end of period |
95 | 91 | 74 | 87 | 73 | 87 | 73 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Average gross square footage
|
1,042 | 1,014 | 913 | 946 | 801 | 977 | 841 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Average selling square footage
|
660 | 641 | 580 | 599 | 519 | 619 | 540 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Retail sales per selling square foot (8) |
$ | 525 | $ | 635 | $ | 846 | $ | 351 | $ | 481 | $ | 710 | $ | 981 | ||||||||||||||
Direct: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Catalogs circulated (in thousands) (9) |
31,336 | 46,507 | 26,052 | 12,723 | 15,131 | 40,355 | 28,460 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Catalog pages circulated
|
4,418 | 6,260 | 8,848 | 3,289 | 7,417 | 6,726 | 12,975 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Direct as a percentage of net revenues (10) |
39 | % | 43 | % | 44 | % | 45 | % | 46 | % | 45 | % | 45 | % | ||||||||||||||
Capital expenditures |
$ | 2,024 | $ | 39,907 | $ | 25,593 | $ | 12,168 | $ | 13,517 | $ | 37,894 | $ | 26,942 | ||||||||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA (11) |
$ | 17,596 | $ | 41,097 | $ | 80,154 | $ | 27,747 | $ | 34,897 | $ | 59,850 | $ | 87,304 |
16
As of July 28, 2012 | ||||||||
Actual |
Pro Forma As
Adjusted (12) |
|||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||
Balance Sheet Data: |
||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
$ | 10,102 | $ | 3,933 | ||||
Working capital (excluding cash and cash equivalents) (13) |
192,252 | 188,001 | ||||||
Total assets |
650,874 | 640,279 | ||||||
Revolving line of credit |
129,637 | 50,524 | ||||||
Term loan |
14,815 | | ||||||
Total debt (including current portion) (14) |
151,089 | 57,161 | ||||||
Total stockholders equity |
265,123 | 348,631 |
(1) | The unaudited financial information for the twelve months ended July 30, 2011, has been derived by adding our financial information for the year ended January 29, 2011, to the financial information for the six months ended July 30, 2011, and subtracting the financial information for the six months ended July 31, 2010. The unaudited financial information for the twelve months ended July 28, 2012, has been derived by adding our financial information for the year ended January 28, 2012, to the financial information for the six months ended July 28, 2012, and subtracting the financial information for the six months ended July 30, 2011. |
(2) | In the third quarter of 2012, we changed our policy for recognizing stock-based compensation expense from the graded method of accounting to the straight-line method of accounting for our time-based units (or service-only awards). This change in accounting had the same impact on our selling, general and administrative expenses and net income (loss) for all periods presented. The table below presents the impact to our net income (loss) as a result of this change in accounting policy. The impact to fiscal 2009 was immaterial. See Note 3 Change in Accounting PrincipleStock-Based Compensation to Restoration Hardware, Inc.s audited consolidated financial statements. |
Year Ended | Six Months Ended |
Last Twelve
Months Ended (1) |
||||||||||||||||||||||
January 29,
2011 |
January 28,
2012 |
July 30,
2011 |
July 28,
2012 |
July 30,
2011 |
July 28,
2012 |
|||||||||||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net income (loss)as reported |
$ | (8,074 | ) | $ | 20,341 | $ | 1,140 | $ | 13,989 | $ | 4,369 | $ | 33,190 | |||||||||||
Change in accounting policy adjustment |
1,023 | 247 | 224 | (101 | ) | 532 | (78 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Net income (loss)as revised |
$ | (7,051 | ) | $ | 20,588 | $ | 1,364 | $ | 13,888 | $ | 4,901 | $ | 33,112 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3) | Pro forma net income per share gives effect to (i) the Reorganization, (ii) the application of $85.7 million of the estimated net proceeds from the sale of common stock by us in this offering to repay a portion of the outstanding amounts under Restoration Hardware, Inc.s revolving line of credit and term loan as if the offering and those transactions had occurred on January 30, 2011; and (iii) the issuance of 3,725,435 shares of common stock in this offering attributable to the debt repayment discussed above (and excludes the additional 1,057,174 shares of common stock being issued by us in this offering). This assumes net proceeds of this offering of $92.7 million, assuming the shares are offered at $23.00 per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses. |
(4) | Store data represent retail stores plus outlet stores. |
(5) | Retail data have been calculated based upon retail stores, including our Baby & Child stores, and exclude outlet stores. |
17
(6) | Comparable store sales have been calculated based upon retail stores that were open at least fourteen full months as of the end of the reporting period and did not change square footage by more than 20% between periods. Comparable store sales exclude net revenues from outlet stores. |
(7) | Average square footage (gross or selling, as applicable) is calculated for each quarter by taking the total applicable square footage at the beginning of the quarter plus the total applicable square footage at the end of the quarter and dividing by two. Average square footage for periods of six, nine and twelve months is calculated by averaging the average square footage for the quarters within such periods. |
(8) | Retail sales per selling square foot is calculated by dividing total net revenues for all retail stores, comparable and non-comparable, by the average selling square footage for the period. |
(9) | The catalogs and catalog pages circulated from period to period do not take into account different page sizes per catalog distributed. Page sizes and page counts vary for different catalog mailings and we sometimes mail different versions of a catalog at the same time. Accordingly, period to period comparisons of catalogs circulated and catalog pages circulated do not take these variations into account. In fiscal 2010, we mailed a larger number of catalogs that contained fewer pages and in some cases significantly smaller page sizes than in prior periods. In fiscal 2011, we mailed fewer catalogs that contained a significant increase in number of pages as compared to fiscal 2010. |
(10) | Direct revenues include sales through our catalogs and websites. |
(11) | A reconciliation of net income (loss) under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (GAAP) to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA is set forth below in Selected Historical Consolidated Financial and Operating Data. |
EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA have been presented in this prospectus and are supplemental measures of financial performance that are not required by, or presented in accordance with, GAAP. We define EBITDA as consolidated net income (loss) before depreciation and amortization, interest expense and provision for income taxes. Adjusted EBITDA is calculated in accordance with and is the basis of our Management Incentive Program (or MIP), which is our cash-based incentive compensation program designed to motivate and reward annual performance for eligible employees, and reflects further adjustments to EBITDA to eliminate the impact of certain items, including non-cash or other items that we do not consider representative of our ongoing operating performance, as discussed in more detail in the section entitled Selected Historical Consolidated Financial and Operating Data.
EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are included in this prospectus because they are key metrics used by management, our board of directors and our Principal Equity Holders to assess our financial performance, and Adjusted EBITDA is used in connection with determining incentive compensation under our MIP. Additionally, EBITDA is frequently used by analysts, investors and other interested parties to evaluate companies in our industry. We use EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA, alongside other GAAP measures such as gross profit, operating income (loss) and net income (loss), to measure profitability, as a key profitability target in our annual and other budgets, and to compare our performance against that of peer companies. We believe that Adjusted EBITDA provides useful information facilitating operating performance comparisons from period to period and company to company.
EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are not GAAP measures of our financial performance or liquidity and should not be considered as alternatives to net income (loss) as a measure of financial performance, cash flows from operating activities as a measure of liquidity or any other performance measure derived in accordance with GAAP, and they should not be construed as an inference that our future results will be unaffected by unusual or non-recurring items. Additionally, EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are not intended to be measures of free cash flow for managements discretionary use, as they do not consider certain cash requirements such as tax payments and debt service requirements and certain other cash costs that may recur in the future. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA contain certain other limitations, including the failure to reflect our cash expenditures, cash requirements for working capital needs and cash costs to replace assets being depreciated and amortized, and exclude certain unusual charges that are not expected to
18
recur in the future. In evaluating Adjusted EBITDA, you should be aware that in the future we may incur expenses that are the same as or similar to some of the adjustments in this presentation. Our presentation of Adjusted EBITDA should not be construed to imply that our future results will be unaffected by any such adjustments. Management compensates for these limitations by relying primarily on our GAAP results and by using EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA only supplementally. Our measures of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are not necessarily comparable to other similarly titled captions of other companies due to different methods of calculation.
(12) Pro Forma as Adjusted amounts give effect to (i) the Reorganization, (ii) the issuance of 4,782,609 shares of common stock in this offering by us at an assumed initial public offering price of $23.00 per share (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus) after deducting the underwriting discount, (iii) the application of $85.7 million of estimated net proceeds of this offering to repay a portion of the outstanding amounts under the Restoration Hardware, Inc. revolving line of credit and term loan, (iv) the use of $8.4 million of available cash to further reduce outstanding amounts under the Restoration Hardware, Inc. revolving line of credit and term loan, (v) the use of $7.0 million of the estimated net proceeds to pay management fees to affiliates of Catterton, Tower Three and Glenhill pursuant to the terms of the management services agreement with them, (vi) $49.7 million non-cash impact to accumulated deficit for stock-based compensation charges related to the 8,196,967 shares underlying vested options granted to our employees and advisor in conjunction with this offering, (vii) $41.2 million non-cash impact to accumulated deficit for stock-based compensation charges related to the 2,650,230 shares of common stock that will be granted and issued in conjunction with this offering in respect of unvested time-based units and performance-based units under the Team Resto Ownership Plan, (viii) additional cash payments of $2.2 million to former employees that are due as a result of this stock offering and (ix) a cash increase of $4.4 million (before giving effect to the repayment of debt discussed above) attributable to offering expenses paid by us prior to July 28, 2012 yet deducted when calculating net offering proceeds. A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $23.00 per share of common stock, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted amount of the revolving line of credit by $4.4 million, total debt (including current portion) by $4.4 million and total stockholders equity by $4.4 million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses.
(13) | Working capital is defined as current assets, excluding cash and cash equivalents, less current liabilities, excluding the current portion of long-term debt. |
(14) | Total debt (including current portion) includes amounts outstanding under the Restoration Hardware, Inc. revolving line of credit, term loan and capital lease obligations. |
19
This offering and an investment in our common stock involve a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below, together with the risks and uncertainties described elsewhere in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes contained elsewhere in this prospectus, before you decide to purchase shares of our common stock. If any of the following risks or uncertainties actually occurs, our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flow and prospects could be materially and adversely affected. As a result, the price of our common stock could decline and you could lose all or part of your investment in our common stock.
Risks Related to Our Business
Growth in our business may not be sustained and may not generate a corresponding improvement in our results of operations.
We may not be able to maintain or improve the levels of growth that we have experienced in the recent past. In addition, although we have recently experienced strong comparable store sales, if our future comparable store sales fail to meet market expectations or decline, the price of our common stock could decline. Various factors affect comparable store sales, including the number, size and location of stores we open, close, remodel or expand in any period, the overall economic and general retail sales environment, consumer preferences and demand, our ability to efficiently source and distribute products, changes in our product offerings, competition, current local and global economic conditions, changes in catalog circulation and the success of marketing programs. These factors may cause our comparable store sales results to be materially lower than recent periods and our expectations, which could harm our results of operations and result in a decline in the price of our common stock.
Although we have recently experienced sales growth as a result of a number of new business initiatives, this sales growth may not continue and the level of our sales could return to prior levels if customer response to our product offerings is not sustained. Many factors can influence customer response to our product offerings and store formats including responses from our competitors, who may introduce similar products or merchandise formats. In addition, sales levels for particular merchandise or product categories may not continue over time if customer demand levels are not sustained. The level of customer response to our full line Design Galleries may vary in different markets and store locations. Similarly, the level of customer response to our Source Book large catalog format, in which we display a greater percentage of our product assortment, may vary in different markets. In addition, there can be no assurance that we will be able to migrate customer demand successfully when we choose to close a store in a particular location in favor of a full line Design Gallery in the same or an adjacent market location. While our objective is to retain a high percentage of customer demand from store locations that we close, there can be no assurance that we will retain a high percentage of sales from stores closed in the future or that we will continue to retain a high percentage of sales from stores previously closed.
In addition, continued increased activity in our business could result in material changes in our operating costs, including increased merchandise inventory costs and costs for paper and postage associated with the mailing and shipping of catalogs and products. We cannot assure you that we will succeed in offsetting these expenses with increased efficiency or that cost increases associated with our business will not have an adverse effect on our financial results.
If we fail to successfully anticipate consumer preferences and demand, or to manage our inventory commensurate with demand, our results of operations may be adversely affected.
Our success depends in large part on our ability to originate and define home product trends, as well as to anticipate, gauge and react to changing consumer demands in a timely manner. Our products must appeal to a range of consumers whose preferences cannot always be predicted with certainty. We cannot assure you that we
20
will be able to continue to develop products that customers positively respond to or that we will successfully meet consumer demands in the future. Any failure on our part to anticipate, identify or respond effectively to consumer preferences and demand could adversely affect sales of our products. If this occurs, our sales may decline significantly, and we may be required to mark down certain products to sell the resulting excess inventory or to sell such inventory through our outlet stores, either of which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
In addition, we must manage our merchandise in stock and inventory levels to track consumer demand. Much of our merchandise requires that we provide vendors with significant ordering lead time, frequently before market factors are known. In addition, the seasonal nature of our products requires us to carry a significant amount of inventory prior to peak selling seasons. If we are not able to anticipate consumer demand for our different product offerings, or successfully manage inventory levels for products that are in demand, we may experience:
|
back orders, order cancellations and lost sales for products that are in high demand for which we did not stock adequate inventory; and |
|
overstock inventory levels for products that have lower consumer demand, requiring us to take markdowns or other steps to sell slower-moving merchandise. |
As a result of these and other factors, we are vulnerable to demand and pricing shifts and to misjudgments in the selection and timing of merchandise purchases.
Our former Chairman and Co-Chief Executive Officer, Gary Friedman, recently resigned from these positions and as a director of the Company. There can be no assurance that these developments will not have an adverse impact on us.
Our former Chairman and Co-Chief Executive Officer, Gary Friedman, recently resigned from these positions and as a director of the Company following an investigation by a special committee of non-management directors of the board assisted by independent counsel prompted by disclosure that Mr. Friedman and a Company employee were engaged in a personal relationship, described by the parties as consensual. The investigation concluded that Mr. Friedman engaged in activities that were inconsistent with the board of directors expectations for executive conduct as previously communicated by the board of directors and failed to comply with certain Company policies. We have incurred substantial expenses related to the investigation. There can be no assurance that we will not incur expenses or claims in the future related to the conduct that was the subject of the investigation or similar conduct that has occurred in the past or, given Mr. Friedmans continued involvement with the Company in his new roles, may occur in the future.
In connection with his resignation as Chairman, Co-Chief Executive Officer and a director, Mr. Friedman and the Company entered into an advisory services agreement that provides for Mr. Friedman to advise the Company in a role described as the Creator and Curator with respect to product development, merchandising and other creative matters as more specifically outlined in Certain Relationships and Related Party TransactionsAdvisory Services Agreement with Gary Friedman. In addition, in connection with this offering, Home Holdings has agreed to invest $5 million, consisting of $2.5 million in an initial tranche and $2.5 million in one or more additional tranches, directly or indirectly, in Hierarchy, LLC (Hierarchy), a newly formed entity in which Mr. Friedman has a controlling interest. If requested by Home Holdings and agreed to by us, we may make such subsequent tranche investments. We will have the right to acquire all or a portion of Home Holdings interest in Hierarchy between the second and third anniversaries of the offering, at the greater of the then fair market value and the price paid by Home Holdings. Further, Home Holdings has assigned to us its right of first offer and co-sale right over the sale by Mr. Friedman of his interests in Hierarchy, its right of first offer over the sale of Hierarchy or any of its lines of business and its preemptive rights on issuances of additional interests in Hierarchy. Unless otherwise agreed by Home Holdings, for two years from the date of the Hierarchy agreements, Hierarchys lines of business will be limited to apparel and apparel related businesses. In addition, Hierarchy will be permanently prohibited from entering into lines of business in which we are engaged (other than luggage, which Hierarchy may enter into after
21
such two year period). We expect to enter into an agreement with Hierarchy pursuant to which we will provide Hierarchy with back office, logistics, supply chain and administrative support, with pricing determined based on the fair market value of such services. We also transferred to Hierarchy our minimal apparel-related assets at fair market value, as more specifically outlined in Certain Relationships and Related Party TransactionsArrangements with Hierarchy. Mr. Friedman is also a significant stockholder in the Company and will continue to advise the board of directors in an observer capacity, with the honorary title of Chairman Emeritus.
Mr. Friedmans leadership and creative talents were important contributors to the Companys performance during his tenure as our Chairman and Co-Chief Executive Officer. While we believe that Mr. Alberini, the current sole Chief Executive Officer, and the other management team members can continue to effectively lead the Company, and we expect to benefit from Mr. Friedmans contributions as an advisor and board observer, there can be no assurance that the absence of Mr. Friedman in his former roles will not have an adverse impact on us.
We are undertaking a large number of business initiatives at the same time and if these new initiatives are not successful, they may have a negative impact on our operating results.
We are in the process of an ongoing major transformation of our business characterized by a period of rapid growth and a large number of new business initiatives. For example, we recently developed a full line Design Gallery format which involves larger store square footage. We plan to continue to open full line Design Galleries in select major metropolitan markets and we expect to close a number of our older stores and replace them with the full line Design Gallery format. We are currently contemplating other new product lines and extensions, as well as expanding sales to international markets. In addition, we are continuing a number of new initiatives in other areas of our business, including product sourcing and distribution and management information systems. For example, we have reduced the use of third-party buying agents in most foreign locations. In addition, we have significantly expanded the page counts of our catalogs, increased the number of households receiving our catalogs and reduced the number of catalog mailings.
The number of current business initiatives could strain our financial, operational and management resources. In addition, these initiatives may not be successful. If we are not successful in managing our current growth and the large number of new initiatives that are underway, we might experience an adverse impact on our financial performance and results of operations. All of the foregoing risks may be compounded in any economic downturn. In addition, if we fail to achieve the intended results of our current business initiatives, or if the implementation of these initiatives is delayed or abandoned, diverts managements attention or resources from other aspects of our business or costs more than anticipated, we may experience inadequate return on investment for some of our business initiatives, which would have a negative effect on our operating results.
Our growth strategy and performance depend on our ability to purchase our merchandise in sufficient quantities at competitive prices, including our products that are produced by artisans and specialty vendors, and any disruptions we experience in our ability to obtain our products in a timely fashion or in the quantities required could have a material adverse effect on our business.
We do not own or operate any manufacturing facilities. We instead purchase all of our merchandise from a large number of vendors, many of which are the sole sources for particular products. Our growth strategy includes expanding the amount of products we sell, and our performance depends on our ability to purchase our merchandise in sufficient quantities at competitive prices. However, many of our key products are produced by artisans, specialty vendors and other vendors that may have limited production capacity. In addition, some of our vendors are small and undercapitalized firms. A number of our vendors, particularly our artisan vendors, may have limited resources, production capacities and operating histories. As a result, the capacity of some of our vendors to meet our supply requirements has been, and may in the future be, constrained at various times and our vendors may be susceptible to production difficulties or other factors that negatively affect the quantity or quality of their production during future periods. A disruption in the ability of our significant vendors to access liquidity could also cause serious disruptions or an overall deterioration of their businesses, which could lead to a significant reduction in their ability to manufacture or ship products to us.
22
Any difficulties that we experience in our ability to obtain products in sufficient quality and quantity from our vendors could have a material adverse effect on our business. In fiscal 2011, we purchased approximately 84% of our merchandise from vendors that are located abroad. Our ability to obtain desired merchandise in sufficient quantities could be impaired by events that adversely affect our vendors or the locations in which they operate, such as difficulties or problems associated with our vendors operations, business, finances, labor, importation of products, costs, production, insurance and reputation. Failure of vendors to produce adequate quantities of merchandise in a timely manner has resulted in back orders and lower revenue in certain periods of our business operation. While we believe our vendors have the capacity to meet our demand, we cannot assure you that our vendors will be able to produce adequate quantities of merchandise in a timely manner in the future.
We also do not have long-term contracts or other contractual assurances of continued supply, pricing or access to new products with our vendors, and generally we transact business with our vendors on an order-by-order basis. Therefore, any vendor could discontinue selling to us at any time. Any disruptions we experience in our ability to obtain our products in a timely fashion or in the quantities required could have a material adverse effect on our business.
We may not be able to locate and develop relationships with a sufficient number of new vendors, which could lead to product shortages and customer backorders, which could harm our business.
In the event that one or more of our vendors is unable to meet the quantity or quality of our product requirements, we may not be able to develop relationships with new vendors in a manner that is sufficient to supply the shortfall. Even if we do identify such new vendors, we may experience product shortages and customer backorders as we transition our product requirements to incorporate the alternative suppliers. In addition, we cannot assure you that any new vendor with which we do business, particularly any new vendor abroad, would not be subject to the same or similar quality and quantity risks as our existing suppliers.
We do not have exclusive relationships with most of our vendors, and there is a risk that our vendors may sell similar or identical products to our competitors, which could harm our business.
Our arrangements with our vendors are generally not exclusive. As a result, most of our vendors might be able to sell similar or identical products to certain of our competitors, some of which purchase products in significantly greater volume. Our competitors may enter into arrangements with suppliers that could impair our ability to sell those suppliers products, including by requiring suppliers to enter into exclusive arrangements, which could limit our access to such arrangements or products. Our vendors could also initiate or expand sales of their products through their own stores or through the Internet to the retail market and therefore compete with us directly or sell their products through outlet centers or discount stores, increasing the competitive pricing pressure we face.
We may not have adequate remedies with our vendors for defective merchandise, which could damage our reputation and brand image and harm our business.
If products that we purchase from vendors are damaged or prove to be defective, we may not be able to return products to these vendors and obtain refunds of our purchase price or obtain other indemnification from them. Our vendors limited capacities may result in a vendors inability to replace any defective merchandise in a timely manner. In addition, our vendors limited capitalization or liquidity may mean that a vendor that has supplied defective merchandise will not be able to refund the purchase price to us or pay us any penalties or damages associated with any defects.
In addition, our vendors may not adhere to our quality control standards, and we might not identify a quality deficiency before merchandise ships to our stores or customers. Our vendors failure to manufacture or import quality merchandise in a timely and effective manner could damage our reputation and brand image, and could lead to an increase in product returns or exchanges or customer litigation against us and a corresponding increase in our routine and non-routine litigation costs. Further, any merchandise that does not meet our quality standards or other government requirements could become subject to a recall, which could damage our reputation and brand image and harm our business.
23
Changes in consumer spending or the housing market may significantly harm our revenue and results of operations.
Our business depends on consumer demand for our products and, consequently, is sensitive to a number of factors that influence consumer spending in the retail home furnishings sector, including, among other things, the general state of the economy, capital and credit markets, consumer confidence, general business conditions, the availability and cost of consumer credit, the level of consumer debt, interest rates, level of taxes affecting consumers, housing prices, new construction and other activity in the housing sector and the state of the mortgage industry and other aspects of consumer credit tied to housing, including the availability and pricing of mortgage refinancings and home equity lines of credit. We believe that a number of these factors have had, and may continue to have, an adverse impact on the retail home furnishings sector, and have also affected our business and results, and these factors may make it difficult for us to accurately predict our operating and financial results for future periods. For example, the prolonged slump in the housing market has affected the level of home purchases and remodelings which, in turn, has reduced consumer spending on home furnishings. As a result, the overall demand for our products has been affected by weakness in the home furnishings sector. While there have been some recent positive changes in both the housing market and the North American economy, the overall outlook remains uncertain and there can be no assurance that any economic or housing recovery will be sustained or, in particular, that our business will continue to perform well in the face of a weak overall housing market.
If we lose key personnel or are unable to hire additional qualified personnel, our business may be harmed.
The success of our business depends upon the continued service of our key personnel, including our Chief Executive Officer, Carlos Alberini. In addition, the leadership and creative talents of Gary Friedman, our former Chairman and Co-Chief Executive Officer, who currently serves as our Creator and Curator on an advisory basis, have been and are expected to continue to be important contributors to our performance. The loss of the services of our key personnel or advisor could make it more difficult to successfully operate our business and achieve our business goals. In addition, we do not maintain key man life insurance policies on any of our key personnel. As a result, we may not be able to cover the financial loss we may incur in losing the services of any of our key personnel.
Mr. Alberinis and Mr. Friedmans equity ownership in our Company may give them a substantial amount of personal wealth. As a result, it may be difficult for us to continue to retain and motivate these persons, and this wealth could affect their decisions about whether or not they continue to work or perform advisory services for us. If we do not succeed in retaining and motivating Mr. Alberini and Mr. Friedman, we may be unable to achieve our historical growth rates.
Competition for qualified employees and personnel in the retail industry is intense. We may be unable to retain other existing personnel that are important to our business or hire additional qualified personnel. The process of locating personnel with the combination of skills and attributes required to carry out our goals is often lengthy. Our success depends to a significant degree upon our ability to attract, retain and motivate qualified management, marketing and sales personnel, in particular store managers, and upon the continued contributions of these people. We cannot assure you that we will be successful in attracting and retaining qualified executives and personnel.
In addition, our success depends in part upon our ability to attract, motivate and retain a sufficient number of store employees who understand and appreciate our corporate culture and customers. Turnover in the retail industry is generally high. Excessive store employee turnover will result in higher employee costs associated with finding, hiring and training new store employees. If we are unable to hire and retain store personnel capable of consistently providing a high level of customer service, our ability to open new stores may be impaired, the performance of our existing and new stores could be materially adversely affected and our brand image may be negatively impacted.
24
Our operations have significant liquidity and capital requirements and depend on the availability of adequate financing on reasonable terms, and if we are unable to borrow sufficient capital, it could have a significant negative effect on our business.
Our operations have significant liquidity and capital requirements. Among other things, the seasonality of our businesses requires us to purchase merchandise well in advance of the outdoor selling season in our second fiscal quarter and the holiday selling season in our fourth fiscal quarter. In addition, we have invested significant capital expenditures in remodeling and opening new stores and these capital expenditures have increased and will continue to increase in fiscal 2012 and succeeding fiscal periods as we open additional full line Design Galleries. During fiscal 2011, we spent $15.7 million for capital expenditures related to new stores and remodeling, and we incurred $9.9 million of additional capital expenditures related to supply chain investments and systems infrastructure. We anticipate our capital expenditure requirements to be approximately $65 million for fiscal 2012, of which $13.5 million was spent during the first six months of fiscal 2012. We plan to continue our growth and expansion, including opening full line Design Galleries in select major metropolitan markets, pursuing category extensions of our brand, and exploring new business areas. We purchased the building and land for our store in San Francisco but to date we have relied upon leases with landlords for our other locations. As we develop new stores in the future, we may explore other models for our real estate which could include joint ventures or other forms of equity ownership in the real estate interests associated with new sites and buildings. These approaches might require greater capital investment than a traditional store lease with a landlord.
We depend on our ability to generate cash flows from operating activities, as well as revolving borrowings under the Restoration Hardware, Inc. revolving line of credit, to finance the carrying costs of our inventory, to pay for capital expenditures and operating expenses and to support our growth strategy. As of July 28, 2012, we had borrowed $129.6 million under the revolving line of credit and had $86.2 million available for borrowing. In addition, the total amount outstanding under the Restoration Hardware, Inc. term loan was $14.8 million, net of $0.2 million of unamortized debt issuance costs, as of July 28, 2012. Various factors may impact our lenders willingness to provide funds to us, including:
|
our continuing compliance with the terms of our revolving line of credit; |
|
the amount of availability under the revolving line of credit, which depends on various factors, including the amount of collateral available under the revolving line of credit, which relies on a borrowing base formula tied principally to the value of our assets, including our inventory; and |
|
our lenders financial strength and ability to perform under the revolving line of credit. |
If the cash flows from our operating activities are not sufficient to finance the carrying costs of inventory and to pay for capital expenditures and operating costs, and if we are unable to borrow a sufficient amount under the revolving line of credit to finance or pay for such expenditures and costs, it could have a significant negative effect on our business.
We currently believe that our cash flow from operations and funds available under the revolving line of credit will satisfy our capital and operating requirements for the next twelve months. However, any weakening of, or other adverse developments concerning our sales performance or adverse developments concerning the availability of credit under the revolving line of credit, could limit the overall amount of funds available to us.
In addition, we may experience cash flow shortfalls in the future, and we may otherwise require additional external funding, or we may need to raise funds to take advantage of unanticipated opportunities, to make acquisitions of other businesses or companies or to respond to changing business conditions or unanticipated competitive pressures. However, we cannot assure you that we will be able to raise funds on favorable terms, if at all, or that future financing requirements would not be dilutive to holders of our capital stock. If we fail to raise sufficient additional funds, we may be required to delay or abandon some of our planned future expenditures or aspects of our current operations.
25
A number of factors that affect our ability to successfully open new stores or optimize our store footprint are beyond our control, and these factors may harm our ability to execute our strategy of sizing stores to the potential of the market, which may negatively affect our results of operations.
We are focused on sizing our assortments and our stores to the potential of the market by adjusting the square footage and number of stores on a geographic market-by-market basis. We plan to optimize our real estate by continuing to open larger square footage full line Design Galleries in key markets and relocating or closing selected stores in these or adjacent markets. When we address the introduction of new stores in a particular market or changes to, or closure of, existing stores, we must make a series of decisions regarding the size and location of new stores (or the existing stores slated to undergo changes or closure) and the impact on our other existing stores in the area.
Our ability to maximize the productivity of our retail store base, depends on many factors, including, among others, our ability to:
|
identify suitable locations, the availability of which is largely outside of our control; |
|
size the store locations to the market opportunity; |
|
retain customers in certain geographic markets when we close stores in that market; |
|
negotiate acceptable new lease terms or lease renewals, modifications or terminations; |
|
efficiently build and equip new stores or further remodel existing locations; |
|
source sufficient levels of inventory to meet the needs of changes in our store footprint on a timely basis; |
|
successfully integrate changes in our store base into our existing operations and information technology systems; |
|
obtain or maintain adequate capital resources on acceptable terms; |
|
avoid construction delays and cost overruns in connection with the expansion or further remodeling of existing stores and the opening of new stores; |
|
maintain adequate distribution facilities, information systems and other operational systems to serve our new stores and remodeled stores; and |
|
address competitive, merchandising, marketing, distribution and other challenges encountered in connection with expansion into new geographic areas and markets. |
Any of these challenges could delay or prevent us from completing store openings or the additional remodeling of existing stores or hinder the operations of stores we open or remodel. If any of these challenges delays the opening of a store, our results of operations will be negatively affected as we will incur leasing and other costs during the delay without associated store revenue at such location. New or remodeled stores may not be profitable or achieve our target return on investment. Unfavorable economic and business conditions and other events could also interfere with our plans to expand or modify store footprints. Our failure to effectively address challenges such as these could adversely affect our ability to successfully open new stores or change our store footprint in a timely and cost-effective manner and could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Our operating results are subject to quarterly and seasonal fluctuations, and results for any quarter may not necessarily be indicative of the results that may be achieved for the full fiscal year.
Our quarterly results have fluctuated in the past and may fluctuate significantly in the future, depending upon a variety of factors, including, among other things, our product offerings, the timing and level of markdowns, promotional events, store openings, store closings, the weather, remodeling or relocations, shifts in
26
the timing of holidays, timing of catalog releases or sales, timing of delivery of orders, competitive factors and general economic conditions.
In addition, we historically have realized, and expect to continue to realize, higher net revenue and profitability in the fourth quarter of our fiscal year due to the holiday selling season and to a lesser extent in the second quarter due to the outdoor selling season. In fiscal 2011, we recorded net revenues of $235.6 million and $305.2 million in the second and fourth fiscal quarters or 24.6% and 31.9%, respectively, of our fiscal 2011 net revenue. In fiscal 2011, our gross profit for the second and fourth quarters was $91.2 million and $117.5 million or 25.6% and 33.0% of our fiscal 2011 gross profit, respectively. In anticipation of increased sales activity for the outdoor selling season during our second fiscal quarter and the holiday selling season during our fourth fiscal quarter, our working capital requirements are typically higher in the first and third fiscal quarters due to inventory-related working capital requirements for the outdoor selling season and the holiday selling season.
Accordingly, our results of operation may fluctuate on a seasonal basis and relative to corresponding periods in prior years. We may take certain pricing, merchandising or marketing actions that could have a disproportionate effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations in a particular quarter or selling season. For example, we periodically engage in sales promotional activities that are designed to increase our sales but can have the effect of reducing our gross margins. During fiscal 2011, we undertook initiatives related to the opening of full line Design Gallery locations and the closure of some existing stores. In addition, during this time period, we introduced a number of new products and our Source Book. We are continuing these initiatives in fiscal 2012. For example, our recent Fall 2012 Source Books portrays over 85% of our product assortment at the time of publication. These initiatives and promotional activities may disproportionately impact results in a particular quarter and we believe that period to period comparisons of our operating results are not necessarily meaningful and cannot be relied upon as indicators of future performance.
Our business depends in part on a strong brand image. We continue to invest in the development of our brand and the marketing of our business, and if we are not able to maintain and enhance our brand or market our product offerings, we may be unable to attract a sufficient number of customers or sell sufficient quantities of our products.
We believe that the brand image we have developed, and the lifestyle image associated with our brand, have contributed significantly to the success of our business to date. We also believe that maintaining and enhancing our brand is integral to our business and to the implementation of our strategies for expanding our business. This will require us to continue to make investments in areas such as marketing and advertising, as well as the day-to-day investments required for store operations, catalog mailings, website operations and employee training. Our brand image may be diminished if new products, services or other businesses fail to maintain or enhance our distinctive brand image. Furthermore, our reputation could be jeopardized if we fail to maintain high standards for merchandise and service quality, if we fail to maintain high ethical, social and environmental standards for all of our operations and activities, if we fail to comply with local laws and regulations or if we experience other negative events that affect our image or reputation. Any failure to maintain a strong brand image could have an adverse effect on our sales and results of operations.
We are exploring opportunities to expand into new categories or complementary businesses. If we are not successful in these new categories or business areas, it may have an adverse effect on our results of operations and our reputation.
We are engaged in ongoing efforts to explore new business opportunities that we believe can leverage our current business platform. We have developed a number of new product categories and extensions over the last several years, including Garden & Outdoor, Baby & Child and Big Style, small spaces. We also have introduced other merchandise categories that enhance the customer experience in our full line Design Galleries, including
27
fresh cut flowers, magazines and tea, and plan further brand-enhancing offerings, such as an Art & Culture category, which could include works of art by independent artists, and a café or restaurant adjacent to, or inside of, select full line Design Galleries. We are incubating a number of other new areas for potential expansion of our business, some of which may become new core categories or new store concepts and others of which may be primarily offered as enrichment of the customer experience.
Developing and testing new business opportunities will involve us in business operations and areas of expertise that would be new to our organization and may require management time and resources. We may not achieve wide market acceptance or generate revenue sufficient to recoup the cost of developing and operating such new concepts, which in turn could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. Any new businesses we enter may expose us to additional laws, regulations and risks, including the risk that we may incur ongoing operating expenses in such businesses in excess of revenues, which could harm our results of operations and financial condition. The financial profile of any such new businesses may be different than our current financial profile, which could affect our financial performance and the market price for our common stock.
We compete in the highly competitive home furnishings sector of the retail market.
The home furnishings sector within the retail market is highly competitive. We compete with the interior design trade and specialty stores, as well as antique dealers and other merchants that provide unique items and custom-designed product offerings at higher price points. We also compete with national and regional home furnishing retailers and department stores. In addition, we compete with mail order catalogs focused on home furnishings. We compete with these and other retailers for customers, suitable retail locations, vendors, qualified employees and management personnel. Many of our competitors have significantly greater financial, marketing and other resources than we do and therefore may be able to adapt to changes in customer preferences more quickly, devote greater resources to the marketing and sale of their products, generate greater national brand recognition or adopt more aggressive pricing policies than we can. In addition, increased catalog mailings by our competitors may adversely affect response rates to our own catalog mailings. Moreover, increased competition may result, and has resulted in the past, in potential or actual litigation between us and our competitors relating to such activities as competitive sales, hiring practices and other matters. As a result, increased competition may adversely affect our future financial performance, and we cannot assure you that we will be able to compete successfully in the future.
We believe that our ability to compete successfully is determined by several factors, including, among other things, the quality of our product selection, our brand, our merchandise presentation and value proposition, customer service, pricing and store locations. We may not ultimately succeed in competing with other retailers in our market.
Disruptions in the global financial markets may make it difficult for us to borrow a sufficient amount of capital to finance the carrying costs of inventory and to pay for capital expenditures and operating costs, which could negatively affect our business.
Disruptions in the global financial markets and banking systems have made credit and capital markets more difficult for companies to access, even for some companies with established revolving or other credit facilities. Under the credit agreement governing the Restoration Hardware, Inc. revolving line of credit, each financial institution that is part of the syndicate for the revolving line of credit is responsible for providing a portion of the loans to be made under the revolving line of credit. Factors that have previously affected our borrowing ability under the revolving line of credit have included the borrowing base formula limitations, adjustments in the appraised value of our inventory used to calculate the borrowing base and the availability of each of our lenders to advance its portion of requested borrowing drawdowns under the facility. If, in connection with a disruption in the global financial markets or otherwise, any participant, or group of participants, with a significant portion of the commitments in the revolving line of credit fails to satisfy its obligations to extend credit under the facility, and if we are unable to find a replacement for such participant or group of participants on a timely basis (if at all), then our liquidity and our business may be materially adversely affected.
28
Reductions in the volume of mall traffic or closing of shopping malls as a result of unfavorable economic conditions or changing demographic patterns could significantly reduce our sales and leave us with unsold inventory.
Most of our stores are currently located in shopping malls. Sales at these stores are derived, in part, from the volume of traffic in those malls. These stores benefit from the ability of the malls anchor tenants, generally large department stores and other area attractions, to generate consumer traffic in the vicinity of our stores and the continuing popularity of the malls as shopping destinations. Unfavorable economic conditions, particularly in certain regions, have adversely affected mall traffic and resulted in the closing of certain anchor stores and have threatened the viability of certain commercial real estate firms which operate major shopping malls. A continuation of this trend, including failure of a large commercial landlord or continued declines in the popularity of mall shopping generally among our customers, could reduce our sales and leave us with excess inventory. We may respond by increasing markdowns or initiating marketing promotions to reduce excess inventory, which would further adversely impact our results of operations.
Our business depends upon the successful operation of our distribution facilities, furniture home delivery hubs and customer care center, as well as our ability to fulfill orders and to deliver our merchandise to our customers in a timely manner.
Our business depends upon the successful operation of our distribution centers, furniture home delivery hubs and customer care center, as well as our order management and fulfillment services and the re-stocking of inventories within our stores. The efficient flow of our merchandise requires that our facilities have adequate capacity to support our current level of operations, and any anticipated increased levels that may follow from any growth of our business.
If we encounter difficulties associated with any of our facilities or if any of our facilities were to shut down for any reason, including as a result of fire, earthquakes (to which our California-based distribution and home delivery facilities in Tracy and Mira Loma and our corporate headquarters in Corte Madera are particularly vulnerable), power outages or other natural disasters, we could face shortages of inventory resulting in out of stock conditions in our stores, significantly higher costs and longer lead times associated with distributing our products to both our stores and online customers and the inability to process orders in a timely manner or ship goods to our customers. Further, any significant interruption in the operation of our customer care center, including the call center, could also reduce our ability to receive and process orders and provide products and services to our stores and customers, which could result in lost sales, cancelled sales and a loss of loyalty to our brand.
In January 2012, we opened a furniture home delivery hub in Avenel, New Jersey and, in February 2012, we opened a furniture distribution center in North East, Maryland. We also recently expanded our West Coast distribution center in Mira Loma, California, reduced the size of our furniture delivery hub in Tracy, California and have entered into a lease in connection with a planned distribution center in Grand Prairie, Texas. As a result of these and other efforts with respect to our distribution facilities, we may encounter operational difficulties with respect to our facilities, such as disruptions in transitioning fulfillment orders to the new distribution facilities and problems associated with operating new facilities or reducing the size and changing functions of existing facilities, and any such difficulties could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Our results may be adversely affected by fluctuations in raw materials and energy costs.
Increases in the prices of the components and raw materials used in our products could negatively affect the sales of our merchandise and our product margins. These prices may fluctuate based on a number of factors beyond our control, including: commodity prices including prices for oil, lumber and cotton, changes in supply and demand, general economic conditions, labor costs, competition, import duties, tariffs, currency exchange rates and government regulation. In addition, energy costs have fluctuated dramatically in the past. These
29
fluctuations may result in an increase in our transportation costs for freight and distribution, utility costs for our retail stores (particularly our facility located in Tracy, California, which has experienced problems with its power supply in recent years) and overall costs to purchase products from our vendors. Accordingly, changes in the value of the U.S. dollar relative to foreign currencies may increase our vendors cost of business and ultimately our cost of goods sold and our selling, general and administrative costs. If we are unable to pass such cost increases on to our customers or the higher cost of the products results in decreased demand for our products, our results of operations would be harmed. Any such cost increase could reduce our earnings to the extent we are unable to adjust the prices of our products.
We are subject to risks associated with our dependence on foreign imports for our merchandise.
Based on total volume dollar purchases, in fiscal 2011 we purchased approximately 84% of our merchandise from vendors located outside the United States, including 77% from Asia, the majority of which originated from China. In addition, some of the merchandise we purchase from vendors in the United States also depends, in whole or in part, on vendors located outside the United States. As a result, our business highly depends on global trade, as well as trade and cost factors that impact the specific countries where our vendors are located, including Asia. Our future success will depend in large part upon our ability to maintain our existing foreign vendor relationships and to develop new ones. While we rely on our long-term relationships with our foreign vendors, we have no long-term contracts with them and transact business on an order by order basis. Additionally, many of our imported products are subject to existing duties, tariffs and quotas that may limit the quantity of some types of goods which we may import into the United States. Our dependence on foreign imports also makes us vulnerable to risks associated with products manufactured abroad, including, among other things, risks of damage, destruction or confiscation of products while in transit to our distribution centers located in the United States, charges on or assessment of additional import duties, tariffs and quotas, loss of most favored nation trading status by the United States in relation to a particular foreign country, work stoppages, including without limitation as a result of events such as longshoremen strikes, transportation and other delays in shipments, including without limitation as a result of heightened security screening and inspection processes or other port-of-entry limitations or restrictions in the United States, freight cost increases, economic uncertainties, including inflation, foreign government regulations, trade restrictions, including the United States retaliating against protectionist foreign trade practices and political unrest, increased labor costs and other similar factors that might affect the operations of our vendors in specific countries such as China.
An interruption or delay in supply from our foreign sources, or the imposition of additional duties, taxes or other charges on these imports, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations unless and until alternative supply arrangements are secured.
In addition, there is a risk that compliance lapses by our vendors could occur which could lead to investigations by U.S. government agencies responsible for international trade compliance. Resulting penalties or enforcement actions could delay future imports/exports or otherwise negatively impact our business. In addition, there remains a risk that one or more of our foreign vendors will not adhere to applicable legal requirements or our global compliance standards such as fair labor standards, the prohibition on child labor and other product safety or manufacturing safety standards. The violation of applicable legal requirements by any of our vendors or the failure to adhere to labor, manufacturing safety and other laws by any of our vendors, or the divergence of the labor practices followed by any of our vendors from those generally accepted in the United States, could disrupt our supply of products from our vendors or the shipment of products to us, result in potential liability to us and harm our reputation and brand, any of which could negatively affect our business and operating results.
We rely upon independent third-party transportation providers for the majority of our product shipments.
We currently rely upon independent third-party transportation providers for our product shipments to our stores and to our customers outside of certain areas. Our utilization of their delivery services for shipments, or those of any other shipping companies we may elect to use, is subject to risks, including increases in fuel prices,
30
which would increase our shipping costs, and strikes, work stoppages and inclement weather, which may impact the shipping companies abilities to provide delivery services that adequately meet our shipping needs. If we change shipping companies, we could face logistical difficulties that could adversely affect deliveries and we would incur costs and expend resources in connection with such change. Moreover, we may not be able to obtain terms as favorable as those received from the third-party transportation providers we currently use, which in turn would increase our costs.
We may be exposed to risks and costs associated with protecting the integrity and security of our customers information.
A significant number of customer purchases from us across all of our channels are made using credit cards. Additionally, approximately 50% of our customer orders are placed through our website. In order for our business to function successfully, we and other market participants must be able to handle and transmit confidential information, including credit card information, securely. We are not fully compliant with Payment Card Industry, or PCI, Data Security Standards and there can be no assurance that in the future we will be able to operate our facilities and our customer service and sales operations in accordance with PCI or other industry recommended practices. We intend to obtain compliance with PCI Data Security Standards and will incur additional expenses to attain and maintain PCI compliance. Even if we are compliant with such standards, we still may not be able to prevent security breaches involving customer transaction data. Any breach could cause consumers to lose confidence in the security of our website and choose not to purchase from us. For example, in 2008 we terminated the employment of certain employees in our call center as a result of unauthorized credit card charges. If a computer hacker or other criminal is able to circumvent our security measures, he or she could destroy or steal valuable information or disrupt our operations. Any security breach could expose us to risks of data loss, litigation and liability and could seriously disrupt our operations and harm our reputation, any of which could adversely affect our business.
In addition, states and the federal government have enacted additional laws and regulations to protect consumers against identity theft. We collect and store personal information from consumers in the course of doing business. These laws have increased the costs of doing business and, if we fail to implement appropriate safeguards or we fail to detect and provide prompt notice of unauthorized access as required by some of these laws, we could be subject to potential claims for damages and other remedies. If we were required to pay any significant amounts in satisfaction of claims under these laws, or if we were forced to cease our business operations for any length of time as a result of our inability to comply fully with any such law, our business, operating results and financial condition could be adversely affected.
Material damage to, or interruptions in, our information systems as a result of external factors, staffing shortages and difficulties in updating our existing software or developing or implementing new software could have a material adverse effect on our business or results of operations.
We depend largely upon our information technology systems in the conduct of all aspects of our operations, many of which we have only adopted and implemented within the past five years in connection with rebuilding our supply chain and infrastructure. Such systems are subject to damage or interruption from power outages, computer and telecommunications failures, computer viruses, security breaches and natural disasters. Damage or interruption to our information systems may require a significant investment to fix or replace them, and we may suffer interruptions in our operations in the interim. Management information system failures or telecommunications system problems may disrupt operations. In addition, costs and potential problems and interruptions associated with the implementation of new or upgraded systems and technology or with maintenance or adequate support of existing systems could also disrupt or reduce the efficiency of our operations. Any material interruptions or failures in our systems may have a material adverse effect on our business or results of operations.
We also rely heavily on our information technology staff. If we cannot meet our staffing needs in this area, we may not be able to fulfill our technology initiatives while continuing to provide maintenance on existing systems.
31
We rely on certain software vendors to maintain and periodically upgrade many of these systems so that they can continue to support our business. The software programs supporting many of our systems were licensed to us by independent software developers. The inability of these developers or us to continue to maintain and upgrade these information systems and software programs would disrupt or reduce the efficiency of our operations if we were unable to convert to alternate systems in an efficient and timely manner.
We are vulnerable to various risks and uncertainties associated with our websites, including changes in required technology interfaces, website downtime and other technical failures, costs and technical issues as we upgrade our website software, computer viruses, changes in applicable federal and state regulation, security breaches, legal claims related to our website operations and e-commerce fulfillment and other consumer privacy concerns. Our failure to successfully respond to these risks and uncertainties could reduce website sales and have a material adverse effect on our business or results of operations.
Our failure to successfully manage the costs of our catalog and promotional mailings could have a negative impact on our business.
Catalog mailings are an important component of our business. Increases in costs relating to paper, printing, postal rates and other catalog distribution costs would affect the cost of our catalog mailings. We have recently significantly expanded the page counts of our catalogs, increased the number of households receiving our catalogs and reduced the number of catalog mailings. While we expect to send fewer of these catalogs overall, we cannot assure you that this strategy will be successful. We rely on customary discounts from the basic postal rate structure that are available for our catalog mailings, which could be changed or discontinued at any time. The market price for paper has fluctuated significantly during the past three fiscal years and may continue to fluctuate in the future. Future increases in postal rates, paper costs or printing costs would have a negative impact on our operating results to the extent that we are unable to offset such increases by raising prices, by implementing more efficient printing, mailing, delivery and order fulfillment systems or by using alternative direct-mail formats.
We have historically experienced fluctuations in customer response to our catalogs. Customer response to our catalogs depends substantially on product assortment, product availability and creative presentation, the selection of customers to whom the catalogs are mailed, changes in mailing strategies, the page size, page count, frequency and timing of delivery of the catalogs, as well as the general retail sales environment and current domestic and global economic conditions. The failure to effectively produce or distribute our catalogs could affect the timing of catalog delivery. The timing of catalog delivery has been and can be affected by postal service delays. Any delays in the timing of catalog delivery could cause customers to forgo or defer purchases. If the performance of our catalogs declines, if we misjudge the correlation between our catalog circulation and net sales, or if our catalog circulation optimization strategy is not successful, our results of operations could be negatively impacted.
Our failure to successfully anticipate merchandise returns might have a negative impact on our business.
We record a reserve for merchandise returns based on historical return trends together with current product sales performance in each reporting period. If actual returns are greater than those projected and reserved for by management, additional sales returns might be recorded in future periods. In addition, to the extent that returned merchandise is damaged, we often do not receive full retail value from the resale or liquidation of the merchandise. Further, the introduction of new merchandise, changes in merchandise mix, changes in consumer confidence or other competitive and general economic conditions may cause actual returns to exceed merchandise return reserves. Adverse economic conditions in the past have resulted in an increase in our merchandise returns. Any significant increase in merchandise returns that exceeds our reserves could harm our business and operating results.
32
Certain of our products may be subject to recalls or other actions by regulatory authorities, and any such recalls or similar actions could have a material adverse effect on our business.
Certain of the products we sell are subject to regulation by the federal Consumer Product Safety Commission and similar state and international regulatory authorities, which require certification and testing of certain regulated substances, among other requirements. For example, in August 2008, the Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act of 2008, or CPSIA, was signed into law. In general, the CPSIA bans the sale of childrens products containing lead in excess of certain maximum standards, and imposes other restrictions and requirements on the sale of childrens products, including importing, testing and labeling requirements. Our products have, from time to time, been subject to recall for product safety reasons, and issues of product safety could result in future product recalls, other actions by applicable government authorities or product liability claims. Product safety concerns may also require us, whether on a voluntary or involuntary basis, to remove selected products from our stores, particularly with respect to our Restoration Hardware Baby & Child brand. Product recalls and removal of products and defending such product liability claims can result in, among other things, lost sales, diverted resources, potential harm to our reputation and increased customer service costs, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.
There are claims made against us or our management from time to time that can result in litigation or regulatory proceedings which could distract management from our business activities and result in significant liability.
From time to time we and our management are involved in litigation, claims and other proceedings relating to the conduct of our business, including but not limited to consumer protection class action litigation, claims related to our business, including claims related to our collection of reproductions, or employment practices and claims of intellectual property infringement, including with respect to trademarks and trade dress, and claims asserting unfair competition and unfair business practices by manufacturers of products. In addition, from time to time, we are subject to product liability and personal injury claims for the products that we sell and the stores we operate. Subject to certain exceptions, our purchase orders generally require the vendor to indemnify us against any product liability claims; however, if the vendor does not have insurance or becomes insolvent, we may not be indemnified. In addition, we could face a wide variety of employee claims against us, including general discrimination, privacy, labor and employment, ERISA and disability claims. Any claims could also result in litigation against us and could also result in regulatory proceedings being brought against us by various federal and state agencies that regulate our business, including the United States Equal Employment Opportunity Commission. Often these cases raise complex factual and legal issues, which are subject to risks and uncertainties and which could require significant management time. Our Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Alberini was formerly employed by Guess?, Inc., which is currently subject to a tax audit and assessment proceeding in Italy. There is a related proceeding by a prosecutor in Italy that has been initiated with respect to several current and former members of the Guess Europe management team as well as Mr. Alberini. See ManagementExecutive Officers. There can be no assurance that this matter will be resolved favorably as to Mr. Alberini or that it will not require Mr. Alberini to devote substantial time in addressing this matter. Litigation and other claims and regulatory proceedings against us or our management could result in unexpected expenses and liability and could also materially adversely affect our operations and our reputation.
Labor activities could cause labor relations difficulties for us.
Currently none of our employees is represented by a union. However, our employees have the right at any time to form or affiliate with a union, and union organizational activities have occurred previously at our Baltimore distribution center. We cannot predict the negative effects that any future organizational activities will have on our business and operations. If we were to become subject to work stoppages, we could experience disruption in our operations and increases in our labor costs, either of which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.
33
Our failure or inability to protect our intellectual property rights could diminish the value of our brand and weaken our competitive position.
We currently rely on a combination of copyright, trademark, trade dress and unfair competition laws, as well as confidentiality procedures and licensing arrangements, to establish and protect our intellectual property rights. We believe that our trademarks and other proprietary rights have significant value and are important to identifying and differentiating certain of our products and brand from those of our competitors and creating and sustaining demand for certain of our products. We cannot assure you that the steps taken by us to protect our intellectual property rights will be adequate to prevent infringement of such rights by others, including imitation of our products and misappropriation of our brand.
Furthermore, third parties have and may in the future assert intellectual property claims against us, particularly as we expand our business and the number of products we offer. Our defense of any claim, regardless of its merit, could be expensive and time consuming and could divert management resources. Successful infringement claims against us could result in significant monetary liability or prevent us from selling some of our products. In addition, resolution of claims may require us to redesign our products, license rights from third parties or cease using those rights altogether. If we fail to protect and maintain our intellectual property rights, the value of our brand could be diminished and our competitive position may suffer.
We are subject to risks associated with occupying substantial amounts of space, including future increases in occupancy costs. We may choose in the future to acquire some of our store locations, which will subject us to additional risks.
We lease all but one of our retail store locations and we also lease our outlet stores, our corporate headquarters and our six distribution and delivery facilities. The initial lease term of our retail stores generally ranges from ten to fifteen years, and certain leases contain renewal options for up to fifteen years. Most leases for our retail stores provide for a minimum rent, typically including escalating rent increases, plus a percentage rent based upon sales after certain minimum thresholds are achieved, as well as common area maintenance charges, real property insurance and real estate taxes. We purchased the building and land for our store in San Francisco, but to date we have relied upon leases with landlords for our other locations. As we develop new stores in the future, we may explore other models for our real estate which could include joint ventures or other forms of equity ownership in the real estate interests associated with new sites and buildings. These approaches might require additional capital investment and could present different risks than a traditional store lease with a landlord, including greater financial exposure if a new store location is not as successful as we originally target in our plans.
If we decide to close an existing or future store, we may nonetheless have continuing obligations with respect to that property pursuant to the applicable lease or ownership arrangements, including, among other things, paying the base rent for the balance of the lease term. Our ability to re-negotiate favorable terms on an expiring lease, to arrange for the sale of an owned property or to negotiate favorable terms for a suitable alternate location could depend on conditions in the real estate market, competition for desirable properties, our relationships with current and prospective landlords and other factors that are not within our control. Our inability to enter into new leases or renew existing leases on terms acceptable to us or be released from our obligations under leases or other obligations for stores that we close could materially adversely affect our business and results of operations.
Compliance with laws may be costly, and changes in laws could make conducting our business more expensive or otherwise change the way we do business.
We are subject to numerous regulations, including labor and employment, customs, truth-in-advertising, consumer protection, privacy, safety, environmental and zoning and occupancy laws and other laws, including consumer protection regulations that regulate retailers generally or govern our business. If these regulations were to change or were violated by us or our vendors or buying agents, the costs of certain goods could increase, or we
34
could experience delays in shipments of our goods, be subject to fines or penalties, or suffer reputational harm, which could reduce demand for our products and harm our business and results of operations.
In addition to increased regulatory compliance requirements, changes in laws could make ordinary conduct of our business more expensive or require us to change the way we do business. For example, as a retail business, changes in laws related to employee benefits and treatment of employees, including laws related to limitations on employee hours, supervisory status, leaves of absence, mandated health benefits or overtime pay, could negatively impact us by increasing compensation and benefits costs for overtime and medical expenses. In addition, newly enacted United States health care laws and potential global and domestic greenhouse gas emission requirements and other environmental legislation and regulations could result in increased direct compliance costs for us (or may cause our vendors to raise the prices they charge us in order to maintain profitable operations because of increased compliance costs), increased transportation costs or reduced availability of raw materials.
Because of our international operations, we could be adversely affected by violations of the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and similar worldwide anti-bribery and anti-kickback laws.
We source substantially all of our products abroad, and we are increasing the level of our international sourcing activities in an effort to obtain more of our products directly from vendors located abroad. The United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, and other similar laws and regulations, generally prohibit companies and their intermediaries from making improper payments to non-United States officials for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. While our policies mandate compliance with these anti-bribery laws, we cannot assure you that we will be successful in preventing our employees or other agents from taking actions in violation of these laws or regulations. Such violations, or allegations of such violations, could disrupt our business and result in a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
Our operations are subject to risks of natural disasters, acts of war, terrorism or widespread illness, any one of which could result in a business stoppage and negatively affect our operating results.
Our business operations depend on our ability to maintain and protect our facilities, computer systems and personnel. Our operations and consumer spending may be affected by natural disasters or other similar events, including floods, hurricanes, earthquakes, widespread illness or fires. In particular, our corporate headquarters is located in Northern California, and other parts of our operations including distribution facilities are located in Northern and Southern California, each of which is in a seismically active region susceptible to earthquakes that could disrupt our operations and affect our operating results. Many of our vendors are also located in areas that may be affected by such events. Moreover, geopolitical or public safety conditions which affect consumer behavior and spending may impact our business. Terrorist attacks in the United States or threats of terrorist attacks in the United States in the future, as well as future events occurring in response to or in connection with them, could again result in reduced levels of consumer spending. Any of these occurrences could have a significant impact on our operating results, revenue and costs.
We have experienced net losses in the past and we may experience net losses in the future.
We experienced net losses of $28.7 million and $7.1 million in fiscal 2009 and fiscal 2010, respectively. We only recently achieved profitability, as we reported net income of $20.6 million in fiscal 2011. We may experience net losses in the future, and we cannot assure you that we will sustain recently achieved profitability in future periods.
Fluctuations in our tax obligations and effective tax rate and realization of our deferred tax assets, including net operating loss carryforwards, may result in volatility of our operating results.
We are subject to income taxes in the United States and certain foreign jurisdictions. We record tax expense based on our estimates of future payments, which include reserves for uncertain tax positions in multiple tax
35
jurisdictions, and valuation allowances related to certain net deferred tax assets, including net operating loss carryforwards. At any one time, many tax years are subject to audit by various taxing jurisdictions. The results of these audits and negotiations with taxing authorities may affect the ultimate settlement of these issues. Under United States federal and state income tax laws, if over a rolling three-year period, the cumulative change in our ownership exceeds 50%, our ability to utilize our net operating loss carryforwards to offset future taxable income may be limited. Changes in ownership can occur due to transactions in our stock or the issuance of additional shares of our common stock or, in certain circumstances, securities convertible into our common stock. Certain transactions we have completed, including our going private transaction in June 2008, and the sale of shares contemplated in this offering, may impact the timing of the utilization of our net operating loss carryforwards. Furthermore, it is possible that transactions in our stock that may not be within our control may cause us to exceed the 50% cumulative change threshold and may impose a limitation on the utilization of our net operating loss carryforwards in the future. Any such limitation on the timing of utilizing our net operating loss carryforwards would increase the use of cash to settle our tax obligations. We expect that throughout the year there could be ongoing variability in our quarterly tax rates as events occur and exposures are evaluated.
In addition, our effective tax rate in a given financial statement period may be materially impacted by changes in the mix and level of earnings, timing of the utilization of net operating loss carryforwards, changes in the valuation allowance for deferred taxes or by changes to existing accounting rules or regulations. Further, tax legislation may be enacted in the future that could negatively impact our current or future tax structure and effective tax rates.
Changes to accounting rules or regulations may adversely affect our results of operations.
New accounting rules or regulations and varying interpretations of existing accounting rules or regulations have occurred and may occur in the future. A change in accounting rules or regulations may even affect our reporting of transactions completed before the change is effective, and future changes to accounting rules or regulations or the questioning of current accounting practices may adversely affect our results of operations. For example, in August 2010, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued an exposure draft outlining proposed changes to current lease accounting in FASB Accounting Standards Codification (Codification or ASC) 840, Leases. In July 2011, the FASB made the decision to issue a revised exposure draft, which is expected to occur in the second half of 2012, with a final standard expected to be issued in 2013. The proposed new accounting pronouncement, if ultimately adopted in its proposed form, could result in significant changes to current accounting, including the capitalization of leases on the balance sheet that currently are recorded off balance sheet as operating leases. While this change would not impact the cash flow related to our store leases, it could adversely impact our balance sheet and could therefore impact our ability to raise financing from banks or other sources.
Our total assets include intangible assets with an indefinite life, goodwill and trademarks, and substantial amounts of long lived assets, principally property and equipment. Changes to estimates or projections used to assess the fair value of these assets, or operating results that are lower than our current estimates at certain store locations, may cause us to incur impairment charges that could adversely affect our results of operations.
Our total assets include intangible assets with an indefinite life, goodwill and trademarks, and substantial amounts of property and equipment. We make certain estimates and projections in connection with impairment analyses for these long lived assets, in accordance with FASB ASC 360, Property, Plant and Equipment (ASC 360), and ASC 350, IntangiblesGoodwill and Other (ASC 350). We also review the carrying value of these assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the asset may not be recoverable in accordance with ASC 360 or ASC 350. We will record an impairment loss when the carrying value of the underlying asset, asset group or reporting unit exceeds its fair value. These calculations require us to make a number of estimates and projections of future results. If these estimates or projections change, we may be required to record additional impairment charges on certain of these assets. If these
36
impairment charges are significant, our results of operations would be adversely affected. In that regard, we recorded a $2.1 million impairment charge on long-lived assets of certain underperforming stores in fiscal 2010, and we recorded charges amounting to $3.2 million related to retail store closures in fiscal 2011.
Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock
Our common stock price may be volatile or may decline regardless of our operating performance, and you may not be able to resell your shares at or above the initial public offering price.
After this offering, the market price for our common stock is likely to be volatile, in part because our shares have not been traded publicly. In addition, as a retailer, our results are significantly affected by factors outside our control, particularly consumer spending and consumer confidence, which can significantly affect our stock price. In addition, the market price of our common stock may fluctuate significantly in response to a number of other factors, including those described elsewhere in this Risk Factors section and this prospectus, as well as the following:
|
quarterly variations in our operating results compared to market expectations; |
|
changes in preferences of our customers; |
|
announcements of new products or significant price reductions by us or our competitors; |
|
size of the public float; |
|
stock price performance of our competitors; |
|
fluctuations in stock market prices and volumes; |
|
default on our indebtedness; |
|
actions by competitors or other shopping center tenants; |
|
changes in senior management or key personnel; |
|
changes in financial estimates by securities analysts or failure to meet their expectations; |
|
actual or anticipated negative earnings or other announcements by us or other retail companies; |
|
downgrades in our credit ratings or the credit ratings of our competitors; |
|
natural disasters or other similar events; |
|
issuances or expected issuances of capital stock; and |
|
global economic, legal and regulatory changes unrelated to our performance. |
The initial public offering price of our common stock will be determined by negotiations between us and the underwriters based upon a number of factors and may not be indicative of prices that will prevail following the consummation of this offering. Volatility in the market price of our common stock may prevent investors from being able to sell their common stock at or above the initial public offering price. As a result, you may suffer a loss on your investment.
In addition, stock markets have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have affected and continue to affect the market prices of equity securities of many retail companies. In the past, stockholders have instituted securities class action litigation following periods of market volatility. If we were involved in securities litigation, we could incur substantial costs and our resources and the attention of management could be diverted from our business.
Our filings and public disclosures have attracted the attention of a hedge fund manager whose investment strategies we believe include making investments that increase in value when stock prices decline. The fund manager has informed us of the funds negative view of our Company and business and has threatened to
37
publicize those views. There can be no assurance that this fund manager will not attempt to influence the broader investment community or otherwise attempt to disparage our Company or our brand, which could negatively affect our stock price.
Substantial future sales of our common stock, or the perception in the public markets that these sales may occur, may depress our stock price.
Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market after this offering, or the perception that these sales could occur, could adversely affect the price of our common stock and could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of additional shares. Upon completion of this offering, we will have 36,971,500 shares of common stock outstanding. The shares of common stock offered in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Securities Act), except for any shares of our common stock that may be held or acquired by our directors, executive officers and other affiliates, as that term is defined in the Securities Act, which will be restricted securities under the Securities Act. Restricted securities may not be sold in the public market unless the sale is registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from registration is available. Moreover, under a registration rights agreement, Home Holdings, Catterton and Tower Three will have registration rights whereby, at any time following our initial public offering, Home Holdings, Catterton or Tower Three can require us to register under the Securities Act any shares owned by Home Holdings, Catterton or Tower Three as of the date of this prospectus and not sold in this offering. See Certain Relationships and Related Party TransactionsRegistration Rights Agreement for a more detailed description of the registration rights agreement. If our existing stockholders sell substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market, or if the public perceives that such sales could occur, this could have an adverse impact on the market price of our common stock, even if there is no relationship between such sales and the performance of our business.
We, our executive officers and directors, the selling stockholders and our other existing security holders have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, not to sell or transfer any common stock, or securities convertible into, exchangeable for, exercisable for or repayable with common stock, for 180 days after the date of this prospectus, without first obtaining written consent of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Goldman, Sachs & Co., representatives of the underwriters. See Underwriting.
All of our shares of common stock outstanding as of the date of this prospectus may be sold in the public market by existing stockholders 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to applicable limitations imposed under federal securities laws. See Shares Eligible for Future Sale for a more detailed description of the restrictions on selling shares of our common stock after this offering.
In the future, we may also issue our securities in connection with a capital raise or acquisitions. The amount of shares of our common stock issued in connection with a capital raise or acquisition could constitute a material portion of our then-outstanding shares of our common stock, which would result in dilution.
Anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents and Delaware law might discourage or delay acquisition attempts for us that you might consider favorable.
Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, as each will be in effect upon completion of this offering, will contain provisions that may make the acquisition of our Company more difficult without the approval of our board of directors. These provisions:
|
establish a classified board of directors so that not all members of our board of directors are elected at one time; |
|
authorize the issuance of undesignated preferred stock, the terms of which may be established and the shares of which may be issued without stockholder approval, and which may include super voting, special approval, dividend or other rights or preferences superior to the rights of the holders of common stock; |
38
|
after the date on which Home Holdings no longer holds a majority of the voting power of our outstanding common stock, prohibit stockholder action by written consent, which requires all stockholder actions to be taken at a meeting of our stockholders; |
|
provide that our board of directors is expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal our bylaws; and |
|
establish advance notice requirements for nominations for elections to our board of directors or for proposing matters that can be acted upon by stockholders at stockholder meetings. |
Our certificate of incorporation will also contain a provision that provides us with protections similar to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (DGCL), and will prevent us from engaging in a business combination with a person who acquires at least 15% of our common stock for a period of three years from the date such person acquired such common stock unless board or stockholder approval is obtained prior to the acquisition, except that our Principal Equity Holders and any persons to whom our Principal Equity Holders sell their common stock will be deemed to have been approved by our board of directors, and thereby not subject to these restrictions. These anti-takeover provisions and other provisions under Delaware law could discourage, delay or prevent a transaction involving a change in control of our Company, even if doing so would benefit our stockholders. These provisions could also discourage proxy contests and make it more difficult for you and other stockholders to elect directors of your choosing and to cause us to take other corporate actions you desire.
If you purchase shares of common stock sold in this offering, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution.
If you purchase shares of common stock in this offering, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution in the amount of $18.28 per share based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $23.00 per share (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus), which is substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our outstanding common stock. In addition, you may also experience additional dilution, or potential dilution, upon future equity issuances to investors or to our employees, consultants and directors under our stock option and equity incentive plans. See Dilution.
We do not expect to pay any cash dividends for the foreseeable future.
We do not anticipate that we will pay any cash dividends on shares of our common stock for the foreseeable future. Any determination to pay dividends in the future will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon results of operations, financial condition, contractual restrictions, restrictions imposed by applicable law and other factors our board of directors deems relevant. Accordingly, if you purchase shares in this offering, realization of a gain on your investment will depend on the appreciation of the price of our common stock, which may never occur. Investors seeking cash dividends in the foreseeable future should not purchase our common stock.
We may apply the proceeds of this offering to uses that do not improve our operating results or increase the value of your investment.
We intend to use a portion of the net proceeds from the sale of common stock in this offering to repay a portion of the outstanding amounts under the Restoration Hardware, Inc. revolving line of credit and term loan and to pay management fees of $7.0 million to affiliates of Catterton, Tower Three and Glenhill pursuant to the terms of the management services agreement that will terminate upon consummation of this offering. Our use of proceeds may not improve our operating results or increase the value of your investment.
39
Home Holdings, Catterton, Tower Three, and Glenhill will continue to have significant influence over us after this offering, including over decisions that require the approval of stockholders, and their interests in our business may be different from yours.
Upon completion of this offering, Home Holdings will own approximately 26.0 million shares, or 66.8%, of our outstanding common stock (including outstanding restricted shares). Of that amount, Catterton will beneficially own approximately 11.8 million shares, or 30.4% of our outstanding common stock and Tower Three will beneficially own approximately 11.1 million shares, or 28.6% of our outstanding common stock. Glenhill will beneficially own approximately 3.3 million shares, or 8.4% of our outstanding common stock of which approximately 3.0 million are held through Home Holdings and 209,652 are held directly by Glenhill Capital Overseas Master Fund, LP.
Home Holdings, and through Home Holdings, Catterton, Tower Three and Glenhill, will have significant influence over our reporting and corporate management and affairs and will be able to control certain matters requiring stockholder approval after this offering. It is possible that the interests of our Principal Equity Holders may in some circumstances conflict with the interests of our other stockholders, including you. We intend to enter into a stockholders agreement with Home Holdings that will provide for certain approval rights for Home Holdings and designation of directors by Home Holdings. The stockholders agreement will provide that, for so long as Home Holdings and the Principal Equity Holders hold a majority of the voting power of our outstanding common stock, Home Holdings shall have the right to nominate a majority of the members of our board of directors and as long as Home Holdings and the Principal Equity Holders hold at least 30% of the voting power of our outstanding common stock, Home Holdings shall have the right to nominate two members of our board of directors. Home Holdings currently expects to nominate two directors to our board of directors, one of which will be designated by Catterton and one of which will be designated by Tower Three. For so long as Home Holdings and the Principal Equity Holders own a majority of the voting power of our outstanding common stock, no action may be taken or vote approved by our board of directors or any committee thereof (other than the audit committee or any other committee of directors that may be created with the approval of Home Holdings as not being subject to this provision) without the affirmative vote of the Catterton and Tower Three designated directors. In addition, for so long as Home Holdings and the Principal Equity Holders hold at least 30% of the voting power of our outstanding common stock, certain actions may not be taken without the approval of Home Holdings. The stockholder agreement (and our certificate of incorporation) also will provide for a waiver of the corporate opportunity doctrine with respect to Home Holdings and its affiliates, including the Principal Equity Holders. If Home Holdings or its affiliates, including the Principal Equity Holders, participate in any such corporate opportunity, Thomas Mottola and Barry Sternlicht, two of our director designees, will also be afforded a waiver of the corporate opportunity doctrine in connection with any participation by them in any such corporate opportunity. See Certain Relationships and Related Party TransactionsStockholders Agreement.
Our Principal Equity Holders are also in the business of making investments in companies and may from time to time acquire and hold interests in businesses that compete directly or indirectly with us. Our Principal Equity Holders may also pursue acquisition opportunities that are complementary to our business and, as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us. So long as Home Holdings or our Principal Equity Holders, or other funds controlled by or associated with our Principal Equity Holders, continue to indirectly own a significant amount of our outstanding common stock, even if such amount represents less than a majority, Home Holdings and our Principal Equity Holders will continue to be able to strongly influence our decisions. The concentration of ownership in the hands of our Principal Equity Holders may have the effect of delaying, preventing or deterring a change of control of our Company, could deprive stockholders of an opportunity to receive a premium for their common stock as part of a sale of our Company and might ultimately affect the market price of our common stock.
40
We are a controlled company within the meaning of the NYSE listing requirements and, as a result, will qualify for, and intend to rely on, exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements. You will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to such corporate governance requirements.
Because of the aggregate voting power over our Company held by Home Holdings, we are considered a controlled company for the purposes of the NYSE listing requirements. As such, we are exempt from the corporate governance requirements that our board of directors, our compensation committee and our nominating and corporate governance committee meet the standard of independence established by those corporate governance requirements. The independence standards are intended to ensure that directors who meet the independence standard are free of any conflicting interest that could influence their actions as directors.
Following this offering, we intend to utilize these exemptions afforded to a controlled company. Accordingly, you will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance requirements of the NYSE.
Compliance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 may require significant expenditures and effort by management, and if our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to provide an unqualified attestation report on our internal controls, our stock price could be adversely affected.
Until June 2008, Restoration Hardware, Inc. was a public company and was required to comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the Sarbanes-Oxley Act) and related rules and regulations. Following the completion of this offering and beginning with our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ending February 1, 2014, our management again will be required to report on, and we expect that our independent registered public accounting firm will have to attest to, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. We are currently in the process of reviewing, documenting and testing our internal control over financial reporting. We may encounter problems or delays in completing the implementation of any changes necessary to make a favorable assessment of our internal control over financial reporting. In addition, in connection with the attestation process by our independent registered public accounting firm, we may encounter problems or delays in completing the implementation of any requested improvements and receiving a favorable attestation.
In 2008, we reported a material weakness that resulted in us incorrectly reporting the amount of indirect costs capitalized into inventory for the first three quarters of fiscal 2007. As a result, we restated our unaudited quarterly financial information for three quarters in fiscal 2007. Under rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the SEC), a material weakness is defined as a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of a companys annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. We cannot assure you that other material weaknesses will not be identified in the future.
If other material weaknesses or other deficiencies occur in the future, or if we fail to fully maintain effective internal controls in the future, it could result in a material misstatement of our financial statements that would not be prevented or detected on a timely basis, which could require a restatement, cause investors to lose confidence in our financial information or cause our stock price to decline.
We will incur new costs as a result of becoming a public company, and such costs may increase when and if we cease to be an emerging growth company.
As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting, insurance and other expenses that we have not incurred as a private company, including costs associated with public company reporting requirements. The expenses incurred by public companies generally for reporting and corporate governance purposes have been increasing. We expect compliance with these public reporting requirements and associated rules and regulations to increase our legal and financial costs, particularly after we are no longer an emerging growth company as
41
defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the JOBS Act), and to make some activities more time-consuming and costly, although we are currently unable to estimate these costs with any degree of certainty. These laws and regulations could also make it more difficult or costly for us to obtain certain types of insurance, including director and officer liability insurance, and we may be forced to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. These laws and regulations could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors, our board committees or as our executive officers. Further, if we are unable to satisfy our obligations as a public company, we could be subject to delisting of our common stock, fines, sanctions and other regulatory action and, potentially, civil litigation.
The recently enacted JOBS Act reduces certain disclosure requirements for emerging growth companies, thereby decreasing related regulatory compliance costs. We qualify as an emerging growth company as of the date of this offering. However, we will cease to be an emerging growth company if we have net revenues of $1.0 billion or more in a fiscal year. We had net revenues of $958.1 million in fiscal 2011 and, if our net revenues exceed $1.0 billion in fiscal 2012, we would no longer qualify as an emerging growth company after the end of fiscal 2012, after which time we would not be able to take advantage of the reduced regulatory requirements and any associated cost savings.
As an emerging growth company, we cannot be certain whether taking advantage of the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our common stock less attractive to investors.
The JOBS Act provides that, so long as a company qualifies as an emerging growth company, it will, among other things, be exempt from the provisions of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requiring that its independent registered public accounting firm provide an attestation report on the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting, be exempt from the say on pay and say on golden parachute advisory vote requirements of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Customer Protection Act (the Dodd-Frank Act) and certain disclosure requirements of the Dodd-Frank Act relating to compensation of its chief executive officer and be permitted to omit the detailed compensation discussion and analysis from proxy statements and reports filed under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act), and instead provide a reduced level of disclosure concerning executive compensation and be exempt from any rules that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board requiring mandatory audit firm rotations or a supplement to the auditors report on the financial statements.
Although we are still evaluating the JOBS Act, we currently intend to take advantage of the reduced disclosure requirements regarding executive compensation. We have irrevocably elected not to take advantage of the extension of time to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards available under Section 107(b) of the JOBS Act. If we remain an emerging growth company after fiscal 2012, we may take advantage of other exemptions, including the exemptions from the advisory vote requirements and executive compensation disclosures under the Dodd-Frank Act and the exemption from the provisions of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive if we rely on these exemptions, or if taking advantage of these exemptions would result in less active trading or more volatility in the price of our common stock. Also, as a result of our intention to take advantage of some or all of the reduced regulatory and reporting requirements that will be available to us as long as we qualify as an emerging growth company, our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that fully comply with regulatory and reporting requirements upon the public company effective dates.
42
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND MARKET DATA
This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that are subject to risks and uncertainties. Forward-looking statements give our current expectations and projections relating to our financial condition, results of operations, plans, objectives, future performance and business. You can identify forward-looking statements by the fact that they do not relate strictly to historical or current facts. These statements may include words such as anticipate, estimate, expect, project, plan, intend, believe, may, will, should, likely and other words and terms of similar meaning in connection with any discussion of the timing or nature of future operating or financial performance or other events. For example, forward-looking statements include statements we make relating to:
|
anticipated demand in given markets, market growth projections and our expected increased market share, store sales and brand awareness; |
|
our real estate platform transformation, including planned store openings, closings, relocations, remodelings, anticipated store demand, square footage, sales per square foot and occupancy costs, and expected inventory investments, opening expenses and initial investment payback periods for new stores; |
|
plans and expectations regarding merchandise assortments, product designs, product category introductions and increased merchandise margins; |
|
plans and expectations relating to growing our direct business through our Source Book catalog circulation strategy and by implementing our digital and social marketing initiative and increased advertising and public relations efforts; |
|
our intention to expand customer services, such as by offering consultations and customization, and to explore and test new complementary business opportunities, such as an Art & Culture category and a café or restaurant adjacent to, or inside of, select full line Design Galleries; |
|
our plan to strategically expand our business in select countries outside of the United States and Canada and our belief that we will have strong international appeal; |
|
other plans and objectives for future operations, growth, initiatives or strategies, including anticipated personnel hiring and planned investments in capital; |
|
our intention to continue to strengthen our supply chain operations and enhance our technology systems; |
|
our belief that our vendors have, or will have, adequate capacity to meet our anticipated demand; |
|
our expectations regarding consumer spending, the housing market and the North American economy; and |
|
estimated and projected costs, expenditures, cash flows, growth rates, operating margins and financial results. |
These and other forward-looking statements are subject to risk and uncertainties that may cause actual results to differ materially from those that we expected. We derive many of our forward-looking statements from our operating budgets and forecasts, which are based upon many detailed assumptions. While we believe that our assumptions are reasonable, we caution that it is very difficult to predict the impact of known factors and it is impossible for us to anticipate all factors that could affect our actual results. Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from our expectations, or cautionary statements, are disclosed under the sections entitled Risk Factors and Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations in this prospectus. All forward-looking statements attributable to us, or persons acting on our behalf, are expressly qualified in their entirety by these cautionary statements, as well as other cautionary statements. You should evaluate all forward-looking statements made in this prospectus in the context of these risks and uncertainties.
43
We caution you that the important factors referenced above may not contain all of the factors that are important to you. In addition, we cannot assure you that we will realize the results or developments we expect or anticipate or, even if substantially realized, that they will result in the consequences or affect us or our operations in the way we expect. The forward-looking statements included in this prospectus are made only as of the date hereof. We undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statement as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as otherwise required by law.
We obtained the industry, market and competitive position data throughout this prospectus from (i) our own internal estimates and research, (ii) industry and general publications and research or (iii) studies and surveys conducted by third parties. Industry publications, research, studies and surveys generally do not guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information. While we believe that the information included in this prospectus from such publications, research, studies and surveys is reliable, we have not independently verified data from these third-party sources. While we believe our internal estimates and research are reliable and the definitions of our market and industry are appropriate, neither such estimates and research nor such definitions have been verified by any independent source.
44
We estimate that the net proceeds to us from this offering, after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses, will be approximately $92.7 million, assuming the shares are offered at $23.00 per share (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus). We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholders.
Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $23.00 per share (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus) would increase or decrease, as applicable, the net proceeds we receive from this offering by approximately $4.4 million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses.
We intend to use approximately $85.7 million of the net proceeds from the sale of common stock by us in this offering to repay a portion of the outstanding amounts under the Restoration Hardware, Inc. revolving line of credit and term loan and $7.0 million of the net proceeds to pay management fees to affiliates of Catterton, Tower Three and Glenhill pursuant to the terms of the management services agreement that will terminate upon consummation of this offering. In addition, we intend to use $8.4 million of available cash to further reduce amounts outstanding under Restoration Hardware, Inc.s revolving line of credit and term loan.
The total outstanding amounts under the Restoration Hardware, Inc. revolving line of credit was $129.6 million as of July 28, 2012. The maturity date of the revolving line of credit is August 3, 2016. Borrowings under the revolving line of credit bear interest at a rate equal to either the banks reference rate or the London Interbank Offered Rate as published by Reuters, referred to as LIBOR, plus an applicable margin rate. See Description of Certain Indebtedness.
The total outstanding amounts under the Restoration Hardware, Inc. term loan was $14.8 million, net of $0.2 million of unamortized debt issuance costs, as of July 28, 2012. The term loan bears interest at a rate of LIBOR plus 5.0%. Restoration Hardware, Inc. is required to make quarterly payments of $1.25 million beginning October 2012 with the final payment in April 2015. See Description of Certain Indebtedness.
Pending use of the net proceeds from this offering described above, we intend to invest the net proceeds in short- and intermediate-term interest-bearing obligations, investment-grade instruments, certificates of deposit or direct or guaranteed obligations of the United States government.
Bank of America, N.A. is a lender under the Restoration Hardware, Inc. revolving line of credit and term loan and an affiliate of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, an underwriter in this offering, and may receive more than five percent of the net proceeds of this offering. Thus, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated may be deemed to have a conflict of interest under the applicable provisions of Rule 5121 of the Conduct Rules of FINRA. Accordingly, this offering will be made in compliance with the applicable provisions of Rules 5110 and 5121 of the Conduct Rules regarding the underwriting of securities of a company with a member that has a conflict of interest within the meaning of those rules. Goldman, Sachs & Co. has agreed to serve as a qualified independent underwriter as defined by FINRA and performed due diligence investigations and reviewed and participated in the preparation of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. No underwriter with a conflict of interest will execute sales in discretionary accounts without the prior written specific approval of the customers. For more information, see UnderwritingConflicts of Interest.
45
We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings for use in the operation of our business, and therefore we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any future determination to pay dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon our results of operations, financial condition, capital requirements and other factors that our board of directors deems relevant. We are a holding company, and substantially all of our operations are carried out by our subsidiary, Restoration Hardware, Inc., and its subsidiaries. Restoration Hardware, Inc.s ability to pay dividends to us is limited by the terms of its credit agreement, which may in turn limit our ability to pay dividends on our common stock. Our ability to pay dividends may also be restricted by the terms of any future credit agreement or any future debt or preferred securities of ours or of our subsidiaries.
46
The following table sets forth Restoration Hardware, Inc.s consolidated cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of July 28, 2012:
|
on an actual basis; and |
|
on a pro forma as adjusted basis to give effect to the following: |
|
the Reorganization as described under the section entitled Prospectus SummaryReorganization as if it had occurred on July 28, 2012; |
|
the sale of 4,782,609 shares of our common stock in this offering by us at an assumed initial public offering price of $23.00 per share (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus) after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses; |
|
the use of approximately $85.7 million of the estimated net proceeds of this offering and $8.4 million of available cash to repay a portion of the outstanding amounts under the Restoration Hardware, Inc. revolving line of credit and term loan; and |
|
the use of approximately $7.0 million of the estimated net proceeds of this offering to pay management fees to affiliates of Catterton, Tower Three and Glenhill pursuant to the terms of the management services agreement. |
You should read the following table in conjunction with the sections entitled Use of Proceeds, Selected Historical Consolidated Financial and Operating Data and Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.
As of July 28, 2012 | ||||||||
Actual |
Pro Forma as
Adjusted (1) |
|||||||
(dollars in thousands, except per share data) |
||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
$ | 10,102 | $3,933 | (2) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Debt, including current portion: |
||||||||
Long-term liabilities: |
||||||||
Revolving line of credit |
$ | 129,637 | $50,524 | |||||
Term loan |
14,815 | | ||||||
Capital lease obligations (including current portion) |
6,637 | 6,637 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total long term debt (including current portion) |
151,089 | 57,161 | ||||||
Stockholders equity: |
||||||||
Common stock, $0.01 par value per share, 1,000 shares authorized, 100 issued and outstanding, actual; $0.0001 par value per share, 180,000,000 shares authorized, 36,971,500 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted |
| | ||||||
Preferred stock, no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, actual; $0.0001 par value per share, 10,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted |
| | ||||||
Additional paid-in capital |
292,748 | 476,374 | ||||||
Accumulated other comprehensive income |
1,185 | 1,185 | ||||||
Accumulated deficit |
(28,810 | ) | (128,928 | )(3) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total stockholders equity |
265,123 | 348,631 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total capitalization |
$ | 416,212 | $ | 405,792 | ||||
|
|
|
|
47
(1) | A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $23.00 per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted amount of the revolving line of credit by $4.4 million, total debt (including current portion) by $4.4 million and total stockholders equity by $4.4 million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses. |
(2) | The impact to cash and cash equivalents also includes additional cash payments of $2.2 million to former employees due as a result of this offering, and a cash increase to us of $4.4 million attributable to offering expenses paid by us prior to July 28, 2012 yet deducted when calculating net offering proceeds. |
(3) | Reflects (i) $49.7 million non-cash impact to accumulated deficit for stock-based compensation charges related to the 8,196,967 shares underlying vested options granted to our employees and advisor in conjunction with this offering, (ii) $41.2 million non-cash impact to accumulated deficit for stock-based compensation charges related to the 2,650,230 shares of common stock that will be granted and issued in respect of the acceleration of unvested time-based units and performance-based units under the Team Resto Ownership Plan, and (iii) additional cash payments of $2.2 million to former employees that are due as a result of this stock offering. Such payments relate to prior periods of service of certain former employees of our Company. |
The information set forth above:
|
excludes an aggregate of 555,190 shares of unvested common stock that we expect to issue under the Replacement Plan in connection with the Reorganization (the amount of unrecognized compensation expense related to these issuances is $1,428,514) to our Chief Executive Officer, Carlos Alberini, and Gary Friedman, who serves as our Creator and Curator on an advisory basis, which shares shall begin to vest during the 36-month period following this offering when the price of our common stock exceeds the initial public offering price per share for at least ten consecutive trading days, and such shares shall fully vest when the price of our common stock reaches a price per share specified in the applicable award agreement corresponding to a market capitalization of approximately $1.1 billion for at least ten consecutive trading days (with proportional vesting in between); |
|
excludes an aggregate of 1,333,732 shares of unvested common stock that we expect to issue under the Replacement Plan in connection with the Reorganization (the amount of unrecognized compensation expense related to such issuances is $1,217,479) to Mr. Alberini and Mr. Friedman, which shares shall begin to vest during the 36-month period following this offering when the price of our common stock exceeds a price per share specified in the applicable award agreement corresponding to a market capitalization of approximately $1.1 billion for at least ten consecutive trading days, and such shares shall fully vest when the price of our common stock reaches a price per share specified in the applicable award agreement, corresponding to a market capitalization of approximately $1.9 billion for at least ten consecutive trading days (with proportional vesting in between); |
|
excludes an aggregate of 42,392 shares of unvested common stock that we expect to issue under the 2012 Plan in connection with this offering to certain of our directors and director designees, which shares shall vest in 2013; |
|
excludes 3,773,072 additional shares of common stock reserved for future grants under the 2012 Plan; and |
|
assumes no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase up to 774,650 additional shares from the selling stockholders. |
48
Our pro forma net tangible book value as of July 28, 2012, before giving effect to the sale by us of 4,782,609 million shares of common stock offered in this offering, but after giving effect to the Reorganization as if it had occurred on July 28, 2012, was $91.0 million, or $2.83 per share. Pro forma net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets less the amount of our total liabilities, divided by the total number of shares of common stock that would have been outstanding at July 28, 2012, after giving effect to the Reorganization as if it had occurred on July 28, 2012. Dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share represents the difference between the amount per share paid by investors in this offering and the net tangible book value per share of our common stock outstanding immediately after this offering.
After giving further effect to: (i) the sale of 4,782,609 shares of our common stock in this offering by us at an assumed initial public offering price of $23.00 per share (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus) for net proceeds of $92.7 million after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses; (ii) the use of $85.7 million of the estimated net proceeds to us in this offering from the sale of 3,725,435 shares and $8.4 million of available cash to repay a portion of the outstanding amounts under the Restoration Hardware, Inc. revolving line of credit and term loan; (iii) the use of $7.0 million of the estimated net proceeds to pay management fees to affiliates of Catterton, Tower Three and Glenhill pursuant to the terms of the management services agreement; (iv) a cash increase to us of $4.4 million attributable to offering expenses paid by us prior to July 28, 2012 yet deducted when calculating net offering proceeds; and (v) $2.2 million of payments to former employees due as a result of the initial public offering, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of July 28, 2012 would have been $174.5 million, or $4.72 per share of common stock. This represents an immediate net increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $1.89 per share and immediate dilution of $18.28 per share to new investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering at the initial public offering price.
The following table illustrates this dilution to new investors:
Assumed initial public offering price per share |
$ | 23.00 | ||||||
Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of July 28, 2012 (after giving effect to the Reorganization) |
$ | 2.83 | ||||||
Increase in pro forma tangible book value per share attributable to this offering |
1.89 | |||||||
|
|
|||||||
Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share as of July 28, 2012 |
4.72 | |||||||
|
|
|||||||
Pro forma as adjusted dilution per share to new investors |
$ | 18.28 | ||||||
|
|
Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $23.00 per share (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus) would increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by $4.4 million, or $0.12 per share, and the pro forma as adjusted dilution to investors in this offering by $0.12 per share, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses. This pro forma information is illustrative only, and following the completion of this offering, will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.
49
The following table summarizes, as of July 28, 2012, on a pro forma as adjusted basis, the number of shares of our common stock purchased from us, the aggregate cash consideration paid to us and the average price per share paid by our existing stockholder for its shares and new investors in this offering. The table is based on the initial public offering price of $23.00 per share (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus), before deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses in connection with this offering:
Shares Purchased | Total Consideration |
Average Price
Per Share |
||||||||||||||||||
Number | Percentage | Amount | Percentage | |||||||||||||||||
Existing stockholder before this offering |
32,188,891 | 87.1 | % | $ | 291,298,581 | 72.6 | % | $ | 9.05 | |||||||||||
New investors participating in this offering |
4,782,609 | 12.9 | % | $ | 110,000,000 | 27.4 | % | $ | 23.00 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Total |
36,971,500 | 100 | % | $ | 401,298,581 | 100 | % | $ | 10.85 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $23.00 per share (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus) would increase (decrease) the total consideration paid to us by investors participating in this offering by $4.8 million, or increase (decrease) the percent of total consideration paid by investors participating in this offering by 4.3%, assuming that the number of shares offered by us and the selling stockholders, as set forth on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses.
Except as otherwise indicated, the discussion and tables above assume no exercise of the underwriters option to purchase additional shares, no exercise of any outstanding options to purchase our common stock and no sale of common stock by the selling stockholders. The sale of 0.4 million shares of common stock to be sold by the selling stockholders in this offering will reduce the number of shares of common stock held by such stockholders to 31.8 million, or 86.0% of the total shares outstanding, and will increase the number of shares held by investors participating in this offering to 5.2 million, or 14.0% of the total shares outstanding. In addition, if the underwriters option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full, the number of shares of common stock held by our existing stockholders will be further reduced to 31.0 million, or 83.9% of the total number of shares of common stock to be outstanding upon the closing of this offering, and the number of shares of common stock held by investors participating in this offering will be further increased to 5.9 million shares or 16.1% of the total number of shares of common stock to be outstanding upon the closing of this offering.
The tables and calculations above:
|
exclude an aggregate of 555,190 shares of unvested common stock that we expect to issue under the Replacement Plan, in connection with the Reorganization (the amount of unrecognized compensation expense related to these issuances is $1,428,514) to our Chief Executive Officer, Carlos Alberini, and Gary Friedman, who serves as our Creator and Curator on an advisory basis, which shares shall begin to vest during the 36-month period following this offering when the price of our common stock exceeds the initial public offering price per share for at least ten consecutive trading days, and such shares shall fully vest when the price of our common stock reaches a price per share specified in the applicable award agreement corresponding to a market capitalization of approximately $1.1 billion for at least ten consecutive trading days (with proportional vesting in between); |
|
exclude an aggregate of 1,333,732 shares of unvested common stock that we expect to issue under the Replacement Plan in connection with the Reorganization (the amount of unrecognized compensation expense related to such issuances is $1,217,479) to Mr. Alberini and Mr. Friedman, which shares shall begin to vest during the 36-month period following this offering when the price of our common stock exceeds a price per share specified in the applicable award agreement corresponding to a market capitalization of approximately $1.1 billion, for at least ten consecutive trading days, and such shares shall fully vest when the price of our common stock reaches a price per share specified in the |
50
applicable award agreement, corresponding to a market capitalization of approximately $1.9 billion for at least ten consecutive trading days (with proportional vesting in between); |
|
exclude an aggregate of 42,392 shares of unvested common stock that we expect to issue under the 2012 Plan in connection with this offering to certain of our directors and director designees, which shares shall vest in 2013; |
|
exclude vested options to purchase an aggregate of 1,271,821 shares of our common stock that we expect to grant in connection with this offering under the 2012 Plan, with an exercise price (i) for certain of these options, equal to the initial public offering price, and (ii) for other of these options, equal to 120% of the initial public offering price (the shares issuable upon exercise of these options will be subject to selling restrictions that will lapse over time); |
|
exclude vested options to purchase an aggregate of 953,116 shares of our common stock that we expect to grant in connection with this offering under the Option Plan, with an exercise price (i) for certain of these options, equal to the initial public offering price, and (ii) for other of these options, equal to 120% of the initial public offering price (the shares issuable upon exercise of these options will be subject to selling restrictions that will lapse over time); |
|
exclude vested options to purchase an aggregate of 5,972,030 shares of our common stock that we expect to grant in connection with this offering to Mr. Alberini and Mr. Friedman under the Option Plan, with an exercise price per share specified in the applicable award agreement corresponding to a market capitalization of approximately $1.9 billion, with restrictions on sale that will lapse in increments when our stock price reaches specified levels for at least ten consecutive trading days corresponding to market capitalization ranging from approximately $2.1 billion to approximately $5.4 billion; |
|
exclude 3,773,072 additional shares of common stock reserved for future grants under the 2012 Plan; and |
|
assume no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase up to 774,650 additional shares from the selling stockholders. |
To the extent that any restricted stock, options or other equity awards are granted in the future and are exercised or become vested, new investors will experience further dilution.
51
SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA
The following tables present Restoration Hardware, Inc.s consolidated financial and operating data as of the dates and for the periods indicated. Restoration Hardware Holdings was formed as a Delaware corporation on August 18, 2011. Restoration Hardware Holdings will acquire all of the outstanding shares of capital stock of Restoration Hardware, Inc. prior to the effectiveness of this offering in connection with the Reorganization, and will therefore control Restoration Hardware, Inc. Restoration Hardware Holdings has not engaged in any business or other activities except in connection with its formation and the Reorganization. Accordingly, all financial and other information herein relating to periods prior to the completion of the Reorganization is that of Restoration Hardware, Inc.
All of the outstanding capital stock of Restoration Hardware, Inc. was acquired on June 16, 2008, by Home Holdings, which we refer to in this prospectus as the Acquisition. As a result of the Acquisition, a new basis of accounting was created beginning June 17, 2008. In this prospectus, the periods prior to the Acquisition are referred to as the Predecessor periods and the periods after the Acquisition are referred to as the Successor periods. The Predecessor periods presented in this prospectus include the period from February 3, 2008 through June 16, 2008, reflecting approximately 19 weeks of operations, and the Successor periods presented in this prospectus include the period from June 17, 2008 through January 31, 2009, reflecting approximately 33 weeks of operations. Due to the Acquisition, the financial statements for the Successor periods are not comparable to those of the Predecessor periods presented in this prospectus.
The selected consolidated financial data as of and for the year ended February 2, 2008, and the periods ended June 16, 2008 and January 31, 2009 and as of January 31, 2009 and January 30, 2010, were derived from Restoration Hardware, Inc.s consolidated financial statements for such years not included herein. The selected consolidated financial data as of January 29, 2011 and January 28, 2012 and for the fiscal years ended January 30, 2010, January 29, 2011 and January 28, 2012 were derived from Restoration Hardware, Inc.s consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
The selected consolidated financial data for the six months ended July 30, 2011, and July 28, 2012, and as of July 28, 2012, were derived from Restoration Hardware, Inc.s unaudited consolidated interim financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited consolidated interim financial statements were prepared on a basis consistent with that used in preparing our audited consolidated financial statements and include all adjustments, consisting of normal and recurring items, that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of our financial position and results of operations for the unaudited periods. The unaudited financial information for the twelve months ended July 30, 2011, has been derived by adding our financial information for the year ended January 29, 2011, to the financial information for the six months ended July 30, 2011, and subtracting the financial information for the six months ended July 31, 2010. The unaudited financial information for the twelve months ended July 28, 2012, has been derived by adding our financial information for the year ended January 28, 2012, to the financial information for the six months ended July 28, 2012, and subtracting the financial information for the six months ended July 30, 2011. We believe that presentation of unaudited financial information for these twelve-month periods is useful to investors because it presents information about how our business has performed in the twelve-month period immediately preceding the date of our most recent interim financial statements, which allows investors to review our current performance trends over a full year period, and presenting results for four consecutive quarters compensates for seasonal factors that might influence results in a particular quarter within the year.
In the third quarter of 2012, we changed our accounting policy for recognizing stock-based compensation expense which has been applied retrospectively to the periods presented below. For further discussion, see footnote 2 to the table below.
Restoration Hardware, Inc.s historical results are not necessarily indicative of future operating results, and interim results for the six months ended July 28, 2012 are not projections for the results to be expected for the
52
fiscal year ending February 2, 2013. The selected historical consolidated data presented below should be read in conjunction with the sections entitled Risk Factors and Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and the consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto and other financial data included elsewhere in this prospectus.
Predecessor | Successor | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Year
Ended February 2, 2008 |
Period
from
February 3, 2008 Through June 16, 2008 |
Period
from June 17, 2008 Through January 31, 2009 |
Year Ended |
Six Months
Ended |
Last Twelve
Months Ended (1) |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
January
30,
2010 |
January
29,
2011 |
January
28,
2012 |
July 30,
2011 |
July 28,
2012 |
July 30,
2011 |
July 28,
2012 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(dollars in thousands, excluding share, per share and per square foot data) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Statement of Operations Data: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net revenues |
$ | 722,243 | $ | 195,437 | $ | 498,581 | $ | 625,685 | $ | 772,752 | $ | 958,084 | $ | 420,383 | $ | 510,820 | $ | 862,281 | $ | 1,048,521 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Cost of goods sold |
490,935 | 140,088 | 308,448 | 412,629 | 501,132 | 601,735 | 265,953 | 321,425 | 553,001 | 657,207 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Gross profit |
231,308 | 55,349 | 190,133 | 213,056 | 271,620 | 356,349 | 154,430 | 189,395 | 309,280 | 391,314 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Selling, general and administrative expenses (2) |
274,454 | 75,396 | 213,011 | 238,889 | 274,836 | 329,506 | 150,395 | 171,830 | 299,493 | 350,941 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Income (loss) from operations |
(43,146 | ) | (20,047 | ) | (22,878 | ) | (25,833 | ) | (3,216 | ) | 26,843 | 4,035 | 17,565 | 9,787 | 40,373 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest expense |
(8,663 | ) | (2,731 | ) | (4,907 | ) | (3,241 | ) | (3,150 | ) | (5,134 | ) | (1,888 | ) | (3,054 | ) | (3,459 | ) | (6,300 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Income (loss) before income taxes |
(51,809 | ) | (22,778 | ) | (27,785 | ) | (29,074 | ) | (6,366 | ) | 21,709 | 2,147 | 14,511 | 6,328 | 34,073 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Income tax expense (benefit) |
127 | 508 | (201 | ) | (423 | ) | 685 | 1,121 | 783 | 623 | 1,427 | 961 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Net income (loss) |
$ | (51,936 | ) | $ | (23,286 | ) | $ | (27,584 | ) | $ | (28,651 | ) | $ | (7,051 | ) | $ | 20,588 | $ | 1,364 | $ | 13,888 | $ | 4,901 | $ | 33,112 | |||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Net income (loss) per share: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Basic |
$ | (1.34 | ) | $ | (0.60 | ) | $ | (275,840 | ) | $ | (286,510 | ) | $ | (70,510 | ) | $ | 205,880 | $ | 13,640 | $ | 138,880 | $ | 49,010 | $ | 331,120 | |||||||||||||||||
Diluted |
$ | (1.34 | ) | $ | (0.60 | ) | $ | (275,840 | ) | $ | (286,510 | ) | $ | (70,510 | ) | $ | 205,880 | $ | 13,640 | $ | 138,880 | $ | 49,010 | $ | 331,120 | |||||||||||||||||
Average number of shares outstanding: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Basic |
38,831,000 | 38,969,000 | 100 | 100 | 100 | 100 | 100 | 100 | 100 | 100 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Diluted |
38,831,000 | 38,969,000 | 100 | 100 | 100 | 100 | 100 | 100 | 100 | 100 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Pro forma net income per
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Basic |
$ | 0.63 | $ | 0.43 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Diluted |
$ | 0.63 | $ | 0.43 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Pro forma average number of shares outstanding (3): |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Basic |
35,914,326 | 35,914,326 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Diluted |
35,914,326 | 35,914,326 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other Financial and Operating Data: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Growth in net revenues:
|
(10 | )% | | | (6 | )% | 15 | % | 22 | % | 21 | % | 19 | % | 17 | % | 21 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Direct |
28 | % | | | (15 | )% | 37 | % | 27 | % | 36 | % | 25 | % | 38 | % | 23 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total |
1 | % | | | (10 | )% | 24 | % | 24 | % | 27 | % | 22 | % | 26 | % | 22 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Retail (5): |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Comparable store sales change (6) |
(10 | )% | (12 | )% | (8 | )% | (7 | )% | 19 | % | 25 | % | 20 | % | 29 | % | 17 | % | 29 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Retail stores open at end of period |
102 | 100 | 99 | 95 | 91 | 74 | 87 | 73 | 87 | 73 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Average gross square footage (in thousands) (7) |
1,084 | 1,072 | 1,060 | 1,042 | 1,014 | 913 | 946 | 801 | 977 | 841 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Average selling square footage
|
685 | 677 | 671 | 660 | 641 | 580 | 599 | 519 | 619 | 540 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Retail sales per selling square foot (8) |
$ | 600 | $ | 147 | $ | 406 | $ | 525 | $ | 635 | $ | 846 | $ | 351 | $ | 481 | $ | 710 | $ | 981 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Direct: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Catalogs circulated
|
57,501 | 13,771 | 26,831 | 31,336 | 46,507 | 26,052 | 12,723 | 15,131 | 40,355 | 28,460 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Catalog pages circulated (in millions) (9) |
8,636 | 2,168 | 3,507 | 4,418 | 6,260 | 8,848 | 3,289 | 7,417 | 6,726 | 12,975 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Direct as a percentage of net revenues (10) |
38 | % | 43 | % | 41 | % | 39 | % | 43 | % | 44 | % | 45 | % | 46 | % | 45 | % | 45 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Capital expenditures |
$ | 13,282 | $ | 3,821 | $ | 13,428 | $ | 2,024 | $ | 39,907 | $ | 25,593 | $ | 12,168 | $ | 13,517 | $ | 37,894 | $ | 26,942 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA (11) |
$ | (4,033 | ) | $ | (8,219 | ) | $ | 4,386 | $ | 17,596 | $ | 41,097 | $ | 80,154 | $ | 27,747 | $ | 34,897 | $ | 59,850 | $ | 87,304 |
53
Predecessor | Successor | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
February 2,
2008 |
January 31,
2009 |
January 30,
2010 |
January 29,
2011 |
January 28,
2012 |
July 28,
2012 |
|||||||||||||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Balance Sheet Data: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
$ | 1,229 | $ | 8,603 | $ | 13,186 | $ | 13,364 | $ | 8,511 | $ | 10,102 | ||||||||||||||
Working capital (excluding cash and cash equivalents) (12) |
103,734 | 102,850 | 57,058 | 103,894 | 156,505 | 192,252 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Total assets |
342,546 | 494,773 | 431,528 | 501,991 | 586,809 | 650,874 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Line of credit |
78,367 | 110,696 | 57,442 | 111,837 | 107,502 | 129,637 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Term loan |
| | | | 14,798 | 14,815 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Total debt (including current portion) (13) |
110,774 | 117,515 | 61,652 | 116,995 | 131,040 | 151,089 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Total stockholders equity |
43,830 | 238,670 | 221,079 | 215,804 | 250,462 | 265,123 |
(1) | The unaudited financial information for the twelve months ended July 30, 2011, has been derived by adding our financial information for the year ended January 29, 2011, to the financial information for the six months ended July 30, 2011, and subtracting the financial information for the six months ended July 31, 2010. The unaudited financial information for the twelve months ended July 28, 2012, has been derived by adding our financial information for the year ended January 28, 2012, to the financial information for the six months ended July 28, 2012, and subtracting the financial information for the six months ended July 30, 2011. |
(2) | In the third quarter of 2012, we changed our policy for recognizing stock-based compensation expense from the graded method of accounting to the straight-line method of accounting for our time-based units (or service-only awards). This change in accounting had the same impact on our selling, general and administrative expenses and net income (loss) for all periods presented. The table below presents the impact to our net income (loss) as a result of this change in accounting policy. The impact to fiscal 2009 was immaterial and there was no impact for years prior to 2009. See Note 3 Change in Accounting PrincipleStock-Based Compensation to Restoration Hardware, Inc.s audited consolidated financial statements. |
Year Ended | Six Months Ended |
Last Twelve
Months Ended (1) |
||||||||||||||||||||||
January 29,
2011 |
January 28,
2012 |
July 30,
2011 |
July 28,
2012 |
July 30,
2011 |
July 28,
2012 |
|||||||||||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net income (loss)as reported |
$ | (8,074 | ) | $ | 20,341 | $ | 1,140 | $ | 13,989 | $ | 4,369 | $ | 33,190 | |||||||||||
Change in accounting policy adjustment |
1,023 | 247 | 224 | (101 | ) | 532 | (78 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Net income (loss)as revised |
$ | (7,051 | ) | $ | 20,588 | $ | 1,364 | $ | 13,888 | $ | 4,901 | $ | 33,112 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3) | Pro forma net income per share gives effect to (i) the Reorganization, (ii) the application of $85.7 million of the estimated net proceeds from the sale of common stock by us in this offering to repay a portion of the outstanding amounts under Restoration Hardware, Inc.s revolving line of credit and term loan as if the offering and those transactions had occurred on January 30, 2011, and (iii) the issuance of 3,725,435 shares of common stock in this offering attributable to the debt repayment discussed above (and excludes the additional 1,057,174 shares of common stock being issued by us in this offering). This assumes net proceeds of this offering of $92.7 million, assuming the shares are offered at $23.00 per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses. |
(4) | Store data represent retail stores plus outlet stores. |
(5) | Retail data have been calculated based upon retail stores, including our Baby & Child stores, and exclude outlet stores. |
(6) | Comparable store sales have been calculated based upon retail stores that were open at least fourteen full months as of the end of the reporting period and did not change square footage by more than 20% between periods. Comparable store net revenues exclude revenues from outlet stores. |
54
(7) | Average square footage (gross or selling, as applicable) is calculated for each quarter by taking the total applicable square footage at the beginning of the quarter plus the total applicable square footage at the end of the quarter and dividing by two. Average square footage for periods of six, nine and twelve months is calculated by averaging the average square footage for the quarters within such periods. |
Average square footage (gross or selling, as applicable) for the 2008 Predecessor period is calculated by adding the average applicable square footage for the first quarter of the year ended January 31, 2009, and for the period May 4, 2008, through June 16, 2008, and dividing by two. Average square footage (gross or selling, as applicable) for the period May 4, 2008, through June 16, 2008, is calculated by taking the total applicable square footage at the beginning of the period plus the total applicable square footage at the end of the period and dividing by two. |
Average square footage (gross or selling, as applicable) for the 2008 Successor period is calculated by adding the average square footage for three periods, being the period June 17, 2008, through August 2, 2008, the third quarter of the year ending January 31, 2009, and the fourth quarter of the year ended January 31, 2009, and dividing by three. Average square footage (gross or selling, as applicable) for the period June 17, 2008, through August 2, 2008, is calculated by taking the total applicable square footage at the beginning of the period plus the total applicable square footage at the end of the period and dividing by two. |
(8) | Retail sales per selling square foot is calculated by dividing total net revenues for all retail stores, comparable and non-comparable, by the average selling square footage for the period. |
(9) | The catalogs and catalog pages circulated from period to period do not take into account different page sizes per catalog distributed. Page sizes and page counts vary for different catalog mailings and we sometimes mail different versions of a catalog at the same time. Accordingly, period to period comparisons of catalogs circulated and catalog pages circulated do not take these variations into account. In fiscal 2010, we mailed a larger number of catalogs that contained fewer pages and in some cases significantly smaller page sizes than in prior periods. In fiscal 2011, we mailed fewer catalogs that contained a significant increase in number of pages as compared to fiscal 2010. |
(10) | Direct revenues include sales through our catalogs and websites. |
(11) | EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA have been presented in this prospectus and are supplemental measures of financial performance that are not required by, or presented in accordance with, GAAP. We define EBITDA as consolidated net income (loss) before depreciation and amortization, interest expense and provision for income taxes. Adjusted EBITDA is calculated in accordance with and is the basis of our MIP, which is our cash based-incentive compensation program designed to motivate and reward annual performance for eligible employees, and reflects further adjustments to EBITDA to eliminate the impact of certain items, including non-cash or other items that we do not consider representative of our ongoing operating performance as discussed further below. |
EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are included in this prospectus because they are key metrics used by management, our board of directors, and our Principal Equity Holders to assess our financial performance, and Adjusted EBITDA is used in connection with determining incentive compensation under our MIP. Additionally, EBITDA is frequently used by analysts, investors and other interested parties to evaluate companies in our industry. We use EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA, alongside other GAAP measures such as gross profit, operating income (loss) and net income (loss), to measure profitability, as a key profitability target in our annual and other budgets, and to compare our performance against that of peer companies. We believe that Adjusted EBITDA provides useful information facilitating operating performance comparisons from period to period and company to company. |
EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are not GAAP measures of our financial performance or liquidity and should not be considered as alternatives to net income (loss) as a measure of financial performance, cash flows from operating activities as a measure of liquidity, or any other performance measure derived in accordance with GAAP and they should not be construed as an inference that our future results will be unaffected by unusual or non-recurring items. Additionally, EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are not intended to be measures of free cash flow for managements discretionary use, as they do not consider certain cash requirements such as tax payments and debt service requirements and certain other cash costs |
55
that may recur in the future. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA contain certain other limitations, including the failure to reflect our cash expenditures, cash requirements for working capital needs and cash costs to replace assets being depreciated and amortized, and exclude certain unusual charges that are not expected to recur in the future. In evaluating Adjusted EBITDA, you should be aware that in the future we may incur expenses that are the same as or similar to some of the adjustments in this presentation. Our presentation of Adjusted EBITDA should not be construed to imply that our future results will be unaffected by any such adjustments. Management compensates for these limitations by relying primarily on our GAAP results and by using EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA only supplementally. Our measures of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are not necessarily comparable to other similarly titled captions of other companies due to different methods of calculation. |
A reconciliation of net income (loss) to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA is set forth below:
Predecessor (a) | Successor | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Year
Ended February 2, 2008 |
Period
from February 3, 2008 Through June 16, 2008 |
Period
from June 17, 2008 Through January 31, 2009 |
Year Ended |
Six Months
Ended |
Last
Twelve
Months Ended |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
January
30,
2010 |
January
29,
2011 |
January
28,
2012 |
July
30,
2011 |
July
28,
2012 |
July
30,
2011 |
July
28,
2012 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net income (loss) |
$ | (51,936 | ) | $ | (23,286 | ) | $ | (27,584 | ) | $ | (28,651 | ) | $ | (7,051 | ) | $ | 20,588 | $ | 1,364 | $ | 13,888 | $ | 4,901 | $ | 33,112 | |||||||||||||||||
Depreciation and amortization |
23,120 | 7,934 | 50,222 | 43,065 | 31,263 | 29,186 | 14,983 | 12,892 | 32,499 | 27,095 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest expense |
8,663 | 2,731 | 4,907 | 3,241 | 3,150 | 5,134 | 1,888 | 3,054 | 3,459 | 6,300 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Income tax expense (benefit) |
127 | 508 | (201 | ) | (423 | ) | 685 | 1,121 | 783 | 623 | 1,427 | 961 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
EBITDA |
(20,026 | ) | (12,113 | ) | 27,344 | 17,232 | 28,047 | 56,029 | 19,018 | 30,457 | 42,286 | 67,468 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Management and board fees (b) |
517 | 91 | 1,985 | 4,620 | 4,793 | 10,715 | 2,396 | 2,087 | 4,715 | 10,406 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Non-cash compensation (c) |
2,706 | 2,319 | | 592 | 1,119 | 7,907 | 876 | 738 | 1,455 | 7,769 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Terminated operations (d) |
6,800 | 884 | 3,821 | 2,604 | 352 | 1,580 | 1,666 | | 1,599 | (86 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Severance and other transaction
|
886 | 600 | 368 | 1,521 | 1,797 | 621 | 28 | | 1,324 | 593 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Impairment of long-lived
|
5,084 | | 3,868 | 2,304 | 2,115 | | | | 2,115 | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Lease termination costs (g) |
| | | | | 3,110 | 3,571 | (386 | ) | 3,571 | (847 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Amortization of inventory fair value adjustment (h) |
| | (35,075 | ) | (12,780 | ) | | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Non-capitalized IPO costs (i) |
| | | | 2,351 | | | | 2,351 | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Special committee investigation and remediation (j) |
| | | | | | | 1,989 | | 1,989 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other adjustments allowable under our agreements with our stockholders (k) |
| | 2,075 | 1,503 | 523 | 192 | 192 | 12 | 434 | 12 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA |
$ | (4,033 | ) | $ | (8,219 | ) | $ | 4,386 | $ | 17,596 | $ | 41,097 | $ | 80,154 | $ | 27,747 | $ | 34,897 | $ | 59,850 | $ | 87,304 | ||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a) | We have presented Adjusted EBITDA for the Predecessor periods consistently with the Successor periods to present information on a comparable basis for those periods. |
(b) | Includes fees paid in accordance with our management services agreement with Home Holdings in the Successor periods, as well as fees and expense reimbursements paid to our board of directors in both the Predecessor and Successor periods. |
(c) | Represents non-cash charges related to stock-based compensation programs. Fiscal 2011 includes a $6.4 million compensation charge related to the repayment of loans owed to Home Holdings by Gary Friedman, through the reclassification by Home Holdings of Mr. Friedmans Class A and Class A-1 ownership units into an equal number of Class A Prime and Class A-1 Prime ownership units. Mr. Friedman served as our Chairman and Co-Chief Executive Officer at the time of such loan repayment. |
(d) | Includes the impact of divesting our Brocade Home brand, closing four temporary clearance centers operated from October 2008 to March 2010, costs related to closing of The Michaels Furniture Company and costs related to the restructuring of our Shanghai office location. |
(e) | Amounts in the 2008 Predecessor period and the 2008 Successor period include severance costs, and transaction costs associated with our Acquisition by Home Holdings. Amounts in fiscal 2009, fiscal 2010, and fiscal 2011 generally include executive severance and other related costs. |
(f) | Includes costs related to impairment of long-lived assets related to our retail store operations. |
(g) | Includes lease termination costs for retail stores that were closed prior to their respective lease termination dates. The amount in the first six months of fiscal 2012 relates to changes in estimates regarding liabilities for future lease payments for closed stores. |
(h) | Represents non-cash impact of amortizing the net fair value adjustment to inventory recorded in connection with the purchase price allocation for the Acquisition over the period of the inventory turn. |
(i) | Represents costs related to our efforts to pursue an initial public offering. |
56
(j) | Represents legal and other professional fees, incurred in connection with the investigation conducted by the special committee of the board of directors relating to our former Chairman and Co-Chief Executive Officer, Gary Friedman, and our subsequent remedial actions. |
(k) | Represents items which management believes are not indicative of our ongoing operating performance. The 2008 Successor period includes consulting fees related to organizational matters following the Acquisition. Fiscal 2009 includes one-time start-up costs associated with Baby & Child and occupancy costs for corporate office space exited by us as part of the Acquisition. Fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2011 include consulting fees related to organizational matters and state franchise tax amounts. All periods include foreign exchange gains and losses. |
(12) | Working capital is defined as current assets, excluding cash and cash equivalents, less current liabilities, excluding the current portion of long-term debt. |
(13) | Total debt (including current portion) includes the revolving line of credit, term loan, and capital lease obligations. |
57
MANAGEMENTS DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Overview
We believe RH is one of the fastest growing and most innovative luxury brands in the home furnishings marketplace. Our collections of timeless, updated classics and reproductions are presented consistently across our sales channels in sophisticated and unique lifestyle settings that we believe are on par with world-class interior designers. We offer dominant merchandise assortments across a growing number of categories, including furniture, lighting, textiles, bathware, décor, outdoor, garden, and baby and child products. Our business is fully integrated across our multiple channels of distribution, consisting of our stores, catalogs and websites. We position our stores as showrooms for our brand, while our catalogs and websites act as virtual extensions of our stores. As of July 28, 2012, we operated 71 Galleries, 2 full line Design Galleries and 10 outlet stores throughout the United States and Canada. In fiscal 2011, we distributed approximately 26.1 million catalogs, and our websites logged over 14.3 million unique visits.
In 2001, we began to reposition Restoration Hardware from a nostalgic, discovery-items business to a leading home furnishings brand. In 2008, we were taken private by investment funds affiliated with Catterton, Tower Three and Glenhill. As a private company, we were able to accelerate the transformation of our business and brand and the development of our multi-channel business model and infrastructure. Over the last eleven years, we have built a new company as we:
|
Elevated our brand positioning; |
|
Enhanced our product development process; |
|
Refined our go-to-market strategy; |
|
Reconceptualized our stores and developed our full line Design Gallery format; |
|
Built a new supply chain and systems infrastructure; and |
|
Strengthened our management team. |
Over the last several years, we achieved strong growth in sales and profitability, as illustrated by the following:
|
From fiscal 2009 to fiscal 2011, we increased our net revenues 53% to $958.1 million, our Adjusted EBITDA 356% to $80.2 million and our Adjusted EBITDA margin by 555 basis points to 8.4%. Over the same time period, we increased our net income by $49.3 million from a net loss of $28.7 million to net income of $20.6 million; and |
|
We achieved ten consecutive quarters of double-digit net revenue growth through our fiscal quarter ended July 28, 2012. We achieved this growth as we contracted our store base from 95 retail locations as of January 30, 2010, to 73 locations as of July 28, 2012. |
Factors Affecting Our Operating Results
Various factors affected our results for the periods presented in this Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations including the following:
Overall Economic Trends. The industry in which we operate is cyclical, and consequently our revenues are affected by general economic conditions. For example, reduced consumer confidence and lower availability and higher cost of consumer credit reduces demand for our products and limits our ability to increase prices or sustain price increases. We expect that some of the economic factors that have been in place for the last several years, including the continuing economic uncertainty (particularly in the housing market in the United States) may
58
continue in future periods. Based on our research, we believe that the domestic housewares and home furnishings market is anticipated to grow at a compound annual growth rate of 3 4% between 2011 and 2015. However, there can be no assurance that the market will grow at this rate. The growth rate of the market could be affected by macroeconomic conditions in the United States. Although we believe our annual net revenues currently represent less than 1% of the domestic housewares and home furnishings market and therefore we have opportunities to grow market share in future periods, slower rates of growth could negatively impact our results. For more information, see Risk Factors Changes in consumer spending or the housing market may significantly harm our revenue and results of operations .
Our Strategic Initiatives. We are in the process of implementing a number of significant business initiatives that have had and will continue to have an impact on our results of operations, including the development of new larger full line Design Galleries in a number of new locations, the optimization of our store sizes to better fit anticipated demand in a given market, the expansion of our product categories and services and changes in the ways in which we market with our catalogs. Although these initiatives are designed to create growth in our business and continuing improvement in our operating results, the timing of expenditures related to these initiatives, as well as the achievement of returns on our investments, may affect our results of operation in future periods, and we may not achieve the desired benefits. Opening full line Design Galleries will require significant capital expenditures, and retail store closures may lead to charges including lease termination and other exit costs. These changes could affect our results of operation in future periods. In addition, the investments required to continue our strategic initiatives may have a negative impact on cash flows in future periods and could create pressure on our liquidity if we do not achieve the desired results from these initiatives in a timely manner. We expect that we will continue to incur significant capital expenditures as part of our initiative to open more full line Design Galleries over the next several years, and that these expenditures will have an impact on our cash flows during this time. For fiscal 2011, we incurred total capital expenditures of $25.6 million and we anticipate our capital expenditure requirements to be approximately $65 million for fiscal 2012, of which $13.5 million was spent during the first six months of fiscal 2012.
Consumer Preferences and Demand. Our ability to maintain our appeal to existing customers and attract new customers depends on our ability to originate, develop and offer a compelling product assortment responsive to customer preferences and design trends. We have successfully introduced a large number of new products during recent periods, which we believe has been a contributing factor in our sales and operating results. Periods in which our products have achieved strong customer acceptance generally have had more favorable results. If we misjudge the market for our products, we may be faced with excess inventories for some products and may be required to become more promotional in our selling activities, which would impact our net revenues and gross profit.
Our Ability to Source and Distribute Products Effectively. Our net revenue and gross profits are affected by our ability to purchase our merchandise in sufficient quantities at competitive prices. While we believe our vendors have adequate capacity to meet our current and anticipated demand, our level of net revenues have been adversely affected in prior periods by constraints in our supply chain, including the inability of our vendors to produce sufficient quantities of some merchandise in a manner that was able to match market demand from our customers, leading to higher levels of customer back orders and lost sales.
Seasonality. Our business is seasonal. As a result, our net revenues fluctuate from quarter to quarter, which often affects the comparability of our results between periods. Net revenues are historically higher in the second and fourth fiscal quarters due primarily to the impact of the outdoor selling season and the holiday selling season, respectively. Cash requirements are typically higher in the first and third quarters due to inventory-related working capital requirements for the outdoor and holiday selling periods. See Risk Factors Our operating results are subject to quarterly and seasonal fluctuations, and results for any quarter may not necessarily be indicative of the results that may be achieved for the full fiscal year .
How We Assess the Performance of Our Business
In assessing the performance of our business, we consider a variety of financial and operating measures that affect our operating results. The key measure for determining how our business is performing is Adjusted
59
EBITDA. Additionally, we review other important metrics such as net revenues, gross profit, gross margin, net income (loss), comparable store sales, selling, general and administrative expenses, catalogs circulated and circulated catalog pages.
Adjusted EBITDA. We believe that Adjusted EBITDA is a superior measure of operating performance, as it provides a clearer picture of operating results by eliminating expenses that are not reflective of underlying business performance. We use Adjusted EBITDA to facilitate a comparison of our operating performance on a consistent basis from period-to-period and to provide for a more complete understanding of factors and trends affecting our business. We also use Adjusted EBITDA as one of the primary methods for planning and forecasting overall expected performance and for evaluating on a quarterly and annual basis actual results against such expectations, and as the basis of our MIP.
We define Adjusted EBITDA as consolidated net income (loss) before depreciation and amortization, interest expense and provision for income taxes, adjusted for the impact of certain items, including non-cash and other items we do not consider representative of our ongoing operating performance such as unusual charges that are not expected to recur in the future. Because Adjusted EBITDA omits non-cash items, we feel that it is less susceptible to variances in actual performance resulting from depreciation, amortization and other non-cash charges and is more reflective of other factors that affect our operating performance. Because it omits the other items, we believe Adjusted EBITDA is also more reflective of our on-going operating performance.
Net Revenues. Net revenues reflect our sale of merchandise plus shipping and handling revenue collected from our customers, less returns and discounts. Revenues are recognized upon receipt of product by our customers.
Comparable Store Sales. Comparable store sales have been calculated based upon retail stores that were open at least fourteen full months as of the end of the reporting period. A store is not considered a part of the comparable store sales base if the square footage of the store changed by more than 20% between periods due to remodeling or relocation activities. If a store is closed for seven days during a month, that month will be excluded from comparable store sales. Outlet stores are not included in calculations of comparable store sales.
Comparable store sales allow us to evaluate how our retail store base is performing by measuring the change in period-over-period net revenues in stores that have been open for fourteen months or more. While we review comparable store sales as one measure of our performance, this measure is less relevant to us than it may be to other retailers due to our fully integrated, multi-channel, go-to-market strategy, which makes measures that analyze one of our channels in isolation less indicative of the performance of our business than it might be for other companies that operate their distribution channels as separate businesses. In addition to comparable store sales, we also review retail sales per selling square foot, among other metrics, to evaluate the performance of individual stores.
Selling Square Footage . Selling square footage is retail space at our stores used to sell our products. Selling square footage excludes backrooms at retail stores used for storage, office space or similar matters. Selling square footage may include exterior sales space located outside a store, such as courtyards, gardens and rooftops.
Retail Sales Per Selling Square Foot . Retail sales per selling square foot is calculated by dividing total net revenues for all retail stores, comparable and non-comparable, by the average selling square footage for the period. Sales per square foot for interior sales space may be significantly higher than sales per square foot for exterior sales space, as products are generally presented more densely within our stores.
Gross Profit. Gross profit is equal to our net revenues less cost of goods sold. Gross profit as a percentage of our net revenues is referred to as gross margin. Cost of goods sold include the direct cost of purchased merchandise; inventory shrinkage; inventory adjustments due to obsolescence, including excess and slow-moving inventory and lower of cost or market reserves; inbound freight; all freight costs to get merchandise to
60
our stores; design, buying and allocation costs; occupancy costs related to store operations, such as rent and common area maintenance; depreciation and amortization of leasehold improvements, equipment and other assets in our stores and distribution centers; and all logistics costs associated with shipping product to our customers, which are only partially offset by shipping income collected from customers. We expect gross profit to increase to the extent that we successfully grow our net revenues and leverage the fixed portion of cost of goods sold.
Our gross profit can be favorably impacted by sales volume increases, as occupancy and certain other costs that are largely fixed do not necessarily increase proportionally with volume increases. Changes in the mix of our products may also impact our gross profit. We review our inventory levels on an ongoing basis in order to identify slow-moving merchandise and use product markdowns and our outlet stores to efficiently sell these products. The timing and level of markdowns are driven primarily by customer acceptance of our merchandise. The primary drivers of the costs of individual goods are raw materials costs, which fluctuate based on a number of factors beyond our control, including commodity prices, changes in supply and demand, general economic conditions, competition, import duties, tariffs and government regulation, logistics costs (which may increase in the event of, for example, interruptions in the operation of our distribution centers, furniture home delivery hubs and customer care center or damage or interruption to our information systems) and labor costs in the countries where we source our merchandise. We place orders with merchandise vendors primarily in United States dollars and, as a result, are not exposed to significant foreign currency exchange risk.
Our gross profit may not be comparable to other specialty retailers, as some companies may not include all or a portion of the costs related to their distribution network and store occupancy in calculating gross profit as we and many other retailers do, but instead may include them in selling, general and administrative expenses.
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses. Selling, general and administrative expenses include all operating costs not included in cost of goods sold. These expenses include all payroll and payroll-related expenses, store expenses other than occupancy and expenses related to many of our operations at our headquarters, including utilities, depreciation and amortization and marketing expense, which primarily includes catalog production, mailing and print advertising costs. Selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of net revenues is usually higher in lower-volume quarters and lower in higher-volume quarters because a significant portion of the costs are relatively fixed.
Our recent revenue growth has been accompanied by increased selling, general and administrative expenses. The most significant components of these increases are marketing and payroll costs. We expect these expenses to continue to increase as we continue to open new stores, develop new product categories and otherwise grow our business.
Other Factors Affecting Our Results
Other important factors that affected our results for the periods presented in this Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations are as follows:
Purchase Accounting Impact of the Acquisition. All of the outstanding capital stock of Restoration Hardware, Inc. was acquired on June 16, 2008, by Home Holdings (which we refer to as the Acquisition) through a transaction that was accounted for under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards 141, Business Combinations. The purchase price was allocated to state our assets and liabilities at fair value, which took into account work performed by an independent third-party valuation firm. The allocation of the purchase price had the net effect of reducing the carrying amount of inventory by $47.9 million, increasing property and equipment by $17.6 million and increasing amortizable intangible assets by $55.7 million. The $47.9 million decrease in inventory value was due to the prevailing adverse economic situation at the date of the Acquisition and the application of a market participant approach to the valuation of inventory on hand. Such decrease was amortized to cost of goods sold over approximately nine months and resulted in increased gross profit during fiscal 2009.
61
We are depreciating the $17.6 million increase in property and equipment over the useful life of each asset, which has had the effect of reducing gross profit and increasing selling, general and administrative expenses subsequent to the Acquisition. The $55.7 million increase in amortizable intangible assets is being amortized over the remaining life of each asset and has had the effect of reducing gross profit and increasing selling, general and administrative expenses subsequent to the Acquisition. We also recorded intangible assets with an indefinite life, which consisted of goodwill and trademarks, at their fair values of $122.3 million and $47.1 million, respectively.
The following table summarizes the financial impact of purchase accounting adjustments on gross profit and selling, general and administrative expenses in dollars, and as a percentage of net revenues, in fiscal 2009, fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2011, and in the first six months of fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2012:
Year Ended | Six Months Ended | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
January 30,
2010 |
January 29,
2011 |
January 28,
2012 |
July 30,
2011 |
July 28,
2012 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(dollars in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net revenues |
$ | 625,685 | 100 | % | $ | 772,752 | 100 | % | $ | 958,084 | 100 | % | $ | 420,383 | 100 | % | $ | 510,820 | 100 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
Gross profit increase (decrease) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Amortization of inventory fair value adjustment |
$ | 12,780 | 2.0 | % | $ | | | % | $ | | | % | $ | | | % | $ | | | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
Depreciation related to step up of property and equipment |
(5,427 | ) | (0.9 | )% | (3,076 | ) | (0.4 | )% | (1,783 | ) | (0.2 | )% | (984 | ) | (0.2 | )% | (628 | ) | (0.1 | )% | ||||||||||||||||||||
Amortization of intangible related to net fair value of leases |
(2,899 | ) | (0.3 | )% | (1,975 | ) | (0.3 | )% | (1,507 | ) | (0.1 | )% | (857 | ) | (0.2 | )% | (454 | ) | (0.1 | )% | ||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
$ | 4,454 | 0.8 | % | $ | (5,051 | ) | (0.7 | )% | $ | (3,290 | ) | (0.3 | )% | $ | (1,841 | ) | (0.5 | )% | $ | (1,082 | ) | (0.2 | )% | |||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
Selling general and administrative increase (decrease) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Amortization of intangible related to customer relationships |
$ | 12,500 | 2.0 | % | $ | | | % | $ | | | % | $ | | | % | $ | | | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
Amortization of intangible related to core technologies |
1,316 | 0.2 | % | 1,316 | 0.2 | % | 1,316 | 0.1 | % | 658 | 0.2 | % | 658 | 0.1 | % | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Depreciation related to step up of property and equipment |
451 | 0.1 | % | 150 | | % | | | % | | | % | | | % | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Amortization of intangible related to net fair value of leases |
465 | 0.1 | % | 140 | | % | (21 | ) | | % | (11 | ) | | % | (9 | ) | | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
$ | 14,732 | 2.4 | % | $ | 1,606 | 0.2 | % | $ | 1,295 | 0.1 | % | $ | 647 | 0.2 | % | $ | 649 | 0.1 | % | |||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Public Company Costs. In connection with our initial public offering, we will incur additional legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company, including costs associated with public company reporting and corporate governance requirements. These requirements include compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and other rules implemented by the SEC, and applicable stock exchange rules. We expect these rules and regulations to substantially increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make certain financial reporting and other activities more time-consuming and costly, although we are currently unable to estimate these costs with any degree of certainty.
62
Basis of Presentation and Results of Operations
The following discussion contains references to fiscal years 2009, 2010 and 2011, which represent our fiscal years ended January 30, 2010, January 29, 2011, and January 28, 2012, respectively. Our fiscal year ends on the Saturday closest to January 31. Fiscal years 2009, 2010 and 2011 were 52-week periods. The first six months of fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2012 were 26-week periods.
Prior to the completion of this offering, all of the outstanding shares of capital stock of Restoration Hardware, Inc., will be contributed by Home Holdings to Restoration Hardware Holdings, Inc. as a capital contribution. Outstanding units under the Team Resto Ownership Plan will be converted in connection with this offering into shares of common stock.
Year Ended | Six Months Ended | |||||||||||||||||||
January 30,
2010 |
January 29,
2011 |
January 28,
2012 |
July 30,
2011 |
July 28,
2012 |
||||||||||||||||
(dollars in thousands, excluding per square foot store data) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Statement of Operations Data: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Net revenues |
$ | 625,685 | $ | 772,752 | $ | 958,084 | $ | 420,383 | $ | 510,820 | ||||||||||
Cost of goods sold |
412,629 | 501,132 | 601,735 | 265,953 | 321,425 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Gross profit |
213,056 | 271,620 | 356,349 | 154,430 | 189,395 | |||||||||||||||
Selling, general and administrative expenses |
238,889 | 274,836 | 329,506 | 150,395 | 171,830 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Income (loss) from operations |
(25,833 | ) | (3,216 | ) | 26,843 | 4,035 | 17,565 | |||||||||||||
Interest expense |
(3,241 | ) | (3,150 | ) | (5,134 | ) | (1,888 | ) | (3,054 | ) | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Income (loss) before income taxes |
(29,074 | ) | (6,366 | ) | 21,709 | 2,147 | 14,511 | |||||||||||||
Income tax expense (benefit) |
(423 | ) | 685 | 1,121 | 783 | 623 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Net income (loss) |
$ | (28,651 | ) | $ | (7,051 | ) | $ | 20,588 | $ | 1,364 | $ | 13,888 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Other Financial and Operating Data: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Growth in net revenues: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Stores (1) |
(6 | )% | 15 | % | 22 | % | 21 | % | 19 | % | ||||||||||
Direct |
(15 | )% | 37 | % | 27 | % | 36 | % | 25 | % | ||||||||||
Total |
(10 | )% | 24 | % | 24 | % | 27 | % | 22 | % | ||||||||||
Retail (2): |
||||||||||||||||||||
Comparable store sales change (3) |
(7 | )% | 19 | % | 25 | % | 20 | % | 29 | % | ||||||||||
Retail stores open at beginning of period |
99 | 95 | 91 | 91 | 74 | |||||||||||||||
Stores opened |
| 4 | 5 | 3 | 3 | |||||||||||||||
Stores closed |
4 | 8 | 22 | 7 | 4 | |||||||||||||||
Retail stores open at end of period |
95 | 91 | 74 | 87 | 73 | |||||||||||||||
Average gross square footage (in thousands) (4) |
1,042 | 1,014 | 913 | 946 | 801 | |||||||||||||||
Average selling square footage (in thousands) (4) |
660 | 641 | 580 | 599 | 519 | |||||||||||||||
Retail sales per selling square foot (5) |
$ | 525 | $ | 635 | $ | 846 | $ | 351 | $ | 481 | ||||||||||
Direct: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Catalogs circulated (in thousands) (6) |
31,336 | 46,507 | 26,052 | 12,723 | 15,131 | |||||||||||||||
Catalog pages circulated (in millions) (6) |
4,418 | 6,260 | 8,848 | 3,289 | 7,417 | |||||||||||||||
Direct as a percentage of net revenues (7) |
39 | % | 43 | % | 44 | % | 45 | % | 46 | % | ||||||||||
Capital expenditures |
$ | 2,024 | $ | 39,907 | $ | 25,593 | $ | 12,168 | $ | 13,517 |
(1) | Store data represent retail stores plus outlet stores. Net revenues for outlet stores were $34.7 million in fiscal 2009, $31.2 million in fiscal 2010 and $43.9 million in fiscal 2011. In the first six months of fiscal 2011 and 2012, net revenues for outlet stores were $20.5 million and $24.3 million, respectively. |
63
(2) | Retail data have been calculated based upon retail stores, including our Baby & Child stores, and exclude outlet stores. |
(3) | Comparable store sales have been calculated based upon retail stores that were open at least fourteen full months as of the end of the reporting period and did not change square footage by more than 20% between periods. Comparable store net revenues exclude revenues from outlet stores. |
(4) | Average square footage (gross or selling, as applicable) is calculated for each quarter by taking the total applicable square footage at the beginning of the quarter plus the total applicable square footage at the end of the quarter and dividing by two. Average square footage for periods of six, nine and twelve months is calculated by averaging the average square footage for the quarters within such periods. |
(5) | Retail sales per selling square foot is calculated by dividing total net revenues for all retail stores, comparable and non-comparable, by the average selling square footage for the period. |
(6) | The catalogs and catalog pages circulated from period to period do not take into account different page sizes per catalog distributed. Page sizes and page counts vary for different catalog mailings and we sometimes mail different versions of a catalog at the same time. Accordingly, period to period comparisons of catalogs circulated and catalog pages circulated do not take these variations into account. In fiscal 2010, we mailed a larger number of catalogs that contained fewer pages and in some cases significantly smaller page sizes than in prior periods. In fiscal 2011 and in the first six months of fiscal 2012, we mailed fewer catalogs that contained a significant increase in number of pages as compared to fiscal 2010. |
(7) | Direct revenues include sales through our catalogs and websites. |
The following table sets forth, for the periods presented, our consolidated statement of operations data as a percentage of total revenues.
Year Ended | Six Months Ended | |||||||||||||||||||
January 30,
2010 |
January 29,
2011 |
January 28,
2012 |
July 30,
2011 |
July 28,
2012 |
||||||||||||||||
Statement of Operations Data: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Net revenues |
100.0 | % | 100.0 | % | 100.0 | % | 100.0 | % | 100.0 | % | ||||||||||
Cost of goods sold |
65.9 | 64.9 | 62.8 | 63.3 | 62.9 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Gross margin |
34.1 | 35.1 | 37.2 | 36.7 | 37.1 | |||||||||||||||
Selling, general and administrative expenses |
38.2 | 35.5 | 34.4 | 35.8 | 33.7 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Income (loss) from operations |
(4.1 | ) | (0.4 | ) | 2.8 | 0.9 | 3.4 | |||||||||||||
Interest expense |
(0.6 | ) | (0.4 | ) | (0.5 | ) | (0.4 | ) | (0.6 | ) | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Income (loss) before income taxes |
(4.7 | ) | (0.8 | ) | 2.3 | 0.5 | 2.8 | |||||||||||||
Income tax expense (benefit) |
(0.1 | ) | 0.1 | 0.1 | 0.2 | 0.1 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Net income (loss) |
(4.6 | )% | (0.9 | )% | 2.2 | % | 0.3 | % | 2.7 | % | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
We operate a fully integrated distribution model through our stores, catalogs and websites. The following table shows a summary of our Stores revenues, which include all sales for orders placed in retail stores as well as sales through outlet stores, and our Direct revenues which include sales through our catalogs and websites:
Year Ended | Six Months Ended | |||||||||||||||||||
January 30,
2010 |
January 29,
2011 |
January 28,
2012 |
July 30,
2011 |
July 28,
2012 |
||||||||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Stores |
$ | 380,854 | $ | 438,463 | $ | 534,411 | $ | 230,722 | $ | 273,928 | ||||||||||
Direct |
244,831 | 334,289 | 423,673 | 189,661 | 236,892 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Net revenues |
$ | 625,685 | $ | 772,752 | $ | 958,084 | $ | 420,383 | $ | 510,820 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
64
First Six Months of Fiscal 2012 Compared to First Six Months of Fiscal 2011
The following table summarizes the financial impact of purchase accounting adjustments on gross profit in dollars, and as a percentage of net revenues, for the first six months of fiscal 2012 and the first six months of fiscal 2011:
Six Months Ended | Increase | |||||||||||||||||||||||
July 30, 2011 | July 28, 2012 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
(dollars in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net revenues |
$ | 420,383 | 100.0 | % | $ | 510,820 | 100.0 | % | $ | 90,437 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
Gross profit excluding purchase accounting adjustments |
$ | 156,271 | 37.2 | % | $ | 190,477 | 37.3 | % | $ | 34,206 | 0.1 | % | ||||||||||||
Decrease in gross profit from purchase accounting adjustments |
(1,841 | ) | (0.5 | )% | (1,082 | ) | (0.2 | )% | 759 | 0.3 | % | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Gross profit |
$ | 154,430 | 36.7 | % | $ | 189,395 | 37.1 | % | $ | 34,965 | 0.4 | % | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net revenues
Net revenues increased $90.4 million, or 21.5%, to $510.8 million in the first six months of fiscal 2012 compared to $420.4 million in the first six months of fiscal 2011. We had 73 and 87 retail stores open at July 28, 2012 and July 30, 2011, respectively. In the first six months of fiscal 2012, we opened three stores and closed four stores. Of the four closed stores, two were closed at the lease expiration date and two were closed prior to the lease expiration date. There were no charges associated with the early closure as the related lease allowed for early termination without charge. Stores sales increased $43.2 million, or 18.7%, to $273.9 million in the first six months of fiscal 2012 compared to $230.7 million in the first six months of fiscal 2011 due in large part to our comparable store sales increase of 29% in the first six months of fiscal 2012 compared to fiscal 2011, partially offset by having fewer stores open during the first six months of fiscal 2012 compared to the first six months of fiscal 2011. Direct sales increased $47.2 million, or 24.9%, to $237.0 million in the first six months of fiscal 2012 compared to $189.7 million in the first six months of fiscal 2011. We believe that the increase in both comparable store and direct sales was due primarily to our customers favorable reaction to our merchandise assortment, including new product categories, expansions of existing product categories, and an increase in circulated catalog pages.
Gross profit
Gross profit increased $35.0 million, or 22.6%, to $189.4 million in the first six months of fiscal 2012 from $154.4 million in the first six months of fiscal 2011. As a percentage of net revenues, gross margin increased 0.4%, to 37.1% of net revenues in the first six months of fiscal 2012 from 36.7% of net revenues in the first six months of fiscal 2011. Gross profit in the first six months of fiscal 2012 included $1.1 million of unfavorable gross profit impact due to purchase accounting compared to $1.8 million of unfavorable gross profit impact due to purchase accounting in the first six months of fiscal 2011.
Excluding the impact of purchase accounting, gross margin increased 0.1% as a percentage of net revenues. This increase was primarily driven by a 240 basis point improvement in occupancy costs achieved due to improved leverage on the fixed portion of our store and distribution center occupancy costs. This increase was partially offset by a decrease in gross margin of 160 basis points due to increased promotional activity in the first six months of fiscal 2012 and a decrease in gross margin of 70 basis points due to increased freight costs as a result of a higher percentage of furniture sales during such period, which incur greater shipping costs than our other products.
65
Selling, general and administrative expenses
Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $21.4 million, or 14.3%, to $171.8 million in the first six months of fiscal 2012 compared to $150.4 million in the first six months of fiscal 2011. The increase in selling, general and administrative expenses of $21.4 million was primarily related to an increase of $15.7 million in advertising and marketing costs associated with increased catalog circulation, as well as an increase of $1.9 million in credit cards fees due to the growth in revenues. Selling, general and administrative expenses in the first six months of fiscal 2012 also increased due to $2.0 million of legal and other professional fees incurred in connection with the investigation conducted by the special committee of the board of directors relating to our former Chairman and Co-Chief Executive Officer, Gary Friedman, partially offset by a benefit of $0.4 million related to a change in estimates of liabilities related to closed stores. We expect to incur additional legal and other professional fees in connection with subsequent remedial actions, including reviews of certain policies and procedures and documentation of Mr. Friedmans advisory services agreement and related agreements. These net increases were partially offset by the $3.6 million charge associated with the early lease termination of four store locations and the $1.6 million restructuring charge associated with our Shanghai office, both of which were recorded in the first six months of fiscal 2011.
Interest expense
Interest expense increased $1.2 million to $3.1 million in the first six months of fiscal 2012 compared to $1.9 million in the first six months of fiscal 2011. This increase was due to the higher interest rate under the modified revolving line of credit agreement entered into in August 2011, as well as an increase in the amount of borrowings under the revolving line of credit in the first six months of fiscal 2012 as compared to the first six months of fiscal 2011 primarily due to increased inventory levels.
Income tax expense
Income tax expense decreased $0.2 million to $0.6 million in the first six months of fiscal 2012 compared to $0.8 million in the first six months of fiscal 2011. Our effective tax rate was 4.3% in the first six months of fiscal 2012 compared to 36.5% in the first six months of fiscal 2011. The decrease in our tax expense was primarily due to our ability to utilize California net operating losses to fully offset California tax in the first six months of fiscal 2012, partially offset by additional tax expense in other states.
Net income
Net income increased $12.5 million to $13.9 million in the first six months of fiscal 2012 compared to $1.4 million in the first six months of fiscal 2011. This increase was due to an increase in gross profit of $35.0 million and a decrease of income tax expense of $0.2 million, partially offset by an increase in selling, general and administrative expenses of $21.4 million and an increase in interest expense of $1.2 million, as discussed in more detail above.
66
Fiscal 2011 Compared to Fiscal 2010
The following table summarizes the financial impact of purchase accounting adjustments on gross profit and selling, general and administrative expenses in dollars, and as a percentage of net revenues, for fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2010:
Fiscal Year Ended | Increase (Decrease) | |||||||||||||||||||||||
January 29, 2011 | January 28, 2012 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
(dollars in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net revenues |
$ | 772,752 | 100.0 | % | $ | 958,084 | 100.0 | % | $ | 185,332 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
Gross profit excluding purchase accounting adjustments |
$ | 276,671 | 35.8 | % | $ | 359,639 | 37.5 | % | $ | 82,968 | 1.7 | % | ||||||||||||
Decrease in gross profit from purchase accounting adjustments |
(5,051 | ) | (0.7 | )% | (3,290 | ) | (0.3 | )% | 1,761 | 0.4 | % | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Gross profit |
$ | 271,620 | 35.1 | % | $ | 356,349 | 37.2 | % | $ | 84,729 | 2.1 | % | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Selling, general and administrative expenses excluding purchase accounting adjustments |
$ | 273,230 | 35.3 | % | $ | 328,211 | 34.3 | % | $ | 54,981 | (1.0 | )% | ||||||||||||
Increase in selling, general and administrative expenses from purchase accounting adjustments |
1,606 | 0.2 | % | 1,295 | 0.1 | % | (311 | ) | (0.1 | )% | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Selling, general and administrative expenses |
$ | 274,836 | 35.5 | % | $ | 329,506 | 34.4 | % | $ | 54,670 | (1.1 | )% | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net revenues
Net revenues increased $185.3 million, or 24.0%, to $958.1 million in fiscal 2011 compared to $772.8 million in fiscal 2010. We had 74 and 91 retail stores open at January 28, 2012, and January 29, 2011, respectively. This decrease in the number of retail stores was part of our strategy to consolidate stores in markets where we open new full line Design Galleries and to close stores that do not meet our profitability objectives. In fiscal 2011, we opened five stores and closed 22 stores. Of the 22 closed stores, 16 were closed at the expiration of the lease, while six were closed prior to the expiration of the lease. We incurred charges of $3.1 million related to the early closures. Stores sales increased $95.9 million, or 21.9%, to $534.4 million in fiscal 2011 compared to $438.5 million in fiscal 2010 due in large part to our comparable store sales increase of 25% in fiscal 2011 compared to fiscal 2010. Direct sales increased $89.4 million, or 26.7%, to $423.7 million in fiscal 2011 compared to $334.3 million in fiscal 2010. We believe that the increase in both comparable store and direct sales was due primarily to our customers favorable reaction to our merchandise assortment, including expansions of existing product categories and new product categories, an increase in circulated catalog pages and positive customer reaction to our new Design Gallery format.
Gross profit
Gross profit increased $84.7 million, or 31.2%, to $356.3 million in fiscal 2011 from $271.6 million in fiscal 2010. As a percentage of net revenues, gross margin increased 2.1%, to 37.2% of net revenues in fiscal 2011 from 35.1% of net revenues in fiscal 2010. Gross profit in fiscal 2011 included $3.3 million of unfavorable gross profit impact due to purchase accounting compared to $5.1 million of unfavorable gross profit impact due to purchase accounting in fiscal 2010.
Excluding the impact of purchase accounting, gross margin increased 1.7%. This increase was primarily driven by a 290 basis point improvement in occupancy costs achieved due to improved leverage on the fixed portion of our store and distribution center occupancy costs, partially offset by 20 basis points of one-time costs associated with the opening of a new distribution center during fiscal 2011. The overall increase in gross margin was also offset by higher freight costs of 90 basis points due to a change in shipping rates charged to customers as we moved to flat rate shipping fees and experienced a higher percentage of furniture sales, which incurs
67
greater shipping costs than our other products. Furthermore, increased promotional activity contributed to a 20 basis point decrease in gross margin in fiscal 2011.
Selling, general and administrative expenses
Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $54.7 million, or 19.9%, to $329.5 million in fiscal 2011 compared to $274.8 million in fiscal 2010. Selling, general and administrative expenses in fiscal 2011 included $1.3 million of unfavorable impact due to purchase accounting compared to $1.6 million of unfavorable impact due to purchase accounting in fiscal 2010. The increase in selling, general and administrative expenses of $55.0 million excluding the effect of purchase accounting adjustments was primarily related to an increase in employment costs of $16.0 million associated with the growth of our operations, a $6.4 million compensation charge related to the repayment of loans between Mr. Friedman and Home Holdings via the reclassification by Home Holdings of Mr. Friedmans ownership units, an increase of $10.8 million in advertising and marketing costs associated with increased circulated catalog pages, an increase of $6.0 million in management fees to Catterton, Tower Three and Glenhill and an increase of $4.4 million in credit cards fees due to the growth in sales revenues. During fiscal 2011, we closed four retail store locations in advance of the related lease termination dates resulting in a charge of $3.2 million. In addition, in fiscal 2011 we recorded a $1.6 million restructuring charge associated with our Shanghai office, increased travel-related expenses of $2.2 million, and an increase in retail store pre-opening expenses of $0.9 million.
Selling, general and administrative expenses were 34.4% of net revenues in fiscal 2011 compared to 35.5% of net revenues in fiscal 2010. Selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of net revenues included 0.1% of unfavorable impact of purchase accounting in fiscal 2011 compared to 0.2% of unfavorable impact of purchase accounting in fiscal 2010. The improvement in selling, general and administrative expenses of 1.0% of net revenues excluding the effect of purchase accounting adjustments was driven largely by increased net revenues during fiscal 2011 compared to fiscal 2010, which resulted in a 110 basis point reduction in employment costs, a 30 basis point reduction in advertising and marketing costs, as well as a 10 basis point reduction in professional fees, in each case as a percentage of net revenues. These reductions were partially offset by a 30 basis point increase in costs as a percentage of net revenues related to corporate office costs, due in part to the restructuring charge associated with our Shanghai office and pre-opening expenses related to new retail store locations we opened in fiscal 2011, as well as a 10 basis point increase in occupancy expense as a percentage of net revenues primarily related to the closure of four retail store locations prior to the related lease termination dates.
Interest expense
Interest expense increased $1.9 million to $5.1 million in fiscal 2011 compared to $3.2 million in fiscal 2010. This increase was primarily due to the higher interest rate under the modified revolving line of credit agreement entered into in August 2011, as well as an increase in the amount of borrowings under the revolving line of credit in fiscal 2011 as compared to fiscal 2010 primarily due to increased inventory levels.
Income tax expense
Income tax expense increased $0.4 million to $1.1 million in fiscal 2011 compared to $0.7 million in fiscal 2010. Our effective tax rate was 5.2% for fiscal 2011 compared to (10.8)% for fiscal 2010. The increase in our tax expense was primarily due to an increase in taxable income for state and foreign jurisdictions. The state taxable income was primarily generated as a result of certain states disallowing the utilization of net operating loss carryovers.
Net income (loss)
Net income increased $27.7 million to $20.6 million in fiscal 2011 compared to a net loss of $7.1 million in fiscal 2010. This increase was due to an increase in gross profit of $84.7 million, partially offset by increases in
68
selling, general and administrative expenses of $54.7 million, interest expense of $1.9 million and income tax expense of $0.4 million, as discussed in more detail above.
Fiscal 2010 Compared to Fiscal 2009
The following table summarizes the financial impact of purchase accounting adjustments on gross profit and selling, general and administrative expenses in dollars, and as a percentage of net revenues, for fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2009:
Fiscal Year Ended | Increase (Decrease) | |||||||||||||||||||||||
January 30, 2010 | January 29, 2011 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
(dollars in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net revenues |
$ | 625,685 | 100.0 | % | $ | 772,752 | 100.0 | % | $ | 147,067 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
Gross profit excluding purchase accounting adjustments |
$ | 208,602 | 33.3 | % | $ | 276,671 | 35.8 | % | $ | 68,069 | 2.5 | % | ||||||||||||
Increase (decrease) in gross profit from accounting adjustments |
4,454 | 0.8 | % | (5,051 | ) | (0.7 | )% | (9,505 | ) | (1.5 | )% | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Gross profit |
$ | 213,056 | 34.1 | % | $ | 271,620 | 35.1 | % | $ | 58,564 | 1.0 | % | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Selling, general and administrative expenses excluding purchase accounting adjustments |
$ | 224,157 | 35.8 | % | $ | 273,230 | 35.3 | % | $ | 49,073 | (0.5 | )% | ||||||||||||
Increase in selling, general and administrative expenses from purchase adjustments |
14,732 | 2.4 | % | 1,606 | 0.2 | % | (13,126 | ) | (2.2 | )% | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Selling, general and administrative expenses |
$ | 238,889 | 38.2 | % | $ | 274,836 | 35.5 | % | $ | 35,947 | (2.7 | )% | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net revenues
Net revenues increased $147.1 million, or 23.5%, to $772.8 million in fiscal 2010 compared to $625.7 million in fiscal 2009. We had 91 and 95 retail stores open at January 29, 2011 and January 30, 2010, respectively. In fiscal 2010, we opened 4 stores and closed 8 stores. Of the 8 closed stores, 6 were closed at the expiration of the lease, while 2 were closed prior to the expiration of the lease. There were no charges associated with the early closures as the related leases allowed termination without charge. Stores sales increased $57.6 million, or 15.1%, to $438.5 million in fiscal 2010 compared to $380.9 million in fiscal 2009. This increase was due in large part to our comparable store sales increase of 19% in fiscal 2010 compared to fiscal 2009, partially offset by a lower number of retail stores and lower revenues in our outlet stores. Direct sales increased $89.5 million, or 36.5%, to $334.3 million in fiscal 2010 compared to $244.8 million in fiscal 2009. We believe that this increase was due primarily to our customers favorable reaction to our assortment of products, including extensions of existing product categories and new product categories, as well as an increase in circulated catalogs of 48.4% and of circulated pages by 41.7%.
Gross profit
Gross profit increased $58.6 million, or 27.5%, to $271.6 million in fiscal 2010 from $213.1 million in fiscal 2009. As a percentage of net revenues, gross margin increased 1.0%, to 35.1% of net revenues in fiscal 2010 from 34.1% of net revenues in fiscal 2009. Gross profit in fiscal 2010 included $5.1 million of unfavorable gross profit impact due to purchase accounting compared to $4.5 million of favorable gross profit impact due to purchase accounting in fiscal 2009.
Excluding the impact of purchase accounting, gross margin increased 2.5%. This increase was primarily driven by a 270 basis point improvement in occupancy costs achieved due to improved leverage on the fixed portion of our store and distribution center occupancy costs, partially offset by 140 basis points of higher freight
69
costs as a percentage of net revenues due to a higher percentage of furniture sales. Furthermore, reduced promotional activity and improved product sourcing contributed to a 120 basis point increase in gross margin in fiscal 2010.
Selling, general and administrative expenses
Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $35.9 million, or 15.0%, to $274.8 million for fiscal 2010 compared to $238.9 million for fiscal 2009. Selling, general and administrative expenses in fiscal 2010 included $1.6 million of unfavorable impact due to purchase accounting compared to $14.7 million of unfavorable impact due to purchase accounting in fiscal 2009. The increase in selling, general and administrative expenses of $49.1 million excluding the effect of purchase accounting adjustments was primarily related to an increase in employment costs of $14.6 million associated with the growth of our operations, as well as an increase in advertising and marketing costs of $12.4 million associated with a 41.7% increase in circulated catalog pages. Professional fees increased $10.2 million in fiscal 2010 as compared to fiscal 2009 primarily due to an increase in legal and other fees of $3.0 million related to our expansion into Asia, executive personnel matters and real estate activity, an increase of $2.4 million in information technology consulting costs in connection with new business intelligence software and database consulting and the incurrence of $2.4 million in preparation for our initial public offering. In addition, there was an increase in credit card fees and related expenses associated with the growth in sales revenue of $8.2 million and an increase in travel-related expenses of $2.6 million.
Selling, general and administrative expenses were 35.5% of net revenues in fiscal 2010 compared to 38.2% of net revenues in fiscal 2009. Selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of net revenues included 0.2% of unfavorable impact of purchase accounting in fiscal 2010 compared to 2.4% of unfavorable impact of purchase accounting in fiscal 2009. The improvement in selling, general and administrative expenses of 0.5% of net revenues, excluding the effect of purchase accounting adjustments was driven largely by increased net revenues, which resulted in a 180 basis point reduction in employment costs as a percentage of net revenues, as well as a 40 basis point reduction in occupancy costs as a percentage of net revenues. This overall improvement was partially offset by 20 basis points of increased volume-related costs as a percentage of net revenues as a result of changes in our product mix, 30 basis points of higher advertising and marketing costs as a percentage of net revenues and 130 basis points associated with increased corporate office costs as a percentage of net revenues, due in part to increased professional fees in fiscal 2010 in connection with the preparation for an initial public offering.
Interest expense
Interest expense decreased $0.1 million, or 2.8%, to $3.1 million in fiscal 2010 compared to $3.2 million in fiscal 2009. This decrease resulted primarily from lower borrowings under the revolving line of credit.
Income tax expense
Income tax expense was $0.7 million for fiscal 2010 compared to an income tax benefit of $0.4 million for fiscal 2009, an increase in tax expense of $1.1 million. Our effective tax rate was (10.8)% for fiscal 2010 compared to 1.7% for fiscal 2009. The increase in our tax expense was primarily due to an increase in taxable income for state and foreign jurisdictions.
Net loss
Net loss decreased $21.6 million, or 75.4%, to $7.1 million in fiscal 2010 compared to $28.7 million in fiscal 2009. This decrease was due to an increase in gross profit of $58.6 million and a decrease in interest expense of $0.1 million, partially offset by an increase in selling, general and administrative expenses of $35.9 million and an increase in income tax of $1.1 million, as discussed in more detail above.
70
Quarterly Results and Seasonality
The following table sets forth our historical quarterly consolidated statements of income for each of the last eight fiscal quarters ended through July 28, 2012. This quarterly information has been prepared on the same basis as our annual audited financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus and includes all adjustments that we consider necessary to present fairly the financial information for the fiscal quarters presented. The quarterly data should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.
In the third quarter of 2012, we changed our accounting policy for recognizing stock-based compensation expense which has been applied retrospectively to the periods presented below. See footnote 1 to the table below for further detail.
Our business is seasonal and we have historically realized a higher portion of our net revenues and net income in the second and fourth fiscal quarters due primarily to the outdoor selling season in the second fiscal quarter and the holiday selling season in the fourth fiscal quarter. Working capital requirements are typically higher in the first and third fiscal quarters due to inventory-related working capital requirements in advance of the outdoor selling season and the holiday selling season. During these peak periods we have historically increased our borrowings under the Restoration Hardware, Inc. revolving line of credit. As such, results of a period shorter than a full year may not be indicative of results expected for the entire year. Furthermore, the seasonal nature of our business may affect comparisons between periods.
Fiscal 2010 | Fiscal 2011 | Fiscal 2012 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Third
Quarter |
Fourth
Quarter |
First
Quarter |
Second
Quarter |
Third
Quarter |
Fourth
Quarter |
First
Quarter |
Second
Quarter |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net revenues |
$ | 186,021 | $ | 255,877 | $ | 184,760 | $ | 235,623 | $ | 232,459 | $ | 305,242 | $ | 217,914 | $ | 292,906 | ||||||||||||||||
Cost of goods sold |
127,098 | 159,950 | 121,576 | 144,377 | 148,066 | 187,716 | 142,646 | 178,779 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
Gross profit |
58,923 | 95,927 | 63,184 | 91,246 | 84,393 | 117,526 | 75,268 | 114,127 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Selling, general, and administrative expenses (1) |
70,690 | 78,408 | 68,707 | 81,688 | 88,496 | 90,615 | 77,365 | 94,465 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
Income (loss) from operations |
(11,767 | ) | 17,519 | (5,523 | ) | 9,558 | (4,103 | ) | 26,911 | (2,097 | ) | 19,662 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Interest expense |
(847 | ) | (724 | ) | (899 | ) | (989 | ) | (1,598 | ) | (1,648 | ) | (1,575 | ) | (1,479 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
Income (loss) before income taxes |
(12,614 | ) | 16,795 | (6,422 | ) | 8,569 | (5,701 | ) | 25,263 | (3,672 | ) | 18,183 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Income tax expense (benefit) |
(201 | ) | 845 | (204 | ) | 987 | (871 | ) | 1,209 | 56 | 567 | |||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
Net income (loss) |
$ | (12,413 | ) | $ | 15,950 | $ | (6,218 | ) | $ | 7,582 | $ | (4,830 | ) | $ | 24,054 | $ | (3,728 | ) | $ | 17,616 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA (2) |
$ | (352 | ) | $ | 32,455 | $ | 5,333 | $ | 22,414 | $ | 11,102 | $ | 41,305 | $ | 6,159 | $ | 28,738 | |||||||||||||||
Comparable store sales (3) |
16 | % | 13 | % | 25 | % | 17 | % | 36 | % | 22 | % | 26 | % | 31 | % |
(1) | In the third quarter of 2012, we changed our policy for recognizing stock-based compensation expense from the graded method of accounting to the straight-line method of accounting for our time-based units (or service-only awards). This change in accounting had the same impact on our selling, general and administrative expenses and net income (loss) for all periods presented. The table below presents the impact to our net income (loss) as a result of this change in accounting policy. See Note 3 Change in Accounting PrincipleStock-Based Compensation to Restoration Hardware, Inc.s audited consolidated financial statements. |
Fiscal 2010 | Fiscal 2011 | Fiscal 2012 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Third
Quarter |
Fourth
Quarter |
First
Quarter |
Second
Quarter |
Third
Quarter |
Fourth
Quarter |
First
Quarter |
Second
Quarter |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net income (loss)as reported |
$ | (12,564 | ) | $ | 15,793 | $ | (6,327 | ) | $ | 7,467 | $ | (4,857 | ) | $ | 24,058 | $ | (3,764 | ) | $ | 17,753 | ||||||||||||
Change in accounting policy adjustment |
151 | 157 | 109 | 115 | 27 | (4 | ) | 36 | (137 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
Net income (loss)as revised |
$ | (12,413 | ) | $ | 15,950 | $ | (6,218 | ) | $ | 7,582 | $ | (4,830 | ) | $ | 24,054 | $ | (3,728 | ) | $ | 17,616 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
71
(2) | The following table presents a reconciliation of net income (loss), the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure, to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA for the periods indicated below. For further discussion of the use of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA, see footnote 11 to the table included in Selected Historical Consolidated Financial and Operating Data. |
Fiscal 2010 | Fiscal 2011 | Fiscal 2012 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Third
Quarter |
Fourth
Quarter |
First
Quarter |
Second
Quarter |
Third
Quarter |
Fourth
Quarter |
First
Quarter |
Second
Quarter |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net income (loss) |
$ | (12,413 | ) | $ | 15,950 | $ | (6,218 | ) | $ | 7,582 | $ | (4,830 | ) | $ | 24,054 | $ | (3,728 | ) | $ | 17,616 | ||||||||||||
Depreciation and amortization |
9,656 | 7,860 | 7,386 | 7,597 | 7,373 | 6,830 | 6,424 | 6,468 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest expense |
847 | 724 | 899 | 989 | 1,598 | 1,648 | 1,575 | 1,479 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Income tax expense (benefit) |
(201 | ) | 845 | (204 | ) | 987 | (871 | ) | 1,209 | 56 | 567 | |||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
EBITDA |
(2,111 | ) | 25,379 | 1,863 | 17,155 | 3,270 | 33,741 | 4,327 | 26,130 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Management and board fees (a) |
1,119 | 1,200 | 1,198 | 1,198 | 1,149 | 7,170 | 889 | 1,198 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Non-cash compensation (b) |
356 | 223 | 389 | 487 | 6,687 | 344 | 387 | 351 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Terminated operations (c) |
| (67 | ) | 1,666 | | 14 | (100 | ) | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Severance and other related costs (d) |
46 | 1,250 | 28 | | 443 | 150 | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Impairment of long-lived assets (e) |
| 2,115 | | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Lease termination costs (f) |
| | | 3,571 | (461 | ) | | 575 | (961 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Non-capitalized IPO costs (g) |
162 | 2,189 | | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Special committee investigation (h) |
| | | | | | | 1,989 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other adjustments allowable under our agreements with our stockholders (i) |
76 | 166 | 189 | 3 | | | (19 | ) | 31 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA |
$ | (352 | ) | $ | 32,455 | $ | 5,333 | $ | 22,414 | $ | 11,102 | $ | 41,305 | $ | 6,159 | $ | 28,738 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a) | Includes fees paid in accordance with our management services agreement with Home Holdings, as well as fees and expense reimbursements paid to our board of directors. |
(b) | Represents non-cash charges related to stock-based compensation programs. The third quarter of fiscal 2011 includes a $6.4 million compensation charge related to the repayment of loans owed to Home Holdings by Gary Friedman through the reclassification by Home Holdings of Mr. Friedmans Class A and Class A-1 ownership units into an equal number of Class A Prime and Class A-1 Prime ownership units. Mr. Friedman served as our Chairman and Co-Chief Executive Officer at the time of such repayment. |
(c) | Fiscal 2010 includes the impact of closing four temporary clearance centers operated from October 2008 to March 2010 and fiscal 2011 includes costs related to the restructuring of our Shanghai office location. |
(d) | Generally includes executive severance and other related costs. |
(e) | Includes costs related to impairment of long-lived assets related to our retail store operations. |
(f) | Includes lease termination costs for retail stores that were closed prior to their respective lease termination dates. The lease termination amounts in the third quarter of fiscal 2011 and the first and second quarters of fiscal 2012 include changes in estimates regarding liabilities for future lease payments for closed stores. |
(g) | Represents costs related to our efforts to pursue an initial public offering. |
(h) | Represents legal and other professional fees incurred in connection with the investigation conducted by the special committee of the board of directors relating to our former Chairman and Co-Chief Executive Officer, Gary Friedman, and our subsequent remedial actions. |
(i) |
Represents items which management believes are not indicative of our ongoing operating performance. The second quarter of fiscal 2011 include consulting fees related to organizational matters. The fourth |
72
quarter of fiscal 2010 and the first quarter of fiscal 2011 include state franchise tax amounts. All periods include foreign exchange gains and losses. |
(3) | Comparable store sales have been calculated based upon retail stores that were open at least fourteen full months as of the end of the reporting period and did not change square footage by more than 20% between periods. Comparable store net revenues exclude revenues from outlet stores. |
Liquidity and Capital Resources
General
Our business relies on cash flows from operations and the revolving line of credit and term loan as our primary sources of liquidity. Our primary cash needs are for merchandise inventories, payroll, store rent, capital expenditures associated with opening new stores and updating existing stores, as well as infrastructure and information technology. The most significant components of our working capital are cash and cash equivalents, merchandise inventories, accounts receivable, accounts payable and other current liabilities. Our working capital is seasonal as a result of our building inventory for the key selling seasons, and as a result our borrowings are generally higher during these periods when compared to the rest of our fiscal year. Our borrowings generally increase in our first fiscal quarter as we prepare for the outdoor selling season, which is in our second fiscal quarter, and our borrowings generally increase in the third fiscal quarter as we prepare for the holiday selling season, which is in our fourth fiscal quarter. We believe that cash expected to be generated from operations, and the availability of borrowings under the revolving line of credit or other financing arrangements, will be sufficient to meet working capital requirements, anticipated capital expenditures and payments due under our revolving line of credit and term loan for at least the next 12 24 months. Our investments in capital for the full fiscal year 2012 are planned at approximately $65 million of which $13.5 million was spent during the first six months of fiscal 2012. The planned investments in capital are approximately $39 million for construction of new stores and approximately $26 million for our infrastructure, including supply chain, information technology and our corporate headquarters. As we develop new stores in future years, we may explore new funding models, which could include joint ventures or other forms of equity ownership in the real estate interests associated with new sites and buildings. These approaches might require additional capital investment.
Cash Flow Analysis
A summary of operating, investing, and financing activities is shown in the following table:
Year Ended | Six Months Ended | |||||||||||||||||||
January 30,
2010 |
January 29,
2011 |
January 28,
2012 |
July 30,
2011 |
July 28,
2012 |
||||||||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Provided by (used in) operating activities |
$ | 57,068 | $ | (11,810 | ) | $ | 17,121 | $ | (14,827 | ) | $ | (4,632 | ) | |||||||
Used in investing activities |
(2,024 | ) | (39,907 | ) | (25,593 | ) | (12,168 | ) | (13,821 | ) | ||||||||||
Provided by (used in) financing activities |
(51,055 | ) | 51,601 | 3,370 | 22,649 | 20,031 | ||||||||||||||
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents |
4,583 | 178 | (4,853 | ) | (4,225 | ) | 1,591 | |||||||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period |
13,186 | 13,364 | 8,511 | 9,139 | 10,102 |
Net Cash Provided By (Used In) Operating Activities
Cash from operating activities consists primarily of net income adjusted for non-cash items including depreciation and amortization, impairment of property and equipment, stock-based compensation and non-cash interest expense and the effect of changes in working capital and other activities.
For the first six months of fiscal 2012, net cash used in operating activities was $4.6 million and consisted of an increase in working capital and other activities of $32.4 million, offset by net income of $13.9 million and non-cash items of $13.9 million. Working capital and other activities consisted primarily of increases in
73
inventory of $29.6 million in anticipation of future demand and as a result of the increased capacity available due to opening a new distribution center at the end of fiscal 2011, prepaid expenses of $24.5 million primarily due to an increase in catalog costs associated with the Source Book strategy, and accounts receivable of $5.7 million due to timing of payments received related to our credit card receivables. These uses of cash from working capital components were partially offset by sources of cash from increases in deferred revenue and customer deposits of $13.2 million due to the timing of shipments made at fiscal quarter end, increases in accrued liabilities and accounts payable of $8.9 million primarily due to timing of payments and increases in deferred rent and lease incentives of $5.3 million due to construction on our new Boston location.
For the first six months of fiscal 2011, net cash used in operating activities was $14.8 million and consisted of an increase in working capital and other activities of $32.8 million, partially offset by net income of $1.4 million and non-cash items of $16.6 million. Working capital and other activities consisted primarily of increases in inventory of $36.7 million in anticipation of the outdoor furniture season, prepaid expenses of $19.3 million primarily due to an increase in catalog costs associated with the spring Source Book and accounts receivable of $7.7 million due to timing of payments received related to our credit card receivables. These uses of cash from working capital were partially offset by increases in accrued liabilities and accounts payable of $18.9 million primarily due to timing of payments, deferred revenue and customer deposits of $9.1 million due to the timing of shipments made at period end and other current liabilities of $2.9 million primarily due to an increase in gift certificate related liabilities.
For fiscal 2011, net cash provided by operating activities was $17.1 million and consisted of net income of $20.6 million and non-cash items of $48.6 million, offset by an increase in working capital and other activities of $52.1 million. Non-cash items of $48.6 million include expenses of $6.4 million related to the repayment of the executive loan by Mr. Friedman and $6.0 million for the management fee to the Principal Equity Holders, both incurred by Home Holdings on our behalf and reflected as capital contributions. Working capital and other activities consisted primarily of increases in inventory of $39.5 million in anticipation of future demand and as a result of the increased capacity available due to opening a new distribution center in fiscal 2011, prepaid expenses of $36.4 million primarily due to an increase in catalog costs associated with the Source Book strategy and accounts receivable of $7.3 million due to timing of payments received related to our credit card receivables. These uses of cash from working capital components were offset by sources of cash from increases in accrued liabilities and accounts payable of $14.4 million primarily due to timing of payments, increases in deferred revenue and customer deposits of $11.4 million due to the timing of shipments made at fiscal year end, as well as increases in other current liabilities of $3.9 million primarily due to an increase in gift certificate-related liabilities.
For fiscal 2010, net cash used in operating activities was $11.8 million and consisted of an increase in working capital and other activities of $39.0 million, and a net loss of $7.1 million partially offset by non-cash expenses included in the net loss of $34.3 million. Working capital and other activities consisted primarily of increases in inventory of $57.1 million, partially offset by increases in deferred rent and lease incentives of $8.6 million, accrued liabilities and accounts payable of $5.5 million primarily due to timing of payments, other current liabilities of $3.4 million primarily due to an increase in gift certificate related liabilities and deferred revenue and customer deposits of $2.5 million primarily due to an increase in special orders as well as timing of shipments made at period end.
For fiscal 2009, net cash provided by operating activities was $57.1 million and consisted of net loss of $28.7 million, offset by non-cash expenses included in the net loss of $37.1 million and a decrease in working capital and other activities of $48.6 million. Working capital and other activities consisted primarily of a decrease in inventory of $35.0 million, a decrease in accounts receivable of $3.8 million due to timing of payments related to our credit card receivables and an increase in accrued liabilities and accounts payable of $8.2 million.
74
Net Cash Used In Investing Activities
Investing activities consist primarily of investment in supply chain and systems infrastructure and capital expenditures related to new store openings and improvements, including conversions.
For the first six months of fiscal 2012, net cash used in investing activities was $13.8 million as a result of investments in new stores of $7.4 million, investment in supply chain and systems infrastructure of $6.1 million and the purchase of a new domain name for $0.3 million.
For the first six months of fiscal 2011, capital expenditures were $12.2 million as a result of investments in new stores of $7.9 million and investment in supply chain and systems infrastructure of $4.3 million.
For fiscal 2011, capital expenditures were $25.6 million as a result of investments in new stores of $15.7 million and investment in supply chain and systems infrastructure of $9.9 million.
For fiscal 2010, capital expenditures were $39.9 million as a result of investments in approximately 80 Gallery store conversions of $21.2 million, new stores of $11.0 million and investment in supply chain and systems infrastructure of $7.7 million.
For fiscal 2009, capital expenditures were $2.0 million as a result of investments in new stores of $0.7 million and investment in supply chain and systems infrastructure of $1.3 million.
Net Cash Provided By (Used In) Financing Activities
Financing activities consist primarily of borrowings and repayments related to the revolving line of credit, term loan and capital contributions.
For the first six months of fiscal 2012, net cash provided by financing activities was $20.0 million primarily due to an increase in net borrowing under the revolving line of credit of $22.1 million resulting from an increase in inventory purchases made during the period. This overall increase in cash provided by financing activities was partially offset by payments on capital lease obligations of $2.1 million.
For the first six months of fiscal 2011, net cash provided by financing activities was $22.6 million primarily due to an increase in net borrowing under the revolving line of credit of $24.6 million resulting from an increase in inventory purchases made by us during the period. This overall increase in cash provided by financing activities was partially offset by payments on capital lease obligations of $2.0 million.
For fiscal 2011, net cash provided by financing activities was $3.4 million primarily due to entering into an amendment to Restoration Hardware, Inc.s credit agreement, for the purpose of incorporating a term loan facility for $15.0 million in January 2012. This increase is offset by net repayments under the revolving line of credit of $4.6 million, debt issuance costs related to the amended credit agreement and term loan of $2.8 million, as well as payments on capital lease obligations of $4.2 million.
For fiscal 2010, net cash provided by financing activities was $51.6 million primarily due to an increase in net borrowing under the revolving line of credit of $54.2 million resulting from an increase in inventory purchases made during the period. This overall increase in cash provided by financing activities was partially offset by payments on capital lease obligations of $2.6 million.
For fiscal 2009, net cash used in financing activities was $51.1 million primarily due to net payments made under the revolving line of credit of $53.5 million resulting from the sale of inventory during the period. In addition, we made payments on capital lease obligations of $2.6 million. These uses were partially offset by capital contributions from Home Holdings of $5.0 million.
75
Revolving Line of Credit and Term Loan
In August 2011, Restoration Hardware, Inc., along with its Canadian subsidiary, Restoration Hardware Canada, Inc., entered into a credit agreement with Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, and certain other lenders. This amended credit agreement modified a previous facility in which Restoration Hardware, Inc. had a revolving line of credit for up to $190.0 million, as of July 30, 2011. As a result of the modification, the unamortized deferred financing fees related to the previous line of credit on the date of the modification of $0.2 million will be amortized over the life of the new revolving line of credit, which has a maturity date of August 3, 2016. Under the credit agreement (which was further amended in January 2012 to add thereto a term loan facility), Restoration Hardware, Inc. has (i) a revolving line of credit available of up to $317.5 million, of which $10.0 million is available to Restoration Hardware Canada, Inc., and (ii) a $15.0 million term loan with a maturity date of July 6, 2015.
Under the terms of the amended credit agreement, Restoration Hardware, Inc. may increase the amount of the revolving line of credit through a commitment increase provision by up to an additional $100.0 million, provided that, among other things, the existing lenders or additional lenders agree to participate in the increased loan commitments under the revolving line of credit, no default under the credit agreement then exists or would result from such increase and sufficient borrowing base collateral is available to support increased loan amounts. Restoration Hardware, Inc. expects that the revolving line of credit will be increased by $100 million pursuant to the commitment increase provision prior to the completion of this offering, although there can be no assurances that this commitment increase will be completed.
The availability of credit at any given time under the revolving line of credit is limited by reference to a borrowing base formula based upon numerous factors, including the value of eligible inventory, eligible accounts receivable, eligible real estate, and, in the case of the term loan, registered trade names and reserves established by the administrative agent. As a result of the borrowing base formula, the actual borrowing availability under the revolving line of credit could be less than the stated amount of the revolving line of credit (as reduced by the actual borrowings and outstanding letters of credit under the revolving line of credit). All obligations under the credit agreement are secured by substantially all of Restoration Hardware, Inc.s assets, including accounts receivable, inventory, intangible assets, property, equipment, goods and fixtures.
Borrowings under the revolving line of credit are subject to interest, at borrowers option, at either the banks reference rate or LIBOR (or the BA Rate or the Canadian Prime Rate, as such terms are defined in the credit agreement, in the case of Canadian borrowings denominated in Canadian dollars or the United States Index Rate or LIBOR for Canadian borrowings denominated in United States dollars) plus an applicable margin rate, in each case. The weighted-average interest rate for the revolving line of credit was 2.7% as of July 28, 2012. The term loan bears interest at a rate of LIBOR plus 5.0%, and the interest rate for the term loan was 5.3% as of July 28, 2012.
As of July 28, 2012, $129.6 million was outstanding under the revolving line of credit, and the outstanding principal amount of the term loan was $14.8 million, net of $0.2 million of unamortized debt issuance costs. As of July 28, 2012, Restoration Hardware, Inc.s undrawn borrowing availability under the revolving line of credit was $86.2 million and there were $11.5 million in outstanding letters of credit.
Restoration Hardware, Inc. is required to repay the term loan in quarterly installments of $1.25 million beginning October 2012 with the final payment in April 2015. In addition, the term loan must be repaid with the net proceeds of any disposition of any registered trade name.
The credit agreement contains various restrictive covenants, including, among others, limitations on the ability to incur liens, make loans or other investments, incur additional debt, issue additional equity, merge or consolidate with or into another person, sell assets, pay dividends or make other distributions or enter into transactions with affiliates, along with other restrictions and limitations typical to credit agreements of this type and size. The credit agreement does not contain any significant financial or coverage ratio covenants unless the availability under the revolving line of credit is less than the greater of (i) $17.5 million and (ii) 10% of the lesser of (A) the aggregate maximum commitments under the revolving line of credit and (B) the domestic borrowing
76
base. If the availability under the revolving line of credit is less than the foregoing amount, then Restoration Hardware, Inc. is required to maintain a consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio of at least one to one. Such ratio is approximately the ratio on the last day of each month on a trailing twelve-month basis of (a) (i) consolidated EBITDA (as defined in the agreement) minus (ii) capital expenditures, minus (iii) the income taxes paid in cash to (b) the sum of (i) debt service charges plus (ii) certain dividends and distributions paid. As of July 28, 2012, Restoration Hardware, Inc. was in compliance with all covenants, and if the availability under the revolving line of credit were less than the amount described above, Restoration Hardware, Inc. would have been in compliance with the consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio described in the previous sentence. The credit agreement requires a daily sweep of cash to prepay the loans under the credit agreement while (i) an event of default exists or (ii) the availability under the revolving line of credit for extensions of credit to Restoration Hardware, Inc. is less than the greater of (A) $20.0 million and (B) 15% of the lesser of the aggregate maximum commitments and the domestic borrowing base.
Contractual Obligations
We enter into long term contractual obligations and commitments, primarily debt obligations and non-cancelable operating leases, in the normal course of business. As of January 28, 2012, our contractual cash obligations over the next several periods were as follows:
Payments Due by Period | ||||||||||||||||||||
Total | 2012 | 20132014 | 20152016 | Thereafter | ||||||||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Revolving line of credit (1) |
$ | 107,502 | $ | | $ | | $ | 107,502 | $ | | ||||||||||
Term loan (1) |
15,000 | 2,500 | 10,000 | 2,500 | | |||||||||||||||
Other long term obligations (2) |
9,261 | 4,445 | 4,560 | 256 | | |||||||||||||||
Operating leases (3) |
478,190 | 54,398 | 109,438 | 81,665 | 232,689 | |||||||||||||||
Letters of credit |
6,852 | 6,852 | | | | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total |
$ | 616,805 | $ | 68,195 | $ | 123,998 | $ | 191,923 | $ | 232,689 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) | Excludes estimated interest under the revolving line of credit and term loan of $41.5 million. Interest costs for the revolving line of credit and term loan have been estimated based on interest rates in effect for our indebtedness as of January 28, 2012, as well as estimated borrowing levels in the future based upon planned inventory purchases. Actual borrowing levels and interest costs may differ. The revolving line of credit has a maturity date of August 3, 2016. The term loan has a maturity date of July 6, 2015. |
(2) | Other long-term obligations consist primarily of capital lease obligations. |
(3) | We enter into operating leases in the normal course of business. Most lease arrangements provide us with the option to renew the leases at defined terms. The future operating lease obligations would change if we were to exercise these options, or if we were to enter into additional new operating leases. Amounts above do not include estimated contingent rent due under operating leases of $1.3 million at January 28, 2012. |
The liability of $2.5 million as of January 28, 2012, for unrecognized tax benefits associated with uncertain tax positions (see Note 10 Income Taxes to Restoration Hardware, Inc.s audited consolidated financial statements) has not been included in the contractual obligations table above because we are not able to reasonably estimate when cash payments for these liabilities will occur or the amount by which these liabilities will increase or decrease over time.
Off Balance Sheet Arrangements
We have no material off balance sheet arrangements as of July 28, 2012. We have obligations to make payments in connection with the successful completion of this offering for management fees of $7.0 million to affiliates of Catterton, Tower Three and Glenhill pursuant to the terms of the management services agreement with them. See Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions. In addition, certain former executives are entitled to cash payments of $2.2 million as a result of the successful completion of this offering.
77
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect amounts reported in our consolidated financial statements and related notes, as well as the related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Management evaluates its accounting policies, estimates, and judgments on an on-going basis. Management bases its estimates and judgments on historical experience and various other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions and conditions and such differences could be material to the consolidated financial statements.
Management evaluated the development and selection of its critical accounting policies and estimates and believes that the following involve a higher degree of judgment or complexity and are most significant to reporting our results of operations and financial position, and are therefore discussed as critical. The following critical accounting policies reflect the significant estimates and judgments used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements. With respect to critical accounting policies, even a relatively minor variance between actual and expected experience can potentially have a materially favorable or unfavorable impact on subsequent results of operations. However, our historical results for the periods presented in the consolidated financial statements have not been materially impacted by such variances. More information on all of our significant accounting policies can be found in Note 4 Significant Accounting Policies to Restoration Hardware, Inc.s audited consolidated financial statements.
Revenue Recognition
We recognize revenues and the related cost of goods sold when merchandise is received by our customers, which reflects an estimate of non-furniture shipments through common carriers that have not yet been received by the customer. This estimate is based on contractual shipping terms with our contracted carrier which approximates our actual, historical delivery times.
We recognize shipping and handling fees as revenue when the merchandise is shipped to the customer. Costs of shipping and handling are included in cost of goods sold.
Sales tax collected is not recognized as revenue as it is ultimately remitted to governmental authorities.
We reserve for projected merchandise returns based on actual, historical experience and various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable. Actual merchandise returns are monitored regularly and have not been materially different from the estimates recorded. Merchandise returns are granted for various reasons, including delays in product delivery, product quality issues and other similar matters. Product returned often represents merchandise that can be resold. Amounts refunded to customers are generally made by issuing the same payment tender as used in the original purchase. Merchandise exchanges of the same product and price are not considered merchandise returns and, therefore, are excluded when calculating the sales returns reserve.
Gift Certificates and Merchandise Credits
We sell gift certificates and issue merchandise credits to our customers in our stores and through our websites and product catalogs. Such gift certificates and merchandise credits do not have expiration dates. Revenue associated with gift certificates and merchandise credits is deferred until either (i) redemption of the gift certificate and merchandise credits or (ii) when the likelihood of redemption is remote and there exists no legal obligation to remit the value of unredeemed gift certificates or merchandise credits to the relevant jurisdictions (breakage). The breakage rate is based on monitoring of certificates issued, actual certificate redemptions and our analysis of when we believe it is remote that redemptions will occur.
Redeemed gift certificates and merchandise credits are recorded in net revenues. The liability for unredeemed gift certificates and merchandise credits is reversed to selling, general and administrative expenses when it is determined that certificates will not be redeemed.
78
Merchandise Inventories
Our merchandise inventories are composed of finished goods and are carried at the lower of cost or market, with cost determined on a weighted-average cost method and market determined based on the estimated net realizable value. To determine if the value of inventory should be marked down below original cost, we consider current and anticipated demand, customer preference and the merchandise age. The inventory value is adjusted periodically to reflect current market conditions, which requires management judgments that may significantly affect the ending inventory valuation, as well as gross margin. The significant estimates used in inventory valuation are obsolescence (including excess and slow-moving inventory and lower of cost or market reserves) and estimates of inventory shrinkage. We adjust our inventory for obsolescence based on historical trends, aging reports, specific identification and our estimates of future retail sales prices.
Reserves for shrinkage are estimated and recorded throughout the period as a percentage of net sales based on historical shrinkage results and current inventory levels. Actual shrinkage is recorded throughout the year based upon periodic cycle counts and the results of our annual physical inventory count. Actual inventory shrinkage and obsolescence can vary from estimates due to factors including the mix of our inventory (which ranges from large furniture to decorative accessories) and execution against loss prevention initiatives in our stores, distribution centers, off-site storage locations and with third-party transportation providers.
Due to these factors, our obsolescence and shrinkage reserves contain uncertainties. Both estimates have calculations that require management to make assumptions and to apply judgment regarding a number of factors, including market conditions, the selling environment, historical results and current inventory trends. If actual observed obsolescence or periodic updates of our shrinkage estimates differ from our original estimates, we adjust our inventory reserves accordingly throughout the period. Management does not believe that changes in the assumptions used in these estimates would have a significant effect on our net income or inventory balances. We have not made any material changes to our assumptions included in the calculations of the obsolescence and shrinkage reserves during the periods presented or recorded significant adjustments related to the physical inventory process.
Impairment of Goodwill and Long-Lived Assets
Goodwill
We evaluate goodwill annually to determine whether it is impaired. Goodwill is also tested between annual impairment tests if an event occurs or circumstances change that would indicate that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. Conditions that may indicate impairment include, but are not limited to, a significant adverse change in customer demand or business climate that could affect the value of an asset; general economic conditions, such as increasing Treasury rates or unexpected changes in gross domestic product growth; a change in our market share; budget-to-actual performance and consistency of operating margins and capital expenditures; a product recall or an adverse action or assessment by a regulator; or changes in management or key personnel. If an impairment indicator exists, we test the intangible asset for recoverability. We have identified only one single reporting unit. We selected the fourth fiscal quarter to perform our annual goodwill impairment testing.
In fiscal 2011, we elected to early adopt the option to qualitatively assess goodwill impairment to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. The fair value of our reporting unit used for this assessment was derived from our January 29, 2011 goodwill impairment assessment. Accordingly, we performed a qualitative analysis examining key events and circumstances affecting fair value and determined it is more likely than not that the reporting units fair value is greater than its carrying amount. As such, no further analysis was required for purposes of testing of our goodwill for impairment.
For goodwill not qualitatively assessed, a two-step quantitative approach is used. In the first step, we compare the fair value of the reporting unit, generally defined as the same level as or one level below an
79
operating segment, to its carrying value. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds the carrying value of the net assets assigned to that unit, goodwill is considered not impaired and we are not required to perform further testing. If the carrying value of the net assets assigned to the reporting unit exceeds the fair value of the reporting unit, then we must perform the second step of the impairment test in order to determine the implied fair value of the reporting units goodwill. If the carrying value of a reporting units goodwill exceeds its implied fair value, then we would record an impairment loss equal to the difference. The assumptions used in such valuations are subject to volatility and may differ from actual results.
The fair value of our reporting unit as of January 29, 2011 was determined using a combination of the discounted cash flow method of the income approach, as well as the guideline company method and subject transaction method of the market approach. The determination of fair value pursuant to those methods and approaches requires assumptions and estimates of many critical factors, including, among others, the nature and history of our Company, financial and economic conditions affecting us, our industry and the general economy, past results, our current operations and future prospects, sales of similar businesses or capital stock of publicly held similar businesses, as well as prices, terms and conditions affecting past sales of similar businesses. Forecasts of future operations are based, in part, on operating results and managements expectations as to future market conditions. These types of analyses contain uncertainties because they require management to make assumptions and to apply judgments to estimate industry economic factors and the profitability of future business strategies. However, if actual results are not consistent with our estimates and assumptions, we may be exposed to future impairment losses that could be material.
In performing the income approach, we utilized the discounted cash flow method to determine the free operating cash flow attributable to the business enterprise for the projection period ending January 31, 2017 and the residual period subsequent to January 31, 2017. The projected financial results were created from managements critical assumptions and estimates. Annual revenue growth was primarily driven by managements revenue growth projections based upon current and historical financial information as well as expected market conditions. The primary business variables driving our discounted cash flow model include revenue growth and product gross margin. Management also projected EBITDA, which together with assumptions for working capital, depreciation and capital expenditures was used to calculate the cash flow generated by the business. The discount rate of 15% utilized in the income approach was based on a weighted average cost of capital utilizing market and other empirical inputs.
In performing the market approach, we utilized the guideline company method by reviewing the market values of public companies of similar size, type of business, financial performance and investment characteristics. We computed revenue, EBITDA and EBIT multiples in order to determine the indicated enterprise value of each of the guideline companies. We then compared our Companys characteristics to the guideline companies to determine the most appropriate enterprise value to assign to our Company. We also utilized the subject company transaction method by computing the implied multiples arising from the Acquisition multiplied by projected revenue and EBITDA of our Company.
We weighted the results of the three different methods utilized under the income approach and market approach in order to arrive at the business enterprise value. We assigned the most significant weight to the discounted cash flow method, because this method uses historical company data and management estimates of future operations, and the least weight to the subject transaction method. All three methods yielded business enterprise values that exceeded the carrying value of net assets as of January 29, 2011, in the range from 50% to 150%. The weighted business enterprise value determined during our goodwill impairment test as of January 29, 2011, exceeds the carrying value of our net assets by more than 60%. No impairment of goodwill has been recorded in any period.
Based on the carrying value of our goodwill as of January 28, 2012, relative to its estimated fair value as of January 29, 2011, we do not anticipate any material impairment charges in the near term.
80
Long-Lived Assets
Long-lived assets, such as property and equipment and intangible assets subject to amortization, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Conditions that may indicate impairment include, but are not limited to, a significant adverse change in customer demand or business climate that could affect the value of an asset, a product recall or an adverse action or assessment by a regulator. If the sum of the estimated undiscounted future cash flows related to the asset are less than the carrying value, we recognize a loss equal to the difference between the carrying value and the fair value, usually determined by the estimated discounted cash flow analysis of the asset.
We evaluate long-lived tangible assets at an individual store level, which is the lowest level at which independent cash flows can be identified. We evaluate corporate assets or other long-lived assets that are not store-specific at the consolidated level.
Since there is typically no active market for our long-lived tangible assets, we estimate fair values based on the expected future cash flows. We estimate future cash flows based on store-level historical results, current trends, and operating and cash flow projections. Our estimates are subject to uncertainty and may be affected by a number of factors outside our control, including general economic conditions and the competitive environment. While we believe our estimates and judgments about future cash flows are reasonable, future impairment charges may be required if the expected cash flow estimates, as projected, do not occur or if events change requiring us to revise our estimates.
Stock-Based Compensation
We account for stock-based compensation in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) No. 718, Compensation-Stock Compensation , which requires the fair value of stock-based payments to be recognized in the consolidated financial statements as compensation expense over the requisite service period.
In the third quarter of 2012, we changed our policy for recognizing stock-based compensation expense from the graded method of accounting to the straight-line method of accounting for our time-based units (or service-only awards). Based on research and analysis, we believe the straight-line method of accounting for stock-based compensation expense for service-only awards is the predominant method used in our industry. In order for our results of operations to be comparable to our peers, we have concluded that the straight-line method of accounting for stock-based compensation is a preferable accounting method in accordance with ASC 250-10-45.
Compensation expense based upon the fair value of awards is recognized on a straight-line basis, net of forfeitures, over the requisite service period for awards that actually vest. Stock-based compensation expense is recorded in selling, general and administrative expenses.
Home Holdings has granted performance-based units that vest and become deliverable upon achievement or satisfaction of performance conditions specified in the performance agreement or upon the return on investment attained by certain of the equity investors in Home Holdings at defined liquidity events, including an initial public offering or certain sale or merger transactions. We estimate the fair value of performance-based units awarded to employees at the grant date based on the fair value of our Company on such date. We also consider the probability of achieving the established performance targets in determining our stock-based compensation with respect to these awards. We recognize compensation cost over the performance period. When the performance is related to a specific event occurring in the future, we recognize the full expense when the specified event occurs. Prior to the consummation of the offering, Home Holdings will exchange these performance-based units for shares of our common stock with substantially similar restrictions, terms and conditions.
81
We estimate the fair value of each grant on the date of grant based upon a lattice model that incorporates a Monte Carlo Simulation (the Monte Carlo method). The Monte Carlo method requires various significant judgment assumptions in order to derive a final fair value determination for each type of award including:
|
Total Equity Value The total equity value of Home Holdings (whose sole asset has been its 100% ownership of Restoration Hardware, Inc.) is determined as described further below based upon a range of factors including independent third-party valuation studies of net equity value as well as an assessment of future financial projections and the stage of development and financial position of the business enterprise. |
|
Expected Unit Life The Monte-Carlo method analysis included an estimate of the expected unit life from grant date which represents the period that the units are anticipated to be outstanding after initial grant until expiration or settlement based upon various factors including expectations concerning a potential liquidity event, the contractual terms of the equity-based awards and vesting schedules. |
|
Expected Equity Returns and Volatility The Monte-Carlo method incorporates both expectations concerning equity returns in the future and an expected volatility in terms of the possible range of returns based upon historical volatility data from a group of comparable companies prior to the valuation date and expectations of future volatility over a timeframe consistent with the expected life of the awards. |
|
Risk Free Interest Rate The Monte-Carlo method incorporates an assumed risk-free interest rate which is based on the United States Treasury yield curve rates in effect at the time of the grant using the term most consistent with the expected life of the award. |
|
Discount for Lack of Marketability Fair value of the units is adjusted to take into account the lack of marketability associated with the absence of any public trading market for the equity. |
Significant Factors Used in Determining Net Equity Value
To determine the total net equity value of Home Holdings (whose sole asset on each grant date was its 100% ownership of Restoration Hardware, Inc.) underlying the unit awards, a determination is made of the value of the business enterprise and then this value is reduced by the amount of interest-bearing debt of Restoration Hardware, Inc. as of the valuation date. The determination of business enterprise value takes into consideration work performed by an independent third-party valuation firm with expertise in the valuation of businesses. Third-party valuation reports were performed as of January 31, 2011 and September 8, 2011, using generally accepted valuation methodologies.
In performing the valuation analysis, we engaged in discussions with the valuation firm and management, we analyzed historical and forecasted financial results, and information concerning selected comparable guideline companies, and we reviewed relevant governing documents and other records including the distribution priorities of different classes of units of Home Holdings based upon an assumed liquidation event such as a sale of the business.
The business enterprise valuation methodology used by us and the valuation firm incorporates two principal approaches: the income and market approaches. The income approach is based upon a calculation of the expected present value of future cash generated by the enterprise based upon a discounted cash flow analysis that incorporates expected future cash flows using forecasted growth in the business enterprise. The market approach is an estimate of value based upon actual stock prices or transaction prices using comparable guideline companies: (i) in the guideline transaction method to the market approach, the acquisition of Restoration Hardware, Inc. by Home Holdings was used as a representative transaction; and (ii) in the guideline company method a number of selected public company comparable companies were examined. Once calculated, the different valuations yielded by the income approach and market approach are weighted to determine a composite valuation. Over time, greater weight was given to the income approach and lesser weight was given to the market approachs reference to the acquisition of Restoration Hardware, Inc. by Home Holdings, as that transaction has become a further reference point in time.
82
As of each grant date with respect to units granted by Home Holdings as compensation awards, the board of directors or compensation committee of Home Holdings reached conclusions about the fair market value of the class of units being granted by Home Holdings based upon assumptions concerning the underlying net equity value of Restoration Hardware, Inc. stock held by Home Holdings and the resulting waterfall distribution (i.e., the relative priority, order and preferential returns) applicable to the different classes of units of Home Holdings that would be applicable upon a liquidity event, such as a sale of our business. The unit awards contain distribution thresholds, which are threshold amounts of aggregate distributions that must be made to other senior classes of units before the unit awards are entitled to participate in distributions. By analogy, a distribution threshold is similar to an exercise price on a stock option award in that the intrinsic value of unit awards is derived from the amount by which the net equity value of Home Holdings exceeds the amount of the distribution threshold. The distribution thresholds for the unit awards were set at each grant date to be an amount equal to or greater than the net equity value of Home Holdings as of such grant date, in such a manner as to have zero net value at date of grant for purposes of the foregoing liquidation analysis. In making its determinations of net equity value, the board of directors or compensation committee of Home Holdings considered information from management, independent reports prepared by a third-party valuation firm which addressed the net equity value of Home Holdings, as well as a number of other factors.
The board of directors or compensation committee of Home Holdings determines the fair value of units awarded as compensation, as well as the underlying net equity value of Home Holdings, by considering a number of objective and subjective factors in accordance with guidance in the AICPA Technical Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation . These objective and subjective factors include:
|
the distribution priorities of the different classes of units granted by Home Holdings; |
|
our operating and financial performance; |
|
the hiring of key personnel; |
|
the introduction of new products; |
|
the risks inherent in the development and expansion of our products; |
|
industry information such as market growth and volume; |
|
the fact that grants involve illiquid securities in a private company; |
|
the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event, such as an initial public offering or sale of our Company; and |
|
assumptions about anticipated financial performance, including assumptions based upon expectations regarding our EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA. |
83
The following table summarizes, by grant date, the number of units granted after January 1, 2011 through the date of this prospectus, the distribution thresholds for each unit, the estimated value of the net equity of Home Holdings at the grant date, and the associated intrinsic value for each unit based upon an analysis of the value that would have been paid to holders of such units on the respective grant dates assuming a sale of the business enterprise for consideration equal to net equity value at the grant date:
Total Number of
Units Granted |
Distribution
Threshold |
Estimated Value of Net
Equity of Home Holdings on Grant Date |
Estimated Intrinsic
Value Per Unit |
|||||||||||||
Grant DateTime-based Units (1)(2)(3) |
||||||||||||||||
May 9, 2011 |
200,000 | $ | 452 million | $ | 452 million | | ||||||||||
May 20, 2011 |
516,000 | $ | 452 million | $ | 452 million | | ||||||||||
September 8, 2011 |
910,000 | $ | 700 million | $ | 545 million | | ||||||||||
Grant Date2X3X Performance-based Units (1) |
||||||||||||||||
May 20, 2011 |
194,000 | $ | 452 million | $ | 452 million | | ||||||||||
Grant DateOther Performance-based Units (1) |
||||||||||||||||
May 9, 2011 |
200,000 | $ | 452 million | $ | 452 million | | ||||||||||
September 8, 2011 |
350,000 | $ | 700 million | $ | 545 million | |
(1) | See Executive CompensationEmployee Benefit and Stock PlansTeam Resto Ownership Plan herein for a discussion of time-based units, 2X3X Performance-based Units and 3X5X Performance-based Units. Such units are Class B units under Home Holdings limited liability company agreement. |
(2) | 100,000 units granted on May 9, 2011 and 225,000 units granted on May 20, 2011 were originally awarded as 3X5X Performance-based Units and the vesting schedules of such awards were modified on September 8, 2011 to a five year vesting schedule of 20% vesting each year from the original grant date. |
(3) | On January 1, 2011, we modified a preexisting award of 50,000 units with respect to Home Holdings right of repurchase, and thus no new distribution threshold was established for such modified award. |
Based upon an initial public offering price of $23.00, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, the value of vested shares expected to be issued in the Reorganization in replacement of the outstanding unit awards, as of October 23, 2012, is $52.7 million, of which $34.8 million relates to fully vested units and $17.9 million relates to unvested units.
Factors Underlying the Changes in Net Equity Value from May 2011 to September 8, 2011.
The primary factor driving the increase in net equity value of Home Holdings from $452 million as of May 9, 2011 and May 20, 2011 to $545 million as of September 8, 2011 was an increase in Restoration Hardwares projected revenue growth, projected improved EBITDA margins, and projected EBITDA. The increased projections were attributable to the favorable execution of our strategic initiatives, specifically our catalog and real estate strategies. In the Spring 2011 Home catalog, we significantly increased the average page count and circulated pages, thus displaying a greater product assortment, and we reached approximately 20% more households than in Spring 2010, while reducing the number of catalog mailings in that season. By September 2011, it was apparent that the catalog strategy yielded better results than were expected in May 2011. This strategy contributed to a 36% increase in net revenues for our direct business in the first six months of fiscal 2011, compared to the same period in the prior year. In addition, we initiated our real estate strategy in June 2011 when we opened our first full line Design Gallery in Los Angeles. With the opening of the new full line Design Gallery in Los Angeles, we consolidated two pre-existing stores into one full line Design Gallery, increased store retail assortment square footage by 145% and reduced our occupancy expenses significantly in that market. Early
84
results in this store exceeded managements expectations, and by September 2011, it was apparent that the Los Angeles store had quickly become one of our top performing stores. Projections were increased to reflect the expected improved performance of the full line Design Galleries that we planned to open in numerous other locations over the next few years.
Factors Underlying the Difference in Distribution Threshold from September 8, 2011 and the Estimated Initial Public Offering Valuation.
There are multiple factors driving the increase in value of Home Holdings from $700 million as of September 8, 2011 ( i.e. , the distribution threshold included in the September 2011 Team Resto Ownership Plan awards) and the $850 million value implied by the mid-point of the estimated price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus after giving effect to the offering. Over 12 months have elapsed from the September 8, 2011 grant date, and our business has developed substantially during that time period. Our improved performance and outlook for future growth have been driven by our real estate strategy, our Source Book strategy, and the related increases in the product assortment being offered to customers of our brand.
|
Real Estate Strategy. In November 2011, we opened our second full line Design Gallery in Houston, and the Los Angeles full line Design Gallery continues to perform well. Based upon the performance of the Houston and Los Angeles full line Design Galleries opened in 2011, we intend to continue to transform our real estate platform from a mall-based retail footprint to a portfolio focused on full line Design Galleries. |
|
Source Book Strategy. Building upon the success of the Spring 2011 Home catalog, we have pursued our Source Book catalog circulation strategy by further expanding catalog page count and circulation, as well as mailing new households. For example, the Restoration Hardware Fall 2012 Source book contains 692 pages, and it was delivered with other catalogs, including a Baby and Child catalog containing 308 pages, and a Big Style, small spaces catalog containing 156 pages. |
|
Expansion of Product Categories and Assortments. We have successfully expanded our offering across multiple categories, and we have implemented a number of initiatives in 2012, including: (i) expansion of our assortment of indoor and outdoor furniture, where we continue to increase our offerings in upholstered furniture, dining and occasional; (ii) introduction of smaller home furnishings products in the Big Style, small spaces collection; (iii) broadening our offering of rugs; and (iv) substantially increasing the scope of the baby and child products lines. Customers have responded favorably to the greater assortment of products across multiple product categories. |
Income Taxes
We account for income taxes under an asset and liability approach that requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in our consolidated financial statements or tax returns. In estimating future tax consequences, we generally take into account all expected future events then known to us, other than changes in the tax law or rates which have not yet been enacted and which are not permitted to be considered. Accordingly, we may record a valuation allowance to reduce our net deferred tax assets to the amount that is more-likely-than-not to be realized. The determination as to whether a deferred tax asset will be realized is made on a jurisdictional basis and is based upon managements best estimate of the recoverability of our net deferred tax assets. Future taxable income and ongoing prudent and feasible tax planning are considered in determining the amount of the valuation allowance, and the amount of the allowance is subject to adjustment in the future. Specifically, in the event we are to determine that we are not more-likely-than-not able to realize our net deferred tax assets in the future, an adjustment to the valuation allowance would decrease income in the period such determination is made. This allowance does not alter our ability to utilize the underlying tax net operating loss and credit carryforwards in the future, the utilization of which is limited to achieving future taxable income.
85
In assessing the need for a valuation allowance, we consider both positive and negative evidence related to the likelihood of realization of the deferred tax assets. If, based on the weight of available evidence, it is more-likely-than-not the deferred tax assets will not be realized, we record a valuation allowance. The weight given to the positive and negative evidence is commensurate with the extent to which the evidence may be objectively verified. As such, it is generally difficult for positive evidence regarding projected future taxable income exclusive of reversing taxable temporary differences to outweigh objective negative evidence of recent financial reporting losses. United States GAAP states that cumulative losses in recent years are a significant piece of negative evidence that is difficult to overcome in determining that a valuation allowance is not needed against deferred tax assets.
Due to the historical losses incurred, we have recorded a full valuation allowance against the U.S. net deferred tax assets, excluding deferred tax liabilities related to indefinite lived intangibles, as well as against the net deferred tax assets in Shanghai.
A sustained period of profitability in our operations is required before we would change our judgment regarding the need for a full valuation allowance against our net deferred tax assets. Although we were profitable for the full fiscal 2011, the seasonality of our business continues to result in losses during certain quarters. We recorded a net loss of $3.7 million in the first quarter of fiscal 2012, compared to a net loss of $6.2 in the same quarter of fiscal 2011, and net income of $17.6 million in the second quarter of fiscal 2012, compared to net income of $7.6 million in the same quarter of fiscal 2011. Due to the seasonality of our business, our full year results historically have substantially depended on the results from operations in the fourth quarter. For example, fiscal 2011 was profitable due to the significant net income in the fourth quarter of $24.1 million. Because we do not yet have results for the fourth quarter and its historical significance, there is still uncertainty about the expected results for the full fiscal 2012. Although the weight of negative evidence related to cumulative losses is decreasing, we believe that the objectively measured negative evidence of historical losses, including certain loss quarters within fiscal 2012, continues to outweigh the subjectively determined positive evidence, including the continuing uncertainty about the results for the full fiscal 2012, and accordingly, we have not changed our judgment regarding the need for a full valuation allowance and continue to record a full valuation allowance against the net deferred tax assets in the United States and Shanghai.
We continue to assess the need for a valuation allowance and any changes in our assessment could result in a material impact to income tax expense. Continued improvement in our operating results could lead to a conclusion on sustained profitability and hence reversal of almost all of our valuation allowance as early as of February 2, 2013, which would have a material impact to our income tax expense. Until such time, consumption of tax attributes to offset profits will reduce the overall level of deferred tax assets subject to valuation allowance.
The accounting standard for uncertainty in income taxes prescribes a recognition threshold that a tax position is required to meet before being recognized in the financial statements and provides guidance on derecognition, measurement, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition issues. Differences between tax positions taken in a tax return and amounts recognized in the financial statements generally result in an increase in a liability for income taxes payable or a reduction of an income tax refund receivable, or a reduction in a deferred tax asset or an increase in a deferred tax liability, or both. We recognize interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in tax expense.
Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements
Disclosures Regarding Fair Value Measurements
In May 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued guidance to amend the fair value measurement and disclosure requirements. The guidance requires the disclosure of quantitative information about unobservable inputs used, a description of the valuation processes used, and a qualitative discussion around the sensitivity of the measurements. The guidance is effective during interim and annual periods beginning after
86
December 15, 2011 and is to be applied prospectively. We adopted this guidance on January 29, 2012 and such adoption did not have a material impact on the disclosures in the notes to our consolidated financial statements.
Other Comprehensive Income Presentation
In June 2011, the FASB issued guidance that revises the manner in which entities present comprehensive income in their financial statements. The guidance requires entities to report the components of comprehensive income in either a single, continuous statement or two separate but consecutive statements. In December 2011, the FASB issued guidance which defers certain requirements set forth in June 2011. These amendments are being made to allow the FASB time to redeliberate whether to present on the face of the financial statements the effects of reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income on the components of net income and other comprehensive income in all periods presented. Both sets of guidance are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2011, and are to be applied retrospectively. We adopted this guidance on January 29, 2012 and such adoption only resulted in a change in how we present the components of comprehensive income, which was previously presented within our consolidated statements of stockholders equity.
Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets
In July 2012, the FASB issued guidance that revises the requirements around how entities test indefinite-lived intangible assets other than goodwill for impairment. Similar to the guidance issued in September 2011 related to the testing of goodwill for impairment, this guidance allows companies to perform a qualitative assessment before calculating the fair value of the indefinite-lived intangible asset. If entities determine, on the basis of qualitative factors, that the fair value of the indefinite-lived intangible asset is more likely than not greater than the carrying amount, a quantitative calculation would not be needed. We will adopt this guidance effective for our fiscal 2012 annual indefinite-lived intangible assets impairment test. The adoption of this guidance will result in a change in how we perform our indefinite-lived intangible assets impairment assessment; however, we do not expect it to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012
The JOBS Act permits us, as an emerging growth company, to take advantage of an extended transition period to comply with new or revised accounting standards applicable to public companies. We are choosing to opt out of this provision and, as a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards as required when they are adopted. This decision to opt out of the extended transition period under the JOBS Act is irrevocable.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure of Market Risks
Interest Rate Risk
We are subject to interest rate risk in connection with borrowings under our revolving line of credit and term loan, which bear interest at variable rates. At July 28, 2012, $129.6 million was outstanding under the revolving line of credit and $14.8 million was outstanding under the term loan, net of $0.2 million of unamortized debt issuance costs. As of July 28, 2012, the undrawn borrowing availability under the revolving line of credit was $86.2 million, and there were $11.5 million in outstanding letters of credit. We currently do not engage in any interest rate hedging activity and currently have no intention to do so in the foreseeable future. Based on the average interest rate on the revolving line of credit during the first six months of fiscal 2012, and to the extent that borrowings were outstanding, we do not believe that a 10% change in the interest rate would have a material effect on our consolidated results of operations or financial condition.
87
Impact of Inflation
Our results of operations and financial condition are presented based on historical cost. While it is difficult to accurately measure the impact of inflation due to the imprecise nature of the estimates required, we believe the effects of inflation, if any, on our results of operations and financial condition have been immaterial.
Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
The process of improving our internal controls has required and will continue to require us to expend significant resources to design, implement and maintain a system of internal controls that is adequate to satisfy our reporting obligations as a public company. There can be no assurance that any actions we take will be completely successful. We will continue to evaluate the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting on an ongoing basis.
We have not begun testing or documenting our internal control procedures in order to comply with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Section 404 requires annual management assessments of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting and a report by our independent auditors addressing these assessments. We will be required to comply with Section 404 at the time we file our annual report for fiscal 2013 with the SEC, assuming we cease to qualify as an emerging growth company under the JOBS Act. As part of this process, we may identify specific internal controls as being deficient. We anticipate retaining additional personnel to assist us in complying with our Section 404 obligations. We are currently evaluating whether such personnel will be retained as consultants or as employees.
88
Our Company
We believe RH is one of the most innovative and fastest growing luxury brands in the home furnishings marketplace. We believe our brand stands alone and is redefining this highly fragmented and growing market, contributing to our superior sales growth and market share gains over the past several years as compared to industry growth rates. Our ability to innovate, curate and integrate products, categories, services and businesses with a completely authentic and distinctive point of view, then rapidly scale them across our fully integrated multi-channel infrastructure is a powerful platform for continued long-term growth. We evolved our brand to become RH, positioning our Company to curate a lifestyle beyond the four walls of the home. Our unique product development, go-to-market and supply chain capabilities, together with our significant scale, enable us to offer a compelling combination of design, quality and value that we believe is unparalleled in the marketplace.
Our business is fully integrated across our multiple channels of distribution, consisting of our stores, catalogs and websites. We position our stores as showrooms for our brand, while our catalogs and websites act as virtual extensions of our stores. We are transforming our real estate platform from a mall-based retail footprint to a portfolio focused on full line Design Galleries. As of July 28, 2012, we operated a total of 73 retail stores, consisting of 71 Galleries and 2 full line Design Galleries, and 10 outlet stores throughout the United States and Canada. In fiscal 2011, we distributed approximately 26.1 million catalogs, and our websites logged over 14.3 million unique visits.
Over the last several years, we achieved strong growth in sales and profitability, as illustrated by the following:
|
From fiscal 2009 to fiscal 2011, we increased our net revenues 53% to $958.1 million, our Adjusted EBITDA 356% to $80.2 million and our Adjusted EBITDA margin by 555 basis points to 8.4%. Over the same time period we increased our net income by $49.3 million from a net loss of $28.7 million to net income of $20.6 million; and |
|
We achieved ten consecutive quarters of double-digit net revenue growth through our fiscal quarter ended July 28, 2012. We achieved this growth as we reduced our store base from 95 retail locations as of January 30, 2010 to 73 locations as of July 28, 2012. |
Net revenues |
Adjusted EBITDA |
Net income (loss) |
||
(dollars in millions) | ||||
|
|
|
See Selected Historical Consolidated Financial and Operating Data for a discussion of Adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation of the differences between Adjusted EBITDA and net income (loss).
Our Competitive Strengths
We attribute our success to the following competitive strengths:
Our Market-Redefining Luxury Brand. We believe RH stands alone as a leading luxury brand of inspired design, and is redefining the highly fragmented home furnishings market. We provide dominant merchandise
89
assortments across a growing number of categories and feature a highly differentiated style, presentation and customer experience. We believe that offering a compelling combination of design, quality and value enables us to remain relevant with our target customer and expand our reach. We believe we are changing the home furnishings landscape by attracting affluent consumers from designer showrooms and high-end boutiques with our compelling value proposition, as well as aspirational consumers trading up to our more sophisticated aesthetic relative to what can be found in department stores and other home furnishings retailers. We believe this has led to our superior sales growth and market share gains over the past several years as compared to industry growth rates. In a market characterized by smaller, independent competitors, we believe our luxury positioning, superior quality and significant scale enable us to grow our market share.
Our Unique Development Model. We believe our unique approach to the development of new products, categories and services enables us to gain market share, adapt our business to emerging trends, stay relevant with our customers and enter into new businesses that leverage our strengths. The foundation of our unique development model is:
|
Innovation . We are dedicated to offering products and services that push established boundaries. We are driven to look beyond current business paradigms and best practices to create new paradigms and next practices. The scope of our innovation is demonstrated in every aspect of our organization, including in our products and services, our stores and presentation, our channel-agnostic go-to-market strategy and our fully integrated supply chain and systems infrastructure. |
|
Curation . At our core we are not designers, rather we are curators and composers of inspired design and experiences. We travel the world in search of people, ideas, items, experiences and inspiration, and then create a composition that is unique and entirely our own. Through this journey of searching, discovering, re-imagining, curating and composing the ideas, items and experiences that we love, we create a completely unique and authentic expression in the marketplace. |
|
Integration. Everything we curate and compose must be beautifully and intelligently integrated, enhancing the appeal of our offering and experience. This process involves both art and science as we integrate new products that enhance existing products, new categories that enhance existing categories and new services and businesses that enhance existing services and businesses, and as our supporting functions and infrastructure are integrated to achieve our goals. |
Our ability to innovate, curate and integrate products, categories, services and businesses, then rapidly scale them across our fully integrated multi-channel infrastructure is a powerful platform for continued long-term growth.
Our Superior Capabilities . Our product development and multi-channel go-to-market capabilities together with our fully integrated infrastructure and significant scale, enable us to offer a compelling combination of design, quality and value that we believe is unparalleled in the marketplace.
|
Highly Differentiated Product Development Capabilities . We have architected a proprietary product development platform that is fully integrated from product ideation to presentation. We have established a cross-functional organization centered on product leadership, with teams that collaborate across our product development, sourcing, merchandising, inventory and creative functions. Our product development facility, the Restoration Hardware Center of Innovation & Product Leadership , supports and streamlines the entire product development process. We work closely with our network of artisan partners who possess specialized design and manufacturing capabilities and who we consider an extension of our product development team. Our product development platform and significant scale have enabled us to introduce an increasing number of new products with each collection and dramatically shorten our product lead times from 12 18 months to 3 9 months and reduce product costs, which allow us to offer greater value to our customers. |
|
Multi-Channel Go-To-Market Ability. We pursue a market-based rather than a channel-based sales strategy and allocate resources by market to maximize our return on invested capital. Our strategy is to |
90
size our product assortments to the potential of the market and to size our stores to the potential of the geographic area that each location serves. We leverage our direct channels to maximize reach, increase brand awareness and allow customers to access our complete product offering. Our channels are fully integrated and complement each other, with our stores acting as showrooms for our brand while our Source Books and our websites act as virtual extensions of our stores. Our stores allow our customers to experience our product collections in lifestyle settings and to consult with our highly qualified sales associates and interior designers to develop design solutions for their homes. We complement our stores with targeted catalog mailings, emails and catalog apps for Apples iPad and iPhone. In our stores, our sales associates use iPads and other devices to allow customers to shop our entire merchandise assortment while in the store. We believe that by offering a seamless experience across our stores and direct channels, we present a consistent brand image and inspire our customers to shop with us more often. This approach is designed to enhance our customer experience, generate greater sales, increase our market share and deliver higher returns on invested capital. |
|
Fully Integrated Infrastructure. Our infrastructure is integrated across our multiple channels, providing three key advantages. First, we have strong direct sourcing capabilities and direct vendor relationships that contribute to shortened product lead times and reduced merchandise costs. Second, our inventory is centrally managed across our channels to drive working capital efficiency and optimize product availability. Third, our reconfigured distribution network and new order management, warehouse management and point-of-sale systems contribute to improved customer service levels, including shorter delivery times. Our systems platform has business intelligence reporting capabilities that provide multi-channel information which enable us to make timely and informed decisions across all aspects of our business. We believe our infrastructure provides us with a sophisticated operating platform and significant capabilities to support our future growth. |
Our High-Performance Culture and Team. We have built a high-performance organization driven by a company-wide commitment to our core values of People, Quality, Service and Innovation. The leadership team led by our Chief Executive Officer, Carlos Alberini, has significant expertise across all of our core functions, including brand management, product development, sourcing, supply chain, merchandising, finance and operations. Mr. Alberini is a highly respected financial and operational leader in the retail sector, having most recently served as President and Chief Operating Officer of Guess? from 2000 to 2010. Mr. Alberini is widely recognized in the industry for his role in helping to build Guess? into a leading global brand and business. We also benefit from the vision and advice of Gary Friedman, who serves as our Creator and Curator on an advisory basis. With over 24 years of experience in executive roles in the specialty home industry, Mr. Friedman is recognized as a creative force and design leader. We believe our high-performance culture and team are key drivers of our success and position us well to execute our long-term growth strategy.
Our Growth Strategy
Key elements of our growth strategy are to:
Transform Our Real Estate Platform. We believe we have an opportunity to significantly increase our sales by transforming our real estate platform from a mall-based retail footprint to a portfolio focused on full line Design Galleries. With a target size of approximately 21,500 square feet of selling space, our full line Design Galleries have approximately three times the selling square footage of our current average Gallery and allow consumers to experience a broader merchandise assortment in a highly differentiated retail setting. We have found that we experience higher sales across all of our channels when we showcase more of our assortment. We have identified approximately 50 key metropolitan markets where we can open new full line Design Galleries in iconic or high profile locations that are representative of our luxury brand positioning. We believe, based on our analysis of the market, that we have the opportunity to double our current selling square footage in the United States and Canada over the next 7 to 10 years as we transform our real estate platform by opening full line Design Galleries in these 50 identified markets.
91
We opened our first two full line Design Galleries in Los Angeles in June 2011 and Houston in November 2011 where we consolidated demand by closing existing retail stores in each market. By offering a greater product assortment and raising the profile of our brand, in the Los Angeles market, we have increased store demand by over 90% and direct demand by over 30% in the first full year of operation of our new full line Design Gallery. In the Houston market, in the first 9 months of operation of the new full line Design Gallery, we have increased store demand by over 60% and direct demand by over 50%. Over the next 24 months, we plan to open full line Design Galleries in iconic or high profile locations in Scottsdale, Boston, Greenwich (Connecticut) and Atlanta. We are also actively exploring opening full line Design Galleries in other key markets such as New York City, Miami, Dallas and Chicago. We have opened two Galleries in 2012 and plan to open one Gallery in 2013.
Expand Our Offering and Increase Our Market Share. We participate in the domestic housewares and home furnishings market, that based on our research we believe represented $143 billion in sales in 2010. Our annual net revenues currently represent less than 1% of this market, and we believe we have a significant opportunity to increase our market share as more customers are exposed to our growing merchandise assortment and as introductions of new products and services inspire current and new customers to add to their collections. We believe our dominant assortments and continued expansion of product categories enable us to change the highly fragmented luxury home furnishings landscape and grow our market share. We apply our unique design aesthetic and superior product development capabilities to bring a fresh and differentiated perspective to existing and new product categories, new services and new businesses:
|
Increase Product Categories and Assortments . Over the past few years we have successfully expanded our offering across our categories. We are continuing this strong level of innovation with a number of initiatives in 2012, including in: (i) indoor and outdoor furniture, where we continue to broaden our assortments in upholstery, dining and occasional; (ii) smaller home furnishings products, which we call our Big Style, small spaces collection; (iii) rugs, where we continue to significantly enhance our collection developed by Ben Soleimani of Mansour Rug, a 4th generation, family rug business known for its innovative designs; and (iv) baby and child products, where we will continue to expand our assortments in furniture, textiles and décor. We have a successful record of new category introductions, including Outdoor in Spring 2006, Baby & Child in Spring 2008, Garden in Spring 2010 and Big Style, small spaces in Spring 2012. We plan to continue introducing select new product categories, such as hard window coverings in Fall 2012 and Tabletop and Culinary in 2013, where we can offer a dominant merchandise assortment consistent with our brand positioning in other product categories. |
|
Expand Services. We plan to provide our customers with a growing range of services designed to enhance the customer experience and optimize sales. We are developing and will be introducing in select locations our interior design services that provide our customers with complimentary in-store and in-home design consultation. Based on the results achieved to date with several tests in our full line Design Galleries, we believe that our interior design team will contribute to increased sales as they assist, inspire and influence customers in the manner in which they envision their homes. In addition, an expanded portion of our product offering can be customized to meet individual preferences, including different choices of materials, fabrics and finishes. We are also enhancing our existing registry services and believe that a significant opportunity exists to expand and improve our bridal and gift registry businesses with the expansion of our Baby & Child offering and our planned introduction of Tabletop and Culinary products. |
|
Enter New Businesses. We believe we have the ability to leverage our defining strengths of taste, style and innovation across multiple businesses, which can enhance brand awareness, reinforce our lifestyle positioning and enrich the customer experience. We plan to explore and test from time to time new business opportunities complementary to our core business which can capitalize on our unique development model, such as an Art & Culture category, which could include works of art by independent artists. We believe we can scale new businesses rapidly, leveraging our fully integrated multi-channel infrastructure and providing a powerful platform for continued long-term growth. |
92
Increase Brand Awareness. We will continue to increase our brand awareness and customer loyalty through our real estate transformation, our circulation strategy, our digital and social media marketing initiatives and our increased advertising and public relations efforts.
|
Real Estate Positioning . Our stores are a critical branding vehicle, as approximately 55% of new customers are acquired through our stores. We believe the transformation of our real estate platform from a mall-based retail footprint to a portfolio focused on full line Design Galleries will contribute to increased brand awareness as our customers experience an enhanced expression of our luxury brand positioning. |
|
Circulation Strategy . Our catalogs are also an important branding and advertising vehicle. We plan to continue expanding and optimizing our catalog page count and circulation, as well as mailing new households. We have found that when we display a greater merchandise assortment in our catalogs, we experience increased sales across all of our channels. Since Spring 2011, we have pursued our Source Book strategy, whereby we distribute to a higher number of households dominant catalogs that feature expanded page counts and present over 85% of our product assortment at the time of publication. This strategy contributed to a 41% increase in the number of catalog pages circulated and a 27% increase in net revenues for our direct business in fiscal 2011. We plan to increase the number of catalog pages circulated in fiscal 2012 by more than 75%. |
|
Digital and Social Media Initiatives . We are investing in enhanced marketing initiatives for our e-commerce business, which we believe will result in greater website traffic and sales. Our websites display our most comprehensive product assortment and serve as critical tools for introducing and testing new products. We are continually enhancing the navigation and presentation features of our websites, which enable our customers to develop design solutions for themselves. In order to increase traffic to our websites, we have increased our email marketing efforts and have developed catalog apps for Apples iPad and iPhone, which provide an additional means for our customers to view and purchase our growing product assortment. |
|
Advertising and Public Relations Efforts . We proactively market our brand through public relations and print advertisements in brand relevant publications such as Architectural Digest , Vanity Fair , Elle Décor , House Beautiful , Veranda and Town and Country . In addition, we plan to continue to host in-store events related to new store openings and product launches. We believe that increased brand awareness will drive higher sales in our stores and our direct business over time. |
Pursue International Expansion. We plan to strategically expand our business into select countries outside of the United States and Canada over the next several years. We believe that our luxury brand positioning and unique aesthetic will have strong international appeal. We expanded into the Canadian market in 1998 and successfully built our presence into a multi-channel business featuring five retail locations and in-market catalog and online capabilities. We intend to leverage this experience as we expand our business internationally.
Increase Operating Margins. We have the opportunity to continue to improve our operating margins by leveraging our fixed occupancy costs and scalable infrastructure, and by expanding our merchandise margins. We believe that our real estate transformation will allow us to better leverage our fixed occupancy costs by consolidating multiple Galleries into single full line Design Galleries, opening locations outside of malls that tend to have lower lease costs per square foot, reducing non-selling backroom space and closing unproductive stores. Our full line Design Galleries are architected to offer more compelling unit economics by increasing the selling square footage devoted to our retail assortment and utilizing non-traditional selling space such as rooftops and garden courtyards, which carry much lower occupancy costs than the typical retail space. We have a well-developed, scalable infrastructure that is positioned to support our revenue growth without a proportionate increase in operating expenses. We believe we can further increase our merchandise margins by: (i) continuing to benefit from our direct sourcing initiatives, whereby we eliminated most buying agents and generally procure merchandise directly from our vendors; (ii) optimizing product pricing and utilizing more targeted promotions
93
through improved data analysis; and (iii) using new merchandise planning systems to manage inventory more efficiently across all of our channels.
Our High-Performance Culture
We believe that to know our Company, you have to know our culture and our values. We are a team of people who believe we can change the world. We believe in our ability to create an endless reflection of hope, inspiration, passion and love that will ignite the human spirit and transcend our existence.
Our culture is driven by our management team, which instills a company-wide commitment to our core values. Every leader in our Company participates in a training program annually and signs our Leadership Contract, a commitment to model and teach our values. We believe our distinct corporate culture allows us to attract highly talented team members who are passionate and driven and who share our vision. Our Companys core values are:
|
People We believe the right people are our greatest asset. We value people with high energy, who possess the ability to energize others. People who are smart, creative and have a point of view. People who see the answer in every problem, versus those who see the problem in every answer. People who are driven, determined and wont take no for an answer. We value team players, people who are more concerned with what is right, rather than who is right. |
|
Quality Quality starts with our people and should be visible in every aspect of our Company. From our people to our products, to our service and our standards, from the way we communicate to our commitment to educate. From the accuracy and efficiency in our distribution facilities, to the marketing and presentation of our products in our stores, catalogs and websites. Being committed to quality means being able to see it in every detail of our organization. |
|
Service We believe that service starts inside the organization and embrace a concept called People First. Simply put, it means if we expect our people to deliver first class service to our customers, we must first deliver first class service to our people. It is everyones responsibility to remove the obstacles and provide support so our associates throughout the organization are empowered to Do the right thing. Our people smile when we smile, our people serve our customers when we serve our people. |
|
Innovation We value innovation, taking risks and boldly going where no company has gone before. We believe youre either striving to get better, or allowing yourself to get worse, there is no such thing as staying the same. The power of innovation comes from leveraging the creative minds and spirit of all our people at all levels of the organization. We strive to build an environment that encourages people to challenge, ask why? and why not? We embrace those people who have the courage to put forth new ideas and breathe new life into our Company. Innovation is at the core of what we do. |
Evolution of Our Business
In 2001, we began to reposition Restoration Hardware from a nostalgic, discovery-items business to a leading home furnishings brand. In 2008, we were taken private by investment funds affiliated with Catterton, Tower Three and Glenhill. Our strategic plan at the time of the going private transaction required significant investments in infrastructure to develop our distribution center in West Jefferson, Ohio and other initiatives to improve our merchandise delivery capabilities. As part of the going private process, we received access to additional equity capital from our investors and as a result we were able to accelerate the transformation of our business and brand and the development of our multi-channel business model and infrastructure. Over the last eleven years, we have built a new company through the following initiatives:
|
Elevated Our Brand Positioning We significantly enhanced the quality and design of our merchandise, elevating our brand to a luxury positioning. We believe this strategy, along with our |
94
compelling combination of design, quality and value, have allowed us to change the highly fragmented home furnishings landscape and position us to grow our market share. |
|
Enhanced Our Product Development Process We established a collaborative organization with cross-functional teams in product development, sourcing, merchandising, inventory and creative, all focused on product leadership. We built the Restoration Hardware Center of Innovation & Product Leadership, a facility which supports and streamlines the entire product development process. In addition, we have developed direct sourcing relationships with our artisan partners. The transformation of our creative process has dramatically shortened our typical product lead times, reduced our product costs and enhanced our ability to successfully introduce new categories. |
|
Refined Our Go-To-Market Strategy We aligned our organization and the way in which we approach the consumer to pursue a market-based rather than channel-based sales strategy across our stores and direct channels. Our strategy is to size our product assortments to the potential of the market and to size our stores to the potential of the geographic area that each location serves. We believe this approach enables us to strategically deploy our resources by market to maximize return on invested capital. In order to expose more customers to a broader product assortment we use our Source Books and websites as virtual extensions of our stores. We introduced our new Source Book large catalog format that displays a greater percentage of our product assortment, which we believe is continuing to increase sales across all of our channels because customers respond to the assortments that we emphasize and feature prominently both in our catalogs and in our stores. |
|
Reconceptualized Our Stores and Developed Full Line Design Gallery Format In 2009 and 2010, we remodeled substantially all of our existing retail stores into our Gallery format that reconceptualizes the store experience by presenting our products in sophisticated lifestyle settings. We experienced enhanced productivity and profitability as a result of our Gallery conversions. In 2011, we developed our full line Design Gallery format, which offers approximately three times the selling square footage of an average Gallery. This format is architected to offer more compelling unit economics by increasing the selling square footage devoted to our retail assortment and utilizing non-traditional selling space such as rooftops and garden courtyards, which carry much lower occupancy costs than the typical retail space. |
|
Built a New Supply Chain and Systems Infrastructure We invested over $60 million from fiscal 2006 to fiscal 2010 in our supply chain and systems infrastructure, including: (i) reconfiguring and adding to our distribution network; (ii) implementing new point-of-sale, warehouse management, order management and customer service systems; and (iii) enhancing our direct sourcing capabilities. |
|
Strengthened Our Management Team We strengthened our management team by adding Mr. Alberini to our team as well as other senior leaders in merchandising, product development, finance, information technology and inventory planning who bring extensive experience in their respective fields. |
95
We believe these initiatives have contributed to our recent strong performance and increased profitability, and position us for sustained growth and profitability. The following chart illustrates some of the principal aspects of the transformation of the old Restoration Hardware to the new RH:
Old Restoration Hardware |
New RH |
|||
Merchandise Strategy |
Nostalgic, discovery items | Category dominance, integrated lifestyle presentation | ||
Product Development |
Internally designed and developed (12 18 months lead time) | Externally discovered and curated (3 9 months lead time) | ||
Go-to-Market Strategy |
Conventional channel-focused marketing | Fully integrated market-based, multi-channel strategy | ||
Retail Strategy |
Multiple small locations in a given market showcasing narrow and redundant assortment | Consolidated markets, generally featuring larger locations showcasing broader assortment | ||
Direct Strategy |
84-page catalog; limited mailing list; nascent e-commerce platform | Over 1,100 pages across Home, Outdoor & Garden and Baby & Child catalogs; broader mailing list; established e-commerce platform | ||
Sourcing |
Traditional agent buying structure | Highly collaborative direct vendor relationships | ||
Supply Chain & Systems |
Channel-specific architecture | Fully integrated multi-channel platform |
Our Market
We participate in the large and growing domestic housewares and home furnishings market. Based on our research, we believe this market generated $143 billion in retail sales in 2010 and is projected to grow at a compound annual growth rate of 3% 4% between 2011 and 2015. Our annual net revenues currently represent less than 1% of this market, providing us with a substantial opportunity to gain market share. We believe the seven major categories in the housewares and home furnishings market are the following: indoor furniture, textiles, dishes and flatware, bath, lighting, outdoor furniture, and carpets and floor coverings. Based on our research, we believe that indoor furniture represented the largest percentage of the market in 2010 at 43%, or $62 billion in total sales, and textiles represented the second largest segment. We believe that our dominant merchandise assortments and differentiated product designs in these key categories will enable us to increase our market share.
According to Euromonitor International, a market research and analysis firm, the U.S. housewares and home furnishings market is highly fragmented. The top 20 companies comprised only 20% of the total market in 2008, with the largest player representing less than 3% of the total market. As a result of the weakening housing market
96
and economic downturn in 2007, many home furnishings retailers were forced to close stores, dramatically scale back operations or lower prices. Companies such as Bombay Company, Smith & Hawken, Linens n Things, Z Gallerie and Levitz declared bankruptcy or liquidated, while many others were weakened. While our sales results were also adversely affected during this period, this disruption also created an opportunity for us to differentiate our brand in the marketplace. We believe we are well positioned to gain market share in the current competitive environment as a result of our compelling combination of design, quality and value.
We target households with incomes of $200,000 and higher, which we believe drive a disproportionate share of spending in the home furnishings market. We believe that these consumers are highly attractive as they tend to be less impacted by an economic downturn and return to spending more quickly in an economic recovery.
Our Products
We are merchants of luxury home furnishings offering collections of timeless, updated classics and reproductions. We operate as a curator of products that we regard as the finest historical design. Our luxury products embody our design aesthetic and reflect inspiration from across the centuries and around the globe. Our objective is to position Restoration Hardware as a lifestyle brand and design authority by offering dominant merchandise assortments across a growing number of categories, including furniture, lighting, textiles, bathware, décor, outdoor, garden, and baby and child products.
97
The following is a description of our primary product categories:
Category |
Select Products Offered |
Select Product Highlights |
||
Furniture |
Bedroom Dining Upholstery Home Office Media Cabinets |
Our bedroom collections reflect classical 18th and 19th century designs with handcrafted artisan details and fine English construction in styles such as the St. James, French Empire, Warner and Vienne. Our dining room collections use architecturally inspired new and salvaged wood in both classic and contemporary designs and include the Russian Oak, Trestle and Farmhouse collections. Our home office products include vintage and industrial-inspired desks, seating and storage solutions reconceived for the home office, including the Aviator Wing Desk, inspired by World War II fighter planes and the Mayfair Steamer Secretary Trunk, created in collaboration with antiques dealer and furniture maker Timothy Oulton of London, England. In Fall 2012, we added coffee and ebony finishes to many of our wooden furnishings. | ||
Lighting |
Ceiling Table Floor Wall Outdoor |
Our lighting designs and reproductions draw from architectural and historical pieces. In Fall 2012, we introduced an industrial forged iron chandelier designed by blacksmith Jon Sarriugarte and the 1920s Odeon glass fringe chandelier. We carry a comprehensive assortment of floor, table wall and ceiling lighting. | ||
Textiles |
Bed Linens Bath Linens Drapery Rugs Pillows & Throws |
We offer fine Italian bedding, which includes our signature Italian hotel collection, designed in close partnership with Carlo Bertelli, a proprietor of a Florentine atelier recognized for luxurious Italian linen. Our bath linens use fine 100% Turkish cotton terry cloth with meticulous hand sewn detail, and are sourced in partnership with Haluk Eke of Turkey. Our drapes are made of high quality fabrics that include Libeco Ligae Belgian linen, Thai Silk and vintage velvet. We have further expanded our rug collections in Fall 2012 based on the successful introduction in Fall 2011 of rugs designed by Ben Soleimani of Mansour Rug. In Fall 2012, we introduced an exclusive line of roman shades and wood blinds with our partners from The Shade Store and the bespoke garment-dyed bed linen assortment designed by Matthew Lenoci. | ||
Bathware |
Faucets Hardware Furniture Sinks |
Our bath faucets are made from drop forged brass and available in several finishes. Our fittings are German-made and feature drip-free valves. Our furniture and sink collections reflect classic designs and are made of fine materials. In Fall 2012, we added coffee and ebony finishes to many of our wood bath collections. | ||
Décor |
Decorative Accessories Home Accessories Wall Art Gifts |
Our décor assortment is centered around beautiful accents for the home in objects, frames, candlelight and wall art. Our holiday assortment features an assortment of vintage inspired ornaments and carefully curated gifts. We plan to introduce Tabletop and Culinary into our assortment, complete with dinnerware, flatware and table linens, in 2013. | ||
Outdoor & Garden |
Furniture Textiles Lighting Accessories Fire Shade |
We carry 24 collections of outdoor furniture that feature teak, metal and all-weather wicker available in custom finishes. We partner with Perennials and Sunbrella to create a collection of outdoor fabrics for our cushions and umbrellas. Our Garden collection is focused on completing the outdoor space with statuary, fire tables, garden structure, containers and lanterns. | ||
Baby & Child |
Furniture Bedding Window Coverings Flooring Lighting Décor |
We developed Baby & Child as an extension of our brand, offering the same level of quality and design for childrens furnishings as we offer for the rest of the home. We offer core categories for both nurseries and childrens rooms. Our furniture collections are inspired by 18th and 19th century European designs, vintage industrial styles and French antiques, all built with the same level of quality as our home brand. Within textiles, we offer European bedding, Turkish towels, high-quality lined drapery, roman shades, and wool rugs. Our accessories include wall décor, storage solutions and playroom accents, inspired by vintage finds, industrial design and classic style and function. |
98
We are in the process of expanding the following existing categories: (i) indoor and outdoor furniture, where we continue to broaden our assortments in upholstery, dining and occasional; (ii) smaller home furnishings products, which we call our Big Style, small spaces collection; (iii) rugs, where we continue to significantly enhance our collection developed by Ben Soleimani of Mansour Rug, a 4th generation, family rug business known for its innovative designs; and (iv) baby and child products, where we will expand our assortments in furniture, textiles and décor. We plan to continue introducing select new product categories, such as hard window coverings in Fall 2012 and Tabletop and Culinary in 2013, where we can offer a dominant merchandise assortment consistent with our brand positioning in other product categories.
We have a successful record in introducing complementary product categories, including Outdoor in Spring 2006, Baby & Child in Spring 2008, Garden in Spring 2010 and Big Style, small spaces in Spring 2012. Each of these new product categories was introduced as a new, standalone catalog. Historically, once a category is tested and proven in our direct business, we selectively roll out an edited collection of the products in our stores. We believe this approach allows us to efficiently launch categories in a disciplined, expeditious and cost-effective manner. For example, our Garden collection took seven months from concept to introduction, with minimal additional resources required to launch.
Product Development
Over the past several years we have architected a proprietary product development platform that is fully integrated from ideation to presentation. We have streamlined our product development organization and process to shorten product lead times and enhance our ability to introduce more new products with each collection. We believe that our new product development organization, process and facility allow us to deliver home furnishings with a compelling combination of design, quality and value. Key aspects are:
|
Organization We have established a collaborative, cross-functional organization centered on product leadership and coordinated across our product development, sourcing, merchandising, inventory and creative teams. Our product teams are focused on maximizing the sales potential of each product category across all channels, which eliminates the channel conflicts and functional redundancies often found in other retail organizations. |
|
Process For many of our products, we work closely with our network of artisan partners who possess specialized product development and manufacturing capabilities and who we consider an extension of our product development team. We collaborate with our global network of specialty vendors and manufacturers to produce artisanal pieces on a large scale with a high level of quality and value, including both distinctive original designs and reinterpretations of antiques. |
|
Facility We have built the Restoration Hardware Center of Innovation and Product Leadership , a facility which supports the entire product development process, from product ideation to presentation for all channels. |
As a result of our proprietary organization, process and facility, we have shortened our typical product lead times from 12 18 months to 3 9 months and enhanced our ability to introduce more new products with each collection. In addition, our product development platform, sourcing capabilities and significant scale have enabled us to reduce our product costs, which allows us to offer greater value to our customers.
Sales Channels
We distribute our products through a fully integrated sales platform comprised of our stores, catalogs and websites. We believe the level of integration among all of our channels and our approach to the market distinguishes us from most other retailers. For fiscal 2011, sales of products originating in our stores represented 56% of our net revenues, while sales from our direct business represented 44% of our net revenues. We believe our channels complement each other and our customers buying decisions are influenced by their experiences across more than one of our sales channels. We encourage our customers to shop across our channels and have
99
aligned our business and internal organization to be channel agnostic. Our integrated distribution and product delivery network serves all of our channels.
We believe the key advantage of our multiple sales channels is our ability to leverage the unique attributes of each channel in our approach to the market. Our catalog mailings serve as a key driver of sales through both our websites and retail stores. Through our Source Book strategy, we have expanded the page count and circulation of our catalogs to expose more customers to a broader product assortment. Our customers respond to the Source Books across all of our channels, with sales trends closely correlating to the assortments that we emphasize and feature prominently both in our Source Books and in our stores. Our retail stores reinforce our luxury brand aesthetic and showcase product collections in lifestyle settings consistent with the presentation in our direct channels. In addition, our store associates use Apple iPads and other devices to allow customers to shop our entire merchandise assortment while in the store.
We maintain a database of customer information, which include sales patterns, detailed purchasing information, certain demographic information, geographic locations and email addresses of our customers. As of July 28, 2012, our customer database contained 13.6 million names. This database supports our ability to analyze our customers buying behaviors across sales channels and facilitates the development of targeted marketing strategies. We segment our customer files based on multiple variables, and we tailor our catalog mailings and emails in response to the purchasing patterns and product needs of our customers. We focus on continually improving the segmentation of customer files and the expansion of our customer database.
In addition to our core channels, we are also expanding into professional services channels, including Trade and Contract. In the Trade channel, we work directly with independent interior designers purchasing for their businesses. Separately, we sell directly to customers who make purchases with the assistance of their own interior designers or decorators, which we refer to as designer-assisted sales. We are also expanding our Contract business, which services hospitality, real estate development, and other business clients. These channels offer additional avenues for reaching new customers, including both businesses and individuals. For fiscal 2011, our Trade and Contract businesses generated combined net revenues of $17.3 million, which amount does not include designer-assisted sales. We believe there is substantial opportunity for us to grow these businesses.
Stores
Retail Stores
As of July 28, 2012, we operated a total of 73 retail stores throughout the United States and Canada, consisting of 71 Galleries and 2 full line Design Galleries. Our retail stores are located primarily in upscale malls and street locations. We believe situating our stores in desirable locations with high visibility is critical to the success of our business, and we identify store locations based on several store specific aspects including geographic location, demographics, and proximity to other high-end specialty retail stores. We pursue a market based sales strategy, whereby we assess each markets overall sales potential and how best to approach the market across all of our channels. We customize square footage and catalog circulation to maximize each markets sales potential and increase our return on invested capital.
We operate three distinct store types: (1) our full line Design Gallery format, typically between 22,000 and 28,000 gross square feet, (2) our existing Gallery format of approximately 7,000 15,000 gross square feet, and (3) our Baby & Child Gallery format of approximately 2,000 3,000 gross square feet. Substantially all of our existing stores are Galleries. We are transforming our real estate portfolio from a mall-based retail footprint to a portfolio based on full line Design Galleries, which are sized to maximize the potential of each market. In key metropolitan markets, we will continue to open full line Design Galleries and in small to mid-sized markets, we expect to continue to open and operate Galleries. We have two stand-alone Baby & Child Galleries, one in Corte Madera, California and the other in Houston, Texas. We will evaluate potential opportunities for additional Baby & Child Galleries either as stand-alone locations or within our full line Design Galleries.
100
Our store formats convey a design aesthetic and shopping environment that is highly differentiated from other home furnishings retailers. We have reconceptualized the customer experience by showcasing products in a sophisticated lifestyle setting that we believe is on par with world-class interior designers, consistent with the imagery and product presentation featured in our catalogs and on our websites. Products in our stores are presented in fully appointed rooms, emphasizing collections over individual pieces. This encourages a higher average order value as customers are inspired to purchase a full collection of products to replicate the design aesthetic found in our stores. We have optimized our selling space to display a greater number of products, resulting in higher sales productivity and profitability.
On average, our Gallery stores display less than 25% of our current assortment due to their space constraints. Based on our historical performance, when a product is presented on the selling floor, we experience a significant increase in sales for that product across all of our channels. We have designed a new store model, the full line Design Gallery, which significantly enhances our merchandise presentation and customer experience, to capitalize on this opportunity for sales growth.
Full line Design Galleries are shopping destinations in iconic or high profile locations with high customer visibility that enhance the Restoration Hardware brand. In general, they are planned with approximately 15,000-20,000 square feet of interior selling space and 4,000 7,000 square feet of outdoor selling space, including courtyards and rooftop terraces that feature outdoor and garden products. These locations will offer an average of three times the selling square footage of our current average Galleries and will display a much greater percentage of our current product assortment. In addition, we may introduce new complementary brand-enhancing businesses in our full line Design Galleries, such as a Hospitality business, which could include a café or restaurant adjacent to, or inside of, select full line Design Galleries.
We expect that our full line Design Galleries will capture demand from larger market areas and allow us to close select existing locations, thereby eliminating unnecessary duplication of our assortment, optimizing our working capital investment and reducing occupancy costs and other expenses. We have identified approximately 50 markets in which we plan to execute this strategy, which began in Los Angeles in June 2011 and Houston in November 2011. By offering a greater assortment and raising the profile of our brand, in the Los Angeles market, we have increased store demand by over 90% and direct demand by over 30% in the first full year of operation of our new full line Design Gallery. In the Houston market, in the first 9 months of operation of the new full line Design Gallery we have increased store demand by over 60% and direct demand by over 50%. Over the next 24 months, we plan to open full line Design Galleries in iconic or high profile locations in Scottsdale, Boston, Greenwich (Connecticut) and Atlanta. We are also actively exploring opening full line Design Galleries in other key markets such as New York City, Miami, Dallas and Chicago. We believe this strategy will enhance our sales, profitability and return on invested capital in key markets while making a powerful brand statement, as our full line Design Galleries heighten the visibility of our brand with customers and underscore our position as a destination for luxury home furnishings.
For full line Design Galleries, we target locations with approximately 25,000 gross square feet, including approximately 21,500 selling square feet. Our capital investment to open a target full line Design Gallery is approximately $250 per gross square foot, net of landlord contributions of approximately $25 per gross square foot. Our expected initial inventory investment is approximately $1,375,000, which includes store inventory and working capital to support projected sales volumes. Our expected pre-opening expenses are approximately $500,000. We target annual sales per selling square foot of approximately $850, and a store level cash contribution margin of approximately 27% of sales. We target an average payback period of approximately 20 months on our initial investment.
Our Galleries are generally located in premium shopping malls and street locations. Our Galleries have an average of approximately 10,800 gross square feet and 6,800 selling square feet. However, we target new locations to have approximately 12,000 gross square feet and 9,500 selling square feet. Our capital investment to open a Gallery is approximately $115 per gross square foot, net of landlord contributions of approximately $100
101
per gross square foot. Our expected initial inventory investment is approximately $650,000, which includes store inventory, as well as working capital to support projected sales volumes, and our expected pre-opening expenses are approximately $200,000. We target annual sales per selling square foot of approximately $550, and a store level a store level cash contribution margin of approximately 20% of sales, which is higher than our historical store level cash contribution margin. We target an average payback period of approximately 25 months on our initial investment. We have opened two Galleries in 2012 and plan to open one additional Gallery in 2013.
The table below highlights certain information regarding our retail stores open during the three years ended January 28, 2012, and through July 28, 2012.
Fiscal Year |
Six Months Ended
July 28, 2012 |
|||||||||||||||
2009 | 2010 | 2011 | ||||||||||||||
Stores open at beginning of period |
99 | 95 | 91 | 74 | ||||||||||||
Stores opened |
| 4 | 5 | 3 | ||||||||||||
Stores closed |
(4 | ) | (8 | ) | (22 | ) | (4 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Stores open at end of period |
95 | 91 | 74 | 73 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
We continually analyze opportunities to selectively close stores which have been under-performing, will be consolidated in connection with openings of our full line Design Galleries or are no longer consistent with our brand positioning. We closed three stores in the first six months of fiscal 2012, and anticipate that we will close an additional four stores by the end of fiscal 2012. In many cases, we operated the store until lease expiration in order to effect the closure in a cost-efficient manner. In fiscal 2011, we recorded a charge of approximately $3.2 million, relating primarily to closing stores prior to lease expiration.
The following list shows the number of retail stores operated in each state and each province in Canada as of July 28, 2012:
Location |
Store |
Location |
Store |
Location |
Store | |||||||||||
Alabama |
1 | Massachusetts | 2 | Rhode Island | 1 | |||||||||||
Arizona |
1 | Michigan | 1 | Tennessee | 1 | |||||||||||
California |
16 | Minnesota | 1 | Texas | 6 | |||||||||||
Colorado |
1 | Missouri | 2 | Utah | 1 | |||||||||||
Connecticut |
3 | New Jersey | 2 | Virginia | 2 | |||||||||||
Florida |
4 | New York | 3 | Washington | 1 | |||||||||||
Georgia |
1 | North Carolina | 2 | Wisconsin | 1 | |||||||||||
Illinois |
4 | Ohio | 3 | District of Columbia | 1 | |||||||||||
Indiana |
1 | Oklahoma | 1 | Alberta | 2 | |||||||||||
Louisiana |
1 | Oregon | 1 | British Columbia | 1 | |||||||||||
Maryland |
1 | Pennsylvania | 2 | Ontario | 2 | |||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||||||
Total | 73 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
Outlet Stores
As of July 28, 2012, we operated 10 outlet stores in 9 states. Our outlet stores are branded as Restoration Hardware Outlet and located primarily in large outlet-malls. Our outlet stores serve as an efficient means to sell discontinued or irregular inventory outside of our core sales channels.
Source Books
We produce a series of catalogs to showcase our merchandise assortment, including our Home, Outdoor & Garden and Baby & Child catalogs. Our catalogs are one of our primary branding and advertising vehicles. We
102
have been expanding the page counts of our catalogs which allows us to showcase nearly our entire product assortment. We refer to these larger catalogs as Source Books. For example, our Fall 2012 Source Books present over 85% of our product assortment at the time of publication. As in our retail stores, our catalogs present our merchandise in lifestyle settings that represent our unique design aesthetic. Our Source Books also feature profiles of select artisan vendors and other compelling editorial content regarding home décor. All creative work on our catalogs is coordinated by our in-house personnel in our Restoration Hardware Center of Innovation & Product Leadership , providing us greater control over the brand image presented to our customers while also reducing our catalog production costs.
We use our catalogs to drive sales across all of our channels, and we generally experience increased sales of the products featured in our catalogs. We mail our catalogs to addresses from our proprietary customer database, as well as to addresses provided to us by third parties. We also use customer data that we collect to determine which prospective customers are most likely to respond to our catalogs.
Our catalogs, in concert with our e-commerce channel, are a cost-effective means of testing new products, and allow us to launch categories in a disciplined, expeditious and cost-effective manner. For example, our Garden launch took seven months from conception to introduction, with minimal additional resources required.
E-Commerce
Our primary websites, located at www.restorationhardware.com and www.rh.com , provide our customers with the ability to purchase our merchandise online. In May 2008, we launched www.rhbabyandchild.com , an e-commerce enabled website devoted to our baby and child category. In May 2011, we launched catalog apps for Apples iPad and iPhone that enable customers to view and purchase our growing product assortment.
Our e-commerce platform provides simplicity and ease of use while allowing customers to experience the Restoration Hardware lifestyle reflected in our catalogs and throughout our stores. We update our website on a regular basis to reflect product availability and special offers. In fiscal 2011, our websites logged over 14.3 million unique visits, an increase of 18% over fiscal 2010.
We display substantially all of our current product assortment on our websites. The websites also offer a room-based navigation, which allows the customer to envision and shop items by room or by product, expanding on the richness of the online experience. For example, customers can search our website for products by size or color, browse through our extensive product categories and see detailed information about each item and collection, such as dimensions, materials and care instructions. Additionally, customers can select color swatches and view merchandise displayed with different color and fabric options.
Marketing and Advertising
We employ a variety of marketing and advertising vehicles to drive customer traffic across all our channels, strengthen and reinforce our brand image and acquire new customers. These include targeted catalog circulation, promotional mailings, email communications, online and print advertisements and public relations activities. We maintain a database of 13.6 million customers, which includes sales patterns, detailed purchasing information, demographic data, geographic locations and postal and email addresses. We use this information to tailor our programs and increase productivity of our marketing and promotion initiatives. We leverage our marketing and advertising expenses across all our channels as we seek to optimize the efficiency of our investment.
Our stores and our catalogs are the primary branding and advertising vehicles for the Restoration Hardware brand. The highly-differentiated design aesthetic and shopping environment of our stores drive customer traffic not only to our stores but also to our direct channels. Approximately 55% of new customers are acquired through our stores, where we collect customer addresses and emails. Our catalogs and targeted emails further reinforce the Restoration Hardware brand image and drive sales across all of our sales channels. We also engage in a wide
103
range of other marketing, promotional and public relations activities to promote our brand. These campaigns include media coverage in design, lifestyle, culture/society and specialty publications, as well as in-store events related to new store openings and product launches. We also engage print advertising in brand-relevant publications such as Architectural Digest, Vanity Fair, Elle Décor , Veranda, House Beautiful , Town and Country and others, and from time to time have also engaged in online advertising. We believe that these efforts will drive increased brand awareness, leading to higher sales in our stores and our direct business over time.
Sourcing
We do not own or operate any manufacturing facilities; instead, we contract with third-party vendors for the manufacture of our merchandise. Our sourcing strategy focuses on identifying and using vendors that can provide the quality materials and fine craftsmanship that our customers expect of our brand. To ensure that our high standards of quality and timely delivery of merchandise are met, we work closely with vendors and manufacturers. We seek to ensure the consistent quality of our manufacturers products by selectively inspecting pre-production samples, conducting periodic site visits to certain of our vendors production facilities and by selectively inspecting inbound shipments at our distribution facilities. In fiscal 2011, we sourced approximately 75% of our purchase dollar volume from approximately 40 vendors and no vendor accounted for more than 15% of our purchase dollar volume. Based on total dollar volume of purchases for fiscal 2011, approximately 77% of our products were sourced in Asia, the majority of which originated from China, 16% from the United States, 6% from Europe and the remainder from other regions.
We have a limited number of long-term merchandise supply contracts but we believe that we generally have strong relationships with our product vendors. Although we transact business primarily on an order by order basis, we typically work with many of our vendors over extended periods of time, and many vendors are making long term capacity investments to serve our increasing demands. We are currently engaged in a sourcing initiative to develop closer relationships with our vendors in order to achieve better efficiencies and further improve our product development process. Over the last several years, we have eliminated the use of most third party purchasing agents in favor of a model in which we directly manage our vendors. We have achieved significant cost savings and other efficiencies from this initiative.
Distribution and Delivery
We manage the distribution and delivery of our products through six facilities, each of which serves all of our sales channels:
|
Our West Jefferson, Ohio facility, which we opened in 2008, is approximately 805,000 square feet with the capacity to expand an additional 400,000 square feet. It serves as our distribution center for all of our small package direct-to-customer orders and retail store replenishment, as well as a furniture home delivery hub for surrounding areas including metropolitan areas in Ohio, Kentucky and Indiana. |
|
Our Baltimore, Maryland facility is approximately 508,000 square feet. It serves as a furniture distribution center for the Eastern and Central regions of the United States and Canada, as well as a furniture home delivery hub for the greater Washington, D.C. metropolitan area and the greater New York/New Jersey metropolitan area. |
|
Our North East, Maryland facility, which we opened in February 2012, is approximately 600,000 square feet and is located near our Baltimore facility. It serves as a second furniture distribution center for the Eastern and Central regions of the United States and Canada. We plan on expanding this site to 1,200,000 square feet by the end of 2012. |
|
Our Mira Loma, California facility, which we opened in 2011, is approximately 886,000 square feet. It serves as our furniture distribution center for the Western regions of the United States and Canada, as well as a furniture home delivery hub for the greater Los Angeles metropolitan area. |
|
Our Tracy, California facility is approximately 151,000 square feet. It serves as a furniture home delivery hub for the San Francisco Bay Area market. In December 2011, we leased approximately |
104
133,000 additional square feet of short-term, temporary storage within the same facility to also serve our furniture distribution network. |
|
Our Avenel, New Jersey facility, which we opened in January 2012, is approximately 114,000 square feet. It serves as a furniture delivery hub for the greater New York/New Jersey metropolitan area. |
In addition, we recently entered into a lease in connection with a planned distribution center in Grand Prairie, Texas.
We offer a white glove home delivery service for larger furniture items and items delivered with multiple components, where our delivery personnel assist our customers by properly installing and assembling the product. We have recently increased our in-sourced home delivery operations in several key markets, while managing deliveries in other markets through third-party vendors. We plan to continue this trend of in-sourcing these services in additional markets over time to further leverage operating costs and improve our customers service experience, while reducing returns and damage to our products.
Through expansions and upgrades to our inventory warehousing, distribution and delivery operations over the last four years, we have improved our supply chain and distribution operations, and have built a scalable infrastructure with significant capabilities to support our future growth. We believe our enhanced supply chain and fulfillment operations allow us to manage customer orders and distribute merchandise to stores and customers in an efficient and cost-effective manner. We also believe that these upgrades have improved customer satisfaction by reducing delivery times, reducing damage to merchandise and improving the customers overall buying experience.
We intend to continue to strengthen our supply chain operations through a number of key initiatives in 2012 designed to improve our delivery logistics, reduce store replenish cycle times and achieve greater efficiencies in the management of our inventories.
Management and Information Technology
We use industry-standard information technology systems to provide customer service, business process support, and business intelligence across our sales channels. Over the past four years, our technology team has systematically upgraded several of our core systems, including:
|
Implementing new order management and warehouse management systems to improve efficiencies, accuracy and service levels; |
|
Implementing a platform upgrade to our e-commerce and search software products in support of our marketing strategy and customer ordering preferences; |
|
Rolling out new point of sale systems, and in store iPads, with associated ordering tools, in all of our stores to support secure, in store purchasing; |
|
Deploying a new business intelligence and data warehouse system that equips management with more timely analysis of the current business trends, results, and comparisons to our historical performance; and |
|
Delivering a variety of supply chain enhancements to several key software systems that increase the efficiencies of operations, and enable our associates to deliver quality services. |
We believe these substantial upgrades to our information technology systems provide management with the ability to drive ongoing improvement in our operating model, focus on efficiency opportunities, and increase management control. New access to results through our technology tools also equips management to more timely identify, analyze and respond to business trends.
Over the next three years, we intend to further enhance our technology systems through a number of key initiatives as follows:
|
Further upgrading our multi-channel ordering, supply chain and inventory management systems to maximize operating efficiencies; |
105
|
Enhancing our e-commerce websites capabilities to optimize the customer shopping experience; |
|
Continuing our expansion of business intelligence capabilities and data warehouse management to optimize information for timely decision making; and |
|
Utilizing state-of-the-art technology and tools to provide a unique and differentiated customer experience in our store. |
We are committed to a high level of integration in technology across our business. We believe our approach to technology demonstrates an appropriate balance of strategic planning and innovation to support both todays business and tomorrows growth.
Competition
The home furnishings industry is highly competitive. We primarily compete against a large number of independent retailers that provide unique items and custom-designed product offerings at high price points, including antique dealers and home furnishings retailers who market to the interior design community. We also compete with national and regional home furnishings retailers and department stores. We also compete with mail order catalogs focused on home furnishings.
We believe we compete primarily on the basis of design, quality, value and customer service. We believe our distinct combination of design, quality and value allows us to compete effectively and we believe we differentiate ourselves from competitors based on the strength of our brand, products and our fully integrated multi-channel business model. We compete with the interior design trade and specialty merchants by providing a broader product assortment at an exceptional value based both upon the price and quality of our products. We compete against certain other home furnishings retailers primarily by offering what we believe is superior quality, highly distinctive design styles and a sophisticated lifestyle presentation in our product offering.
We also believe that our success depends in substantial part on our ability to originate and define product trends, as well as to timely anticipate, gauge and react to changing consumer demands. Certain of our competitors are larger and have greater financial, marketing and other resources than us. However, many smaller specialty retailers may lack the financial resources, infrastructure, scale and national brand identity necessary to compete effectively with us.
Employees
As of July 28, 2012, we had approximately 2,900 employees, of which approximately 1,000 were part-time employees. As of that date, approximately 1,700 of our employees were based in our stores. None of our employees is represented by a union, and we have had no labor-related work stoppages. We believe our relations with our employees are good.
Intellectual Property
The Restoration Hardware trademark and certain variations thereon, such as the Restoration Hardware logo, the Baby & Child logo and many trademarks used for our product lines are registered or are the subject of pending trademark applications with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office and with the trademark registries of many foreign countries. In addition, we own many domain names, including restorationhardware.com, rh.com, rhbabyandchild.com and others that include our trademarks. We also have pending patent applications for some of our proprietary product designs and own copyrights in our catalogs and websites. We believe that our trademarks, product designs and copyrighted works have significant value and we vigorously protect them against infringement.
106
Seasonality
Our business is seasonal, and we have historically realized a higher portion of our net sales, net income and operating cash flows in the fourth fiscal quarter, attributable to the impact of the holiday selling season. In addition, some of our product offerings such as outdoor furniture and garden products are seasonal in nature and experience higher sales during our second fiscal quarter. As a result of these factors, our working capital requirements and demands on our product distribution and delivery network fluctuate during the year in response to seasonal trends in our business, and are greatest in the first and third fiscal quarters as we ramp up for the outdoor selling season and the holiday season, respectively.
Properties
We currently lease approximately 170,000 square feet for use as our corporate headquarters in Corte Madera, California, including approximately 15,000 square feet of warehouse space. We lease an additional 13,000 square feet of warehouse space in San Rafael, California. The leases for these spaces expire between January 2013 and May 2021, other than certain small storage space leases that are leased on a month-to-month basis.
We lease four separate distribution facilities and two standalone furniture delivery hubs and have entered into a lease in connection with a planned distribution facility, described above under Distribution and Delivery. Our West Jefferson, Ohio facility lease expires in May 2023. Our Baltimore, Maryland facility lease expires in June 2014. Our North East, Maryland facility lease expires in 2027. Our Mira Loma, California facility lease expires in June 2020. Our Tracy, California facility lease expires in September 2016. Our Avenel, New Jersey facility lease expires in November 2016. Our planned Grand Prairie, Texas facility lease expires 15 years after the planned facility is deemed substantially complete.
As of July 28, 2012, we lease approximately 900,000 gross square feet for our 71 Galleries, 2 full line Design Galleries and 10 outlet stores. The initial lease term of our retail stores is generally 10 15 years. Certain leases contain renewal options for up to 15 years. Most leases for our retail stores provide for a minimum rent, typically including escalating rent increases, plus a percentage rent based upon sales after certain minimum thresholds are achieved. The leases generally require us to pay insurance, utilities, real estate taxes and repair and maintenance expenses. We also lease approximately 39,000 square feet for offsite storage.
We currently own one store, our approximately 8,000 square foot Gallery in San Franciscos Design District.
We believe that our current offices and facilities are in good condition, are being used productively and are adequate to meet our requirements for the foreseeable future.
Regulation and Legislation
We are subject to labor and employment laws, laws governing truth-in-advertising, privacy laws, safety regulations and other laws, including consumer protection regulations that regulate retailers and govern the promotion and sale of merchandise and the operation of stores and warehouse facilities. We monitor changes in these laws and believe that we are in material compliance with applicable laws.
Legal Proceedings
From time to time we are involved in litigation, claims and other proceedings relating to the conduct of our business, including but not limited to consumer protection class action litigation, claims related to our business, including claims related to our collection of reproductions or employment practices, and claims of intellectual property infringement. In addition, from time to time, we are subject to product liability and personal injury claims for the products that we sell and the stores we operate. Subject to certain exceptions, our purchase orders generally require the vendor to indemnify us against any product liability claims; however, if the vendor does not have insurance or becomes
107
insolvent, we may not be indemnified. In addition, we could face a wide variety of employee claims against us, including general discrimination, privacy, labor and employment, ERISA and disability claims. Any claims could also result in litigation against us and could also result in regulatory proceedings being brought against us by various federal and state agencies that regulate our business, including the U.S. Equal Employment Opportunity Commission. Often these cases raise complex factual and legal issues, which are subject to risks and uncertainties and which could require significant management time. Litigation and other claims and regulatory proceedings against us could result in unexpected expenses and liability and could also materially adversely affect our operations and our reputation.
108
Below is a list of the names and ages, as of October 23, 2012, of our directors, director designees and executive officers and a description of the business experience of each of them. As of the date of consummation of the offering, our board of directors will consist of Mr. Alberini, Ms. Chaya, Mr. Chu, Mr. Demilio, Mr. Forrest, Mr. Mottola and Mr. Sternlicht.
Name |
Age |
Position |
||||
Carlos Alberini |
57 | Chief Executive Officer and Director | ||||
Karen Boone |
38 | Chief Financial Officer | ||||
Ken Dunaj |
46 | Chief Operating Officer | ||||
Eri Chaya |
39 | Director Designee | ||||
J. Michael Chu |
54 | Director | ||||
Scott Dahnke |
47 | Director | ||||
Mark Demilio |
56 | Director | ||||
William Forrest |
52 | Director | ||||
Glenn Krevlin |
52 | Director | ||||
Marc Magliacano |
38 | Director | ||||
Thomas Mottola |
64 | Director Designee | ||||
Barry Sternlicht |
51 | Director Designee | ||||
Frederick Wilson |
66 | Director |
Executive Officers
Carlos Alberini joined us as a Co-Chief Executive Officer in June 2010 and was appointed as the sole Chief Executive Officer in October 2012. He has also been a director since June 2010. Prior to joining us, he was President and Chief Operating Officer of Guess?, Inc., a publicly traded specialty retailer of apparel (Guess) and accessories, from December 2000 to June 2010. From May 2006 to July 2006, Mr. Alberini served as Interim Chief Financial Officer of Guess?, Inc. Mr. Alberini served as a member of the board of directors of Guess?, Inc. from December 2000 to September 2011. From October 1996 to December 2000, Mr. Alberini served as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Footstar, Inc., a retailer of footwear. From May 1995 to October 1996, Mr. Alberini served as Vice President of Finance and Acting Chief Financial Officer of the Melville Corporation, a retail holding corporation. From 1987 to 1995, Mr. Alberini was with The Bon-Ton Stores, Inc., an operator of department stores, in various capacities, including Corporate Controller, Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer. Prior to that, Mr. Alberini served in various positions at PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an audit firm. Mr. Alberinis former employer, Guess, is subject to a tax audit and assessment proceeding in Italy seeking additional tax payments from a Guess subsidiary in Italy. There is a related proceeding by a prosecutor in Italy that has been initiated with respect to three current and former members of the Guess Europe management team as well as Mr. Alberini who signed certain of the Guess tax returns in Italy for the relevant periods. We have been advised by our Italian counsel that tax audits in Italy involving proposed income adjustments greater than 2 million (which is the case for the Guess audit in question) are automatically referred to a public prosecutor who may choose to pursue charges or close the matter and that any resulting criminal charges would be instituted against individuals rather than against the affected companies under Italian law. The prosecutor has completed this review process in connection with the Guess tax matter but has not yet made a final determination whether to pursue such charges against these four individuals. Guess has stated in its public disclosures concerning these matters that it disagrees with the position that the Italian tax authority has indicated it may take and intends to vigorously contest the matter. Guess has agreed to provide legal defense costs to all the named individuals. Mr. Alberinis employment agreement provides that he will serve as our Chief Executive Officer and as a member of our board of directors. Mr. Alberini was selected to our board of directors because he possesses particular knowledge and experience in retail and merchandising, branded consumer goods, accounting, financing and capital finance, board practices of other large retail companies and leadership of complex organizations.
109
Karen Boone joined us as our Chief Financial Officer in June 2012. From December 1996 to June 2012, Ms. Boone worked for Deloitte & Touche LLP, an accounting and consulting firm, where she most recently served as an audit partner. Before becoming an audit partner in 2010, she served as a senior manager in Deloittes audit practice from 2005 to 2010 and as a manager from 2002 to 2005. Her entire career at Deloitte was spent specializing in service to retail and consumer products companies.
Ken Dunaj has served as our Chief Operating Officer since May 2006. From August 2005 to May 2006, Mr. Dunaj served as Senior Vice President, Global Logistics, for Williams-Sonoma, a specialty retailer of products for the home. From September 2000 to August 2005, Mr. Dunaj held various other positions at Williams-Sonoma, Inc., including Vice President, Distribution. Prior to joining Williams-Sonoma, Mr. Dunaj held various positions at Toys R Us, Inc., Genesis Direct, Inc., Reebok International Ltd. and NIKE, Inc.
Directors
We believe our board of directors should be composed of individuals with sophistication and experience in many substantive areas that impact our business. We believe experience, qualifications, or skills in the following areas are most important: retail merchandising; marketing and advertising; furniture and consumer goods; sales and distribution; accounting, finance, and capital structure; strategic planning and leadership of complex organizations; legal/regulatory and government affairs; people management; and board practices of other major corporations. We believe that all our current board members possess the professional and personal qualifications necessary for board service, and have highlighted particularly noteworthy attributes for each board member in the individual biographies below, or above in the case of our Chief Executive Officer.
J. Michael Chu was appointed to our board of directors in June 2008. Mr. Chu serves as a Managing Partner of Catterton Partners, a private equity firm he co-founded in 1989. Prior to forming Catterton Partners, Mr. Chu held a variety of senior management positions with The First Pacific Company and its various subsidiaries, including as Vice President and Corporate Treasurer of First Pacific in Hong Kong, and as Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer of various operating companies owned or controlled by First Pacific in both the United States and Europe. First Pacific is a Hong Kong publicly listed investment and management company where he was employed from 1983 to 1989. Prior to First Pacific he was Assistant Treasurer at Allied Bank International from 1980 to 1983. Mr. Chu was selected to our board because he possesses particular knowledge and experience both in the United States and globally, in supporting high-growth consumer businesses.
Mark Demilio has served as a member of our board of directors since September 2009. Mr. Demilio has been a member of the board of directors of Cosi, Inc., a publicly traded national restaurant chain, since April 2004. He served as Chairman of the board of directors of Cosi from March 2010 to December 2011 and served as interim Chief Executive Officer of Cosi from September 2011 to December 2011. From April 2004 until he was named Chairman of the board of directors of Cosi, Mr. Demilio served as Chairman of the companys audit committee. From December 2000 until his retirement in October 2008, Mr. Demilio served as the Chief Financial Officer of Magellan Health Services, Inc., a publicly traded managed specialty healthcare company that manages the delivery of behavioral healthcare treatment services, specialty pharmaceuticals and radiology services. Mr. Demilio has also been the Chief Financial Officer of Youth Services International, Inc., a financial analyst for CareFirst BlueCross BlueShield of Maryland and a certified public accountant with Arthur Andersen LLP. He was a principal officer of Magellan Health Services, Inc. and 88 of its affiliates, which commenced a case on March 11, 2003, under Chapter 11 of Title 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code in the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York. These companies emerged from Chapter 11 on January 5, 2004. Mr. Demilio was selected to our board of directors because he possesses particular knowledge and experience in accounting, finance and capital structure, strategic planning and leadership of complex organizations and board practices of other major corporations.
William Forrest was first appointed to our board of directors in June 2008. Since November 2007, he has been the Founder and Managing Partner of Tower Three Partners, LLC, a private equity firm. Since April 2008,
110
he has been a member of the board of directors of Magellan Health Services, Inc., a publicly traded managed specialty healthcare company that manages the delivery of behavioral healthcare treatment services, specialty pharmaceuticals and radiology services. He served as the Non-Executive Chairman of Cosi, Inc., a publicly traded national restaurant chain, from December 2006 through November 2007. He served as the Executive Chairman of Cosi from April 2003 until December 2006. Prior to joining Cosi, Mr. Forrest was a Managing Director leading the restructuring group and serving on the management committee at Gleacher & Co., an investment bank, from 2001 until 2004. Throughout his career, he has served in executive management, investment banking and investor roles with organizations in a variety of industries including healthcare, manufacturing and food services. Mr. Forrest was selected to our board of directors because he possesses particular knowledge and experience in accounting, finance and capital structure, strategic planning and leadership of complex organizations, retail businesses and board practices of other major corporations.
Director Designees
Eri Chaya is a designee to our board of directors and will join the board prior to the completion of the offering. Ms. Chaya has served as our Chief Creative Officer since April 2008. Before becoming our Chief Creative Officer, Ms. Chaya was our Vice President of Creative, starting in July 2006. From February 2004 to June 2006, Ms. Chaya was a creative director at Goodby, Silverstein and Partners, an international advertising agency. From May 2000 to February 2004, Ms. Chaya was a creative director at Banana Republic, a clothing retailer. Ms. Chaya was selected to our board of directors because she possesses particular knowledge and experience in product development, marketing, advertising and design.
Thomas Mottola is a designee to our board of directors and will join the board prior to the completion of the offering. In 2003, Mr. Mottola founded The Mottola Company, a company specializing in multimedia, entertainment, communications, branding, licensing and consulting, and has been its Chairman and Chief Executive Officer since that time. From 1993 to 2003, Mr. Mottola served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Sony Music Entertainment, Inc., a global recorded music company. Prior to becoming Chief Executive Officer of Sony, he served as its President from 1988 to 1993. He has served on the Board of Directors of ONE World Enterprises since 2010. Mr. Mottola is widely known for signing and developing the careers of major recording artists, including Celine Dion, Mariah Carey, Beyoncé, Jennifer Lopez, Ricky Martin, Gloria Estefan, Shakira, Dixie Chicks, Marc Anthony, Barbra Streisand, Bruce Springsteen, Billy Joel and Harry Connick Jr., among many others. Mr. Mottola has served on the boards of the National Center for Missing and Exploited Children, the Police Athletic League, T.J. Martell Foundation for Cancer, Leukemia and AIDS Research and the Rock and Roll Hall of Fame Foundation and Museum. Mr. Mottolas extensive experience as a senior executive and director of a major branded consumer company provides us with business and leadership insight.
Barry Sternlicht is a designee to our board of directors and will join the board prior to the completion of the offering. Mr. Sternlicht has been the President and Chief Executive Officer of Starwood Capital Group, a global investment firm, since its formation in 1991 and has been the Chairman of the Board of Directors and the Chief Executive Officer of Starwood Property Trust, Inc., a NYSE-listed real estate investment trust, since its inception in 2009. He was the Chairman of Starwood Hotels & Resorts Worldwide, Inc. (Starwood Hotels), a NYSE-listed company, from September 1997 to May 2005 and the Chief Executive Officer of Starwood Hotels from January 1999 to October 2004. He was also the Chairman of Starwood Hotels & Resorts, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Starwood Hotels, from January 1995 to May 2005 and the Chief Executive Officer of this subsidiary from January 1995 to October 2004. Mr. Sternlicht is Chairman of the Board of Société du Louvre and Baccarat. Mr. Sternlicht is a trustee of his alma mater, Brown University. He serves on the Board of Directors of The Estée Lauder Companies, Mammoth Mountain, Ellen Tracy, Field & Stream and National Golf. He serves as Vice Chairman of Robin Hood and is on the boards of the Pension Real Estate Association (PREA), the Dreamland Film & Performing Arts Center, Juvenile Diabetes Research Foundations National Leadership Advocacy Program, and the Business Committee for the Arts. He is a member of the Real Estate Roundtable, the Committee to Encourage Corporate Philanthropy, the Young Presidents Organization, and the Urban Land
111
Institute. Mr. Sternlichts extensive experience as a chief executive and director of a private investment firm and other publicly traded entities provides the Board with leadership and financial expertise.
Non-Continuing Directors
Scott Dahnke has served as a member of our board of directors since June 2008. Mr. Dahnke has served as a Managing Partner of Catterton Partners, a private equity firm, since February 2003. Mr. Dahnke has a broad range of business experience in private equity, consulting, management and finance. During 2002, he was a Managing Director at Deutsche Bank Capital Partners, a private equity firm, and from 1998 to 2002, he was a Managing Director at AEA Investors, a private equity firm, where he led its consumer products investing efforts. From 1997 to 1998, Mr. Dahnke was the Chief Executive Officer of infoUSA (now infogroup), a provider of business and consumer marketing products and services. Prior to joining infoUSA, Mr. Dahnke served clients on an array of strategic and operational issues as a Partner at McKinsey & Company. His early career also included experience in the Merger Department of Goldman, Sachs & Co. and with General Motors. Mr. Dahnke was selected to our board of directors because of his broad consumer marketing and direct marketing experience, his financial experience as a private equity investor and his service on the boards of directors of a range of other consumer companies.
Glenn Krevlin has served as one of our directors since March 2001. Since 2001, Mr. Krevlin has been Principal and Portfolio Manager of Glenhill Capital, a New York based investment manager he founded in 2001. Glenhill Capital manages assets for Glenhill Capital LP, a Delaware limited partnership, Glenhill Capital Overseas Master Fund, LP, a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership and Glenhill Concentrated Long Master Fund, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company. Mr. Krevlin is the Managing Member and Director of the General Partner for each of the Glenhill Funds. From August 2009 to the present, Mr. Krevlin has served as Chairman of the board of directors of Design Within Reach, Inc., a publicly traded specialty retailer of products for the home. Mr. Krevlin was selected to our board of directors because he possesses particular knowledge and experience in accounting, finance, capital structure, strategic planning, retail businesses and investment.
Marc Magliacano was first appointed to our board of directors in June 2008. Mr. Magliacano has been a senior investment professional at Catterton Partners, a private equity firm, since May 2006 and has served as Partner since August 2010. Prior to joining Catterton Partners, from 1999 to 2006, Mr. Magliacano was a Principal at North Castle Partners, a private equity firm focused on making consumer investments that benefit from healthy living and aging trends. While at North Castle, he originated and executed investments in the consumer health and wellness sectors. Prior to joining North Castle, Mr. Magliacano worked at NMS Capital, the merchant bank of NationsBanc Montgomery Securities, making growth investments in early stage consumer and retail businesses. As a result of these and other professional experiences, Mr. Magliacano was selected to our board of directors because of his experience in successfully developing strategies for growing branded consumer businesses.
Frederick Wilson has served as a member of our board of directors since June 2009. Mr. Wilson has been President and Chief Executive Officer of Saks Fifth Avenue Enterprises (SFAE) from December 2003 to February 2006 and was named Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of SFAE in March 2004. Mr. Wilson is responsible for leading SFAEs Saks Fifth Avenue luxury department stores, Off 5th outlet stores and saks.com. Mr. Wilson served as Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Donna Karan Company, a division of Louis Vuitton Moet Hennessy (LVMH), from February 2002 to November 2003, as well as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Eluxury.com, the LVMH e-tailing arm based in San Francisco, from February 2002 to November 2003. Mr. Wilson held the posts of Chief Executive Officer for the LVMH Fashion Group for the Americas from February 2000 to February 2002 and Chief Executive Officer for the LVMH Speciality Store Retail division from February 1997 to February 2000. Prior to joining LVMH, he spent 17 years with Duty Free Stores, serving as President and Chief Merchant of that company. As a result of these and other professional experiences, Mr. Wilson was selected to our board of directors because he possesses particular knowledge and
112
experience in retail business, branded consumer goods, accounting, finance and capital structure, strategic planning and leadership of complex organizations and board practices of other major corporations.
Selection Arrangements
Upon completion of this offering Home Holdings will continue to control a majority of the voting power of our common stock and as a result, we expect that Home Holdings will control the election of our directors.
Corporate Governance
Composition of our Board of Directors
Initially, our board of directors will consist of seven directors, including our Chief Executive Officer, with two vacancies. Our certificate of incorporation, as will be in effect prior to the completion of this offering, will provide that, subject to any rights applicable to any then outstanding preferred stock and the terms of our stockholders agreement, our board of directors shall consist of such number of directors as determined from time to time by resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized directors whether or not there exists any vacancies in previously authorized directorships. Subject to any rights applicable to any then-outstanding preferred stock and the terms of the stockholders agreement, any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors may only be filled by the directors then in office unless otherwise required by law or by a resolution passed by our board of directors. The term of office for each director will be until his or her successor is elected at our annual meeting or his or her death, resignation or removal, whichever is earliest to occur.
Gary Friedman, our former Chairman and Co-Chief Executive Officer, who serves as our Creator and Curator on an advisory basis, will be a board observer and advisor, with the honorary title of Chairman Emeritus. Glenn Krevlin will continue to advise the board of directors in an observer capacity. Home Holdings has the right to nominate two observers to our board of directors.
Our board of directors will be divided into three classes, with each director serving a three-year term, and one class being elected at each years annual meeting of stockholders. Ms. Chaya and Mr. Demilio will serve as Class I directors with an initial term expiring in 2013. Mr. Mottola and Mr. Sternlicht will serve as Class II directors with an initial term expiring in 2014. Mr. Alberini, Mr. Chu and Mr. Forrest will serve as Class III directors with an initial term expiring in 2015. Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the total number of directors.
Upon completion of this offering, Home Holdings will continue to control a majority of the voting power of our outstanding common stock. As a result, we will be a controlled company under the NYSE corporate governance standards. As a controlled company, exemptions under the NYSE standards will mean that we are not required to comply with certain corporate governance requirements, including the requirements:
|
that a majority of our board of directors consists of independent directors, as defined under the rules of the NYSE; |
|
that we have a nominating and corporate governance committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committees purpose and responsibilities; |
|
that we have a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committees purpose and responsibilities; and |
|
that we conduct an annual performance evaluation of the nominating and governance committee and compensation committee. |
113
These exemptions do not modify the independence requirements for our audit committee, and we intend to comply with the applicable requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and rules with respect to our audit committee within the applicable time frame.
Director Independence
In October 2012, our board of directors undertook a review of the independence of our directors and considered whether any director has a material relationship with us that could compromise that directors ability to exercise independent judgment in carrying out that directors responsibilities. Our board of directors has affirmatively determined that each of Mr. Demilio, Mr. Mottola and Mr. Sternlicht is an independent director, as defined under the rules of the NYSE.
Director Voting
Our certificate of incorporation and stockholders agreement will provide that no action may be taken or vote approved by our board of directors or any committee thereof without the affirmative vote of two of the directors nominated by Home Holdings (other than the audit committee or any other committee of directors that may be created with the approval of Home Holdings as not being subject to this provision). Accordingly, Home Holdings will be able to control the decisions by our board of directors and its committees, other than the audit committee or any such other committee whose creation is approved by Home Holdings. Home Holdings will cease to have these veto rights when it ceases to own a majority of the voting power of our outstanding common stock.
Board Leadership Structure
Upon completion of this offering, our board of directors will have three standing committees: the audit committee, the compensation committee and the nominating and corporate governance committee. Each of these committees reports to our board of directors as it deems appropriate and as our board of directors may request.
With respect to the roles of Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer, our Corporate Governance Guidelines, as will be in effect prior to the completion of this offering, will provide that the roles may be separated or combined, and our board of directors exercises its discretion in combining or separating these positions as it deems appropriate in light of prevailing circumstances. Our board of directors believes that the combination or separation of these positions should continue to be considered as part of our succession planning process. As of the date of this offering, the roles are separated, with Mr. Alberini serving as Chief Executive Officer and Mr. Chu serving as Chairman of the Board. Our Corporate Governance Guidelines will provide the flexibility for our board of directors to modify our leadership structure in the future as appropriate. We believe that Restoration Hardware, like many United States companies, is well served by this flexible leadership structure.
Board Committees
Our board of directors currently has an audit committee and a compensation committee. Prior to the completion of this offering, our board of directors will establish a new audit committee and a new compensation committee, which will replace our current committees, and our board of directors will establish a nominating and corporate governance committee. In the future, our board of directors may establish other committees, as it deems appropriate, to assist it with its responsibilities. The composition, duties and responsibilities of our committees is as set forth below.
Audit Committee
The audit committee will be responsible for, among other matters: (1) appointing, compensating, retaining, evaluating, terminating and overseeing our independent registered public accounting firm; (2) discussing with
114
our independent registered public accounting firm the independence of its members from its management; (3) reviewing with our independent registered public accounting firm the scope and results of their audit; (4) approving all audit and permissible non-audit services to be performed by our independent registered public accounting firm; (5) overseeing the financial reporting process and discussing with management and our independent registered public accounting firm the interim and annual financial statements that we file with the Securities and Exchange Commission; (6) reviewing and monitoring our accounting principles, accounting policies, financial and accounting controls and compliance with legal and regulatory requirements; (7) establishing procedures for the confidential anonymous submission of concerns regarding questionable accounting, internal controls or auditing matters; and (8) reviewing and approving related-person transactions.
Upon completion of this offering, our audit committee will consist of Mr. Demilio and Mr. Mottola. Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act and rules require us to have one independent audit committee member upon the listing of our common stock on the NYSE, a majority of independent directors within 90 days of the date of this prospectus and all independent audit committee members within one year of the date of this prospectus. Our board of directors has affirmatively determined that Mr. Demilio meets the definition of independent director for purposes of serving on an audit committee under Rule 10A-3 and NYSE rules, and we intend to comply with the other independence requirements within the time periods specified. In addition, our board of directors has determined that Mr. Demilio will qualify as an audit committee financial expert, as such term is defined in Item 407(d)(5) of Regulation S-K. Our board of directors will adopt a new written charter for the audit committee, which will be available on our investor relations website, accessible through our principal corporate websites at www.restorationhardware.com and www.rh.com prior to the completion of this offering.
Compensation Committee
The compensation committee will be responsible for, among other matters: (1) reviewing key employee compensation goals, policies, plans and programs; (2) reviewing and approving the compensation of our directors, Chief Executive Officer and other executive officers; (3) reviewing and approving employment agreements and other similar arrangements between us and our executive officers; and (4) appointing and overseeing any compensation consultants.
Upon completion of this offering, our compensation committee will consist of Mr. Chu and Mr. Forrest. As a controlled company, we will rely upon the exemption from the requirement that we have a separate compensation committee composed entirely of independent directors. Our board of directors will adopt a new written charter for the compensation committee, which will be available on our investor relations website, accessible through our principal corporate websites at www.restorationhardware.com and www.rh.com prior to the completion of this offering.
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee
The nominating and corporate governance committee will be responsible for, among other matters: (1) identifying individuals qualified to become members of our board of directors, consistent with criteria approved by our board of directors; (2) overseeing the organization of our board of directors to discharge the boards duties and responsibilities properly and efficiently; (3) recommending corporate governance principles; and (4) developing and recommending to our board of directors a set of corporate governance guidelines and principles.
Upon completion of this offering, our nominating and corporate governance committee will consist of Mr. Forrest and Mr. Sternlicht. As a controlled company, we will rely upon the exemption from the requirement that we have a separate nominating and corporate governance committee composed entirely of independent directors. Our board of directors will adopt a new written charter for the nominating and corporate governance committee, which will be available on our investor relations website, accessible through our principal corporate websites at www.restorationhardware.com and www.rh.com prior to the completion of this offering.
115
Risk Oversight
Our board of directors is responsible for overseeing our risk management process. Our board of directors focuses on our general risk management strategy, the most significant risks facing us, and oversees the implementation of risk mitigation strategies by management. Our board of directors is also apprised of particular risk management matters in connection with its general oversight and approval of corporate matters and significant transactions.
Risk Considerations in Our Compensation Program
We conducted an assessment of our compensation policies and practices for our employees and concluded that these policies and practices are not reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on our Company.
Director Compensation
None of our directors serving on Home Holdings board of managers received compensation for service on our board of directors during fiscal 2011, other than Mr. Wilson and Mr. Demilio, who each were paid an annual retainer of $150,000.
Following the consummation of this offering, we intend to compensate our non-management directors other than designees of Home Holdings as follows:
|
an annual fee of $120,000, paid quarterly in advance; |
|
a fee of $2,500 or $1,500 for each meeting attended in-person or telephonically, respectively; |
|
an annual fee of $25,000 for our audit committee members, with the chair receiving $50,000; $20,000 for our compensation committee members, with the chair receiving $35,000; and $15,000 for our nomination committee members, with the chair receiving $25,000; and |
|
an annual grant of restricted stock with an aggregate value equal to $125,000 based on the closing price of our common stock on the date of grant, which shares shall vest in full one year after the date of grant. |
Additionally, effective upon the consummation of this offering, we are granting (i) Mr. Demilio restricted stock with an aggregate value equal to $375,000 based on the initial public offering price per share of our common stock in this offering, which shares shall vest in full in January 2013 and a portion of which shall be subject to selling restrictions until the first anniversary of the date of grant; (ii) Mr. Mottola restricted stock with an aggregate value equal to $125,000 based on the initial public offering price per share of our common stock in this offering, which shares shall vest in full in January 2013 and shall be subject to selling restrictions until the first anniversary of the date of grant; and (iii) Mr. Sternlicht restricted stock with an aggregate value equal to $125,000 based on the initial public offering price per share of our common stock in this offering, which shares shall vest in full in January 2013 and shall be subject to selling restrictions until the first anniversary of the date of grant.
All directors receive reimbursement for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with meetings of our board of directors.
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
For fiscal 2011, the members of the compensation committee of our board of directors were Mr. Chu and Mr. Forrest. Neither Mr. Chu nor Mr. Forrest is an officer or employee, or former officer or employee, of us or any of our subsidiaries. Mr. Chu is a managing partner of Catterton, and Mr. Forrest is the managing partner of Tower Three. Catterton and Tower Three are two of our Principal Equity Holders, and certain of their respective affiliates provide advisory and consulting services to us. See Certain Relationships and Related Transactions2008 Acquisition-Related AgreementsManagement Services Agreement.
No interlocking relationships exist between the members of our board of directors or compensation committee and the board of directors or compensation committee of any other company.
116
Code of Ethics
We have adopted a code of business conduct and ethics applicable to our principal executive, financial and accounting officers and all persons performing similar functions. A copy of that code will be available on our investor relations website, accessible through our principal corporate websites at www.restorationhardware.com and www.rh.com prior to completion of this offering. We expect that any amendments to the code, or any waivers of its requirements, will be disclosed on our website or as required by applicable law or NYSE listing requirements.
117
Compensation Tables
Summary Compensation Table
The following table shows the compensation earned by our named executive officers during fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2010.
Name and Principal Position |
Fiscal
Year |
Salary | Bonus |
Stock
Awards (1) |
Option
Awards |
Non-Equity
Incentive Plan Compensation (2) |
All Other
Compensation (3) |
Total | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Carlos Alberini |
2011 | $ | 908,462 | | | | $ | 1,145,195 | $ | 352,272 | $ | 2,405,929 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Chief Executive Officer |
2010 | $ | 507,692 | | $ | 1,922,627 | | $ | 531,200 | (4) | $ | 250,406 | $ | 3,211,925 | ||||||||||||||||||
Ken Dunaj |
2011 | $ | 535,000 | | | | $ | 337,050 | $ | 6,000 | $ | 878,050 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Chief Operating Officer |
2010 | $ | 526,923 | | | | $ | 218,673 | $ | 6,000 | $ | 751,596 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Gary Friedman (5) |
2011 | $ | 995,769 | | | | $ | 1,249,519 | $ | 11,400 | $ | 2,256,688 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Former Chairman and Co-Chief Executive Officer |
2010 | $ | 900,000 | | | | $ | 747,000 | $ | 11,400 | $ | 1,658,400 | ||||||||||||||||||||
James Stewart (6) |
2011 | $ | 310,577 | $ | 150,000 | (7) | $ | 504,000 | | | $ | 4,375 | $ | 968,952 | ||||||||||||||||||
Former Senior Vice President, Finance and Principal Accounting Officer |
(1) | Reflects the aggregate grant date fair value of the grants of performance-based Class B, Class B-1 and Class B-2 awards made to Mr. Alberini in fiscal 2010 and time-based Class B units made to Mr. Stewart in fiscal 2011, computed in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 (FASB ASC 718). See Note 12 Stock-Based Compensation to Restoration Hardware, Inc.s audited consolidated financial statements. Does not include grants of performance-based awards that have a grant date fair value of zero based on the probable outcome of the performance conditions as assessed on the grant date, calculated in accordance with FASB ASC 718. With respect to Mr. Stewarts performance-based awards in fiscal 2011, if the performance-based awards were valued based on the maximum outcome of performance-based conditions, then such awards would be valued on grant date as $56,000. |
(2) | Reflect the cash awards that our named executive officers received under our MIP for fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2010 performance, as applicable. The MIP is a cash based-incentive compensation program designed to motivate and reward annual performance for eligible employees, including our named executive officers. Under the MIP, the compensation committee or the board sets minimum achievement levels and target achievement levels for our financial objectives each year and the payment and amount of any bonus is dependent upon whether we achieve those performance goals. The minimum levels and target levels under the MIP are based upon our achievement of specified company results with respect to Adjusted EBITDA. The MIP includes various incentive levels based on the participants position. |
(3) | Reflects perquisites to the named executive officers in the form of car allowances. For Mr. Alberini this amount also includes relocation benefits. For fiscal 2011, the relocation benefits provided to Mr. Alberini were in the aggregate amount of $340,872, which includes $120,000 as a housing stipend, $198,247 in moving-related expenses and a tax adjustment gross up payment of $22,625. For fiscal 2010, the relocation benefits were in the aggregate amount of $243,756, which includes $120,000 as a housing stipend, $51,653 in moving-related expenses and a tax adjustment gross up payment of $72,103. |
(4) | Mr. Alberinis employment with our Company commenced June 14, 2010, and his bonus amount for fiscal 2010 reflects a prorated portion equal to 80% of what he would have earned had he been employed with us for all of fiscal 2010. |
(5) | Mr. Friedmans employment with our Company commenced in March 2001 and on October 20, 2012, Mr. Friedmans employment agreement was terminated and he entered into an advisory agreement, effective as of October 20, 2012. |
(6) | Mr. Stewarts employment with our Company commenced May 9, 2011 and Mr. Stewart left our Company effective as of January 27, 2012. |
(7) | Reflects a transition bonus related to the timing of Mr. Stewarts separation from our Company. |
118
Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End
The table below sets forth certain information regarding the outstanding equity awards held by our named executive officers as of January 28, 2012.
Unit Awards | ||||||||||||||||||||
Name |
Grant
Date |
Number of
Units That Have Not Vested (1) |
Market Value of
Units That Have Not Vested (2) |
Equity Incentive Plan
Awards: Number of Unearned Units That Have Not Vested |
Equity Incentive
Plan Awards: Market or Payout Value of Unearned Shares, Units or Other Rights That Have Not Vested (3) |
|||||||||||||||
Carlos Alberini (4) |
5/12/2010 | 1,795,860 | $ | 5,010,449 | | | ||||||||||||||
5/12/2010 | | | 704,259 | (5) | | |||||||||||||||
5/12/2010 | | | 1,408,518 | (6) | | |||||||||||||||
Ken Dunaj |
5/19/2009 | 380,000 | $ | 923,400 | | | ||||||||||||||
5/19/2009 | | | 505,000 | (5) | | |||||||||||||||
5/19/2009 | | | 545,000 | (7) | | |||||||||||||||
Gary Friedman |
5/19/2009 | 1,690,221 | $ | 4,715,777 | | | ||||||||||||||
5/19/2009 | | | 1,267,666 | (5) | | |||||||||||||||
5/19/2009 | | | 2,535,332 | (6) | |
(1) | Time-based units granted on May 19, 2009, under the Team Resto Ownership Plan vest incrementally as follows: 15% on June 17, 2009, 15% on June 17, 2010, 20% on June 17, 2011, 25% on June 17, 2012, and the remaining 25% on June 17, 2013. Time-based units granted after May 19, 2009, under the Team Resto Ownership Plan vest incrementally as follows: 15% on the first anniversary of the grant date, 15% on the second anniversary of the grant date, 20% on the third anniversary of the grant date, 25% on the fourth anniversary of the grant date and the remaining 25% on the fifth anniversary of the grant date. |
(2) | Represents the liquidation value per unit for these time-based profit interest units at January 28, 2012, multiplied by the number of outstanding, unvested units on such date. |
(3) | The liquidation value per unit for these performance-based profit interest units at January 28, 2012 was zero. |
(4) | In addition to the grants set forth in this table, Mr. Alberini was also granted one Class B-2 unit which represents the right to receive upon the occurrence of certain transactions constituting a sale of our Company a one-time payment (the Contingent Payment) equal to the amount, if any, by which $15,000,000 exceeds the cumulative equity value received with respect to Mr. Alberinis Class B-1 units up to and including the transaction involving a sale of our Company. If such cumulative equity value of the Class B-1 units exceeds $15,000,000, then no Contingent Payment is payable to Mr. Alberini. Cumulative equity value is the value of all cash, property and securities that have been distributed or paid in respect of the Class B-1 units up to and including the transaction involving a sale of our Company. This Class B-2 unit will be cancelled in connection with this offering. |
(5) | These performance-based units have a minimum requirement for vesting of two times return on equity investment as described in Executive CompensationEmployee Benefit and Stock PlansTeam Resto Ownership Plan below. |
(6) | These performance-based units have a minimum requirement for vesting of three times return on equity investment as described in Executive CompensationEmployee Benefit and Stock PlansTeam Resto Ownership Plan below. For a period of 36 months after the offering, such officer may elect, in such officers discretion, vesting of performance-based units in whole or in part based upon the cumulative return on equity investment to our investors, which in turn is based upon the price at which our common stock trades in the market after this offering. |
(7) | These performance-based units have a minimum requirement for vesting of three times return on equity investment as described in Executive CompensationEmployee Benefit and Stock PlansTeam Resto Ownership Plan below. |
119
Options Exercised and Stock Vested
None of our named executive officers held stock options to purchase shares of our common stock during fiscal 2011. The following table provides information relating to the time-based units awarded under the Team Resto Ownership Plan that vested during fiscal 2011.
Stock Awards | ||||||||
Name |
Number of Shares
Acquired on Vesting |
Value Realized
on Vesting (1) |
||||||
Carlos Alberini |
316,917 | $ | 928,567 | |||||
Ken Dunaj |
152,000 | $ | 445,360 | |||||
Gary Friedman |
676,089 | $ | 1,980,941 | |||||
James Stewart |
| |
(1) | Represents the fair market value per unit for these units as of the date the units vested. |
Equity Grants in Conjunction with this Offering
Stock Option Grants to Carlos Alberini and Gary Friedman
In conjunction with this offering, we intend to grant new stock options to Mr. Alberini to purchase 2,986,015 shares of our common stock and to Mr. Friedman to purchase 2,986,015 shares of our common stock, each at an exercise price specified in the applicable award agreement corresponding to a market capitalization of approximately $1.9 billion. We will recognize $32.1 million in compensation expense in connection with these option grants upon consummation of this offering. These options will be fully vested but will be subject to resale restrictions that will lapse on the terms set forth in the applicable award agreement.
Other Stock Option Grants in Conjunction with this Offering
In conjunction with this offering, we intend to grant stock options to purchase an aggregate of 2,224,937 shares of common stock at an exercise price per share, for certain of these options, equal to the initial public offering price per share or, for the remainder of these options, equal to 120% of the initial public offering price per share to certain employees, including members of our management team. These options are being granted in order to continue to provide these employees with incentive to build shareholder value over the long-term. We will recognize $17.6 million in compensation expense in connection with these option grants upon consummation of this offering. These options will be fully vested but will be subject to resale restrictions that will lapse on the terms set forth in the applicable award agreement.
Employment and Other Agreements
The following is a description of the terms of the employment agreements with each of our named executive officers.
Carlos Alberini
Prior to consummation of this offering, we plan to enter into an amended and restated employment agreement with Mr. Alberini, our Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Alberinis employment agreement will provide for an annual base salary of at least $1.1 million. Mr. Alberini will be eligible for annual bonus compensation targeted at between 85% and 125% of his annual base salary.
If Mr. Alberinis employment is terminated by us without cause (as defined in the agreement), or by Mr. Alberini for good reason (as defined in the agreement), he is entitled to (a) all accrued salary and vacation pay through the termination date, (b) any earned and unpaid portion of his annual bonus, (c) severance payments totaling $3.0 million, less withholdings, paid on our regular payroll schedule over the 24 months following the termination date, (d) a pro-rata amount (based on the number of days Mr. Alberini was employed during the fiscal year through the termination date) of Mr. Alberinis target bonus for the applicable fiscal year in which termination of employment occurs, (e) subject to his timely election under COBRA, continuation of medical
120
benefits for 24 months following the termination date, subject to Mr. Alberinis payment of applicable premiums at the same rate that would have been applied had he remained an executive officer of our Company, paid for by us to the same extent that we paid for his health insurance prior to termination. In addition, Mr. Alberinis vested shares and options that are subject to performance-based vesting or selling restrictions will remain outstanding for two years, following the date of termination (during which time the selling restrictions may lapse or vesting may occur in accordance with their terms). To the extent such shares remain unvested after two years, they will be forfeited. To the extent the selling restrictions remain unlapsed after two years, the shares will be subject to repurchase by us, at the then fair market value. Any unvested time-based equity awards and any selling restrictions applicable to vested time-based equity awards that Mr. Alberini may hold will accelerate as to the number of shares or options that would have vested and the selling restrictions that would have lapsed during the three-year period following the date of termination.
If Mr. Alberinis services are terminated by us for cause (as defined in the agreement), he is entitled to all accrued salary and benefits through the termination date. In addition, Mr. Alberinis equity interests that are subject to selling restrictions and repurchase rights, or that are unvested, will terminate, expire and be forfeited for no value or subject to repurchase in accordance with their terms.
Mr. Alberini will agree that, during his employment with us, he will not directly or indirectly work for or engage or invest in any competitor. Mr. Alberini will also agree that, during his employment with us and the two years following his employment, he will not solicit, directly or through any third party any business from any of our material customers or suppliers or, as specified in the employment agreement, encourage any of our customers or suppliers to reduce their business or contractual relationship with us.
Karen Boone
Prior to consummation of this offering, we plan to enter into an employment agreement with Ms. Boone, our Chief Financial Officer. Ms. Boones employment agreement will provide for an annual base salary of $475,000. Ms. Boone is eligible for annual bonus compensation targeted at 50% of her annual base salary, and will be paid a one-time cash bonus of $100,000 upon consummation of this offering. Pursuant to the employment agreement, Ms. Boone will also receive options to purchase 230,000 shares of our common stock under the 2012 Plan.
If Ms. Boones employment is terminated by us without cause (as defined in the agreement), or by Ms. Boone for good reason (as defined in the agreement), she is entitled to: (a) all accrued salary and vacation pay through the termination date; (b) any earned and unpaid portion of her annual bonus; (c) severance payments equal to (i) 18 months base salary, less withholdings, paid on our regular payroll schedule over the 18 months following the termination date, if terminated within one year of the consummation of this offering, or (ii) 12 months base salary, less withholdings, paid on our regular payroll schedule over the 12 months following the termination date, if terminated more than one year after the consummation of this offering; and (d) subject to Ms. Boones timely election under COBRA and Ms. Boones payment of applicable premiums at the same rate that would have been applied had she remained an executive officer of our Company, paid for by us to the same extent that we paid for her health insurance prior to termination, continuation of medical benefits for (i) 18 months following the termination date, if terminated within one year of the consummation of this offering, or (ii) 12 months following the termination date, if terminated more than one year after the consummation of this offering.
Ms. Boone will agree that during her employment with us, she will not directly or indirectly work for or engage or invest in any competitor. She will also agree that during her employment with us and the 18 or 12 months, as the case may be (based upon whether the severance payments are paid over 18 months or 12 months, as described above), following her employment, she will not solicit, directly or through any third party any business from any of our material customers or suppliers or encourage any of our customers or suppliers to reduce their business or contractual relationship with us.
121
Ken Dunaj
Effective May 5, 2006, we entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Dunaj, our Chief Operating Officer. Mr. Dunajs employment agreement provides that if his employment is terminated by us other than for cause (as defined in the agreement), he will receive salary continuation for a period of one year from such termination date. The agreement provides that the receipt of this severance is conditioned on Mr. Dunajs execution of a release of claims and his compliance with his proprietary information agreements with us and certain other conditions. In the event of a change of control, certain of Mr. Dunajs time-based units would accelerate under the terms of this employment agreement.
Gary Friedman
We have entered into an advisory services agreement and certain other agreements with Mr. Friedman. See Certain Relationships and Related Party TransactionsAdvisory Services Agreement with Gary Friedman.
James Stewart
We entered into a transition agreement with Mr. Stewart, effective as of December 21, 2011, confirming our mutual agreement concerning Mr. Stewarts transition from employment with our Company. Under the transition agreement, Mr. Stewarts employment terminated on January 27, 2012, as of which time he received payments in respect of unpaid salary, accrued but unused vacation time and a transition bonus payment of $150,000 related to Mr. Stewarts separation from our Company.
Employee Benefit and Stock Plans
Team Resto Ownership Plan
In early 2009, Home Holdings implemented the 2008 Team Resto Ownership Plan, or Team Resto Ownership Plan, to provide certain of our employees, including the named executive officers, the opportunity to participate in the equity appreciation of our business. The compensation committee of Home Holdings generally administered and made awards under the Team Resto Ownership Plan, although the board of managers of Home Holdings, in certain cases, approved awards under the Team Resto Ownership Plan. The composition of the compensation committee of Home Holdings is identical to the composition of the Restoration Hardware, Inc. compensation committee prior to our initial public offering. Through October 23, 2012, 19.1 million units were issued and outstanding under the Team Resto Ownership Plan.
Participants in the Team Resto Ownership Plan were granted Class B units, Class B-1 units or Class B Prime units that represented membership interests in Home Holdings, which prior to this offering owned 100% of our equity interests. Holders of such units generally were entitled to receive a percentage of distributions made by Home Holdings after the initial investors in Home Holdings, including Catterton and Tower Three, received distributions equal to their invested capital.
Awards under the Team Resto Ownership Plan were made up of the following types of units: (1) time-based units with units vesting in installments over a specified period; (2) performance-based units with vesting based on a return on equity investment to our investors of between two times and three times such investment, with the exact range varying by individual award (the 2X3X Performance-based Units); (3) performance-based units with vesting based on a return on equity investment to our investors between three times and five times such investment, with the exact range varying by individual award (the 3X5X Performance-based Units); and (4) performance-based units with vesting tied to specific metrics relating to a return on equity investment amount to our investors or other performance objectives as specified in the individual award.
2012 Equity Replacement Plan
We anticipate that prior to the completion of this offering, our board of directors will adopt the Restoration Hardware 2012 Equity Replacement Plan, which we refer to as the Replacement Plan, and outstanding units under
122
the Team Resto Ownership Plan will be replaced with vested shares of common stock under the Replacement Plan, in some cases subject to selling restrictions. A portion of the shares issued under the Replacement Plan will be subject to resale restrictions whereby the holder may not sell the shares for a period of 20 years after this offering, except as follows: (i) with respect to 778,451 of these shares, such resale restrictions will lapse over time in accordance with the dates set forth in the award agreement, and (ii) with respect to 1,633,372 of these shares, such resale restrictions will lapse on the date after this offering on which the price of our common stock reaches a price per share specified in the applicable award agreement corresponding to a market capitalization of approximately $1.9 billion for at least ten consecutive trading days.
A portion of the shares issued under the Replacement Plan will be unvested restricted shares issued to Mr. Alberini and Mr. Friedman in replacement of their 2X3X performance based units and 3X5X performance based units. With respect to the 1,333,732 shares received by Mr. Alberini and Mr. Friedman in replacement of their 3X5X performance-based units, such shares shall begin to vest during the 36-month period following this offering when the price of our common stock reaches a price per share specified in the applicable award agreement corresponding to a market capitalization of approximately $1.1 billion for at least ten consecutive trading days, and such shares shall fully vest when the price of our common stock reaches a price per share specified in the applicable award agreement corresponding to a market capitalization of approximately $1.9 billion for at least ten consecutive trading days (with proportional vesting in between). Further, with respect to the 555,190 shares received by Mr. Alberini and Mr. Friedman in replacement of a portion of their 2X3X performance-based units, such shares shall begin to vest during the 36-month period following this offering when the price of our common stock exceeds the initial public offering price per share for at least ten consecutive trading days, and such shares shall fully vest when the price of our common stock reaches a price per share specified in the applicable award agreement corresponding to a market capitalization of approximately $1.1 billion for at least ten consecutive trading days (with proportional vesting in between). The unvested shares held by Mr. Alberini and Mr. Friedman may not be sold prior to vesting and will be forfeited if they have not vested by the date that is 36 months after this offering.
The method of calculation of whether our market capitalization has reached the specified levels will be as set forth in the Replacement Plan. Aside from the awards of restricted stock in connection with the conversion of Team Resto Ownership Plan units, no other awards will be granted under the Replacement Plan.
2012 Stock Option Plan
We anticipate that prior to the completion of this offering, our board of directors will adopt the Option Plan, pursuant to which we expect to grant 6,925,146 options in connection with this offering to certain of our employees and advisors, including Mr. Alberini and Mr. Friedman. The options granted under this plan will be vested and will be subject to resale restrictions as follows: (i) with respect to 953,116 of these shares, which will have an exercise price equal to the initial public offering price in some cases, and an exercise price of 120% of the initial public offering price in other cases, such resale restrictions will lapse over time in accordance with the dates set forth in the award agreement, and (ii) with respect to 5,972,030 shares, which will have an exercise price corresponding to a market capitalization of approximately $1.9 billion, such resale restrictions will lapse in increments on dates after this offering on which the price of our common stock reach, for at least ten consecutive trading days, prices specified in the applicable award agreement corresponding to market capitalizations ranging from $2.1 billion to $5.4 billion.
The method of calculation of whether our market capitalization has reached the specified levels will be as set forth in the Option Plan. Aside from the awards of options granted in connection with this offering, no other awards will be granted under the Option Plan.
2012 Stock Incentive Plan
We anticipate that prior to the completion of this offering, our board of directors will adopt the Restoration Hardware 2012 Stock Incentive Plan, which we refer to as the 2012 Plan. The 2012 Plan will become effective on the date of the completion of this offering. The 2012 Plan will provide for the grant of incentive stock options,
123
within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code to our employees and any parent and subsidiary corporations employees, and for the grant of cash, shares of our common stock, non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, dividend equivalent rights, cash-based awards and any combination thereof to our employees, directors and consultants and our parent and subsidiary corporations employees, directors and consultants.
Share Reserve
After giving effect to the expected grants in connection with this offering, we will have reserved a total of 3,773,072 shares of our common stock for issuance pursuant to the 2012 Plan. In addition, the 2012 Plan will provide for annual increases in the number of shares available for issuance thereunder on the first business day of each fiscal year, beginning with our fiscal year following the year of this offering, equal to the lowest of (x) two percent of the number of shares of our common stock outstanding on the last day of our immediately preceding fiscal year, calculated on a fully diluted basis; or (y) a lower number of shares determined by our board of directors.
Administration
Our board of directors or a committee of our board of directors will administer the 2012 Plan. In the case of awards intended to qualify as performance-based compensation within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, the committee will consist of two or more outside directors within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code. The administrator will have the power to determine and interpret the terms and conditions of the awards, including the employees, directors and consultants who will receive awards, the exercise price, the number of shares subject to each such award, the vesting schedule and exercisability of the awards, the restrictions on transferability of awards and the form of consideration payable upon exercise. The administrator also will have the authority to reduce the exercise prices of outstanding stock options and the base appreciation amount of any stock appreciation right and to cancel options and stock appreciation rights in exchange for new awards, in each case without stockholder approval.
Stock Options
The 2012 Plan will allow for the grant of incentive stock options that qualify under Section 422 of the Code only to our employees and employees of any parent or subsidiary of ours. Non-qualified stock options may be granted to our employees, directors, and consultants and those of any parent or subsidiary of ours. The exercise price of all options granted under the 2012 Plan must at least be equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The term of an incentive stock option may not exceed ten years, except that with respect to any employee who owns more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of our outstanding stock or any parent or subsidiary corporation as of the grant date, the term must not exceed five years, and the exercise price must equal at least 110% of the fair market value on the grant date.
After the continuous service of an employee, director or consultant terminates, he or she may exercise his or her option, to the extent vested, for the period of time specified in the option agreement. However, an option may not be exercised later than the expiration of its term.
Stock Appreciation Rights
The 2012 Plan will allow for the grant of stock appreciation rights. Stock appreciation rights allow the recipient to receive the appreciation in the fair market value of our common stock between the date of grant and the exercise date. The administrator will determine the terms of stock appreciation rights, including when such rights become exercisable and whether to pay the increased appreciation in cash or with shares of our common stock, or a combination thereof, except that the base appreciation amount for the cash or shares to be issued pursuant to the exercise of a stock appreciation right will be no less than 100% of the fair market value per share on the date of grant. After the continuous service of an employee, director or consultant terminates, he or she
124
may exercise his or her stock appreciation right, to the extent vested, only to the extent provided in the stock appreciation right agreement.
Restricted Stock Awards
The 2012 Plan will allow for the grant of restricted stock. Restricted stock awards are shares of our common stock that vest in accordance with terms and conditions established by the administrator. The administrator will determine the number of shares of restricted stock granted to any employee, director or consultant. The administrator may impose whatever conditions on vesting it determines to be appropriate. For example, the administrator may set restrictions based on the achievement of specific performance goals. Shares of restricted stock that do not vest are subject to our right of repurchase or forfeiture.
Restricted Stock Units
The 2012 Plan will allow for the grant of restricted stock units. Restricted stock units are awards that will result in payment to a recipient at the end of a specified period only if the vesting criteria established by the administrator are achieved or the award otherwise vests. The administrator may impose whatever conditions to vesting, or restrictions and conditions to payment that it determines to be appropriate. The administrator may set restrictions based on the achievement of specific performance goals or on the continuation of service or employment. Payments of earned restricted stock units may be made, in the administrators discretion, in cash, with shares of our common stock or other securities, or a combination thereof.
Transferability of Awards
The 2012 Plan will allow for the transfer of awards under the 2012 Plan only (i) by will, (ii) by the laws of descent and distribution and (iii) for awards other than incentive stock options, to the extent authorized by the administrator. Only the recipient of an incentive stock option may exercise such award during his or her lifetime.
Certain Adjustments
In the event of certain changes in our capitalization, to prevent enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits available under the 2012 Plan, the administrator will make adjustments to one or more of the number of shares that are covered by outstanding awards, the exercise or purchase price of outstanding awards, the numerical share limits contained in the 2012 Plan, and any other terms that the administrator determines require adjustment. In the event of our complete liquidation or dissolution, all outstanding awards will terminate immediately upon the consummation of such transaction.
Corporate Transactions and Changes in Control
The 2012 Plan will provide that in the event of a corporate transaction or change in control, as such terms are defined in the 2012 Plan, the portion of each outstanding award that is neither assumed nor replaced will automatically become fully vested and exercisable and be released from any repurchase or forfeiture rights immediately prior to the specified effective date of such corporate transaction or change in control. In addition, any incentive stock option, as defined in the 2012 Plan, accelerated in connection with a corporate transaction or change in control, will remain exercisable as an incentive stock option only to the extent the dollar limitation under the Code is not exceeded.
Plan Amendments and Termination
The 2012 Plan will automatically terminate ten years following the date it becomes effective, unless we terminate it sooner. In addition, our board of directors has the authority to amend, suspend or terminate the 2012 Plan provided such action does not impair the rights under any outstanding award.
125
Other Equity Issuances
Mr. Alberini and Mr. Friedman also have purchased certain units of Home Holdings. In particular, Mr. Friedman has purchased (i) 1,118,064 units, with each such unit consisting of both one Class A-1 unit and one Class A-2 unit at a price of $4.50 for each pair of units, and (ii) 215,269 Class A units at a price of $4.50 per unit, for an aggregate purchase price of $6,000,000. Mr. Friedman purchased such units through loans from Home Holdings, which loans were repaid in their entirety on September 8, 2011, as described further in Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions below. In addition, Mr. Friedman also purchased 1,000,000 Class A units at the time of the Acquisition on June 17, 2008 by means of a rollover transaction involving 1,000,000 shares of the common stock of Restoration Hardware, Inc. previously owned by Mr. Friedman at the time of the Acquisition.
Mr. Alberini purchased 888,889 units, with each unit consisting of both one Class A-1 unit and one Class A-2 unit at a price of $4.50 for each pair of securities, for an aggregate purchase price of $4,000,000. Mr. Alberini purchased the units through a loan from Home Holdings. The outstanding principal on the loan, together with accrued interest thereon, was repaid in full by Mr. Alberini on August 25, 2010. The Class A-1 units and Class A-2 units sold to Mr. Alberini are subject to transfer and other restrictions, including vesting and certain repurchase rights as set forth in a restricted unit purchase agreement. The Companys repurchase rights with respect to Mr. Alberinis Class A-1 unit and Class A-2 unit terminate in connection with the offering. See Certain Relationships and Related Party TransactionsLoans to Certain Directors and Executive Officers.
Mr. Alberini was also granted one Class B-2 unit outside the terms of the Team Resto Ownership Plan as described above. This Class B-2 unit will be cancelled in connection with the offering.
401(k) Plan
We maintain a 401(k) retirement savings plan. Each participant who is a United States employee may contribute to the 401(k) plan, through payroll deductions, up to 50% of his or her salary limited to the maximum allowed by the Internal Revenue Service regulations. All amounts contributed by employee participants and earnings on these contributions are fully vested at all times and are not taxable to participants until withdrawn. Employee participants may elect to invest their contributions in various established funds. We may make contributions to the accounts of plan participants.
126
PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
The following table sets forth information as of October 23, 2012 regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock immediately prior to this offering and as adjusted to give effect to this offering, by:
|
each person or group who is known by us to own beneficially more than 5% of our outstanding shares of our common stock; |
|
each of our named executive officers; |
|
each of our directors and our director designees; |
|
each of our selling stockholders; and |
|
all of our current executive officers, directors and director designees as a group. |
This table gives effect to the Reorganization as described in Prospectus SummaryReorganization.
For further information regarding material transactions between us and our stockholders or their affiliates, see Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.
Beneficial ownership for the purposes of the following table is determined in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC. These rules generally provide that a person is the beneficial owner of securities if such person has or shares the power to vote or direct the voting thereof, or to dispose or direct the disposition thereof or has the right to acquire such powers within 60 days. Common stock subject to options and unvested stock that are currently exercisable or exercisable or that vest within 60 days of October 23, 2012 are deemed to be outstanding and beneficially owned by the person holding the options. These shares, however, are not deemed outstanding for the purposes of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Percentage of beneficial ownership is based on (i) 32,188,891 shares of common stock to be outstanding prior to the completion of this offering after giving effect to the Reorganization and (ii) 36,971,500 shares of common stock to be outstanding after the completion of this offering. Two of our director designees, Thomas Mottola and Barry Sternlicht, have each indicated an interest in purchasing 217,391 shares of our common stock in this offering, as indicated in the table below, assuming an initial public offering price of $23.00 per share (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus), at the initial public offering price (or an aggregate of 434,782 shares of common stock). The information set forth in the Shares Beneficially Owned After This Offering columns in the table below assumes the purchase of all of these shares in this offering by such director designees. Although we anticipate that these director designees will purchase, and that the underwriters will sell to these director designees, all of the shares of our common stock that these director designees have indicated an interest in purchasing, indications of interest are not binding agreements or commitments to purchase and the underwriters may determine to sell more, less or no shares in this offering to either of these director designees, or either of these director designees may determine to purchase more, less or no shares in this offering. Except as disclosed in the footnotes to this table and subject to applicable community property laws, we believe that each stockholder identified in the table possesses sole voting and investment power over all shares of common stock shown as beneficially owned by the stockholder. Unless otherwise indicated in the table or footnotes below, the address for each beneficial owner is c/o Restoration Hardware, Inc., 15 Koch Road, Suite J, Corte Madera, CA 94925.
127
Shares Beneficially
Owned Prior to This Offering (1) |
Shares To
Be Sold in This Offering |
Shares Beneficially
Owned After This Offering Assuming No Option to Purchase Additional Shares |
Shares to
be
Sold Assuming Full Exercise of Option to Purchase Additional Shares |
Shares Beneficially
Owned After This Offering Assuming Full Exercise of Option to Purchase Additional Shares |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Name | Number | Percent | Number | Number | Percent | Number | Number | Percent | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
5% Stockholders: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Home Holdings, LLC (1) (2) |
32,188,891 | 100.0 | % | | 25,988,826 | 70.3 | % | | 25,988,826 | 70.3 | % | |||||||||||||||||||||
Catterton (2)(3) |
11,808,604 | 36.7 | % | | 11,808,604 | 31.9 | % | | 11,808,604 | 31.9 | % | |||||||||||||||||||||
Tower Three (2)(4) |
11,137,944 | 34.6 | % | | 11,137,944 | 30.1 | % | | 11,137,944 | 30.1 | % | |||||||||||||||||||||
Glenhill (2)(5) |
3,251,930 | 10.1 | % | | 3,251,930 | 8.8 | % | 209,652 | 3,042,278 | 8.2 | % | |||||||||||||||||||||
Gary Friedman (6) |
6,404,358 | 17.6 | % | | 6,404,358 | 15.6 | % | | 6,404,358 | 15.6 | % | |||||||||||||||||||||
Executive Officers, Directors and Director Designees |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Carlos Alberini (7) |
4,801,447 | 13.4 | % | | 4,801,447 | 11.8 | % | | 4,801,447 | 11.8 | % | |||||||||||||||||||||
Karen Boone (8) |
| | | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Ken Dunaj (9) |
344,750 | 1.1 | % | 29,804 | 314,947 | * | 21,909 | 293,037 | * | |||||||||||||||||||||||
James Stewart |
| | | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Eri Chaya (10) |
193,830 | * | 16,756 | 177,074 | * | 12,319 | 164,755 | * | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
J. Michael Chu (3) |
11,808,604 | 36.7 | % | | 11,808,604 | 31.9 | % | | 11,808,604 | 31.9 | % | |||||||||||||||||||||
Scott Dahnke (3) |
11,808,604 | 36.7 | % | | 11,808,604 | 31.9 | % | | 11,808,604 | 31.9 | % | |||||||||||||||||||||
Mark Demilio (11) |
20,432 | * | | 20,432 | * | | 20,432 | * | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
William Forrest (4) |
11,137,944 | 34.6 | % | | 11,137,944 | 30.1 | % | | 11,137,944 | 30.1 | % | |||||||||||||||||||||
Glenn Krevlin (5) |
3,251,930 | 10.1 | % | | 3,251,930 | 8.8 | % | 209,652 | 3,042,278 | 8.2 | % | |||||||||||||||||||||
Marc Magliacano |
| | | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Thomas Mottola (12) |
| | | 217,391 | * | | 217,391 | * | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Barry Sternlicht (12) |
| | | 217,391 | * | | 217,391 | * | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Frederick Wilson (13) |
20,432 | * | | 20,432 | * | | 20,432 | * | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
All current executive officers, directors and director designees as a group (13 persons) (14) |
8,632,821 | 21.6 | % | 46,559 | 9,021,044 | 20.1 | % | 34,229 | 8,986,815 | 20.1 | % | |||||||||||||||||||||
Other Selling Stockholders: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Palo Alto Small Cap Master Fund, L.P. (15) |
436,344 | 1.4 | % | 145,448 | 290,896 | * | 290,896 | | * | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Palo Alto Fund II, L.P. (15) |
122,110 | * | 40,703 | 81,407 | * | 81,407 | | * | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Micro Cap Partners, L.P. (15) |
130,903 | * | 43,634 | 87,269 | * | 87,269 | | * | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Ashlee Aldridge |
8,054 | * | 464 | 7,590 | * | 341 | 7,249 | * | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Leila Bailey |
10,982 | * | 949 | 10,033 | * | 698 | 9,335 | * | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Keith Belling |
34,100 | * | 8,525 | 25,575 | * | | 25,575 | * | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Glenn Berger |
10,982 | * | 949 | 10,033 | * | 698 | 9,335 | * | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Robert Brown |
10,982 | * | 949 | 10,033 | * | 698 | 9,335 | * | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Robert Bu |
3,432 | * | 297 | 3,135 | * | 218 | 2,917 | * | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Jayne Cipollini |
10,982 | * | 949 | 10,033 | * | 698 | 9,335 | * | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Joe Covert |
68,636 | * | 5,933 | 62,703 | * | 4,362 | 58,341 | * | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Alisa Cunningham |
3,432 | * | 297 | 3,135 | * | 218 | 2,917 | * | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Carlotta Deganello |
10,982 | * | 949 | 10,033 | * | 698 | 9,335 | * | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Davide Dimauro |
3,421 | * | 296 | 3,125 | * | 217 | 2,908 | * | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
David Dimos |
10,536 | * | 911 | 9,625 | * | 669 | 8,956 | * | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Nicole Drake |
3,432 | * | 297 | 3,135 | * | 218 | 2,917 | * | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Mark Dvorak |
23,170 | * | 2,003 | 21,167 | * | 1,473 | 19,694 | * | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Aimee Early |
23,170 | * | 2,003 | 21,167 | * | 1,473 | 19,694 | * | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Jason Edelman |
42,592 | * | 3,682 | 38,910 | * | 2,707 | 36,203 | * | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Fred Edmonds |
10,982 | * | 949 | 10,033 | * | 698 | 9,335 | * | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Lawanna Endonino |
3,142 | * | 29 | 3,113 | * | 22 | 3,091 | * | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Virginia Farrell |
10,956 | * | 947 | 10,009 | * | 696 | 9,313 | * | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Robert Forte |
10,982 | * | 949 | 10,033 | * | 698 | 9,335 | * | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Jenni Gelman |
10,982 | * | 949 | 10,033 | * | 698 | 9,335 | * | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Paul Gargagliano |
3,141 | * | 58 | 3,083 | * | 43 | 3,040 | * | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Miriam Goldman |
1,279 | * | 111 | 1,168 | * | 81 | 1,087 | * | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Michele Griner |
3,432 | * | 297 | 3,135 | * | 218 | 2,917 | * | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Julie Haag |
3,432 | * | 297 | 3,135 | * | 218 | 2,917 | * |
128
Shares
Beneficially Owned Prior to This Offering (1) |
Shares To
Be Sold in This Offering |
Shares Beneficially
Owned After This Offering Assuming No Option to Purchase Additional Shares |
Shares to
be
Sold Assuming Full Exercise of Option to Purchase Additional Shares |
Shares Beneficially
Owned After This Offering Assuming Full Exercise of Option to Purchase Additional Shares |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Name | Number | Percent | Number | Number | Percent | Number | Number | Percent | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Fran Hamman |
68,636 | * | 5,933 | 62,703 | * | 4,362 | 58,341 | * | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Danielle Hansmeyer |
133,829 | * | 11,569 | 122,260 | * | 8,505 | 113,755 | * | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Christina Hargarten |
3,293 | * | 285 | 3,008 | * | 209 | 2,799 | * | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Rebecca Hill |
10,536 | * | 655 | 9,881 | * | 482 | 9,399 | * | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Christina Holland |
10,536 | * | 911 | 9,625 | * | 669 | 8,956 | * | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Heidi Hyora |
3,293 | * | 285 | 3,008 | * | 209 | 2,799 | * | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Syed Asad Jafari |
10,982 | * | 949 | 10,033 | * | 698 | 9,335 | * | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Brian Johnson |
1,279 | * | 111 | 1,168 | * | 81 | 1,087 | * | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Karen Johnson-Levitt |
3,421 | * | 296 | 3,125 | * | 217 | 2,908 | * | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Jennifer Kelly |
3,142 | * | 29 | 3,113 | * | 22 | 3,091 | * | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Richard Kim |
10,675 | * | 923 | 9,752 | * | 678 | 9,074 | * | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
David Laughter |
3,432 | * | 297 | 3,135 | * | 218 | 2,917 | * | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Joseph Lenney |
10,982 | * | 949 | 10,033 | * | 698 | 9,335 | * | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Patricia Low |
10,982 | * | 949 | 10,033 | * | 698 | 9,335 | * | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Mike MacKay |
46,340 | * | 4,006 | 42,334 | * | 2,945 | 39,389 | * | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Joel McClure |
3,432 | * | 297 | 3,135 | * | 218 | 2,917 | * | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Andrew McKeachie |
10,345 | * | 894 | 9,451 | * | 658 | 8,793 | * | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Julie Murray |
3,432 | * | 297 | 3,135 | * | 218 | 2,917 | * | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Chris Newman |
15,341 | * | 1,327 | 14,014 | * | 974 | 13,040 | * | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Erin Nickerson |
3,432 | * | 297 | 3,135 | * | 218 | 2,917 | * | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Avery Oldt |
767 | * | 66 | 701 | * | 49 | 652 | * | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Bonnie Orofino |
181,262 | * | 15,669 | 165,593 | * | 11,520 | 154,073 | * | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Anna Payawal-Scanlon |
345 | * | 30 | 315 | * | 22 | 293 | * | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DeMonty Price |
135,795 | * | 11,739 | 124,056 | * | 8,630 | 115,426 | * | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Franklin Quint |
3,432 | * | 297 | 3,135 | * | 218 | 2,917 | * | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Leah Reed |
10,956 | * | 947 | 10,009 | * | 696 | 9,313 | * | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Richard Rothwell |
3,432 | * | 297 | 3,135 | * | 218 | 2,917 | * | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Matt Salmonson |
92,051 | * | 4,436 | 87,615 | * | 3,262 | 84,353 | * | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Stephen Sebastian |
10,982 | * | 949 | 10,033 | * | 698 | 9,335 | * | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Sarah Shimano |
3,432 | * | 297 | 3,135 | * | 218 | 2,917 | * | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Brie Silveria |
3,432 | * | 297 | 3,135 | * | 218 | 2,917 | * | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Shawn Smith |
10,982 | * | 949 | 10,033 | * | 698 | 9,335 | * | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Katya Sorokko |
3,293 | * | 285 | 3,008 | * | 209 | 2,799 | * | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Gary Spain |
10,675 | * | 923 | 9,752 | * | 678 | 9,074 | * | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Jim Thomsen |
10,055 | * | 93 | 9,962 | * | 69 | 9,893 | * | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Tracy Venuso |
3,432 | * | 297 | 3,135 | * | 218 | 2,917 | * | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Amy Wallace |
10,956 | * | 947 | 10,009 | * | 696 | 9,313 | * | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Shannon Ward |
3,142 | * | 29 | 3,113 | * | 22 | 3,091 | * | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Rosalie Watson |
3,432 | * | 297 | 3,135 | * | 218 | 2,917 | * | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Oliver Weir |
3,432 | * | 297 | 3,135 | * | 218 | 2,917 | * | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Dawn Wickett-Swirczek |
3,432 | * | 297 | 3,135 | * | 218 | 2,917 | * | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Kirsty Williams |
345 | * | 30 | 315 | * | 22 | 293 | * | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Colleen Wiza |
3,421 | * | 296 | 3,125 | * | 217 | 2,908 | * | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Michele Yampolsky |
1,279 | * | 111 | 1,168 | * | 81 | 1,087 | * | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Anthony Yuen |
3,293 | * | 205 | 3,088 | * | 150 | 2,938 | * |
* | Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1% of our outstanding common stock. |
(1) | Prior to the completion of the offering, all of our common stock is held directly by Home Holdings. All holdings set forth in the referenced column with respect to any holder other than Home Holdings reflects indirect holdings of such shares through ownership of outstanding membership interests in Home Holdings prior to completion of this offering. All shares sold in this offering by selling stockholders that are members of Home Holdings will be distributed to such stockholders prior to sale. |
129
(2) | Prior to completion of this offering, Home Holdings is our sole stockholder. As of October 23, 2012, CP Home Holdings, LLC beneficially owns 32.2% of the outstanding membership interests of Home Holdings, Tower Three Home LLC beneficially owns 29.0% of the outstanding membership interests of Home Holdings and funds affiliated with Glenhill Capital Management LLC, beneficially own 8.9% of the outstanding membership interests of Home Holdings. In connection with this offering, certain holders of units of Home Holdings will become stockholders of Restoration Hardware Holdings, and CP Home Holdings, LLC, Tower Three Home LLC, and funds affiliated with Glenhill Capital Management LLC will be the only remaining members of Home Holdings. |
(3) | Mr. Chu and Mr. Dahnke share voting control and investment power over the shares held by CP Home Holdings, LLC, but disclaim beneficial ownership of such shares except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein. Shares set forth in the table above with respect to Mr. Chu and Mr. Dahnke consist solely of shares held by CP Home Holdings, LLC. The address for this entity is c/o Catterton Partners, 599 W. Putnam Avenue, Greenwich, CT 06830. |
(4) | Mr. Forrest has voting control and investment power over the shares held by Tower Three Home LLC, but disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. Shares set forth in the table above with respect to Mr. Forrest consist solely of shares held by Tower Three Home LLC. The address for this entity is Two Soundview Drive, Greenwich, CT 06830. |
(5) | Includes 3,255,418 shares beneficially owned by Glenhill Capital Overseas Master Fund, LP, 14,729 shares beneficially owned by Glenn J. Krevlin, Trustee of the Glenn J. Krevlin Revocable Trust and 11,783 shares beneficially owned by Krevlin 2005 Gift Trust. Mr. Krevlin has voting control and investment power over the shares held by the entities affiliated with Glenhill, but disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein and except with respect to the shares held by the Glenn J. Krevlin Revocable Trust. Shares to be sold assuming full exercise of option to purchase additional shares will be sold by Glenhill Capital Overseas Master Fund, LP. The address for these funds is 600 Fifth Avenue, 11th Floor, New York, NY 10020. |
(6) | Includes 1,214,307 shares of unvested common stock that may vest within 60 days of October 23, 2012 and 2,986,015 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options that may be exercisable within 60 days of October 23, 2012, in each case subject to increases in the share price of our common stock as set forth in the applicable award agreements. |
(7) | Includes 674,615 shares of unvested common stock that may vest within 60 days of October 23, 2012 and 2,986,015 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options that may be exercisable within 60 days of October 23, 2012, in each case subject to increases in the share price of our common stock as set forth in the applicable award agreements. |
(8) | Does not include 230,000 shares of common stock subject to ungranted options to which Ms. Boone will be entitled under her employment agreement, which we plan to enter into prior to the completion of this offering. |
(9) | Excludes an amount of vested stock options that we expect to grant to Mr. Dunaj in connection with this offering, which amount has not yet been determined as of October 23, 2012. |
(10) | Excludes an amount of vested stock options that we expect to grant to Ms. Chaya in connection with this offering, which amount has not yet been determined as of October 23, 2012. |
(11) | Does not include 16,305 shares of unvested stock, which we will grant upon the consummation of this offering, which will not vest within 60 days of October 23, 2012. |
(12) | Does not include 5,435 shares of unvested stock, which we will grant upon the consummation of this offering, which will not vest within 60 days of October 23, 2012. |
(13) | Does not include 15,217 shares of unvested stock, which we will grant upon the consummation of this offering, which will not vest within 60 days of October 23, 2012. |
(14) | Does not include shares held by CP Home Holdings, LLC, Tower Three Home LLC or the entities affiliated with Glenhill. See notes 3, 4 and 5 above. |
(15) | The address for this entity is 470 University Ave, Palo Alto, CA 94301. |
130
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
2008 Acquisition-Related Agreements
In connection with the Acquisition in June 2008, the following agreements were entered into:
|
an agreement and plan of merger, as amended by the first amendment thereto, was entered into by and between Restoration Hardware, Inc., Home Holdings and Home Merger Sub, Inc. (Merger Sub and a wholly owned subsidiary of Home Holdings), pursuant to which Merger Sub was merged with and into Restoration Hardware, Inc. and Restoration Hardware, Inc. became Home Holdings wholly owned subsidiary; |
|
rollover agreements were entered into between Home Holdings and certain of Restoration Hardware, Inc.s stockholders prior to the Acquisition, including Gary Friedman (collectively, the Rollover Participants), pursuant to which each of the Rollover Participants agreed to contribute to us a portion of his or its shares of Restoration Hardware, Inc.; |
|
stockholder voting agreements were entered into by and between each of the Rollover Participants and Restoration Hardware, Inc. pursuant to which the Rollover Participants agreed to vote for and support the Acquisition; |
|
limited guarantees were provided to Restoration Hardware, Inc. by Catterton Partners VI Offshore, L.P., a fund affiliated with Catterton, to guaranty our obligations and Merger Subs obligations under the agreement and plan of merger; |
|
unsecured promissory notes in the aggregate amount of $25.0 million were issued by Restoration Hardware, Inc. to funds controlled by Catterton in exchange for aggregate gross proceeds of $25.0 million received from such funds; |
|
a management services agreement was entered into by and between Restoration Hardware, Inc., Home Holdings, Catterton Management Company, LLC, an affiliate of Catterton, Tower Three Partners LLC, an affiliate of Tower Three, and GJK Capital Advisors, LLC, an affiliate of Glenhill, pursuant to which Catterton Management Company, LLC, Tower Three LLC and GJK Capital Advisors, LLC provided certain management services to Restoration Hardware, Inc.; and |
|
a limited liability company agreement was entered into between Catterton, Tower Three and the Rollover Participants. |
Certain of the above agreements have been amended, replaced or terminated, and we currently are party to the following agreements with Catterton, Tower Three and GJK Capital Advisors, LLC:
|
the management services agreement discussed above, which will be terminated upon completion of this offering; and |
|
the limited liability company agreement discussed above, which will be amended in connection with this offering. |
All of the foregoing agreements and arrangements are described in further detail below.
Merger Agreement
Pursuant to the agreement and plan of merger, Merger Sub was merged with and into Restoration Hardware, Inc., with Restoration Hardware, Inc. as the surviving corporation and becoming Home Holdings direct, wholly owned subsidiary. At the effective time of the merger, each share of Restoration Hardware, Inc. common stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the effective time of the merger was cancelled and converted into the right to receive $4.50 in cash, other than with respect to those shares contributed by the Rollover Participants (as described below).
131
Home Holdings was formed by Catterton VI, L.P. and Catterton VI Offshore, L.P., investment funds managed by Catterton Management Company, LLC in anticipation of the Acquisition. At the time of the Acquisition, Tower Three made an investment in us in an amount that was approximately equal to the investment made by Catterton in us at the time of the closing, which investments were made to fund the merger consideration at closing.
The Acquisition was a going-private transaction, and Restoration Hardware, Inc.s common stock no longer traded on the NASDAQ Global Market as of June 16, 2008, the effective time of the merger.
Rollover Agreements
Each of the Rollover Participants entered into a rollover agreement with Home Holdings pursuant to which the Rollover Participants agreed to contribute, immediately prior to the effective time of the merger, a portion of his or its shares of Restoration Hardware, Inc.s common stock in exchange for a pro rata equity interest in Home Holdings. The Rollover Participants were Mr. Friedman, certain funds affiliated with Glenhill (Mr. Krevlin, our director, has sole voting power and control with respect to investments made by such funds) and certain funds affiliated with Palo Alto Investors, LLC.
Voting Agreements
Each of the Rollover Participants also entered into separate stockholder voting agreements with Restoration Hardware, Inc. in connection with the Acquisition. The voting agreements provided that each Rollover Participant would vote for and support the Acquisition.
Promissory Notes
In connection with the execution of the first amendment to the agreement and plan of merger in January 2008, Restoration Hardware, Inc. received aggregate gross proceeds of $25.0 million from certain funds controlled by Catterton, in exchange for the issuance of unsecured promissory notes in the aggregate original principal amount of $25.0 million. Each of the notes accrued interest at a rate of 8% per annum through and including December 31, 2008. Interest on the notes was payable in kind. The maturity date of the notes was December 30, 2012. Restoration Hardware, Inc. was obligated to pay an arrangement fee of $625,000 to Catterton on July 1, 2008 or earlier upon repayment.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, in lieu of repayment of the notes, Home Holdings agreed with the funds affiliated with Catterton to exchange the notes upon the closing of the merger for a pro rata (in kind and amount) share of Home Holdings common equity based upon the unpaid principal balance of the notes plus all accrued but unpaid interest through the date of the closing and the arrangement fee relating to the notes to the extent not previously paid.
Guarantees
Pursuant to certain limited guarantees, funds controlled by Catterton agreed to guaranty Home Holdings obligations and Merger Subs obligations under the agreement and plan of merger for up to the amount of $10,680,000 with respect to certain termination fees that may have been payable by Home Holdings under the agreement and plan of merger.
Management Services Agreement
Restoration Hardware, Inc. and Home Holdings entered into a management services agreement as of June 17, 2008, with Catterton Management Company, LLC, Tower Three Partners LLC and GJK Capital Advisors, LLC, which agreement was amended and restated in June 2009. Under this agreement, Catterton
132
Management Company, LLC, Tower Three Partners LLC and GJK Capital Advisors, LLC provide management and advisory service to Restoration Hardware, Inc. and its affiliates, including general management consulting services, support and analysis with respect to financing alternatives and strategic planning functions. The fees payable under the management services agreement may be paid either by Restoration Hardware, Inc. or Home Holdings. The aggregate fees paid to Catterton Management Company, LLC under the agreement as of September 29, 2012 were $0.88 million for the 2008 Successor period and $1.83 million, $1.83 million, $4.65 million and $1.83 million for fiscal years 2009, 2010, 2011 and 2012, respectively; the fees paid to Tower Three Partners LLC under the agreement as of September 29, 2012 were $0.79 million for the 2008 Successor period and $1.73 million, $1.73 million, $4.39 million and $1.73 million for fiscal 2009, 2010, 2011 and 2012, respectively; and the fees paid to GJK Capital Advisors, LLC as of September 29, 2012 were $0.21 million for the 2008 Successor period and $0.34 million, $0.34 million, $0.85 million and $0.34 million for fiscal 2009, 2010, 2011 and 2012, respectively. In addition, after the second quarter of 2012, we made payments of $0.91 million, $0.86 million and $0.17 million to Catterton Management Company, Tower Three Partners and GJK Capital Advisors, respectively, which will be recognized in the third and fourth quarters of 2012. The management services agreement provides that it shall terminate upon the consummation of this initial public offering and that a fee shall be payable in connection with an initial public offering. In connection with this offering, we plan to pay Catterton Management Company, LLC, Tower Three Partners LLC and GJK Capital Advisors, LLC fees in the amount of $3.3 million, $3.1 million and $0.6 million, respectively. See Use of Proceeds.
Registration Rights Agreement
We intend to enter into a registration rights agreement with Home Holdings, our Principal Equity Holders, Mr. Alberini, Mr. Friedman and certain other stockholders in connection with the offering. The registration rights agreement will provide that Home Holdings, Catterton and Tower Three will have registration rights whereby, at any time following our initial public offering, Home Holdings, Catterton or Tower Three can require us to register under the Securities Act any shares in our Company owned by Home Holdings, Catterton or Tower Three as of the date of this prospectus and not sold in this offering. Catterton and Tower Three are entitled to three long-form registrations each (including through Home Holdings) and an unlimited number of short-form registrations, provided that we are not obligated to effect more than two such short-form registrations in any twelve month period.
If we register any shares for public sale, our stockholders with piggyback registration rights under the registration rights agreement have the right to include their shares in the registration, subject to certain exceptions. For example, if the piggyback registration is an underwritten offering and the managing underwriters advise us that, in their opinion, the number of shares requested to be included in the offering exceeds the number which can be sold in such offering within a price range acceptable to us, we are required to include in the offering (i) first, the securities we propose to sell, (ii) second, the registrable securities requested to be included in such registration, pro rata among the holders of such registrable securities on the basis of the number of registrable securities owned by each such holder and (iii) third, any other securities requested to be included in such registration pursuant to contractual arrangements with the Company.
The registration rights agreement contains certain restrictions on sale applicable to Mr. Friedman, Mr. Alberini and certain other stockholders that, subject to certain exceptions, generally have the effect of limiting sales by such holders to a pro rata rate of sell-down corresponding to sales by Home Holdings, Catterton and Tower Three unless such selling restrictions are waived in any particular instance or as to any affected stockholder. However, Mr. Friedman will also have a preferential right to sell up to 10% of the shares offered in our first follow-on public offering (if any), up to $15 million total.
Stockholders Agreement
We intend to enter into a stockholders agreement with Home Holdings in connection with the offering. The stockholders agreement (and our certificate of incorporation) will provide for a waiver of the corporate
133
opportunity doctrine with respect to Home Holdings and its affiliates, including the Principal Equity Holders. If Home Holdings or its affiliates, including the Principal Equity Holders, participate in any such corporate opportunity, Thomas Mottola and Barry Sternlicht, two of our director designees, will also be afforded a waiver of the corporate opportunity doctrine in connection with any participation by them in any such corporate opportunity. The stockholders agreement will provide that, for so long as Home Holdings and the Principal Equity Holders hold a majority of the voting power of our outstanding common stock, Home Holdings shall have the right to nominate a majority of the members of our board of directors and as long as Home Holdings and the Principal Equity Holders hold at least 30% of the voting power of our outstanding common stock, Home Holdings shall have the right to nominate two members of our board of directors. Home Holdings has the right to nominate two observers to our board of directors and two directors to our board of directors, one of which will be designated by Catterton and one of which will be designated by Tower Three. Our board observers, including Gary Friedman, will have the right to attend and participate in all meetings of the board of directors in a non-voting, observer capacity. In addition, our board observers will generally receive, concurrently with members of our board of directors, notice of such meetings and a copy of all minutes, consents and other materials provided to members of our board of directors. For so long as Home Holdings and the Principal Equity Holders own a majority of the voting power of our outstanding common stock, no action may be taken or vote approved by our board of directors or any committee thereof (other than the audit committee or any other committee of directors that may be created with the approval of Home Holdings as not being subject to this provision) without the affirmative vote of the Catterton and Tower Three designated directors. In addition, for so long as Home Holdings and the Principal Equity Holders hold at least 30% of the voting power of our outstanding common stock, certain actions may not be taken without the approval of Home Holdings, including:
|
a change of control or the merger or consolidation of us or any of our subsidiaries; |
|
entering into any contract relating to a joint venture, investment, recapitalization, reorganization or contract with any other person or the acquisition of any securities or assets of another person (other than inventory acquired in the ordinary course of business); |
|
any transfer of a material amount of assets of us or any of our subsidiaries, other than inventory sold in the ordinary course of business; |
|
the issuance of any capital stock of us or any of our subsidiaries, other than certain issuances upon the grant of equity awards; |
|
the filing of any registration statement by us or any of our subsidiaries, or the commencement of any public offering by us or any of our subsidiaries, other than in respect of certain equity awards; |
|
the guarantee, assumption, incurrence or refinancing of indebtedness for borrowed money by us or any of our subsidiaries or the pledge of, or granting of a security interest in, any of our assets or the assets of our subsidiaries other than our existing debt (under our revolving line of credit) and trade indebtedness incurred in the ordinary course of business; |
|
entering into related party transactions or amending or modifying any existing related party agreement; |
|
the adoption of a poison pill or other material defensive mechanisms not in place as of the consummation of this offering; |
|
the payment, declaration or setting aside of dividends or distributions on our capital stock; |
|
redemptions or repurchases of our capital stock (other than repurchases of shares from employees upon termination of employment pursuant to terms of equity grants) or repricing of equity awards; |
|
any amendment of our certificate of incorporation, bylaws or the terms of our common stock; |
|
the creation of any new class or series of shares of having rights, preferences or privileges senior to or on a parity with our common stock; |
134
|
the creation of any committees of our board of directors or the board of any of our subsidiaries, or delegation of authority to a committee, except as set forth in committee charters adopted as of the consummation of this offering; |
|
certain actions in respect of liquidation, dissolution or bankruptcy; and |
|
the entering into of any agreement to do any of the foregoing. |
Director Participation in this Offering
Two of our director designees, Thomas Mottola and Barry Sternlicht, have each indicated an interest in purchasing 217,391 shares of our common stock in this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $23.00 per share (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus), or approximately $5 million in shares of our common stock (in aggregate 434,782 shares of common stock assuming an initial public offering price of $23.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, or approximately $10 million in shares of our common stock). However, because indications of interest are not binding agreements or commitments to purchase, the underwriters may determine to sell more, less or no shares in this offering to either of these director designees, or either of these director designees may determine to purchase more, less or no shares in this offering.
Arrangements with Hierarchy
In connection with this offering, Home Holdings has agreed to invest $5 million, consisting of $2.5 million in an initial tranche and up to $2.5 million in one or more additional tranches, directly or indirectly, in a newly formed entity named Hierarchy. If requested by Home Holdings and agreed to by us, we may make the subsequent investments. Following this $5 million investment, Home Holdings will indirectly hold approximately a 20% voting interest in Hierarchy. Gary Friedman, who serves as our Creator and Curator on an advisory basis, has a controlling interest in Hierarchy. We have the right to acquire all or a portion of Home Holdings interest in Hierarchy between the second and third anniversary of the offering, at the greater of then fair market value and the price paid by Home Holdings. Further, Home Holdings has assigned to us its right of first offer and co-sale right over the sale by Mr. Friedman of his interests in Hierarchy, its right of first offer over the sale of Hierarchy or any of its lines of business and its preemptive rights on issuances of additional interests in Hierarchy. In the event Restoration Hardware acquires interests in and becomes a member of Hierarchy, Restoration Hardware and any member holding 10% of the outstanding interests in Hierarchy, including Mr. Friedman, will have a right of first offer, and each such member will have a co-sale right, over any future sale by Restoration Hardware of its interests in Hierarchy. We transferred to Hierarchy our minimal apparel-related assets for fair market value. Unless otherwise agreed by Home Holdings, for two years from the date of the Hierarchy agreements, Hierarchys lines of business will be limited to apparel and apparel related businesses. In addition, Hierarchy will be permanently prohibited from entering into lines of business in which we are engaged (other than luggage, which Hierarchy may enter into after such two year period). We also expect to enter into an agreement with Hierarchy pursuant to which we will provide Hierarchy with back office, logistics, supply chain and administrative support, with pricing determined based on the fair market value of such services. For so long as any transaction with Hierarchy would be deemed a related party transaction under applicable SEC rules, all transactions between us and Hierarchy will be reviewed and subject to approval or disapproval by our audit committee, none of the members of which will be affiliated with Home Holdings.
Loans to Certain Directors and Executive Officers
Home Holdings entered into loan agreements with Mr. Alberini, Mr. Dunaj and Mr. Friedman. All of such loans have been repaid.
Mr. Alberini entered into a loan agreement with Home Holdings in May 2010 in the principal amount of approximately $4 million in connection with his purchase of 888,889 units, with each unit consisting of both one Class A-1 unit and one Class A-2 unit at a price of $4.50 for each pair of securities. The unpaid principal balance
135
under the loan accrued interest at the rate of 5% per annum. The outstanding principal on the loan, together with accrued interest thereon, was repaid in full by Mr. Alberini on August 25, 2010, in the amount of $4,057,535. No prior payments of principal or interest were made by Mr. Alberini under the loan agreement.
Mr. Dunaj entered into a loan agreement with Home Holdings in April 2011 in the principal amount of $600,000. The unpaid principal balance under the loan accrued interest at the rate of 5% per annum. On September 8, 2011, Mr. Dunaj repaid the entire unpaid principal amount of the loan and accrued interest thereon through the reclassification of Mr. Dunajs Class B units of Home Holdings into Class B Prime units of Home Holdings that are entitled to a lower distribution amount than Class B units, commensurate with the amount of all previously outstanding principal and interest on his loan. On the date of such repayment, the total principal amount of the loan, including all accrued interest thereon, was $620,712. No prior payments of principal or interest were made by Mr. Dunaj under the loan agreement.
Mr. Friedman entered into a loan agreement with Home Holdings in December 2008 in the principal amount of $968,712 in connection with his purchase of 215,269 Class A units of Home Holdings. The unpaid principal balance under the loan accrued interest at the rate of 8% per annum. In connection with Mr. Friedmans purchase in May 2010 of 1,118,064 units, with each such unit consisting of both one Class A-1 unit and one Class A-2 unit at a price of $4.50 for each pair of units, Mr. Friedman entered into an amendment to the loan agreement which, among other things, increased the principal amount of the loan to $6 million in the aggregate and changed the interest rate to 5% per annum, effective as of the date of the original $968,712 loan received in December 2008. On September 8, 2011, Mr. Friedman repaid the entire unpaid principal amount of the loan and accrued interest thereon through the reclassification by Home Holdings of Mr. Friedmans Class A units and Class A-1 units into an equal number of Class A Prime units and Class A-1 Prime units, respectively. We incurred a $6.4 million compensation charge in connection with this transaction. The Class A Prime units and Class A-1 Prime units do not entitle Mr. Friedman to distributions from Home Holdings until after certain amounts have been distributed to the holders of Class A units, commensurate with the amount of all previously outstanding principal and interest on his loans. On the date of such repayment, the total principal amount of the loan, including all accrued interest thereon, was $6,559,877. No prior payments of principal or interest were made by Mr. Friedman under the loan agreement.
Employment Agreements
We have entered into employment agreements with our executive officers. For more information regarding these agreements, see Executive CompensationEmployment and Other Agreements.
Advisory Services Agreement with Gary Friedman
Prior to the completion of this offering, we expect to enter into an advisory services agreement with Mr. Friedman, pursuant to which he will devote approximately 80% of his business time to providing services to us as assigned by our chief executive officer in the areas of design, products, store development and merchandising and display. Mr. Friedman will have the title of Creator and Curator, and will report to our chief executive officer. Mr. Friedman will also serve, at the boards discretion, as an advisor to our board of directors, have board observer rights and have the honorary title of Chairman Emeritus. The agreement has a five-year term and is renewable for an additional five-year period. Non-renewal of the agreement following the first five-year term is deemed a termination without cause (unless such non-renewal is caused by or results from a termination for cause).
The advisory services agreement provides for a fee for services paid at a rate of $1.1 million annually. Mr. Friedman will be eligible to earn a minimum annual bonus of $500,000, assuming achievement of annual performance goals and criteria established by our chief executive officer in good faith following consultation with Mr. Friedman and approved by our compensation committee (provided that his maximum bonus will be $400,000 for fiscal 2012).
If Mr. Friedmans services are terminated by us without cause (as defined in the agreement) or by Mr. Friedman for good reason (as defined in the agreement), he is entitled to (a) all accrued advisory fees and
136
benefits through the termination date, (b) termination pay in the amount of $4 million to be paid in 24 equal monthly cash installments, (c) any earned but unpaid portion of his annual bonus, (d) his vested shares and options that are still subject to selling restrictions will remain outstanding for two years following the date of termination (during which time the selling restrictions may lapse in accordance with their terms) and will be subject to repurchase by us after two years at the then fair market value to the extent that such selling restrictions remain unlapsed, and (e) any unvested performance-based equity awards that Mr. Friedman may hold shall remain outstanding and vest according to their terms for a period of two years following the date of termination.
If Mr. Friedmans services are terminated by us for cause (as defined in the agreement), he is entitled to all accrued advisory fees and benefits through the termination date. In addition, if such termination for cause occurs prior to the consummation of this offering, Mr. Friedmans time-based and performance-based units will terminate in accordance with their terms as described in the award agreement granting those units to Mr. Friedman. If such termination for cause occurs after the consummation of this offering, certain of Mr. Friedmans other equity interests that are subject to selling restrictions and repurchase rights, or that are unvested, will terminate, expire and be forfeited for no value or subject to repurchase in accordance with their terms and shall be forfeited to the extent unvested after such period.
Mr. Friedman will agree that, during the term of his advisory services agreement, he will not directly or indirectly work for or engage or invest in any competitor. In addition, Mr. Friedman has agreed that, during the term of his advisory services agreement and for the two year period thereafter, he will not (a) solicit, directly or through any third party, any employee of ours or (b) use our proprietary information to solicit the business of any of our material customers or suppliers, or as specified in the advisory services agreement, encourage any of our suppliers and customers to reduce their business or contractual relationship with us. The agreement will also contain a mutual non-disparagement clause.
The agreement will provide for indemnification of Mr. Friedman for claims relating to the service performed by Mr. Friedman within his authority under and the scope of the service contemplated by the agreement.
Equity Unit Grants
We have made certain unit grants to members of our senior management and certain members of our board of directors. For more information regarding these grants, see Executive CompensationEmployee Benefit and Stock PlansTeam Resto Ownership Plan.
The table below sets forth certain information regarding the outstanding equity awards held by each of our named executive officers under the Team Resto Ownership Plan, and by each of the members of our board of directors who holds any equity awards under the Team Resto Ownership Plan, as well as how such awards will be converted into shares of our common stock in connection with this offering, based on equity awards outstanding as of October 23, 2012, assuming an initial public offering price of $23.00 per share (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus):
Name |
Number of
Vested Units (#) (1) |
Number of
Unvested Units (#) (2) |
Shares of
Unrestricted Common Stock (#) |
Shares of
Restricted Common Stock (#) (3) |
||||||||||||
Carlos Alberini |
816,767 | 3,408,787 | 178,075 | 1,250,923 | ||||||||||||
Ken Dunaj |
701,176 | 1,108,824 | 146,900 | 197,850 | ||||||||||||
Gary Friedman |
2,864,614 | 4,318,827 | 624,555 | 1,804,741 | ||||||||||||
James Stewart |
| | | | ||||||||||||
Mark Demilio |
60,000 | | 13,403 | 7,029 |
(1) | Represents the vested portion of time-based units awarded under the Team Resto Ownership Plan as of October 23, 2012 and those performance-based units that vest as a result of this offering. |
(2) | Represents the unvested potion of time-based awards as of October 23, 2012 and those performance-based units that do not vest as a result of this offering. |
137
(3) | Restricted shares of common stock under the Replacement Plan are subject to certain additional restrictions on transfer after this offering as described in Executive CompensationEmployee Benefit and Stock PlansTeam Resto Ownership Plan above. |
Equity Held by Frederick Wilson
Prior to the consummation of this offering, we expect that Mr. Wilson will resign from our board of directors and will serve as a consultant to our Company. Mr. Wilson will receive, effective upon the consummation of this offering, restricted stock with an aggregate value equal to $350,000 based on the initial public offering price per share of our common stock in this offering, which shares shall vest in full in January 2013.
Additionally, Mr. Wilson holds the following outstanding equity awards under the Team Resto Ownership Plan, which will be converted into shares of common stock in connection with this offering, based on equity awards outstanding as of October 23, 2012, assuming an initial public offering price of $23.00 per share (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus):
Name of Vested Units (#) (1) |
Number of Unvested Units (#) |
Shares of
Unrestricted
|
Shares of Restricted
(#) (2) |
|||
60,000 |
| 13,403 | 7,029 |
(1) | Represents the vested portion of time-based units awarded under the Team Resto Ownership Plan as of October 23, 2012 and those performance-based units that vest as a result of this offering. |
(2) | Restricted shares of common stock under the Replacement Plan are subject to certain additional restrictions on transfer after this offering as described in Executive CompensationEmployee Benefit and Stock PlansTeam Resto Ownership Plan above. |
Director and Officer Indemnification and Limitation of Liability
Our bylaws, as will be in effect prior to the completion of this offering, provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, subject to certain exceptions contained in our bylaws. In addition, our certificate of incorporation, as will be in effect prior to the completion of this offering, will provide that our directors will not be liable for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty.
Prior to the completion of this offering, we will enter into indemnification agreements with each of our executive officers and directors. The indemnification agreements will provide the executive officers and directors with contractual rights to indemnification, expense advancement and reimbursement, to the fullest extent permitted under the DGCL, subject to certain exceptions contained in those agreements.
There is no pending litigation or proceeding naming any of our directors or officers to which indemnification is being sought, and we are not aware of any pending litigation that may result in claims for indemnification by any director or officer.
Our Policy Regarding Related Party Transactions
In connection with this offering, we will adopt a written policy with respect to related party transactions. Under our related party transaction policies and procedures, a Related Party Transaction is any financial transaction, arrangement or relationship (or series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships) in which we or any of our subsidiaries is a participant and in which a Related Party has or will have a direct or indirect interest, other than any transactions, arrangements or relationships in which the aggregate amount involved will not or may not be expected to exceed $120,000 in any calendar year, subject to certain exceptions. A Related Party is any of our executive officers, directors or director nominees, any stockholder directly or indirectly
138
beneficially owning in excess of 5% of our stock or securities exchangeable for our stock and any immediate family member of any of the foregoing persons.
Pursuant to our related person transaction policies and procedures, any Related Party Transaction must be reviewed by the audit committee of our board of directors. In connection with its review of a Related Party Transaction, the audit committee may take into account, among other factors it deems appropriate, whether the Related Party Transaction is on terms no less favorable than terms generally available to an unaffiliated third-party under the same or similar circumstances and the extent of the related partys interest in the Related Party Transaction. Management shall present to the audit committee the following information, to the extent relevant, with respect to actual or potential Related Party Transactions:
1. | A general description of the transaction(s), including the material terms and conditions; |
2. | The name of the related party and the basis on which such person or entity is a related party; |
3. | The related partys interest in the transaction(s), including the related partys position or relationship with, or ownership of, any entity that is a party to or has an interest in the transaction(s); |
4. | The approximate dollar value of the transaction(s), and the approximate dollar value of the related partys interest in the transaction(s) without regard to amount of profit or loss; |
5. | In the case of a lease or other transaction providing for periodic payments or installments, the aggregate amount of all periodic payments or installments expected to be made; |
6. | In the case of indebtedness, the aggregate amount of principal to be outstanding and the rate or amount of interest to be payable on such indebtedness; and |
7. | Any other material information regarding the transaction(s) or the related partys interest in the transaction(s). |
Other than compensation agreements and other arrangements which are described under Executive Compensation, and the transactions described above, since February 1, 2009, there has not been, and there is not currently proposed, any transaction or series of similar transactions to which we were or will be a party in which the amount involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000 and in which any of our directors, executive officers, holders of more than 5% of any class of our voting securities or any member of the immediate family of the foregoing persons had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.
139
DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN INDEBTEDNESS
The following is a summary of the material terms of the Restoration Hardware, Inc. revolving line of credit and term loan. This summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the agreements which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part.
In August 2011, Restoration Hardware, Inc., along with its Canadian subsidiary, Restoration Hardware Canada, Inc., entered into a credit agreement with Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, and certain other lenders. This amended credit agreement modified a previous facility in which Restoration Hardware, Inc. had a revolving line of credit for up to $190.0 million, as of July 30, 2011. As a result of the modification, the unamortized deferred financing fees related to the previous line of credit on the date of the modification of $0.2 million will be amortized over the life of the new revolving line of credit, which has a maturity date of August 3, 2016. Under the credit agreement (which was further amended in January 2012 to add thereto a term loan facility), Restoration Hardware, Inc. has (i) a revolving line of credit available of up to $317.5 million, of which $10.0 million is available to Restoration Hardware Canada, Inc., and (ii) a $15.0 million term loan with a maturity date of July 6, 2015.
The revolving line of credit is available to be used for working capital, the financing of capital expenditures and other general corporate purposes. The revolving line of credit allows for swing line advances to us of up to $30.0 million and the issuance of letters of credit to us of up to $50.0 million. The revolving line of credit allows for up to $10.0 million of loans to, or letters of credit for, Restoration Hardware Canada, Inc. Restoration Hardware, Inc. may increase the amount of the revolving line of credit through a commitment increase provision by up to an additional $100.0 million, provided that, among other things, the existing lenders or additional lenders agree to participate in the increased loan commitments under the revolving line of credit, no default under the credit agreement then exists or would result from such increase and sufficient borrowing base collateral is available to support increased loan amounts. Restoration Hardware, Inc. expects that the revolving line of credit will be increased by $100 million pursuant to the commitment increase provision prior to the completion of this offering, although there can be no assurance that this commitment will be completed. The term loan was fully funded in January 2012 and amounts thereof may not be redrawn once repaid.
The availability of credit at any given time under the revolving line of credit is limited by reference to a borrowing base formula based upon numerous factors, including the value of eligible inventory, eligible accounts receivable, eligible real estate, and, in the case of the term loan, registered trade names, and reserves established by the administrative agent. As a result of the borrowing base formula, the actual borrowing availability under the revolving line of credit could be less than the stated amount of the revolving line of credit (as reduced by the actual borrowings and outstanding letters of credit under the revolving line of credit).
Borrowings under the revolving line of credit are subject to interest, at borrowers option, at either the banks reference rate or LIBOR (or the BA Rate or the Canadian Prime Rate, as such terms are defined in the credit agreement, in the case of Canadian borrowings denominated in Canadian dollars or the United States Index Rate or LIBOR for Canadian borrowings denominated in United States dollars), plus an applicable margin rate, in each case. The margin rate is determined quarterly based on the average daily domestic availability under the revolving line of credit over the preceding fiscal quarter. The weighted-average interest rate for the revolving line of credit was 2.7% as of July 28, 2012. The term loan bears interest at a rate of LIBOR plus 5.0%, and the interest rate for the term loan was 5.3% as of July 28, 2012.
As of July 28, 2012, $129.6 million was outstanding under the revolving line of credit, and the outstanding principal amount of the term loan was $14.8 million, net of $0.2 million of unamortized debt issuance costs. As of July 28, 2012, Restoration Hardware, Inc.s undrawn borrowing availability under the revolving line of credit was $86.2 million, and there were $11.5 million in outstanding letters of credit.
140
Restoration Hardware, Inc. is required to repay the term loan in quarterly installments of $1.25 million beginning October 2012 with the final payment in April 2015. In addition, the term loan must be repaid with the net proceeds of any disposition of any registered trade name.
A letter of credit fee accrues on the face amount of all letters of credit, and is payable quarterly in arrears. A commitment fee accrues on the amount of the revolving line of credit not utilized in the form of borrowings or letters of credit, and is payable quarterly in arrears. Certain other customary fees are payable in connection with the credit agreement.
Interest on borrowings is payable monthly in arrears, in the case of interest accruing at the banks reference rate, and every one, two or three months, as applicable, in arrears, in the case of interest accruing based on LIBOR. Voluntary prepayments are permitted in whole or in part without premium or penalty (subject to customary breakage costs).
Borrowings under the credit agreement are subject to, among other conditions, the material accuracy of representations and warranties, the absence of any material adverse change and the absence of events of default.
The credit agreement contains various restrictive covenants, including, among others, limitations on the ability to incur liens, make loans or other investments, incur additional debt, issue additional equity, merge or consolidate with or into another person, sell assets, pay dividends or make other distributions or enter into transactions with affiliates, along with other restrictions and limitations typical to credit agreements of this type and size.
The credit agreement does not contain any significant financial or coverage ratio covenants unless the availability under the revolving line of credit is less than the greater of (i) $17.5 million and (ii) 10% of the lesser of (A) the aggregate maximum commitments under the revolving line of credit and (B) the domestic borrowing base. If the availability under the revolving line of credit is less than the foregoing amount, then Restoration Hardware, Inc. is required to maintain a consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio of at least one to one. Such ratio is approximately the ratio on the last day of each month on a trailing twelve month basis of (a) (i) consolidated EBITDA (as defined in the agreement) minus (ii) capital expenditures, minus (iii) the income taxes paid in cash to (b) the sum of (i) debt service charges plus (ii) certain dividends and distributions paid. As of July 28, 2012, Restoration Hardware, Inc. was in compliance with all covenants, and if the availability under the revolving line of credit were less than the amount described above, Restoration Hardware, Inc. would have been in compliance with the consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio described in the previous sentence. The credit agreement requires a daily sweep of cash to prepay the loans under the credit agreement while (i) an event of default exists or (ii) the availability under the revolving line of credit for extensions of credit to Restoration Hardware, Inc. is less than the greater of (A) $20.0 million and (B) 15% of the lesser of the aggregate maximum commitments and the domestic borrowing base.
Events of default under the credit agreement include, but are not limited to: (i) nonpayment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts; (ii) failure to perform or observe covenants; (iii) certain cross-default to indebtedness; (iv) bankruptcy or insolvency of borrowers, guarantors or subsidiaries; (v) inability of the borrowers, guarantors, or their material subsidiaries to pay debts; (vi) certain monetary judgments against borrowers, guarantors or their material subsidiaries and material non-monetary judgments; and (vii) failure of subordination, in each case, subject to certain exceptions and qualifications.
All obligations under the credit agreement are secured by a first-priority lien on substantially all of borrowers assets, including accounts receivable, inventory, intangible assets, property, equipment, goods and fixtures. All of Restoration Hardware, Inc.s material domestic subsidiaries, if any, must become either borrowers or guarantors of the obligations under the credit agreement and pledge substantially all of their respective assets as security therefor.
141
The following is a description of the material terms and provisions of our common stock and preferred stock, our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, as they will be in effect upon completion of this offering, and of the DGCL. For more complete information, you should read our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, copies of which are or will be filed with the SEC as exhibits to the registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part.
Authorized Capitalization
Upon completion of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of 180 million shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, and 10 million shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share. As of October 23, 2012, we had outstanding 1,000 shares of common stock held of record by stockholders. Based upon (i) 32,188,891 shares of our common stock that will be outstanding after giving effect to the Reorganization and (ii) the issuance of 4,782,609 shares of common stock in this offering to be sold by us, there will be 36,971,500 shares of our common stock outstanding upon completion of this offering, and no shares of preferred stock will be outstanding. In addition, upon completion of the offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $23.00 per share (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus), there will be 1,925,879 shares of unvested restricted stock outstanding and 8,196,967 shares of our common stock that were issuable pursuant to the exercise of outstanding options.
Common Stock
Voting Rights
Each share of common stock entitles the holder to one vote with respect to each matter presented to our stockholders on which the holders of common stock are entitled to vote. Subject to any rights that may be applicable to any then outstanding preferred stock, our common stock votes as a single class on all matters relating to the election and removal of directors on our board of directors and as provided by law. Holders of our common stock will not have cumulative voting rights. Except in respect of matters relating to the election of and removal of directors on our board of directors and as otherwise provided in our certificate of incorporation or required by law, all matters to be voted on by our stockholders must be approved by a majority of the shares present in person or by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter. In the case of election of directors, all matters to be voted on by our stockholders must be approved by a plurality of the votes entitled to be cast by all shares of common stock. In the case of removal of directors, all matters to be voted on by our stockholders must be approved by an affirmative vote of 66 2 / 3 % of our common stock, except as set forth in the following sentence. For so long as Home Holdings and our other Principal Equity Holders own a majority of our common stock, directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the affirmative vote of a majority of our outstanding shares.
Dividend Rights
Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any then-outstanding shares of our preferred stock, the holders of our outstanding shares of common stock are entitled to receive dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by our board of directors out of legally available funds. It is our present intention not to pay cash dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future. We are a holding company and substantially all of our operations are carried out by our subsidiary, Restoration Hardware, Inc., and its subsidiaries. Restoration Hardware, Inc.s ability to pay dividends to us is limited by the terms of its credit agreement, which in turn may limit our ability to pay dividends on our common stock. See Dividend Policy.
Liquidation Rights
In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of our affairs, holders of our common stock would be entitled to share ratably in our assets that are legally available for distribution to our
142
common stockholders after payment of our debts and other liabilities. If we have any preferred stock outstanding at such time, holders of the preferred stock may be entitled to distribution or liquidation preferences. In either such case, we must pay the applicable distribution to the holders of our preferred stock before we may pay distributions to the holders of our common stock.
Other Rights
Our stockholders have no preemptive, conversion or other rights to subscribe for additional shares. The rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of our common stock are subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of shares of any series of our preferred stock that we may designate and issue in the future.
Preferred Stock
Our certificate of incorporation authorizes our board of directors to provide for the issuance of up to 10 million shares of preferred stock in one or more series and to fix the preferences, powers and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, and qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, including the dividend rate, conversion rights, voting rights, redemption rights and liquidation preference and to fix the number of shares to be included in any such series without any further vote or action by our stockholders. Any preferred stock so issued may rank senior to our common stock with respect to the payment of dividends or amounts upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up, or both. The issuance of preferred stock may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of our Company without further action by the stockholders and may adversely affect the voting and other rights of the holders of common stock. The issuance of preferred stock with voting and conversion rights may adversely affect the voting power of the holders of common stock, including the loss of voting control to others. At present, we have no plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.
Corporate Opportunity
As permitted under the DGCL, in our certificate of incorporation, as it will be in effect upon completion of this offering, we will renounce any interest or expectancy in, or any offer of an opportunity to participate in, specified business opportunities that are presented to Home Holdings and its affiliates, including the Principal Equity Holders. If Home Holdings or its affiliates, including the Principal Equity Holders, participate in any such corporate opportunity, Mr. Mottola and Mr. Sternlicht will also be afforded a waiver of the corporate opportunity doctrine in connection with any participation by them in any such corporate opportunity.
Director Voting
Our certificate of incorporation and stockholders agreement will provide that no action may be taken or vote approved by our board of directors or any committee thereof (other than the audit committee or any other committee of directors that may be created with the approval of Home Holdings) without the affirmative vote of two directors nominated by Home Holdings (one of which is a director nominated by Catterton and one of which is a director nominated by Tower Three). Accordingly, Home Holdings will be able to control the decisions of our board of directors and its committees, other than the audit committee or any such other committee whose creation is approved by Home Holdings. Home Holdings and the Principal Equity Holders will cease to have these veto rights when they cease to own a majority of the voting power of our outstanding common stock.
Exclusive Venue
Unless we consent otherwise, the Court of Chancery in the State of Delaware shall be the sole and exclusive forum for stockholder actions against us.
143
Antitakeover Effects of Delaware Law and Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws
Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, as they will be in effect upon completion of this offering, also contain provisions that may delay, defer or discourage another party from acquiring control of us. We expect that these provisions, which are summarized below, will discourage coercive takeover practices or inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to first negotiate with our board of directors, which we believe may result in an improvement of the terms of any such acquisition in favor of our stockholders. However, they also give our board of directors the power to discourage acquisitions that some stockholders may favor.
Undesignated Preferred Stock
The authorization of undesignated preferred stock in our certificate of incorporation will make it possible for our board of directors to issue preferred stock with super voting, special approval, dividend or other rights or preferences on a discriminatory basis that could impede the success of any attempt to acquire us. These and other provisions may have the effect of deferring, delaying or discouraging hostile takeovers, or changes in control or management of our Company.
Classified Board of Directors
Our certificate of incorporation will provide that our board of directors will be divided into three classes, with each class serving three-year staggered terms. In addition, our certificate of incorporation will provide that directors may only be removed from our board of directors with cause and by an affirmative vote of 66 2 / 3 % of our common stock except as set forth in the following sentence. For so long as Home Holdings and our other Principal Equity Holders own a majority of the outstanding shares of our common stock, directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the affirmative vote of a majority of our outstanding shares. These provisions may have the effect of deferring, delaying or discouraging hostile takeovers, or changes in control or management of our Company.
Requirements for Advance Notification of Stockholder Meetings, Nominations and Proposals
Our certificate of incorporation will provide that, upon completion of this offering, special meetings of the stockholders may be called only by a resolution adopted by the affirmative vote of the majority of the directors then in office or, for so long as Home Holdings and our other Principal Equity Holders own a majority of the outstanding shares of our common stock, upon the request of the holders of a majority of our outstanding shares of common stock. Our bylaws will prohibit the conduct of any business at a special meeting other than as specified in the notice for such meeting. In addition, any stockholder who wishes to bring business before an annual meeting or nominate directors must comply with the requirements set forth in our bylaws. These provisions may have the effect of deferring, delaying or discouraging hostile takeovers or changes in control or management of our Company.
Stockholder Action by Written Consent
Pursuant to Section 228 of the DGCL, any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares of our stock entitled to vote thereon were present and voted, unless our Companys certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Our certificate of incorporation will provide that, after the date on which Home Holdings and the other Principal Equity Holders no longer hold a majority of the outstanding shares of our common stock, any action required or permitted to be taken by our stockholders may be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of our stockholders and may not be effected by consent in writing by such stockholders.
144
Business Combinations with Interested Stockholders
We will elect in our certificate of incorporation not to be subject to Section 203 of the DGCL, an anti-takeover law. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a business combination, such as a merger, with a person or group owning 15% or more of the corporations voting stock for a period of three years following the date the person became an interested stockholder, unless (with certain exceptions) the business combination or the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder is approved in a prescribed manner. Accordingly, we will not be subject to any anti-takeover effects of Section 203. However, our certificate of incorporation will contain provisions that have the same effect as Section 203, except that they will provide that our Principal Equity Holders and any persons to whom our Principal Equity Holders sell their common stock will be deemed to have been approved by our board of directors, and thereby not subject to the restrictions set forth in these provisions.
Amendments
Any amendments to the foregoing provisions of our certificate of incorporation (other than the designation of preferred stock pursuant to a certificate of designation) will require the affirmative vote of at least 70% of the voting power of all shares of our common stock then outstanding or, for so long as Home Holdings and our other Principal Equity Holders own a majority of the outstanding shares of our common stock, the affirmative vote of a majority of the voting power of all shares of our common stock then outstanding. Our bylaws may be adopted, amended or repealed by (i) our board of directors, (ii) in the event that Home Holdings and our Principal Equity Holders own a majority of the voting power of all of our outstanding shares of common stock, by the holders of a majority of the voting power of all of outstanding shares and (iii) in the event that Home Holdings and our Principal Equity Holders own less than a majority of the voting power of all of our outstanding shares of common stock, by the holders of more than 70% of the voting power of all of the outstanding shares.
Listing
We will apply to list our common stock on the NYSE under the symbol RH.
Transfer Agent and Registrar
The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be Computershare Trust Company, N.A.
145
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
Since June 2008 and prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales may occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price of our common stock. No prediction can be made as to the effect, if any, future sales of shares, or the availability of shares for future sales, will have on the market price of our common stock prevailing from time to time. The sale of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales could occur, could harm the prevailing market price of our common stock.
Sale of Restricted Shares
Upon completion of this offering, we will have 36,971,500 shares of common stock outstanding. Of these shares of common stock, the 5,164,332 shares of common stock (or 4,729,550 shares assuming two of our director designees, Thomas Mottola and Barry Sternlicht, who have each indicated an interest in purchasing 217,391 shares of our common stock in this offering (assuming an initial public offering price of $23.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus) at the initial public offering price, or 434,782 shares of our common stock in the aggregate, purchase such shares) being sold in this offering, plus any shares sold by the selling stockholders upon exercise of the underwriters option to purchase additional shares, will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, except for any such shares which may be held or acquired by an affiliate of ours, as that term is defined in Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, which shares will be subject to the volume limitations and other restrictions of Rule 144 as described below. The remaining 31,807,168 shares of common stock (or 32,241,950 shares assuming two of our director designees, Thomas Mottola and Barry Sternlicht, who have each indicated an interest in purchasing 217,391 shares of our common stock in this offering (assuming an initial public offering price of $23.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus) at the initial public offering price, or 434,782 shares of our common stock in the aggregate, purchase such shares) held by our existing stockholders upon completion of this offering will be restricted securities, as that phrase is defined in Rule 144, and may be resold only after registration under the Securities Act or pursuant to an exemption from such registration, including, among others, the exemptions provided by Rule 144 and 701 under the Securities Act, which rules are summarized below.
These remaining shares of common stock held by our existing stockholders upon completion of this offering will be available for sale in the public market after the expiration of the lock-up agreements described in Underwriting, taking into account the provisions of Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act; provided that (i) 2,411,823 of these shares issued under our Replacement Plan will be subject to additional resale restrictions as described further above in Executive CompensationEmployee Benefit and Stock Plans2012 Equity Replacement Plan, (ii) 4,541,346 of these shares held by certain stockholders executing our registration rights agreement will be subject to additional resale restrictions as described above in Certain Relationships and Related Party TransactionsRegistration Rights Agreement. In addition, 1,888,923 shares of unvested restricted stock held by Mr. Alberini and Mr. Friedman will be subject to additional resale restrictions as described above in Executive CompensationEquity Grants in Conjunction with this OfferingStock Option Grants to Carlos Alberini and Gary Friedman.
Rule 144
Under Rule 144, persons who became the beneficial owner of shares of our common stock prior to the completion of this offering may not sell their shares until the earlier of (1) the expiration of a six-month holding period, if we have been subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and have filed all required reports for at least 90 days prior to the date of the sale, or (2) a one-year holding period.
At the expiration of the six-month holding period, a person who was not one of our affiliates at any time during the three months preceding a sale would be entitled to sell an unlimited number of shares of our common stock provided current public information about us is available, and a person who was one of our affiliates at any
146
time during the three months preceding a sale would be entitled to sell within any three-month period only a number of shares of common stock that does not exceed the greater of either of the following:
|
1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately 3.7 million shares immediately after this offering, based on the number of shares of our common stock outstanding after completion of this offering; or |
|
the average weekly trading volume of our common stock on the NYSE during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale. |
At the expiration of the one-year holding period, a person who was not one of our affiliates at any time during the three months preceding a sale would be entitled to sell an unlimited number of shares of our common stock without restriction. A person who was one of our affiliates at any time during the three months preceding a sale would remain subject to the volume restrictions described above.
Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates are also subject to manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.
Rule 701
In general, under Rule 701, any of our employees, directors, officers, consultants or advisors who acquired shares from us in connection with a compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement in compliance with Rule 701 before the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, are eligible to resell such shares in reliance upon Rule 144 beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to the terms at any applicable lock-up restrictions as discussed below. If such person is not an affiliate, the sale may be made without complying with the minimum holding period or public information requirements of Rule 144. If such a person is an affiliate, the sale may be made under Rule 144 without compliance with its one-year minimum holding period, but subject to the other Rule 144 restrictions.
Stock Plans
We intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register shares of our common stock issued or reserved for issuance under the Replacement Plan and the 2012 Plan. The first such registration statement is expected to be filed soon after the date of this prospectus and will automatically become effective upon filing with the SEC. Accordingly, shares registered under such registration statement will be available for sale in the open market following the effective date, unless such shares are subject to vesting restrictions with us, Rule 144 restrictions applicable to our affiliates or the lock-up restrictions described below.
Lock-Up Agreements
We, our executive officers and directors, the selling stockholders and other existing security holders have agreed, subject to certain limited exceptions, not to sell or transfer any common stock or securities convertible into, exchangeable for, exercisable for, or repayable with common stock, for 180 days after the date of this prospectus without first obtaining the written consent of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Goldman, Sachs & Co. See Underwriting.
The registration rights agreement contains certain restrictions on sale applicable to Mr. Friedman, Mr. Alberini and certain other stockholders that, subject to certain exceptions, generally have the effect of limiting sales by such holders to a pro rata rate of sell-down corresponding to sales by Home Holdings, Catterton and Tower Three unless such selling restrictions are waived in any particular instance or as to any affected stockholder. However, Mr. Friedman will also have a preferential right to sell up to 10% of the shares offered in our first follow-on public offering (if any), up to $15 million total.
147
MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS
The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences applicable to non-U.S. holders (as defined below) with respect to the acquisition, ownership and disposition of shares of our common stock, but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all potential tax considerations related thereto. This summary is based on current provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code), final, temporary or proposed Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, administrative rulings and judicial opinions, all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect. We have not sought any ruling from the U.S. Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, with respect to the statements made and the conclusions reached in the following summary, and there can be no assurance that the IRS will agree with such statements and conclusions.
This summary is limited to non-U.S. holders who purchase shares of our common stock issued pursuant to this offering and who hold such shares of our common stock as capital assets (within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code).
This discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be important to a particular non-U.S. holder in light of that non-U.S. holders individual circumstances, nor does it address any aspects of U.S. federal estate or gift tax laws or tax considerations arising under the laws of any non-U.S., state or local jurisdiction. This discussion also does not address tax considerations applicable to a non-U.S. holder subject to special treatment under the U.S. federal income tax laws, including without limitation:
|
banks, insurance companies or other financial institutions; |
|
partnerships or other pass-through entities; |
|
tax-exempt organizations; |
|
tax-qualified retirement plans; |
|
dealers in securities or currencies; |
|
traders in securities that elect to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for their securities holdings; |
|
U.S. expatriates and certain former citizens or long-term residents of the United States; |
|
controlled foreign corporations; |
|
passive foreign investment companies; |
|
persons that own, or have owned, actually or constructively, more than 5% of our common stock; and |
|
persons that will hold common stock as a position in a hedging transaction, straddle or conversion transaction for tax purposes. |
Accordingly, we urge prospective investors to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. income and other tax considerations of acquiring, holding and disposing of shares of our common stock.
If a partnership (or other entity or arrangement classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) is a beneficial owner of shares of our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership (or member in such other entity) will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Any partner in a partnership holding shares of our common stock (and such partnership) should consult their own tax advisors.
PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO THE APPLICATION OF THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS TO THEIR PARTICULAR
148
SITUATIONS AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF SHARES OF OUR COMMON STOCK ARISING UNDER THE U.S. FEDERAL ESTATE OR GIFT TAX RULES OR UNDER THE LAWS OF ANY STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. OR OTHER TAXING JURISDICTION OR UNDER ANY APPLICABLE TAX TREATY.
Definition of Non-U.S. Holder
In general, a non-U.S. holder is any beneficial owner of shares of our common stock (other than a partnership or other entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) that is not a U.S. person. A U.S. person is any of the following:
|
an individual citizen or resident of the United States; |
|
a corporation created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia (or other entity treated as such for U.S. federal income tax purposes); |
|
an estate, the income of which is includible in gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes regardless of its source; or |
|
a trust if (a) a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (b) it has a valid election in effect under applicable Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person. |
Distributions on Our Common Stock
As described in the section titled Dividend Policy, we currently do not anticipate paying dividends on shares of our common stock in the foreseeable future. If, however, we make cash or other property distributions on shares of our common stock (other than certain pro rata distributions of shares of our common stock), such distributions will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current earnings and profits for that taxable year or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Amounts not treated as dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes will constitute a return of capital and will first be applied against and reduce a non-U.S. holders adjusted tax basis in the shares of our common stock, but not below zero. Any excess will be treated as gain realized on the sale or other disposition of shares of our common stock and will be treated as described under the section titled Gain on Sale or Other Disposition of Shares of Our Common Stock below.
Dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder of shares of our common stock generally will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividends, or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty. To receive the benefit of a reduced treaty rate, a non-U.S. holder must furnish to us or our paying agent a valid IRS Form W-8BEN (or other applicable form) certifying, under penalties of perjury, such non-U.S. holders qualification for the reduced rate. This certification must be provided to us or our paying agent prior to the payment of dividends and must be updated periodically.
If a non-U.S. holder holds shares of our common stock in connection with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States, and dividends paid on shares of our common stock are effectively connected with such non-U.S. holders U.S. trade or business (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, are attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States), the non-U.S. holder will be exempt from the aforementioned U.S. federal withholding tax. To claim the exemption, the non-U.S. holder must furnish to us or our paying agent a properly executed IRS Form W-8ECI (or applicable successor form).
Such effectively connected dividends generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates in the same manner as if such non-U.S. holder were a resident of the United States. A non-U.S. holder that is a non-U.S. corporation also may be subject to an
149
additional branch profits tax equal to 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) of a portion of its effectively connected earnings and profits for the taxable year. Non-U.S. holders should consult any applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.
A non-U.S. holder that claims exemption from withholding or the benefit of an applicable income tax treaty generally will be required to satisfy applicable certification and other requirements prior to the distribution date. Non-U.S. holders that do not timely provide us or our paying agent with the required certification, may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under a relevant income tax treaty or applicability of other exemptions from withholding.
Gain on Sale or Other Disposition of Shares of Our Common Stock
Subject to the discussion below regarding backup withholding, a non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other disposition of shares of our common stock, unless:
|
the gain is effectively connected with a trade or business carried on by the non-U.S. holder in the United States and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, the gain is attributable to a permanent establishment of the non-U.S. holder maintained in the United States; |
|
the non-U.S. holder is an individual present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of disposition and certain other requirements are met; or |
|
we are or have been a U.S. real property holding corporation, or a USRPHC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding the disposition and the non-U.S. holders holding period for the shares of our common stock, and our common stock has ceased to be traded on an established securities market prior to the beginning of the calendar year in which the sale or other disposition occurs. The determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our U.S. real property interests relative to the fair market value of our other trade or business assets and our foreign real property interests. |
We believe we currently are not, and we do not anticipate becoming, a USRPHC for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
Gain described in the first bullet point above will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates generally in the same manner as if such non-U.S. holder were a resident of the United States. A non-U.S. holder that is a non-U.S. corporation also may be subject to an additional branch profits tax equal to 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) of a portion of its effectively connected earnings and profits for the taxable year. Non-U.S. holders should consult any applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.
Gain described in the second bullet point above will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a flat 30% rate (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) but may be offset by U.S. source capital losses (even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States), provided that the non-U.S. holder has timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses. Non-U.S. holders should consult any applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.
Backup Withholding and Information Reporting
Generally, we must report annually to the IRS and to each non-U.S. holder the amount of dividends paid to, and the tax withheld with respect to, each non-U.S. holder. This information also may be made available under a specific treaty or agreement with the tax authorities in the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides or is
150
established. Backup withholding generally will not apply to distributions to a non-U.S. holder of shares of our common stock provided the non-U.S. holder furnishes to us or our paying agent the required certification as to its non-U.S. status, such as by providing a valid IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8ECI, or certain other requirements are met. Notwithstanding the foregoing, backup withholding may apply if either we or our paying agent has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that the holder is a U.S. person that is not an exempt recipient.
Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a refund or a credit against a non-U.S. holders U.S. federal income tax liability, provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.
New Legislation Relating to Foreign Accounts
Newly enacted legislation may impose withholding taxes on certain types of payments made to foreign financial institutions, as specially defined under such rules, and certain other non-U.S. entities. The legislation imposes a 30% withholding tax on dividends on, or gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of, shares of our common stock paid to a foreign financial institution unless the foreign financial institution enters into an agreement with the U.S. Treasury to, among other things, undertake to identify accounts held by certain U.S. persons or U.S.-owned foreign entities, annually report certain information about such accounts, and withhold 30% on payments to account holders whose actions prevent it from complying with these reporting and other requirements. In addition, the legislation imposes a 30% withholding tax on the same types of payments to a foreign non-financial entity unless the entity certifies that it does not have any substantial U.S. owners or furnishes identifying information regarding each substantial U.S. owner. Pursuant to a recently issued IRS notice and proposed Treasury regulations, these rules generally would apply to payments of dividends made after December 31, 2013, and to gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of shares of our common stock after December 31, 2014. Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors regarding this legislation.
151
Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in a purchase agreement among us, the selling stockholders and the underwriters, we and the selling stockholders have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each of the underwriters has agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase from us and the selling stockholders, the number of shares of common stock set forth opposite its name below. Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Goldman, Sachs & Co. are acting as representatives of each of the underwriters listed below.
Underwriter |
Number of
Shares |
|||
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated |
||||
Goldman, Sachs & Co. |
||||
Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated |
||||
William Blair & Company, L.L.C. |
||||
Piper Jaffray & Co. |
||||
Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated |
||||
|
|
|||
Total |
5,164,332 | |||
|
|
Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the purchase agreement, the underwriters have agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase all of the shares sold under the purchase agreement if any of these shares are purchased. If an underwriter defaults, the purchase agreement provides that the purchase commitments of the nondefaulting underwriters may be increased or the purchase agreement may be terminated.
We and the selling stockholders have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.
The underwriters are offering the shares, subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by them, subject to approval of legal matters by their counsel, including the validity of the shares, and other conditions contained in the purchase agreement, such as the receipt by the underwriters of officers certificates and legal opinions. The underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part.
Commissions and Discounts
The representatives have advised us that the underwriters propose initially to offer the shares to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus and to dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $ per share. After the initial offering, the public offering price, concession or any other term of the offering may be changed.
The following table shows the public offering price, underwriting discount and proceeds before expenses to us and the selling stockholders. The information assumes either no exercise or full exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares.
Per Share | Without Option | With Option | ||||
Public offering price |
$ | $ | $ | |||
Underwriting discount |
$ | $ | $ | |||
Proceeds, before expenses, to us |
$ | $ | $ | |||
Proceeds, before expenses, to the selling stockholders | $ | $ | $ |
The expenses of the offering, not including the underwriting discount, are estimated at $16.6 million and are payable by us.
152
Option to Purchase Additional Shares
The selling stockholders have granted an option to the underwriters to purchase up to 774,650 additional shares at the public offering price, less the underwriting discount. The underwriters may exercise this option for 30 days from the date of this prospectus. If the underwriters exercise this option, each will be obligated, subject to conditions contained in the purchase agreement, to purchase a number of additional shares proportionate to that underwriters initial amount reflected in the above table.
Director Participation in this Offering
Two of our director designees, Thomas Mottola and Barry Sternlicht, have each indicated an interest in purchasing 217,391 shares of our common stock in this offering assuming an initial public offering price of $23.00 per share (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus) at the initial public offering price (in aggregate 434,782 shares of our common stock or approximately $10 million in shares of our common stock). However, because indications of interest are not binding agreements or commitments to purchase, the underwriters may determine to sell more, less or no shares in this offering to either of these director designees, or either of these director designees may determine to purchase more, less or no shares in this offering.
Lockup Agreements
We, our executive officers and directors, the selling stockholders and our other existing security holders have agreed not to sell or transfer any common stock or securities convertible into, exchangeable for, exercisable for, or repayable with common stock, for 180 days after the date of this prospectus without first obtaining the written consent of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Goldman, Sachs & Co. Specifically, we and these other persons have agreed, with certain limited exceptions, not to directly or indirectly:
|
offer, pledge, sell or contract to sell any common stock; |
|
sell any option or contract to purchase any common stock; |
|
purchase any option or contract to sell any common stock; |
|
grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of any common stock; |
|
lend or otherwise dispose of or transfer any common stock; |
|
file, or request or demand or cause to be filed any a registration statement related to the common stock or other securities referred to below; or |
|
enter into any swap or other agreement or transaction that transfers, in whole or in part, the economic consequence of ownership of any common stock or other securities referred to below, |
whether any such swap or transaction is to be settled by delivery of shares or other securities, in cash or otherwise. However, the lock-up provisions do not restrict these persons from participating as selling stockholders in this offering, including by sale or transfer of their shares or other securities to the underwriters.
This lock-up provision applies to common stock and to securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for or repayable with common stock. It also applies to common stock owned now or acquired later by the person executing the agreement or for which the person executing the agreement later acquires the power of disposition. In the event that either (x) during the last 17 days of the lock-up period referred to above, we issue an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to us occurs or (y) prior to the expiration of the lock-up period, we announce that we will release earnings results or become aware that material news or a material event will occur during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the lock-up period, the restrictions described above shall continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event, unless Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Goldman, Sachs & Co. waive, in writing, such extension; provided, however, that the lock-up period extension shall not apply to the extent that FINRA has amended or repealed
153
NASD Rule 2711(f)(4), or has otherwise provided written interpretive guidance regarding such rule, in each case, so as to eliminate the prohibition of any broker, dealer, or member of a national securities association from publishing or distributing any research report, with respect to the securities of an emerging growth company (as defined in the JOBS Act) prior to or after the expiration of any agreement between the broker, dealer, or member of a national securities association and the emerging growth company or its shareholders that restricts or prohibits the sale of securities held by the emerging growth company or its shareholders after the initial public offering date.
Listing
We expect the shares to be approved for listing on the NYSE under the symbol RH.
Since June 2008, and prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined through negotiations between us and the representatives. In addition to prevailing market conditions, the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price are:
|
the valuation multiples of publicly traded companies that the representatives believe to be comparable to us; |
|
our financial information; |
|
the history of, and the prospects for, our Company and the industry in which we compete; |
|
an assessment of our management, its past and present operations, and the prospects for, and timing of, our future revenues; |
|
the present state of our development; and |
|
the above factors in relation to market values and various valuation measures of other companies engaged in activities similar to ours. |
An active trading market for the shares may not develop. It is also possible that after the offering the shares will not trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.
The underwriters do not expect to sell more than 5% of the shares in the aggregate to accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority.
Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids
Until the distribution of the shares is completed, SEC rules may limit underwriters and selling group members from bidding for and purchasing our common stock. However, the representatives may engage in transactions that stabilize the price of the common stock, such as bids or purchases to peg, fix or maintain that price.
In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell our common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, purchases on the open market to cover positions created by short sales and stabilizing transactions. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering. Covered short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters option to purchase additional shares described above. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the option to purchase additional shares. Naked short sales are sales in excess of the option to purchase additional shares. The underwriters must close out any naked
154
short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of our common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of shares of common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.
The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.
Similar to other purchase transactions, the underwriters purchases to cover the syndicate short sales may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock. As a result, the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. The underwriters may conduct these transactions on the NYSE, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.
Neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our common stock. In addition, neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation that the representatives will engage in these transactions or that these transactions, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.
Electronic Offer, Sale and Distribution of Shares
In connection with the offering, certain of the underwriters or securities dealers may distribute prospectuses by electronic means, such as email.
Conflicts of Interest
Bank of America, N.A., an affiliate of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, an underwriter in this offering, is a lender under the Restoration Hardware, Inc. revolving line of credit and term loan and may receive more than 5% of the net proceeds of this offering as a result of our intention to repay borrowings under the revolving line of credit and term loan. Because Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated is an underwriter and may receive more than 5% of the entire net proceeds in this offering, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated may be deemed to have a conflict of interest under the applicable provisions of Rule 5121 of the Conduct Rules of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., or FINRA. Accordingly, this offering will be made in compliance with the applicable provisions of Rules 5110 and 5121 of the Conduct Rules regarding the underwriting of securities of a company with a member that has a conflict of interest within the meaning of those rules. Pursuant to Rule 5121, Goldman, Sachs & Co. has served as the qualified independent underwriter, as defined by FINRA, and, in that capacity, has performed due diligence investigations and reviewed and participated in the preparation of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. Goldman, Sachs & Co. has received $10,000 from us as compensation for such role. No underwriter with a conflict of interest will execute sales in discretionary accounts without the prior written specific approval of the customers.
Other Relationships
The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. Some of the underwriters and their affiliates have engaged in, and may in the future engage in, investment banking and other commercial dealings in the ordinary course of business with us or our affiliates. They have received, or may in the future receive, customary fees and commissions for these transactions.
155
In addition, in the ordinary course of their business activities, the underwriters and their affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers. Such investments and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of ours or our affiliates. The underwriters and their affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or financial instruments and may hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.
Notice to Prospective Investors in the European Economic Area
This prospectus is not a prospectus for the purposes of the Prospectus Directive. This prospectus has been prepared on the basis that all offers of the shares will be made pursuant to an exemption under the Prospectus Directive from the requirement to produce a prospectus in connection with offers of the shares. Accordingly, any person making or intending to make any offer within the European Economic Area of the shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated in this prospectus should only do so in circumstances in which no obligation arises for us to produce a prospectus for such offers.
In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a Relevant Member State), with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State (the Relevant Implementation Date), no offer of shares may be made to the public in that Relevant Member State other than:
A. | to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive; |
B. | to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives; or |
C. | in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, |
provided that no such offer of shares shall require us or the representatives to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 16 of the Prospectus Directive.
Each person in a Relevant Member State who initially acquires any shares or to whom any offer is made will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that (A) it is a qualified investor within the meaning of the law in that Relevant Member State implementing Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive, and (B) in the case of any shares acquired by it as a financial intermediary, as that term is used in Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, the shares acquired by it in the offering have not been acquired on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in any Relevant Member State other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive, or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the representatives has been given to the offer or resale. In the case of any shares being offered to a financial intermediary as that term is used in Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, each such financial intermediary will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that the shares acquired by it in the offer have not been acquired on a non-discretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in circumstances which may give rise to an offer of any shares to the public other than their offer or resale in a Relevant Member State to qualified investors as so defined or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the representatives has been obtained to each such proposed offer or resale.
We, the representatives and their affiliates will rely upon the truth and accuracy of the foregoing representation, acknowledgement and agreement.
This prospectus has been prepared on the basis that any offer of shares in any Relevant Member State will be made pursuant to an exemption under the Prospectus Directive from the requirement to publish a prospectus
156
for offers of shares. Accordingly any person making or intending to make an offer in that Relevant Member State of shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated in this prospectus may only do so in circumstances in which no obligation arises for us or any of the underwriters to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive in relation to such offer. Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized, nor do they authorize, the making of any offer of shares in circumstances in which an obligation arises for us or the underwriters to publish a prospectus for such offer.
For the purpose of the above provisions, the expression an offer to the public in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the shares, as the same may be varied in the Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in the Relevant Member State and the expression Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC (including the 2010 PD Amending Directive) and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State and the expression 2010 PD Amending Directive means Directive 2010/73/EU.
Notice to Prospective Investors in the United Kingdom
In addition, in the United Kingdom, this prospectus is being distributed only to, and is directed only at, and any offer subsequently made may only be directed at persons who are qualified investors (as defined in the Prospectus Directive) (i) who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19 (5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended (the Order) and/or (ii) who are high net worth companies (or persons to whom it may otherwise be lawfully communicated) falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as relevant persons). This prospectus must not be acted on or relied on in the United Kingdom by persons who are not relevant persons. In the United Kingdom, any investment or investment activity to which this prospectus relates is only available to, and will be engaged in with, relevant persons.
Notice to Prospective Investors in Hong Kong
This prospectus has not been approved by or registered with the Securities and Futures Commission of Hong Kong or the Registrar of Companies of Hong Kong. The shares will not be offered or sold in Hong Kong other than (a) to professional investors as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571) of Hong Kong and any rules made under that Ordinance; or (b) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a prospectus as defined in the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong or which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of that Ordinance. No advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) has been issued or will be issued in Hong Kong or elsewhere other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to professional investors as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made under that Ordinance.
Notice to Prospective Investors in Singapore
This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act (Chapter 289) (the SFA), (ii) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the SFA, and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.
157
Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, then shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 except: (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the SFA, and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (ii) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or (iii) by operation of law.
Notice to Prospective Investors in Japan
The shares have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (Law No. 25 of 1948, as amended) and, accordingly, will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan, or for the benefit of any Japanese Person or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to any Japanese Person, except in compliance with all applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines promulgated by relevant Japanese governmental or regulatory authorities in effect at the relevant time. For the purposes of this paragraph, Japanese Person shall mean any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan.
Notice to Prospective Investors in Switzerland
The shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange (SIX) or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.
Neither this prospectus nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, the Company or the shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this prospectus will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority, and the offer of shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes (CISA). The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares.
Notice to Prospective Investors in the Dubai International Financial Centre
This prospectus relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority (DFSA). This prospectus is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for the prospectus. The shares to which this prospectus relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on the shares. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus you should consult an authorized financial advisor.
158
The validity of the common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Morrison & Foerster LLP, San Francisco, California. Certain legal matters will be passed upon for the underwriters by Sidley Austin LLP, San Francisco, California.
The balance sheets of Restoration Hardware Holdings, Inc. as of September 2, 2011 and January 28, 2012 and the consolidated financial statements of Restoration Hardware, Inc. as of January 29, 2011 and January 28, 2012 and for the fiscal years ended January 30, 2010, January 29, 2011 and January 28, 2012 included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the reports of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.
159
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act that registers the shares of our common stock to be sold in this offering. The registration statement, including the attached exhibits, contains additional relevant information about us and our common stock. The rules and regulations of the SEC allow us to omit from this document certain information included in the registration statement.
You may read and copy the reports and other information we file with the SEC at the SECs Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. You may also obtain copies of this information by mail from the public reference section of the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates. You may obtain information regarding the operation of the public reference room by calling 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains a website that contains reports, proxy statements and other information about issuers, like us, who file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is http://www.sec.gov .
Upon completion of this offering, we will become subject to the reporting, proxy and information requirements of the Exchange Act, and as a result will be required to file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These periodic reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the SECs public reference room and on the website of the SEC referred to above, as well as on our websites, www.restorationhardware.com and www.rh.com . The contents of our website are not part of this prospectus, and you should not consider the contents of our website in making an investment decision with respect to our common stock.
We intend to furnish our stockholders with annual reports containing audited financial statements and make available to our stockholders quarterly reports for the first three quarters of each fiscal year containing unaudited interim financial information.
160
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Page
Number |
||||
Restoration Hardware Holdings, Inc. |
||||
Report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm |
F-2 | |||
Audited Financial Statements |
||||
Balance Sheets as of September 2, 2011, and January 28, 2012 |
F-3 | |||
F-4 | ||||
Unaudited Financial Statements |
||||
F-5 | ||||
F-6 | ||||
Restoration Hardware, Inc. |
||||
Report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm |
F-7 | |||
Audited Consolidated Financial Statements |
||||
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of January 29, 2011, and January 28, 2012 |
F-8 | |||
F-9 | ||||
F-10 | ||||
F-11 | ||||
F-12 | ||||
F-13 | ||||
Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements |
||||
Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of January 28, 2012, and July 28, 2012 |
F-40 | |||
F-41 | ||||
F-42 | ||||
F-43 | ||||
F-44 |
F-1
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors of Restoration Hardware Holdings, Inc.:
In our opinion, the accompanying balance sheets present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Restoration Hardware Holdings, Inc. at September 2, 2011, and January 28, 2012, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The balance sheets are the responsibility of the Companys management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these balance sheets based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the balance sheets are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the balance sheets, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall balance sheet presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
San Francisco, CA
April 26, 2012
F-2
RESTORATION HARDWARE HOLDINGS, INC.
BALANCE SHEETS
(In thousands, except share amounts)
September 2,
2011 |
January 28,
2012 |
|||||||
ASSETS |
||||||||
Current assets: |
||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
$ | 1 | $ | 1 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total assets |
$ | 1 | $ | 1 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY |
||||||||
Commitments and contingencies |
$ | | $ | | ||||
Stockholders equity: |
||||||||
Common stock, zero par value, 1,000 shares authorized, 1,000 shares issued and outstanding as of both September 2, 2011 and January 28, 2012 |
| | ||||||
Additional paid-in capital |
1 | 1 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total liabilities and stockholders equity |
$ | 1 | $ | 1 | ||||
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Balance Sheets.
F-3
RESTORATION HARDWARE HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO BALANCE SHEETS
NOTE 1THE COMPANY
Restoration Hardware Holdings, Inc. (the Company), a Delaware corporation, was formed on August 18, 2011 and capitalized on September 2, 2011 as a holding company for the purposes of facilitating an initial public offering of common equity. The Company has not engaged in any business or other activities. It is expected that following an internal reorganization, Restoration Hardware, Inc., a Delaware corporation, will become a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of the Company prior to the completion of the initial public offering.
NOTE 2SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
The balance sheets and accompanying notes are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
The Company considers highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents.
NOTE 3SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
Management has evaluated all events and transactions that occurred after January 28, 2012, through April 26, 2012, which is the date the financial statements are available to be issued. No material subsequent events have occurred since January 28, 2012 that require recognition or disclosure in these financial statements.
F-4
RESTORATION HARDWARE HOLDINGS, INC.
BALANCE SHEETS
(In thousands, except share amounts)
(Unaudited)
January 28,
2012 |
July 28,
2012 |
|||||||
ASSETS |
||||||||
Current assets: |
||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
$ | 1 | $ | 1 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total assets |
$ | 1 | $ | 1 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY |
||||||||
Commitments and contingencies |
$ | | $ | | ||||
Stockholders equity: |
||||||||
Common stock, zero par value, 1,000 shares authorized, 1,000 shares issued and outstanding as of both January 28, 2012 and July 28, 2012 |
| | ||||||
Additional paid-in capital |
1 | 1 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total liabilities and stockholders equity |
$ | 1 | $ | 1 | ||||
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Balance Sheets.
F-5
RESTORATION HARDWARE HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO BALANCE SHEETS
(Unaudited)
NOTE 1THE COMPANY
Restoration Hardware Holdings, Inc. (the Company), a Delaware corporation, was formed on August 18, 2011 and capitalized on September 2, 2011 as a holding company for the purposes of facilitating an initial public offering of common equity. The Company has not engaged in any business or other activities. It is expected that following an internal reorganization, Restoration Hardware, Inc., a Delaware corporation, will become a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of the Company prior to the completion of the initial public offering.
NOTE 2SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
The balance sheets and accompanying notes are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
The Company considers highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents.
NOTE 3SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
Management has evaluated all events and transactions that occurred after July 28, 2012, through October 22, 2012, which is the date the financial statements are available to be issued. No material subsequent events have occurred since July 28, 2012 that require recognition or disclosure in these financial statements.
F-6
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors of Restoration Hardware, Inc.:
In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, stockholders equity and cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Restoration Hardware, Inc. and its subsidiaries at January 29, 2011, and January 28, 2012, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the years ended January 30, 2010, January 29, 2011, and January 28, 2012 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Companys management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
San Francisco, CA
April 26, 2012, except for the change in the presentation of comprehensive income discussed in Note 4, as to which the date is June 25, 2012, and except for the effects of the change in the accounting principle relating to recognition of stock-based compensation expense as discussed in Note 3, as to which the date is October 10, 2012.
F-7
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(In thousands, except share amounts)
January 29,
2011 |
January 28,
2012 |
|||||||
ASSETS |
||||||||
Current assets: |
||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
$ | 13,364 | $ | 8,511 | ||||
Accounts receivablenet |
4,462 | 11,759 | ||||||
Merchandise inventories |
206,406 | 245,876 | ||||||
Prepaid expense and other current assets |
20,361 | 56,731 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total current assets |
244,593 | 322,877 | ||||||
Property and equipmentnet |
76,450 | 83,558 | ||||||
Goodwill |
122,603 | 122,595 | ||||||
Trademarks |
47,100 | 47,100 | ||||||
Other intangible assetsnet |
8,793 | 5,426 | ||||||
Other assets |
2,452 | 5,253 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total assets |
$ | 501,991 | $ | 586,809 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY |
||||||||
Current liabilities: |
||||||||
Accounts payable and accrued expenses |
$ | 90,726 | $ | 105,694 | ||||
Deferred revenue and customer deposits |
14,001 | 25,419 | ||||||
Other current liabilities |
25,000 | 30,861 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total current liabilities |
129,727 | 161,974 | ||||||
Revolving line of credit |
111,837 | 107,502 | ||||||
Term loan |
| 14,798 | ||||||
Deferred rent and lease incentives |
18,130 | 19,851 | ||||||
Deferred tax liabilities |
17,853 | 22,153 | ||||||
Other long-term obligations |
8,640 | 10,069 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total liabilities |
286,187 | 336,347 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Commitments and contingencies (See Note 15 to the consolidated financial statements) |
| | ||||||
Stockholders equity: |
||||||||
Common stock, $0.01 par value, 1,000 shares authorized, 100 shares issued and outstanding as of both January 29, 2011 and January 28, 2012 |
| | ||||||
Additional paid-in capital |
278,103 | 292,010 | ||||||
Accumulated other comprehensive income |
987 | 1,150 | ||||||
Accumulated deficit |
(63,286 | ) | (42,698 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total stockholders equity |
215,804 | 250,462 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total liabilities and stockholders equity |
$ | 501,991 | $ | 586,809 | ||||
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.
F-8
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)
Year Ended | ||||||||||||
January 30,
2010 |
January 29,
2011 |
January 28,
2012 |
||||||||||
Net revenues |
$ | 625,685 | $ | 772,752 | $ | 958,084 | ||||||
Cost of goods sold |
412,629 | 501,132 | 601,735 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Gross profit |
213,056 | 271,620 | 356,349 | |||||||||
Selling, general and administrative expenses |
238,889 | 274,836 | 329,506 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Income (loss) from operations |
(25,833 | ) | (3,216 | ) | 26,843 | |||||||
Interest expense |
(3,241 | ) | (3,150 | ) | (5,134 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Income (loss) before income taxes |
(29,074 | ) | (6,366 | ) | 21,709 | |||||||
Income tax expense (benefit) |
(423 | ) | 685 | 1,121 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net income (loss) |
$ | (28,651 | ) | $ | (7,051 | ) | $ | 20,588 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Basic and diluted net income (loss) per share |
$ | (286,510 | ) | $ | (70,510 | ) | $ | 205,880 | ||||
Shares used in computing basic and diluted net income (loss) per share |
100 | 100 | 100 | |||||||||
Pro forma basic and diluted net income per share (unaudited) |
$ | 0.63 | ||||||||||
Pro forma shares used in computing basic and diluted net income per share (unaudited) |
35,914,326 |
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.
F-9
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
(In thousands)
Year Ended | ||||||||||||
January 30,
2010 |
January 29,
2011 |
January 28,
2012 |
||||||||||
Net income (loss) |
$ | (28,651 | ) | $ | (7,051 | ) | $ | 20,588 | ||||
Foreign currency translation adjustmentnet of tax |
1,576 | 657 | 163 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total comprehensive income (loss) |
$ | (27,075 | ) | $ | (6,394 | ) | $ | 20,751 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.
F-10
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY
(In thousands, except share amounts)
Common Stock |
Additional
Paid-In Capital |
Accumulated
Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) |
Accumulated
Deficit |
Total
Stockholders Equity |
||||||||||||||||||||
Shares | Amount | |||||||||||||||||||||||
BalancesJanuary 31, 2009 |
100 | $ | | $ | 267,500 | $ | (1,246 | ) | $ | (27,584 | ) | $ | 238,670 | |||||||||||
Capital contribution |
| | 5,000 | | | 5,000 | ||||||||||||||||||
Capital contributionmanagement fee |
| | 3,892 | | | 3,892 | ||||||||||||||||||
Stock-based compensation |
| | 592 | | | 592 | ||||||||||||||||||
Net loss |
| | | | (28,651 | ) | (28,651 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Foreign currency translation adjustmentnet of tax |
| | | 1,576 | | 1,576 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
BalancesJanuary 30, 2010 |
100 | | 276,984 | 330 | (56,235 | ) | 221,079 | |||||||||||||||||
Stock-based compensation |
| | 1,119 | | | 1,119 | ||||||||||||||||||
Net loss |
| | | | (7,051 | ) | (7,051 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Foreign currency translation adjustmentnet of tax |
| | | 657 | | 657 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
BalancesJanuary 29, 2011 |
100 | | 278,103 | 987 | (63,286 | ) | 215,804 | |||||||||||||||||
Stock-based compensation |
| | 1,557 | | | 1,557 | ||||||||||||||||||
Capital contributionexecutive compensation |
| | 6,350 | | | 6,350 | ||||||||||||||||||
Capital contributionmanagement fee |
| | 6,000 | | | 6,000 | ||||||||||||||||||
Net income |
| | | | 20,588 | 20,588 | ||||||||||||||||||
Foreign currency translation adjustmentnet of tax |
| | | 163 | | 163 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
BalancesJanuary 28, 2012 |
100 | $ | | $ | 292,010 | $ | 1,150 | $ | (42,698 | ) | $ | 250,462 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.
F-11
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(In thousands)
Year Ended | ||||||||||||
January 30,
2010 |
January 29,
2011 |
January 28,
2012 |
||||||||||
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES |
||||||||||||
Net income (loss) |
$ | (28,651 | ) | $ | (7,051 | ) | $ | 20,588 | ||||
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by
|
||||||||||||
Depreciation and amortization |
43,065 | 31,263 | 29,186 | |||||||||
Net non-cash charges resulting from inventory fair value adjustment |
(12,780 | ) | | | ||||||||
Impairment of property and equipment |
2,304 | 2,115 | | |||||||||
Loss on disposal of property and equipment |
| | 674 | |||||||||
Stock-based compensation expense |
592 | 1,119 | 1,557 | |||||||||
Capital contributionexecutive compensation |
| | 6,350 | |||||||||
Capital contributionmanagement fee paid by Parent on behalf of the Company |
3,892 | | 6,000 | |||||||||
Deferred income taxes |
(179 | ) | (427 | ) | 4,299 | |||||||
Amortization of financing fees |
193 | 193 | 573 | |||||||||
Change in assets and liabilities: |
||||||||||||
Accounts receivable |
3,804 | 68 | (7,280 | ) | ||||||||
Merchandise inventories |
34,953 | (57,103 | ) | (39,475 | ) | |||||||
Prepaid expense and other current assets |
(1,009 | ) | (1,477 | ) | (36,371 | ) | ||||||
Other assets |
704 | (797 | ) | (573 | ) | |||||||
Accounts payable and accrued expenses |
8,202 | 5,475 | 14,374 | |||||||||
Deferred revenue and customer deposits |
1,188 | 2,503 | 11,418 | |||||||||
Other current liabilities |
(208 | ) | 3,395 | 3,915 | ||||||||
Deferred rent and lease incentives |
1,236 | 8,638 | 1,732 | |||||||||
Other long-term obligations |
(238 | ) | 276 | 154 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities |
57,068 | (11,810 | ) | 17,121 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES |
||||||||||||
Capital expenditures |
(2,024 | ) | (39,907 | ) | (25,593 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net cash used in investing activities |
(2,024 | ) | (39,907 | ) | (25,593 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES |
||||||||||||
Gross borrowings under revolving line of credit |
616,878 | 875,936 | 1,007,330 | |||||||||
Gross repayments under revolving line of credit |
(670,325 | ) | (821,734 | ) | (1,011,937 | ) | ||||||
Proceeds from issuance of term loan |
| | 15,000 | |||||||||
Debt issuance costs |
| | (2,835 | ) | ||||||||
Payments on capital leases and other long-term obligations |
(2,608 | ) | (2,601 | ) | (4,188 | ) | ||||||
Capital contributions |
5,000 | | | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities |
(51,055 | ) | 51,601 | 3,370 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Effects of foreign currency exchange rate translation |
594 | 294 | 249 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents |
4,583 | 178 | (4,853 | ) | ||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
||||||||||||
Beginning of period |
8,603 | 13,186 | 13,364 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
End of period |
$ | 13,186 | $ | 13,364 | $ | 8,511 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Cash paid for interest |
$ | 2,761 | $ | 2,068 | $ | 3,737 | ||||||
Cash paid for taxes |
354 | 744 | 1,697 | |||||||||
Non-cash transactions: |
||||||||||||
Property and equipment acquired under capital lease |
| 3,550 | 7,770 | |||||||||
Property and equipment additions in accounts payable |
41 | 454 | 645 | |||||||||
Capital contribution executive compensation |
| | 6,350 | |||||||||
Capital contribution management fee paid by Parent on behalf of the Company |
3,892 | | 6,000 |
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.
F-12
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 1NATURE OF BUSINESS
Restoration Hardware, Inc., a Delaware corporation, together with its subsidiaries (collectively, the Company), is a luxury home furnishings retailer that offers a growing number of categories including furniture, lighting, textiles, bathware, décor, outdoor, garden, and baby and child products. These products are sold through the Companys stores, catalogs and websites. As of January 28, 2012, the Company operated a total of 74 retail stores and 10 outlet stores in 29 states, the District of Columbia and Canada, and had sourcing operations in Shanghai and Hong Kong.
NOTE 2ORGANIZATION
In June 2008, the Company completed a merger with a wholly owned subsidiary (Merger Sub) of Home Holdings, LLC (Parent), a Delaware limited liability company, pursuant to which Merger Sub merged with and into the Company and the Company became a direct wholly owned subsidiary of Parent (the Acquisition). Parent is controlled by investment funds affiliated with Catterton Management Company, LLC (Catterton) and Tower Three Partners, LLC (Tower Three). In addition, certain of the Companys stockholders prior to the merger (including Mr. Friedman and certain funds affiliated with GJK Capital Advisors, LLC (Glenhill)) exchanged their shares of the Companys common stock for equity interests in Parent in connection with the Acquisition.
Subsequent to the Acquisition, Parent has transferred an additional $40 million to the Company, which was originally contributed by Parents equityholders to Parent, and is recorded as additional paid-in capital on the consolidated statements of stockholders equity. Parent transferred $35 million of such funds to the Company in 2008 and $5 million of such funds to the Company in fiscal 2009.
In connection with the Acquisition, goodwill of $122.3 million was recognized by the Company.
NOTE 3CHANGE IN ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLESTOCK-BASED COMPENSATION
In the third quarter of 2012, the Company changed its policy for recognizing stock-based compensation expense from the graded method of accounting to the straight-line method of accounting for its time-based units (or service-only awards). Based on research and analysis, the Company believes the straight-line method of accounting for stock-based compensation expense for service-only awards is the predominant method used in its industry. In order for the Companys results of operations to be comparable to its peers, it has concluded that the straight-line method of accounting for stock-based compensation is a preferable accounting method in accordance with ASC 250-10-45.
F-13
The following table presents the audited comparative effect of the change in accounting method and its impact on key components of the Companys consolidated statements of operations ( dollar amounts in thousands ). The effect of the change in accounting was immaterial for the year ended January 30, 2010.
Year Ended | ||||||||||||||||
January 29,
2011 |
January 28,
2012 |
|||||||||||||||
As
Reported |
As
Revised |
As
Reported |
As
Revised |
|||||||||||||
Net revenues |
$ | 772,752 | $ | 772,752 | $ | 958,084 | $ | 958,084 | ||||||||
Cost of goods sold |
501,132 | 501,132 | 601,735 | 601,735 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Gross profit |
271,620 | 271,620 | 356,349 | 356,349 | ||||||||||||
Selling, general and administrative expense |
275,859 | 274,836 | 329,753 | 329,506 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
(Loss) income from operations |
(4,239 | ) | (3,216 | ) | 26,596 | 26,843 | ||||||||||
Interest expense, net |
(3,150 | ) | (3,150 | ) | (5,134 | ) | (5,134 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
(Loss) income before income taxes |
(7,389 | ) | (6,366 | ) | 21,462 | 21,709 | ||||||||||
Income tax (benefit) expense |
685 | 685 | 1,121 | 1,121 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Net (loss) income |
$ | (8,074 | ) | $ | (7,051 | ) | $ | 20,341 | $ | 20,588 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Basic and diluted net income (loss) per share |
$ | (80,740 | ) | $ | (70,510 | ) | $ | 203,410 | $ | 205,880 | ||||||
Shares used in computing basic and diluted net income (loss) per share |
100 | 100 | 100 | 100 |
The following table presents the audited comparative effect of the change in accounting method and its impact on key components of the Companys consolidated balance sheets ( in thousands ):
January 29,
2011 |
January 28,
2012 |
|||||||||||||||
As
Reported |
As
Revised |
As
Reported |
As
Revised |
|||||||||||||
Stockholders equity: |
||||||||||||||||
Common stock, $0.01 par value, 1,000 shares authorized, 100 shares issued and outstanding as of both January 29, 2011 and January 28, 2012 |
$ | | $ | | $ | | $ | | ||||||||
Additional paid-in capital |
279,126 | 278,103 | 293,280 | 292,010 | ||||||||||||
Accumulated other comprehensive income |
987 | 987 | 1,150 | 1,150 | ||||||||||||
Accumulated deficit |
(64,309 | ) | (63,286 | ) | (43,968 | ) | (42,698 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total stockholders equity |
$ | 215,804 | $ | 215,804 | $ | 250,462 | $ | 250,462 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The change did not impact cash flows from total operating, investing or financing activities.
NOTE 4SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Basis of Presentation
These consolidated financial statements are prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (GAAP). The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries. Accordingly, all intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated through the consolidation process.
F-14
Fiscal Years
The Companys fiscal year ends on the Saturday closest to January 31. As a result, the Companys fiscal year may include 53 weeks. The fiscal years ended January 30, 2010 ( fiscal 2009), January 29, 2011 (fiscal 2010), and January 28, 2012 (fiscal 2011) each consisted of 52 weeks.
Use of Accounting Estimates
The preparation of the Companys consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates and such differences could be material to the consolidated financial statements.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
The Company considers highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents.
Concentration of Credit Risk
The Company maintains its cash and cash equivalent accounts in financial institutions in both U.S. dollar and Canadian dollar denominations. Accounts at the U.S. institutions are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) up to $250,000 and accounts at the Canadian institutions are insured by the Canada Deposit Insurance Corporation (CDIC) up to $100,000 Canadian dollars. As of January 28, 2012, the Company had four U.S. bank account balances that were in excess of the FDIC insurance limit. No Canadian bank account balances were in excess of the CIDC insurance limit as of January 28, 2012. The Company performs ongoing evaluations of these institutions to limit its concentration of credit risk.
Accounts Receivable
Accounts receivable consist primarily of receivables from the Companys credit card processors for sales transactions and tenant improvement allowances from the Companys landlords in connection with new leases. Accounts receivable is presented net of allowance for doubtful accounts which is recorded on a specific identification basis. The allowance for doubtful accounts was not significant as of January 29, 2011 and January 28, 2012.
Merchandise Inventories
The Companys merchandise inventories are comprised of finished goods and are carried at the lower of cost or market, with cost determined on a weighted average cost method and market determined based on the estimated net realizable value. To determine if the value of inventory should be marked down below original cost, the Company considers current and anticipated demand, customer preference and the merchandise age. The inventory value is adjusted periodically to reflect current market conditions, which requires management judgments that may significantly affect the ending inventory valuation, as well as gross margin. The significant estimates used in inventory valuation are obsolescence (including excess and slow-moving inventory and lower of cost or market reserves) and estimates of inventory shrinkage. The Company adjusts its inventory for obsolescence based on historical trends, aging reports, specific identification and its estimates of future retail sales prices.
Reserves for shrinkage are estimated and recorded throughout the period as a percentage of net sales based on historical shrinkage results and current inventory levels. Actual shrinkage is recorded throughout the year based upon periodic cycle counts and the results of the Companys annual physical inventory count. Actual inventory shrinkage and obsolescence can vary from estimates due to factors including the mix of the Companys inventory (which ranges from large furniture to decorative accessories) and execution against loss prevention
F-15
initiatives in the Companys stores, distribution centers, off-site storage locations and with its third-party transportation providers.
Due to these factors, the Companys obsolescence and shrinkage reserves contain uncertainties. Both estimates have calculations that require management to make assumptions and to apply judgment regarding a number of factors, including market conditions, the selling environment, historical results and current inventory trends. If actual obsolescence or shrinkage estimates change from the Companys original estimates, the Company will adjust its inventory reserves accordingly throughout the period. Management does not believe that changes in the assumptions used in these estimates would have a significant effect on the Companys net income (loss) or inventory balances. The Companys inventory reserve balances were $3.7 million and $5.6 million as of January 29, 2011 and January 28, 2012, respectively.
The allocation of the purchase price accounting as a result of the Acquisition had the net effect of reducing the carrying amount of the Companys inventory by $47.9 million at the time of the Acquisition. This decrease in inventory value was amortized to cost of goods sold over a nine-month period, resulting in a decrease to costs of goods sold of $12.8 million in fiscal 2009. As this amount was fully amortized in fiscal 2009, there was no impact in fiscal 2010 or fiscal 2011.
Prepaid Catalog and Advertising Expenses
Advertising expenses primarily represent the costs associated with the Companys catalog mailings, as well as print and website marketing. All advertising costs are expensed as incurred, with the exception of prepaid catalog expenses. Prepaid catalog expenses consist primarily of third-party incremental direct costs to prepare, print and distribute catalogs. Such costs are capitalized as prepaid catalog expenses and are amortized over their expected period of future benefit. Such amortization is based upon the ratio of actual revenues to the total of actual and estimated future revenues on an individual catalog basis. Estimated future revenues are based upon various factors such as the total number of catalogs and pages circulated, the probability and magnitude of consumer response and the assortment of merchandise offered. Each catalog is generally fully amortized within a six- to seven-month period, with the majority of the amortization occurring within the first three to four months. Prepaid catalog expenses are evaluated for realizability on a regular basis by comparing the carrying amount associated with each catalog to the estimated probable remaining future sales associated with that catalog. The Company had $6.6 million and $28.6 million of prepaid catalog costs that are included in prepaid expense and other current assets on the consolidated balance sheets as of January 29, 2011, and January 28, 2012, respectively.
Advertising costs, recorded in selling, general and administrative expenses, were $43.6 million, $56.1 million, and $66.9 million in fiscal 2009, fiscal 2010, and fiscal 2011, respectively.
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment is recorded at cost, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method, generally using the following useful lives:
Category of Property and Equipment |
Useful Life |
|
Building |
40 years | |
Furniture, fixtures and equipment |
3 to 7 years | |
Machinery and equipment |
3 to 5 years | |
Computer software |
3 years |
The cost of leasehold improvements and lease acquisitions is amortized over the lesser of the useful life of the asset or the applicable lease term.
Interest is capitalized on construction in progress and software projects during the period in which expenditures have been made, activities are in progress to prepare the asset for its intended use and actual interest costs are being incurred.
F-16
Assets acquired under non-cancelable leases, which meet the criteria of capital leases, are capitalized in property and equipment and amortized over the lesser of the useful life of the asset or the applicable lease term.
The land purchased by the Company is recorded at cost and is a non-depreciable asset.
Property and equipment is reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of assets may not be recoverable.
Intangible Assets
Intangible assets reflect the value assigned to trademarks, customer relationships, core technologies and the fair market value of the Companys leases at the time of the Acquisition. Customer relationships, core technologies and the fair market value of the leases are amortized over their useful life. The Company does not amortize trademarks as the Company defines the life of the asset as indefinite.
Impairment
Goodwill
The Company evaluates goodwill annually to determine whether it is impaired. Goodwill is also tested between annual impairment tests if an event occurs or circumstances change that would indicate that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. Conditions that may indicate impairment include, but are not limited to, a significant adverse change in customer demand or business climate that could affect the value of an asset; general economic conditions, such as increasing Treasury rates or unexpected changes in GDP growth; a change in the Companys market share; budget-to-actual performance and consistency of operating margins and capital expenditures; a product recall or an adverse action or assessment by a regulator; or changes in management, key personnel, etc. If an impairment indicator exists, the Company tests the intangible asset for recoverability. The Company has identified only one single reporting unit. The Company selected the fourth fiscal quarter to perform its annual goodwill impairment testing.
In fiscal 2011, the Company elected to early adopt the option to qualitatively assess goodwill impairment to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. Accordingly, the Company performed a qualitative analysis examining key events and circumstances affecting fair value and determined it is more likely than not that the reporting units fair value is greater than its carrying amount. As such, no further analysis was required for purposes of testing of the Companys goodwill for impairment.
If goodwill is not qualitatively assessed, a two-step quantitative approach is used. In the first step, the Company compares the fair value of the reporting unit, generally defined as the same level as or one level below an operating segment, to its carrying value. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds the carrying value of the net assets assigned to that unit, goodwill is considered not impaired and the Company is not required to perform further testing. If the carrying value of the net assets assigned to the reporting unit exceeds the fair value of the reporting unit, then the Company must perform the second step of the impairment test in order to determine the implied fair value of the reporting units goodwill. If the carrying value of a reporting units goodwill exceeds its implied fair value, then the Company would record an impairment loss equal to the difference.
The Companys tests for impairment of goodwill resulted in a determination that the fair value of the Company substantially exceeded the carrying value of the Companys net assets in fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2011. No impairment to goodwill has been recorded in any period.
Trademarks
The Company annually evaluates whether trademarks continue to have an indefinite life. Trademarks are reviewed for impairment annually in the fourth quarter and may be reviewed more frequently if indicators of impairment are present. Conditions that may indicate impairment include, but are not limited to, a significant
F-17
adverse change in customer demand or business climate that could affect the value of an asset, a product recall or an adverse action or assessment by a regulator.
The impairment review is performed by comparing the carrying value to the estimated fair value, determined using a discounted cash flow methodology. Factors used in the valuation of intangible assets with indefinite lives include, but are not limited to, managements plans for future operations, brand initiatives, recent operating results and projected future cash flows. The Company tested the trademarks for impairment and concluded that there has been no impairment in any period.
Long-Lived Assets
Long-lived assets, such as property and equipment and intangible assets subject to amortization, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Conditions that may indicate impairment include, but are not limited to, a significant adverse change in customer demand or business climate that could affect the value of an asset, a product recall or an adverse action or assessment by a regulator. If the sum of the estimated undiscounted future cash flows related to the asset are less than the carrying value, the Company recognizes a loss equal to the difference between the carrying value and the fair value, usually determined by the estimated discounted cash flow analysis of the asset.
The Company evaluates long-lived tangible assets at an individual store level, which is the lowest level at which independent cash flows can be identified. The Company evaluates corporate assets or other long-lived assets that are not store-specific at the consolidated level.
Since there is typically no active market for the Companys long-lived tangible assets, the Company estimates fair values based on the expected future cash flows. The Company estimates future cash flows based on store-level historical results, current trends, and operating and cash flow projections. The Companys estimates are subject to uncertainty and may be affected by a number of factors outside its control, including general economic conditions and the competitive environment. While the Company believes its estimates and judgments about future cash flows are reasonable, future impairment charges may be required if the expected cash flow estimates, as projected, do not occur or if events change requiring the Company to revise its estimates.
The Company recorded a $2.3 million and $2.1 million impairment charge on long-lived assets of certain underperforming stores in fiscal 2009 and fiscal 2010, respectively, which is included in cost of goods sold on the consolidated statements of operations. The Company did not record an impairment charge on long-lived assets in fiscal 2011.
Capital and Operating Leases
The Company classifies leases at the inception of the lease as either a capital lease or an operating lease. A lease is classified as a capital lease if any of the following conditions are met: (i) the ownership of the leased property is transferred to the lessee by the end of the lease term, (ii) there is a bargain purchase option, (iii) the lease term is at least 75% of the propertys estimated remaining economic life or (iv) the present value of the minimum lease payments at the beginning of the lease term is 90% or more of the fair value of the leased property. A capital lease is accounted for as if there were an acquisition of an asset and an incurrence of an obligation at the inception of the lease. All leases not identified as capital leases are accounted for as operating leases.
The Company leases stores, distribution facilities, office space and certain machinery and equipment under various operating leases. Most real estate lease agreements contain, among other terms and conditions, tenant improvement allowances, rent holidays, lease premiums, rent escalation clauses and contingent rent provisions. For purposes of recognizing lease incentives, premiums and minimum rental expenses on a straight-line basis over the terms of the leases, the Company uses the date of initial possession to begin amortization, which is generally when the Company enters the space and begins to make improvements in preparation of intended use. For tenant improvement allowances and rent holidays, the Company records a deferred rent liability, reported as
F-18
a long-term liability on the consolidated balance sheets, and amortizes the deferred rent over the term of the lease as an adjustment to rent expense.
For scheduled rent changes during the lease terms or for rental payments commencing at a date other than the date of initial occupancy (rent holidays), the Company records minimum rental expenses on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease.
Certain leases provide for contingent rents, which are determined as a percentage of gross sales in excess of specified levels. The Company records a contingent rent liability in accounts payable and accrued expenses on the consolidated balance sheets and the corresponding rent expense when specified levels have been achieved or when management estimates that achieving the specified levels during the lease term is probable.
Debt Issuance Costs
The Company capitalizes debt issuance costs related to its revolving line of credit and term loan. Capitalized costs related to the revolving line of credit are included in other assets on the consolidated balance sheets as deferred financing fees. Capitalized costs paid to lenders relating to the term loan are netted against the term loan on the consolidated balance sheets. Deferred financing fees are amortized utilizing the straight-line method and are included in interest expense on the consolidated statements of operations.
Revenue Recognition
The Company recognizes revenues and the related cost of goods sold when merchandise is received by its customers. Revenues from cash-and-carry store sales is recognized at the point of sale in the store. Revenues from direct-to-customer and home-delivered sales is recognized when the merchandise is delivered to the customer. Discounts provided to customers are accounted for as a reduction of sales.
The Company recognizes shipping and handling fees as revenue when the merchandise is shipped to the customer. Costs of shipping and handling are included in cost of goods sold.
Sales tax collected is not recognized as revenue but is included in accounts payable and accrued expenses on the consolidated balance sheets as it is ultimately remitted to governmental authorities.
The Company reserves for projected merchandise returns. Merchandise returns are often resaleable merchandise and are refunded by issuing the same payment tender of the original purchase. Merchandise exchanges of the same product and price are not considered merchandise returns and, therefore, are excluded when calculating the sales returns reserve.
The Companys customers may return purchased items for an exchange or refund. The Company provides an allowance for sales returns based on historical return rates. A summary of the allowance for sales returns, presented net of cost of goods sold, is as follows ( in thousands ):
Year Ended | ||||||||||||
January 30,
2010 |
January 29,
2011 |
January 28,
2012 |
||||||||||
Balance at beginning of fiscal year |
$ | 2,119 | $ | 3,145 | $ | 3,403 | ||||||
Provision for sales returns |
78,107 | 83,393 | 102,875 | |||||||||
Actual sales returns |
(77,081 | ) | (83,135 | ) | (103,097 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Balance at end of fiscal year |
$ | 3,145 | $ | 3,403 | $ | 3,181 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-19
Deferred Revenue and Customer Deposits
Deferred revenue represents the revenue associated with orders that have been shipped by the Company to its customers but have not yet been received by the customer. As the Company recognizes revenue when the merchandise is received by its customers, it is included as deferred revenue on the consolidated balance sheets while in-transit.
Customer deposits represent payments made by customers on custom orders. At the time of purchase the Company collects deposits for all custom orders equivalent to 50% of the customer purchase price. Custom order deposits are recognized as revenue when the merchandise is received by the customer or at the time of cancellation of the order by the customer.
Gift Certificates and Merchandise Credits
The Company sells gift certificates and issues merchandise credits to its customers in its stores and through its websites and product catalogs. Such gift certificates and merchandise credits do not have expiration dates. Revenue associated with gift certificates and merchandise credits is deferred until either (i) redemption of the gift certificate and merchandise credits or (ii) when the likelihood of redemption is remote and there exists no legal obligation to remit the value of unredeemed gift certificates or merchandise credits to the relevant jurisdictions (breakage). The breakage rate is based on monitoring of certificates issued, actual certificate redemptions and the Companys analysis of when it believes it is remote that redemptions will occur.
Redeemed gift certificates and merchandise credits are recorded in net revenues. Breakage resulted in a reduction of selling, general and administrative expenses on the consolidated statements of operations of $2.7 million, $3.0 million, and $3.2 million in fiscal 2009, fiscal 2010, and fiscal 2011, respectively.
Self Insurance
The Company maintains insurance coverage for significant exposures, as well as those risks that, by law, must be insured. In the case of the Companys health care coverage for employees, the Company has a managed self insurance program related to claims filed. Expenses related to this self insured program are computed on an actuarial basis, based on claims experience, regulatory requirements, an estimate of claims incurred but not yet reported (IBNR) and other relevant factors. The projections involved in this process are subject to uncertainty related to the timing and amount of claims filed, levels of IBNR, fluctuations in health care costs and changes to regulatory requirements.
The Company is not self-insured for workers compensation claims related to incidents incurred after October 31, 2007. The Company is self-insured for all workers compensation claims prior to November 1, 2007.
Stock-Based Compensation
The Company accounts for stock-based compensation in accordance with applicable guidance which requires the fair value of stock-based payments to be recognized in the consolidated financial statements as compensation expense over the requisite service period. For service-only awards compensation expense is recognized on a straight-line basis, net of forfeitures, over the requisite service period for the fair value of awards that actually vest.
Parent has granted performance-based units in Parent that vest and become deliverable upon achievement or satisfaction of performance conditions specified in the performance agreement or upon the return on investment attained by certain of the equity investors in Parent at defined liquidity events, including an initial public offering or certain sale or merger transactions. The Company estimates the fair value of performance-based units awarded to employees at the grant date based on the fair value of the Company on such date. The Company also considers the probability of achieving the established performance targets in determining its stock-based compensation
F-20
with respect to these awards. The Company recognizes compensation cost over the performance period. When the performance is related to a specific event occurring in the future, the Company recognizes the full expense at the time of the event.
Cost of Goods Sold
Cost of goods sold includes, but is not limited to, the direct cost of purchased merchandise, inventory shrinkage, inventory reserves and write-downs, inbound freight, all freight costs to get merchandise to the Companys stores, design and buying costs, occupancy costs related to store operations, such as rent, property tax and common area maintenance, depreciation and amortization, and all logistics costs associated with shipping product to customers.
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses
Selling, general and administrative expenses include all operating costs not included in cost of goods sold. These expenses include payroll, expenses related to many of the Companys operations at its headquarters, including utilities, depreciation and amortization, store expenses other than occupancy and marketing expense, which primarily includes catalog production, mailing and print advertising costs.
Store Pre-Opening Activities
All store pre-opening costs are expensed as incurred.
Earnings (Loss) Per Share
Basic earnings (loss) per share is computed as net income (loss) divided by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted earnings (loss) per share is computed as net income (loss) divided by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period plus common stock equivalents consisting of shares subject to stock-based awards with exercise prices less than or equal to the average market price of the Companys common stock for the period, to the extent their inclusion would be dilutive. Potential dilutive securities are excluded from the computation of diluted earnings (loss) per share if their effect is anti-dilutive. The Company did not have any anti-dilutive securities in fiscal 2009, fiscal 2010, or fiscal 2011 because all securities granted in those periods were granted by Parent.
Income Taxes
The Company accounts for income taxes under an asset and liability approach that requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in the Companys consolidated financial statements or tax returns. In estimating future tax consequences, the Company generally takes into account all expected future events then known to it, other than changes in the tax law or rates which have not yet been enacted and which are not permitted to be considered. Accordingly, the Company may record a valuation allowance to reduce its net deferred tax assets to the amount that is more-likely-than-not to be realized. The determination as to whether a deferred tax asset will be realized is made on a jurisdictional basis and is based upon managements best estimate of the recoverability of the Companys net deferred tax assets. Future taxable income and ongoing prudent and feasible tax planning are considered in determining the amount of the valuation allowance, and the amount of the allowance is subject to adjustment in the future. Specifically, in the event the Company were to determine that it is not more-likely-than-not able to realize its net deferred tax assets in the future, an adjustment to the valuation allowance would decrease income in the period such determination is made. This allowance does not alter the Companys ability to utilize the underlying tax net operating loss and credit carryforwards in the future, the utilization of which is limited to achieving future taxable income.
F-21
The accounting standard for uncertainty in income taxes prescribes a recognition threshold that a tax position is required to meet before being recognized in the financial statements and provides guidance on derecognition, measurement, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition issues. Differences between tax positions taken in a tax return and amounts recognized in the financial statements generally result in an increase in a liability for income taxes payable or a reduction of an income tax refund receivable, or a reduction in a deferred tax asset or an increase in a deferred tax liability, or both. The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in tax expense.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
The carrying values of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and borrowings under the revolving line of credit approximate their estimated fair values.
The degree of judgment used in measuring the fair value of financial instruments generally correlates to the level of pricing observability. Pricing observability is impacted by a number of factors, including the type of financial instrument, whether the financial instrument is new to the market and not yet established and the characteristics specific to the transaction. Financial instruments with readily available active quoted prices for which fair value can be measured generally will have a higher degree of pricing observability and a lesser degree of judgment used in measuring fair value. Conversely, financial instruments rarely traded or not quoted will generally have less, or no, pricing observability and a higher degree of judgment used in measuring fair value.
The Companys financial assets and liabilities measured and reported at fair value are classified and disclosed in one of the following categories:
|
Level 1Quoted prices are available in active markets for identical investments as of the reporting date. |
|
Level 2Pricing inputs are other than quoted prices in active markets, which are either directly or indirectly observable as of the reporting date, and fair value is determined through the use of models or other valuation methodologies. |
|
Level 3Pricing inputs are unobservable for the investment and include situations where there is little, if any, market activity for the investment. The inputs used in the determination of fair value require significant management judgment or estimation. |
The Companys financial assets and liabilities were classified as Level 1 as of January 29, 2011 and January 28, 2012.
Comprehensive Income (Loss)
Comprehensive income (loss) consists of net income (loss) and other comprehensive income (loss). The Companys other comprehensive income (loss) consists of foreign currency translation adjustments.
Foreign Currency Translation
Local currencies are generally considered the functional currencies outside the United States of America. Assets and liabilities denominated in non-U.S. currencies are translated at the rate of exchange prevailing on the date of the consolidated balance sheets and revenues and expenses are translated at average rates of exchange for the period. The related translation gains (losses) are reflected in the accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) section of the consolidated statements of stockholders equity. Foreign currency gains (losses) resulting from foreign currency transactions are included in selling, general and administrative expenses on the consolidated statements of operations and have not been material in all periods presented.
F-22
Recently Issued Accounting Standards
In September 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued guidance that revises the requirements around how entities test goodwill for impairment. The guidance allows companies to perform a qualitative assessment before calculating the fair value of the reporting unit. If entities determine, on the basis of qualitative factors, that the fair value of the reporting unit is more likely than not greater than the carrying amount, a quantitative calculation would not be needed. The Company early adopted this guidance effective for its fiscal 2011 annual goodwill impairment test. The adoption of this guidance resulted in a change in how the Company performed its goodwill impairment assessment; however, it did not have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.
In June 2011, the FASB issued guidance that revises the manner in which entities present comprehensive income in their financial statements. The guidance requires entities to report the components of comprehensive income in either a single, continuous statement or two separate but consecutive statements. In December 2011, the FASB issued guidance which defers certain requirements set forth in June 2011. These amendments are being made to allow the FASB time to redeliberate whether to present on the face of the financial statements the effects of reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income on the components of net income and other comprehensive income in all periods presented. Both sets of guidance are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2011 and is to be applied retrospectively. The Company adopted this guidance on January 20, 2012 and such adoption only resulted in a change in how the Company presents the components of comprehensive income, which was previously presented within its consolidated statements of stockholders equity.
In May 2011, the FASB issued guidance to amend the fair value measurement and disclosure requirements. The guidance requires the disclosure of quantitative information about unobservable inputs used, a description of the valuation processes used, and a qualitative discussion around the sensitivity of the measurements. The guidance is effective during interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011 and is to be applied prospectively. The adoption of this guidance will not have a material impact on the disclosures in the notes to the Companys consolidated financial statements.
NOTE 5PREPAID EXPENSES AND OTHER CURRENT ASSETS
Prepaid expenses and other current assets consist of the following ( in thousands ):
January 29,
2011 |
January 28,
2012 |
|||||||
Prepaid catalog |
$ | 6,590 | $ | 28,608 | ||||
Vendor deposits |
2,413 | 9,399 | ||||||
Prepaid expenses |
9,327 | 8,923 | ||||||
Deferred tax assets |
58 | 4,161 | ||||||
Other current assets |
1,973 | 5,640 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total prepaid expenses and other current assets |
$ | 20,361 | $ | 56,731 | ||||
|
|
|
|
F-23
NOTE 6PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
Property and equipment consists of the following ( in thousands ):
January 29,
2011 |
January 28,
2012 |
|||||||
Leasehold improvements (1) |
$ | 100,537 | $ | 118,898 | ||||
Land |
2,388 | 2,388 | ||||||
Building |
2,205 | 2,205 | ||||||
Furniture, fixtures and equipment |
10,285 | 16,166 | ||||||
Machinery and equipment |
675 | 4,823 | ||||||
Computer software |
24,109 | 27,194 | ||||||
Equipment under capital leases (2) |
12,309 | 13,918 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total property and equipment |
152,508 | 185,592 | ||||||
Lessaccumulated depreciation and amortization |
(76,058 | ) | (102,034 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total property and equipmentnet |
$ | 76,450 | $ | 83,558 | ||||
|
|
|
|
(1) | Leasehold improvements include construction in progress of $4.1 million and $9.1 million as of January 29, 2011, and January 28, 2012, respectively. |
(2) | Accumulated depreciation and amortization include accumulated amortization related to equipment under capital leases of $11.2 million and $8.5 million as of January 29, 2011, and January 28, 2012, respectively. |
The Company recorded depreciation expense of $25.9 million, $27.8 million, and $26.2 million in fiscal 2009, fiscal 2010, and fiscal 2011, respectively.
NOTE 7GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS
The following sets forth the goodwill and intangible assets as of January 29, 2011 ( dollar amounts in thousands ):
Gross
Carrying Amount |
Accumulated
Amortization |
Foreign
Currency Translation |
Net Book
Value January 29, 2011 |
Useful
Life |
||||||||||||||||
Intangible assets subject to amortization: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Core technologies |
$ | 6,580 | $ | (3,509 | ) | $ | | $ | 3,071 | 5 years | ||||||||||
Fair value of leases |
||||||||||||||||||||
Fair market write-up |
13,910 | (8,236 | ) | 48 | 5,722 | (2 | ) | |||||||||||||
Fair market write-down |
(3,070 | ) | 1,361 | | (1,709 | )(1) | (2 | ) | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Total intangible assets subject to amortization |
17,420 | (10,384 | ) | 48 | 7,084 | |||||||||||||||
Intangible assets not subject to amortization: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Goodwill |
122,285 | | 318 | 122,603 | ||||||||||||||||
Trademarks |
47,100 | | | 47,100 | ||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Total intangible assets |
$ | 186,805 | $ | (10,384 | ) | $ | 366 | $ | 176,787 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) | The fair market write-down of leases is included in other long-term obligations on the consolidated balance sheets. |
(2) | The fair value of each lease is amortized over the life of the respective lease. The longest lease for which a fair value adjustment was recorded has a termination date in January 2019. |
F-24
The following sets forth the goodwill and intangible assets as of January 28, 2012 ( dollar amounts in thousands ):
Gross
Carrying Amount |
Accumulated
Amortization |
Foreign
Currency Translation |
Net Book
Value January 28, 2012 |
Useful
Life |
||||||||||||||||
Intangible assets subject to amortization: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Core technologies |
$ | 6,580 | $ | (4,825 | ) | $ | | $ | 1,755 | 5 years | ||||||||||
Fair value of leases |
||||||||||||||||||||
Fair market write-up |
11,988 | (8,365 | ) | 48 | 3,671 | (2 | ) | |||||||||||||
Fair market write-down |
(2,591 | ) | 1,448 | | (1,143 | )(1) | (2 | ) | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Total intangible assets subject to amortization |
15,977 | (11,742 | ) | 48 | 4,283 | |||||||||||||||
Intangible assets not subject to amortization: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Goodwill |
122,285 | | 310 | 122,595 | ||||||||||||||||
Trademarks |
47,100 | | | 47,100 | ||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Total intangible assets |
$ | 185,362 | $ | (11,742 | ) | $ | 358 | $ | 173,978 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) | The fair market write-down of leases is included in other long-term obligations on the consolidated balance sheets. |
(2) | The fair value of each lease is amortized over the life of the respective lease. The longest lease for which a fair value adjustment was recorded has a termination date in January 2019. |
Core technologies represents the fair market value of Company-developed technologies that had been fully depreciated at the time of the Acquisition. The fair value of leases reflects the Companys favorable and unfavorable positions of lease terms for its stores, distribution centers and corporate headquarters at the time of the Acquisition.
The Company recorded amortization expense related to intangible assets of $17.1 million, $3.4 million, and $2.8 million in fiscal 2009, fiscal 2010, and fiscal 2011, respectively.
The following table sets forth the remaining amortization of the intangible assets based on a straight-line method of amortization over the respective useful lives as of January 28, 2012 ( in thousands ):
2012 |
$ | 2,219 | ||
2013 |
1,204 | |||
2014 |
690 | |||
2015 |
95 | |||
2016 |
56 | |||
Thereafter |
19 | |||
|
|
|||
Total amortization |
$ | 4,283 | ||
|
|
F-25
NOTE 8ACCOUNTS PAYABLE, ACCRUED EXPENSES AND OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES
Accounts payable and accrued expenses consist of the following ( in thousands ):
January 29,
2011 |
January 28,
2012 |
|||||||
Accounts payable |
$ | 51,409 | $ | 47,440 | ||||
Accrued compensation |
16,698 | 21,168 | ||||||
Accrued freight |
5,925 | 8,896 | ||||||
Accrued occupancy |
4,309 | 6,203 | ||||||
Accrued catalog |
101 | 7,176 | ||||||
Accrued sales taxes |
6,881 | 8,472 | ||||||
Accrued professional fees |
1,557 | 2,494 | ||||||
Other accrued expenses |
3,846 | 3,845 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total accounts payable and accrued expenses |
$ | 90,726 | $ | 105,694 | ||||
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable included negative cash balances due to outstanding checks of $6.0 million and $12.4 million as of January 29, 2011, and January 28, 2012, respectively.
Other current liabilities consist of the following ( in thousands ):
January 29,
2011 |
January 28,
2012 |
|||||||
Unredeemed gift certificate and merchandise credit liability |
$ | 16,240 | $ | 20,742 | ||||
Allowance for sales returns |
3,403 | 3,181 | ||||||
Capital lease obligationcurrent |
2,392 | 4,114 | ||||||
Other liabilities |
2,965 | 2,824 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total other current liabilities |
$ | 25,000 | $ | 30,861 | ||||
|
|
|
|
NOTE 9LINE OF CREDIT AND TERM LOAN
In August 2011, the Company, along with its Canadian subsidiary, Restoration Hardware Canada, Inc., entered into a revolving line of credit agreement with Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, and certain other lenders. This credit agreement modified a previous facility in which the Company had a revolving line of credit for up to $190.0 million. As a result of the modification, the unamortized deferred financing fees related to the previous revolving line of credit on the date of the modification of $0.2 million will be amortized over the life of the new revolving line of credit, which has a maturity date of August 3, 2016. Under this amended credit agreement (which was further amended in January 2012 to incorporate a term loan facility), the Company has (i) a revolving line of credit available of up to $317.5 million, of which $10.0 million is available to Restoration Hardware Canada, Inc., and (ii) a $15.0 million term loan with a maturity date of July 6, 2015.
Under the terms of the credit agreement, the Company may increase the amount of the revolving line of credit by up to an additional $100 million provided that, among other things, the lenders agree to participate in the increased loan commitments under the credit facility, no default under the revolving line of credit then exists or would result from such increase and sufficient borrowing base collateral is available to support increased loan amounts.
The availability of credit at any given time under the revolving line of credit is limited by reference to a borrowing base formula based upon numerous factors, including the value of eligible inventory, eligible accounts receivable, eligible real estate, and, in the case of the term loan, registered trade names, and reserves established by the administrative agent. As a result of the borrowing base formula, the actual borrowing availability under
F-26
the revolving line of credit could be less than the stated amount of the revolving line of credit (as reduced by the actual borrowings and outstanding letters of credit under the revolving line of credit). The revolving line of credit is secured by substantially all of the Companys assets, including accounts receivable, inventory, intangible assets, property, equipment, goods and fixtures.
Borrowings under the revolving line of credit are subject to interest, at borrowers option, at either the banks reference rate or LIBOR (or the BA Rate or the Canadian Prime Rate, as such terms are defined in the credit agreement, in the case of Canadian borrowings denominated in Canadian dollars or the U.S. Index Rate or LIBOR for Canadian borrowings denominated in U.S. dollars) plus an applicable margin rate, in each case. The weighted-average interest rate for the revolving line of credit was 2.8% as of January 28, 2012. The term loan bears interest at a rate of LIBOR plus 5.0%, and the interest rate for the term loan was 5.3% as of January 28, 2012.
As of January 28, 2012, $107.5 million was outstanding under the revolving line of credit and the term loan was $14.8 million, net of $0.2 million unamortized debt issuance costs. As of January 28, 2012, the Companys undrawn borrowing availability under the credit facility was $93.4 million. There were $5.5 million and $6.9 million in outstanding letters of credit as of January 29, 2011 and January 28, 2012, respectively.
The Company is required to repay the term loan in quarterly installments of $1.25 million beginning July 2012 with the final payment in April 2015.
In fiscal 2011, the Company capitalized debt issuance costs of $2.6 million and $0.2 million related to the revolving line of credit and term loan, respectively.
The credit agreement contains various restrictive covenants, including, among others, limitations on the ability to incur liens, make loans or other investments, incur additional debt, issue additional equity, merge or consolidate with or into another person, sell assets, pay dividends or make other distributions, or enter into transactions with affiliates. The credit agreement does not contain any significant financial or coverage ratio covenants unless the availability under the revolving line of credit is less than the greater of (i) $17.5 million and (ii) 10% of the lesser of (A) the aggregate maximum commitments under the credit facility and (B) the domestic borrowing base. If the availability under the revolving line of credit is less than the foregoing amount, then the Company is required to maintain a consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio of at least one to one. As of January 28, 2012, the Company is in compliance with all covenants, and if the availability under the revolving line of credit were less than the amount described above, the Company would have been in compliance with the consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio described in the previous sentence. The credit agreement requires a daily sweep of cash to prepay the loans under the credit agreement while (i) an event of default exists or (ii) the availability under the revolving line of credit for extensions of credit to the Company is less than the greater of (A) $20.0 million and (B) 15% of the lesser of the aggregate maximum commitments and the domestic borrowing base.
F-27
NOTE 10INCOME TAXES
The following is a summary of the income tax expense (benefit) ( in thousands ):
Year Ended | ||||||||||||
January 30,
2010 |
January 29,
2011 |
January 28,
2012 |
||||||||||
Current |
||||||||||||
Federal |
$ | (226 | ) | $ | 53 | $ | | |||||
State |
172 | 837 | 331 | |||||||||
Foreign |
(190 | ) | 280 | 595 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total current tax expense (benefit) |
(244 | ) | 1,170 | 926 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Deferred |
||||||||||||
Federal |
92 | 135 | (76 | ) | ||||||||
State |
(271 | ) | (397 | ) | 223 | |||||||
Foreign |
| (223 | ) | 48 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total deferred tax benefit |
(179 | ) | (485 | ) | 195 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total income tax expense (benefit) |
$ | (423 | ) | $ | 685 | $ | 1,121 | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
A reconciliation of the federal statutory tax rate to the Companys effective tax rate is as follows:
Year Ended | ||||||||||||
January 30,
2010 |
January 29,
2011 |
January 28,
2012 |
||||||||||
Provision at federal statutory tax rate |
34.0 | % | 34.0 | % | 34.0 | % | ||||||
State income taxesnet of federal tax impact |
4.1 | 2.1 | 5.6 | |||||||||
Foreign income |
(1.1 | ) | (3.3 | ) | (2.0 | ) | ||||||
Net adjustments to tax accruals and other |
8.2 | (4.4 | ) | 4.6 | ||||||||
Valuation allowance |
(42.7 | ) | (32.5 | ) | (49.4 | ) | ||||||
Stock-based compensation |
(0.8 | ) | (6.7 | ) | 12.4 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Effective tax rate |
1.7 | % | (10.8 | )% | 5.2 | % | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-28
Significant components of the Companys deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows ( in thousands ):
January 29,
2011 |
January 28,
2012 |
|||||||
Current deferred tax assets (liabilities) |
||||||||
Accrued expense |
$ | 6,587 | $ | 9,970 | ||||
State tax benefit |
(579 | ) | (1,370 | ) | ||||
Inventory |
10,033 | 11,121 | ||||||
Deferred revenue |
6,081 | 12,213 | ||||||
Net operating loss carryforwards |
| 27,166 | ||||||
Construction allowance |
| (1,037 | ) | |||||
Prepaid expense and other |
(3,643 | ) | (12,729 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Current deferred tax assets |
18,479 | 45,334 | ||||||
Valuation allowance |
(18,421 | ) | (41,173 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Net current deferred tax assets |
58 | 4,161 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Long-term deferred tax assets (liabilities) |
||||||||
State tax benefit |
(2,089 | ) | (892 | ) | ||||
Deferred lease credits |
(11,213 | ) | 4,251 | |||||
Property and equipment |
38,831 | (2,061 | ) | |||||
Net operating loss carryforwards |
14,795 | 7,525 | ||||||
U.S. impact of Canadian transfer pricing |
3,762 | 3,760 | ||||||
Trademarks |
(19,051 | ) | (19,275 | ) | ||||
Other |
7,009 | 850 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Long-term deferred tax assets (liabilities) |
32,044 | (5,842 | ) | |||||
Valuation allowance |
(49,897 | ) | (16,311 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Net long-term deferred tax liabilities |
(17,853 | ) | (22,153 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Net deferred tax liabilities |
$ | (17,795 | ) | $ | (17,992 | ) | ||
|
|
|
|
A reconciliation of the valuation allowance is as follows ( in thousands ):
Year Ended | ||||||||||||
January 30,
2010 |
January 29,
2011 |
January 28,
2012 |
||||||||||
Balance at beginning of fiscal year |
$ | 54,221 | $ | 65,087 | $ | 68,318 | ||||||
Charged to expense |
| (236 | ) | 299 | ||||||||
Net changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities |
10,866 | 3,467 | (11,133 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Balance at end of fiscal year |
$ | 65,087 | $ | 68,318 | $ | 57,484 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Companys accounting for deferred tax consequences represents its best estimate of the likely future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in its financial statements or tax returns and their future probability. In assessing the need for a valuation allowance, the Company considers both positive and negative evidence related to the likelihood of realization of the deferred tax asset. If, based on the weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will not be realized, the Company records a valuation allowance.
Due to the historical losses incurred, the Company has recorded a full valuation allowance against the U.S. net deferred tax assets, excluding deferred tax liabilities related to indefinite lived intangibles, as well as against the net deferred tax assets of Shanghai. If the Company achieves cumulative profitability, these deferred tax assets may be available to offset future income taxes.
F-29
As of January 28, 2012, the Company had federal and state net operating loss carryovers of $83.3 million and $76.2 million, respectively. The federal and state net operating loss carryovers will expire between 2012 and 2031. Internal Revenue Code Section 382 and similar state rules place a limitation on the amount of taxable income which can be offset by net operating loss carryforwards after a change in ownership (generally greater than 50% change in ownership). The Company cannot give any assurances that it will not undergo an ownership change at a time when this limitation would have a significant effect. Due to these provisions, annual utilization of the net operating loss carryforwards are limited as a result of the Acquisition.
A reconciliation of the exposures related to unrecognized tax benefits is as follows ( in thousands ):
Year Ended | ||||||||||||
January 30,
2010 |
January 29,
2011 |
January 28,
2012 |
||||||||||
Balance at beginning of fiscal year |
$ | 2,866 | $ | 8,261 | $ | 9,015 | ||||||
Gross (decreases) increasesprior period tax positions |
6,202 | | | |||||||||
Gross increases (decreases)current period tax positions |
(485 | ) | 1,048 | (14 | ) | |||||||
Consent for accounting method change |
| | (6,496 | ) | ||||||||
Lapses in statute of limitations |
(322 | ) | (294 | ) | | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Balance at end of fiscal year |
$ | 8,261 | $ | 9,015 | $ | 2,505 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
A significant portion of the Companys unrecognized tax benefits as of January 29, 2011 was related to an uncertain tax position for advanced payments for the sale of gift cards. The Company filed a request to change its accounting method for advanced payments for the sale of gift cards with the IRS in fiscal 2011 and, during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2011, the IRS approved the Companys request. This approval allowed the Company to increase its tax liability for the impact of the change over a four-year period beginning with its January 28, 2012 tax return. The Company reduced its balance of unrecognized tax benefits by $6.5 million for the impact of the approval on this uncertain tax position.
As of both January 29, 2011, and January 28, 2012, $2.5 million of the exposures related to unrecognized tax benefits would affect the effective tax rate if realized and are included in other long-term obligations on the consolidated balance sheets. These amounts are primarily associated with foreign tax exposures. The balance of amounts above represent exposures that would, if realized, reduce the amount of net operating losses that would ultimately be utilized. As of January 28, 2012, $0.6 million of the exposures related to unrecognized tax benefits will decrease in the next 12 months due to the lapse of statute of limitations.
The Company accounts for interest and penalties related to exposures as a component of income tax expense. The Company has accrued $1.1 million and $1.3 million of interest associated with exposures as of January 29, 2011 and January 28, 2012, respectively.
This Company is subject to tax in the United States, Canada, Shanghai and Hong Kong. The Company could be subject to United States federal and state tax examinations for years 2001 and forward by virtue of net operating loss carryforwards available from those years. There are no United States tax examinations currently in progress. The Company may also be subject to audits in Canada for years 2003 and forward. Restoration Hardware Canada, Inc. is currently under audit by the Canada Revenue Agency for the years ended 2006 and 2007 and for the period ended June 16, 2008.
NOTE 11PRO FORMA NET INCOME PER SHARE (UNAUDITED)
Restoration Hardware Holdings, Inc. (the Issuer) was incorporated as a Delaware corporation on August 18, 2011, for the purpose of acquiring all of the stock of the Company. Prior to the completion of this offering, the Issuer will acquire all of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company. Outstanding units under Parents equity compensation plan, referred to as the Team Resto Ownership Plan, will be converted in connection with this offering into common stock of the Issuer. These transactions are referred to as the Reorganization.
F-30
Unaudited pro forma net income per share for the year ended January 28, 2012, has been computed to give effect to the Reorganization as if such events had been completed as of the beginning of the fiscal year and the share capital resulting therefrom was outstanding for the year ended January 28, 2012. In addition, 3,725,435 shares issued in the initial public offering of common stock of the Issuer for proceeds of $85.7 million will be used to repay a portion of the outstanding amounts under the Companys revolving line of credit and term loan, which were $107.5 million and $14.8 million, net of unamortized debt issuance costs of $0.2 million, respectively, as of January 28, 2012. The issuance of the shares and the repayment of the revolving line of credit and term loan are assumed to have occurred as of the beginning of the fiscal year. The Company has assumed that the initial public offering price is $23.00, the midpoint in the estimated price range set forth on the cover of the prospectus included in the Issuers Form S-1 Registration Statement.
Pro forma net income has been computed by taking net income and removing interest expense related to debt assumed to be repaid. The interest expense amount has not been adjusted to record the tax effect at the Companys estimated statutory tax rate of 40% as all deferred tax assets have a full valuation allowance as of January 28, 2012.
The following table summarizes pro forma net income and pro forma basic and diluted net income per share computations for the year ended January 28, 2012 ( in thousands, except share and per share amounts ):
Net incomeas reported |
$ | 20,588 | ||
Lessinterest expense |
1,995 | |||
|
|
|||
Pro forma net income |
$ | 22,583 | ||
|
|
|||
Pro forma weighted-average shares outstanding after Reorganization |
32,188,891 | |||
Pro forma shares issued to repay revolving line of credit and term loan |
3,725,435 | |||
|
|
|||
Pro forma shares for basic and diluted income per share |
35,914,326 | |||
|
|
|||
Pro forma basic and diluted net income per share |
$ | 0.63 |
NOTE 12STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION
The Company accounts for stock-based compensation in accordance with applicable guidance, which requires the Company to estimate the value of securities issued based upon an option-pricing model and recognize this estimated value as compensation expense over the vesting periods.
In connection with the Acquisition, Parent established the Team Resto Ownership Plan in fiscal 2009. Awards under the Team Resto Ownership Plan are granted by the Parent and are made up of the following:
|
Time-based unitstime-based units vest in annual installments, generally over a five-year graded vesting period. |
|
Performance-based unitsperformance-based units vest based on a return on equity investment to the Companys investors between either two times and three times such investment (the 2X3X Performance-based Units) or three times and five times such investment (the 3X5X Performance-based Units). |
Under the terms of the Team Resto Ownership Plan, 2X3X Performance-based Units will vest to the extent cumulative return on equity investment is greater than two times and up to and including three times the
F-31
original invested capital amount, with proportional vesting in between. At a return on equity investment equal to three times the original invested capital amount, 100% of the 2X3X Performance-based Units vest. In the case of 3X5X Performance-based Units, these performance-based units will vest to the extent cumulative return on equity investment is greater than three and up to and including five times the original invested capital amount, with proportional vesting in between. In the case of these 3X5X Performance-based Units, 100% of the units vest at cumulative return on equity investment equal to five times the original invested capital amount. Performance-based units that do not vest will be cancelled for no consideration.
Under the Team Resto Ownership Plan, vesting of performance-based units will occur upon the consummation of an initial public offering to the extent of achievement of the applicable cumulative return on equity investment as provided in the Team Resto Ownership Plan. Return on equity investment will be calculated based upon a return on investment to the Companys investors assuming that its investors had received the initial public offering price for their investments as a result of such offering.
All stock-based compensation expense associated with the grants of units by Parent to the Companys directors, executive officers and employees is recorded by the Company.
As of January 28, 2012, the total number of units issuable under the Team Resto Ownership Plan was 21,045,517. If all 21,045,517 units were issued and fully vested under their terms, such interests would represent 24.9% of all of the outstanding equity interests in Parent on a fully diluted basis. Awards of units reduce the number of units available for future issuance. Cancellations and forfeitures of units previously granted increase the number of units available for future issuance. The number of units available for future issuance under the Team Resto Ownership Plan as of January 28, 2012, was 1,416,009.
The Company estimates the fair value of each grant on the date of grant using a lattice model that incorporates a Monte Carlo Simulation (the Monte Carlo method), which includes the following assumptions:
Expected Equity Returns and Volatility The Monte-Carlo method incorporates both expectations concerning equity returns in the future and an expected volatility in terms of the possible range of returns units based upon historical volatility data from a group of comparable companies prior to the valuation date and expectations of future volatility over a timeframe consistent with the expected life of the awards.
Expected Unit Life The Monte-Carlo method analysis includes an estimate of the expected unit life from grant date which represents the period that the units are anticipated to be outstanding after initial grant until expiration or settlement based upon various factors including expectations concerning a potential liquidity event, the contractual terms of the equity based awards and vesting schedules.
Risk Free Interest Rate The Monte-Carlo method incorporates an assumed risk-free interest rate which is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve rates in effect at the time of the grant using the term most consistent with the expected life of the award.
Expected Dividend Yield Dividend yield was estimated at zero as Parent does not anticipate making future distributions to equity holders.
F-32
Time-Based Units
The following table presents the time-based unit activity in fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2011:
Number Of
Units |
Weighted
Average Grant Date Fair Value |
Weighted
Average Remaining Contractual Life (In Years) |
||||||||||
OutstandingJanuary 30, 2010 |
8,250,407 | $ | 0.51 | 9.22 | ||||||||
Granted |
2,469,190 | 0.92 | 10.00 | |||||||||
Forfeited |
(918,526 | ) | 0.51 | 9.30 | ||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||
OutstandingJanuary 29, 2011 |
9,801,071 | 0.61 | 8.35 | |||||||||
Granted |
1,626,000 | 1.28 | 10.00 | |||||||||
Cancelled |
(570,426 | ) | 0.58 | 9.53 | ||||||||
Forfeited |
(567,925 | ) | 1.18 | 9.78 | ||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||
OutstandingJanuary 28, 2012 |
10,288,720 | 0.69 | 7.43 | |||||||||
|
|
As of January 28, 2012, 4,072,751 time-based units were vested with a weighted average grant date fair value of $0.57 and a remaining weighted average expected life of 7.35 years.
The fair value of each time-based unit granted in fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2011 was estimated on the date of grant using a Monte Carlo method with the following weighted average assumptions:
Year Ended | ||||||||
January 29,
2011 |
January 28,
2012 |
|||||||
Expected volatility |
59 | % | 56 | % | ||||
Expected life (years) |
1.7 | 0.8 | ||||||
Risk-free interest rate |
0.95 | % | 0.19 | % | ||||
Dividend yield |
| |
During fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2011, the fair value of units vested was $0.6 million and $1.1 million, respectively. As of January 28, 2012, the total unrecognized compensation expense related to non-vested time-based units was $3.9 million, which is expected to be recognized on a straight-line basis over a weighted average period of 2.05 years. No stock-based compensation cost has been capitalized in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.
The Company recorded stock-based compensation expense for time-based units of $0.6 million, $1.1 million, and $1.6 million in fiscal 2009, fiscal 2010, and fiscal 2011, respectively, which is included in selling, general and administrative expenses on the consolidated statements of operations.
F-33
Performance-Based Units
The following table presents the performance-based unit activity in fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2011:
Number Of
Units |
Weighted
Average Grant Date Fair Value |
|||||||
OutstandingJanuary 30, 2010 |
8,212,364 | $ | 0.16 | |||||
Granted |
2,305,386 | 0.49 | ||||||
Forfeited |
(1,095,366 | ) | 0.16 | |||||
|
|
|||||||
OutstandingJanuary 29, 2011 |
9,422,384 | 0.25 | ||||||
Granted |
1,069,000 | 0.48 | ||||||
Cancelled |
(762,609 | ) | 0.35 | |||||
Forfeited |
(607,000 | ) | 0.11 | |||||
|
|
|||||||
OutstandingJanuary 28, 2012 |
9,121,775 | 0.28 | ||||||
|
|
The fair value of each performance-based unit granted in fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2011 was estimated on the date of grant using a Monte Carlo method with the following weighted average assumptions:
Year Ended | ||||||||
January 29,
2011 |
January 28,
2012 |
|||||||
Expected volatility |
59 | % | 56 | % | ||||
Expected life (years) |
1.7 | 0.8 | ||||||
Risk-free interest rate |
0.95 | % | 0.21 | % | ||||
Dividend yield |
| |
The Company recognizes expense associated with the units when it becomes probable that the performance condition will be met. Once it becomes probable that a participant will vest, the Company recognizes compensation expense equal to the number of shares which have vested multiplied by the fair value of the related shares measured at the grant date. No performance-based awards are considered to have vested and, as such, no expense was recorded in fiscal 2009, fiscal 2010 or fiscal 2011. In the event of an initial public offering, all outstanding awards vest. As of January 28, 2012, the total unrecognized compensation expense related to non-vested performance-based units was $2.5 million.
NOTE 13EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
The Company has a 401(k) plan for its employees who meet certain service and age requirements. Participants may contribute up to 50% of their salaries limited to the maximum allowed by the Internal Revenue Service regulations. The Company, at its discretion, may contribute funds to the 401(k) plan. The Company made no contributions to the 401(k) plan during fiscal 2009, fiscal 2010, or fiscal 2011.
NOTE 14RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
Management Agreement
Pursuant to the Amended and Restated Management Services Agreement with certain affiliates of Catterton, Tower Three and Glenhill, such affiliated entities are to provide services to the Company for general management, consulting services and other strategic planning functions. The amount of the annual management fee payable to Catterton, Tower Three and Glenhill under the Amended and Restated Management Services Agreement is equal to 1.5% of Cattertons and Tower Threes invested capital in Parent and 1% of Glenhills invested capital in Parent.
F-34
The Company recorded management fees of $3.9 million in selling, general and administrative expenses in fiscal 2009, which were paid directly by Parent and reflected as a capital contribution from Parent through additional paid-in capital.
The Company recorded management fees of $3.9 million in selling, general and administrative expenses in fiscal 2010 and such management fees were paid by the Company as of January 29, 2011.
The Company recorded management fees of $9.9 million in selling, general and administrative expenses in fiscal 2011, of which $6.0 million was paid directly by Parent and reflected as a capital contribution from Parent through additional paid-in capital. The remaining $3.9 million was paid by the Company as of January 28, 2012.
The Amended and Restated Management Services Agreement provides that the term of the agreement ends upon the consummation of an initial public offering, and that additional fees shall be payable upon termination in connection with an initial public offering. In connection with this offering, the Company plans to pay the additional fees upon termination in connection with an initial public offering to Catterton, Tower Three and Glenhill in the amount of $3.3 million, $3.1 million and $0.6 million, respectively.
Equity Interest in Parent
Each of Mr. Friedman, Mr. Krevlin, a member of the Companys Board of Directors, and certain funds of Glenhill entered into separate stockholder voting agreements with the Company in connection with the First Amendment to Agreement and Plan of Merger. Mr. Krevlin has sole voting power and investment power with respect to shares beneficially owned by such funds of Glenhill. Pursuant to such stockholder voting agreements, Mr. Friedman, Mr. Krevlin and such funds agreed to vote for and support the Acquisition. In addition, immediately prior to the completion of the Acquisition, Mr. Friedman and Mr. Krevlin (through such funds of Glenhill) contributed approximately 1,000,000 and 3,632,533 shares, respectively, of the Companys common stock to Parent in exchange for equity interests in Parent pursuant to rollover agreements between the Company, Parent and each of Mr. Friedman and such funds of Glenhill.
Executive Loans with Parent
In December 2008, Mr. Friedman entered into a $1.0 million loan with Parent in connection with the purchase of a 0.3% ownership interest in Parent. The full recourse loan initially bore interest at a rate of 8.0% per annum. If the interest was not paid in cash on December 31 of each year, such interest was deemed paid by capitalization and added to the principal amount of the loan. Principal and accrued interest was due the earlier of December 31, 2018, upon the sale of the Company or upon Mr. Friedmans termination of employment. In May 2010, the loan was amended and restated to, among other things, reduce the interest rate to 5.0% per annum, as of the date of the original $1.0 million loan received in December 2008, modify the maturity date to December 31, 2015, and provide for an additional $5.0 million loan from Parent in connection with the purchase of an additional 1.7% ownership interest in Parent.
In September 2011, Mr. Friedman repaid the loans owed to Parent, together with accrued interest thereon, through the reclassification by Parent of Mr. Friedmans Class A units and Class A-1 units in Parent into an equal number of Class A Prime units and Class A-1 Prime units in Parent, respectively. The Class A Prime units and Class A-1 Prime units, which are not subject to any future vesting, do not entitle Mr. Friedman to distributions from Parent until after certain amounts have been distributed to the holders of Class A units, commensurate with the amount of all previously outstanding principal and interest on the loans. On the date of such repayment, the total principal amount of the loans, including all accrued interest thereon, was $6,559,877. No prior payments of principal or interest were made by Mr. Friedman under the loan agreements. The Company completed a valuation analysis regarding the reclassification of units which resulted in a $6.4 million compensation charge included in selling, general and administrative expenses on the consolidated statements of operations for fiscal 2011 and reflected as a capital contribution from Parent through additional paid-in capital. Such compensation
F-35
charge was calculated as the total principal amount of the loans, including all accrued interest thereon, as of the repayment date, less the difference in fair value of the Class A units and Class A-1 units in Parent as compared to the Class A Prime units and Class A-1 Prime units in Parent.
In May 2010, Mr. Alberini, the Companys Chief Executive Officer, entered into a $4.0 million loan with Parent in connection with the purchase of a 1.4% ownership interest in Parent bearing interest at the rate of 5.0% per annum with a maturity date of ninety days from the original date of such note. The loan to Mr. Alberini was repaid in full on August 25, 2010.
In April 2011, Mr. Dunaj, the Companys Chief Operating Officer, entered into a $600,000 loan with Parent. The full recourse loan bears interest at 5.0% per annum and is secured by Mr. Dunajs Team Restoration Ownership Plan units. The loan, together will all interest accrued but unpaid, is due and payable on the first to occur of (i) December 31, 2015, (ii) ninety days following termination of employment, (iii) the date of any sale of the Company, (iv) the date of an initial public offering, (v) the date of any acceleration that might occur as a result of a defined default under the note, or (vi) demand for repayment by Parent.
In September 2011, Mr. Dunaj repaid the loan owed to Parent, together with accrued interest thereon, through the reclassification by Parent of Mr. Dunajs Class B units issued under the Team Resto Ownership Plan into an equal number of Class B Prime units under the Team Resto Ownership Plan. The Class B Prime units are entitled to a lower distribution amount than Class B units, commensurate with the amount of all previously outstanding principal and interest on the loan. On the date of such repayment, the total principal amount of the loan, including all accrued interest thereon, was $620,712. No prior payments of principal or interest were made by Mr. Dunaj under the loan agreement. On the date of such repayment, Mr. Dunaj surrendered 300,000 of his unvested Class B performance units under the Team Resto Ownership Plan. The Company undertook a valuation analysis regarding the reclassification of units which resulted in no compensation charge recorded in connection with the reclassification in the Companys consolidated financial statements for fiscal 2011 as it relates to vested awards and over the remaining vesting periods for currently unvested awards.
These loans are recorded by Parent and therefore are not included on the consolidated balance sheets of the Company.
NOTE 15COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
Leases
The Company leases certain property consisting of retail and outlet stores, corporate offices, distribution centers and equipment. Leases expire at various dates through 2027. The stores, distribution centers and corporate office leases generally provide that the Company assumes the maintenance and all or a portion of the property tax obligations on the leased property. Most store leases also provide for minimum annual rentals, with provisions for additional rent based on a percentage of sales and for payment of certain expenses.
F-36
The aggregate future minimum rental payments under leases in effect as of January 28, 2012, are as follows ( in thousands ):
Capital
Leases |
Operating
Leases |
Total | ||||||||||
2012 |
$ | 4,445 | $ | 54,397 | $ | 58,842 | ||||||
2013 |
3,098 | 59,634 | 62,732 | |||||||||
2014 |
1,462 | 49,805 | 51,267 | |||||||||
2015 |
214 | 42,686 | 42,900 | |||||||||
2016 |
42 | 38,978 | 39,020 | |||||||||
Thereafter |
| 232,689 | 232,689 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Minimum lease commitments |
9,261 | $ | 478,189 | $ | 487,450 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Lessamount representing interest |
(520 | ) | ||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||
Present value of capital lease obligations |
8,741 | |||||||||||
Lesscurrent capital lease obligations |
(4,114 | ) | ||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||
Long-term capital lease obligations |
$ | 4,627 | ||||||||||
|
|
The current capital lease obligations are included in other current liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets. The long-term capital lease obligations are included in other long-term obligations on the consolidated balance sheets.
Lease payments that depend on factors that are not measurable at the inception of the lease, such as future sales volume, are contingent rentals and are excluded from minimum lease payments and included in the determination of total rental expense when it is probable that the expense has been incurred and the amount is reasonably estimable. Future payments for insurance, real estate taxes and repair and maintenance to which the Company is obligated are excluded from minimum lease payments. Minimum and contingent rental expense under operating leases is as follows ( in thousands ):
Year Ended | ||||||||||||
January 30,
2010 |
January 29,
2011 |
January 28,
2012 |
||||||||||
Operating leases |
||||||||||||
Minimum rental expense |
$ | 51,054 | $ | 48,801 | $ | 51,665 | ||||||
Contingent rental expense |
268 | 900 | 1,456 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total operating leases |
$ | 51,322 | $ | 49,701 | $ | 53,121 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commitments
The Company had no off balance sheet commitments as of January 28, 2012.
In the event of a subsequent sale of the Company, illiquid sale of the Company or an initial public offering, the Company would be required to make payments to Catterton, Tower Three and Glenhill pursuant to the terms of their management services agreement. The amount of such payments will be negotiated with Parents Board of Directors at the time of such transaction.
In addition, certain former executives are entitled to cash payments up to $2.2 million in the event of a subsequent sale of the Company, illiquid sale of the Company or initial public offering.
F-37
Contingencies
The Company is involved from time to time in various legal claims, actions and complaints arising in connection with its business. The outcome of matters the Company is involved in cannot be determined at this time and the results cannot be predicted with certainty.
The Company reviews the need for any loss contingency reserves and establishes reserves when, in the opinion of management, it is probable that a matter would result in liability, and the amount of loss, if any, can be reasonably estimated. Generally, in view of the inherent difficulty of predicting the outcome of those matters, particularly in cases in which claimants seek substantial or indeterminate damages, it is not possible to determine whether a liability has been incurred or to reasonably estimate the ultimate or minimum amount of that liability until the case is close to resolution, in which case no reserve is established until that time.
NOTE 16SEGMENT REPORTING
The Company defines an operating segment on the same basis that it uses to evaluate performance internally by the Chief Operating Decision Maker (CODM). The Company has determined that the Co-Chief Executive Officers were its CODM and there was one operating segment. Therefore, the Company reports as a single segment. This includes all sales channels accessed by the Companys customers, including sales through catalogs, sales through the Companys website and sales through the Companys stores.
The Company classifies its sales into furniture and non-furniture product lines. Furniture includes both indoor and outdoor furniture from the Companys business lines. Non-furniture includes lighting, textiles, accessories and home décor. Net revenues in each category were as follows ( in thousands ):
Year Ended | ||||||||||||
January 30,
2010 |
January 29,
2011 |
January 28,
2012 |
||||||||||
Furniture |
$ | 221,117 | $ | 339,173 | $ | 477,730 | ||||||
Non-furniture |
404,568 | 433,579 | 480,354 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total net revenues |
$ | 625,685 | $ | 772,752 | $ | 958,084 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Company is domiciled in the United States and operates stores in the United States and Canada. Revenues from Canadian operations, and the long-lived assets in Canada, are not material to the Company. Geographic revenues are determined based upon where service is rendered.
No single customer accounted for more than 10% of the Companys revenues in fiscal 2009, fiscal 2010, or fiscal 2011.
NOTE 17RETAIL STORE CLOSURES AND OFFICE RESTRUCTURING
Shanghai Office Restructuring
In April 2011, the Company restructured its Shanghai office location and terminated employees at that office, as well as terminated employees within the corporate headquarters in Corte Madera, CA. As a result, during fiscal 2011, the Company incurred $1.6 million in restructuring related costs, including one-time employee termination benefits, contract termination fees, loss on disposal of capitalized property and equipment, and other associated costs, which are included in selling, general and administrative expenses on the consolidated statements of operations. The Company does not expect to incur additional costs associated with this office closure in future periods.
F-38
Retail Store Closures
In June and July 2011, the Company closed four retail store locations prior to their respective lease termination dates. As a result, during fiscal 2011, the Company incurred $3.2 million in exit related costs, including contract termination fees, one-time employee termination benefits and other associated costs, which are included in selling, general and administrative expenses on the consolidated statements of operations. At January 28, 2012, the Company had remaining future liabilities existing under the lease agreements of $1.5 million which consisted of $1.0 million in contract termination fees and broker commission related costs of $0.5 million. The Company does not expect to incur additional costs associated with these retail store closures in future periods.
NOTE 18SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
Management has evaluated all events and transactions that occurred after January 28, 2012, through April 26, 2012, which is the date the financial statements are available to be issued. No material subsequent events have occurred since January 28, 2012, that require recognition or disclosure in these consolidated financial statements, except the following:
Reorganization
Restoration Hardware Holdings, Inc. was formed on August 18, 2011, as a holding company for the purposes of facilitating an initial public offering of its common stock. It is expected that following the Reorganization, as defined in Note 11 Pro Forma Net Income Per Share (Unaudited), the Company will become a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of Restoration Hardware Holdings, Inc. prior to the completion of the initial public offering.
F-39
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(In thousands, except share amounts)
(Unaudited)
January 28,
2012 |
July 28,
2012 |
Pro Forma
July 28, 2012 |
||||||||||
ASSETS |
||||||||||||
Current assets: |
||||||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
$ | 8,511 | $ | 10,102 | ||||||||
Accounts receivablenet |
11,759 | 17,417 | ||||||||||
Merchandise inventories |
245,876 | 275,485 | ||||||||||
Prepaid expense and other current assets |
56,731 | 81,187 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total current assets |
322,877 | 384,191 | ||||||||||
Property and equipmentnet |
83,558 | 87,904 | ||||||||||
Goodwill |
122,595 | 122,585 | ||||||||||
Trademarks |
47,100 | 47,404 | ||||||||||
Other intangible assetsnet |
5,426 | 4,136 | ||||||||||
Other assets |
5,253 | 4,654 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total assets |
$ | 586,809 | $ | 650,874 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY |
||||||||||||
Current liabilities: |
||||||||||||
Accounts payable and accrued expenses |
$ | 105,694 | $ | 117,175 | ||||||||
Deferred revenue and customer deposits |
25,419 | 38,599 | ||||||||||
Other current liabilities |
30,861 | 29,640 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total current liabilities |
161,974 | 185,414 | ||||||||||
Revolving line of credit |
107,502 | 129,637 | ||||||||||
Term loan |
14,798 | 14,815 | ||||||||||
Deferred rent and lease incentives |
19,851 | 25,144 | ||||||||||
Deferred tax liabilities |
22,153 | 22,154 | ||||||||||
Other long-term obligations |
10,069 | 8,587 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total liabilities |
336,347 | 385,751 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Commitments and contingencies (See Note 13 to the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements) |
| | ||||||||||
Stockholders equity: |
||||||||||||
Common stock, $0.01 par value, 1,000 shares authorized, 100 shares issued and outstanding as of both January 28, 2012 and July 28, 2012; $0.0001 par value, 180,000,000 shares authorized, 37,132,827 shares issued and outstanding as of July 28, 2012 pro forma |
| | | |||||||||
Additional paid-in capital |
292,010 | 292,748 | $ | 419,665 | ||||||||
Accumulated other comprehensive income |
1,150 | 1,185 | 1,185 | |||||||||
Accumulated deficit |
(42,698 | ) | (28,810 | ) | (70,052 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total stockholders equity |
250,462 | 265,123 | $ | 350,798 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total liabilities and stockholders equity |
$ | 586,809 | $ | 650,874 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.
F-40
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)
(Unaudited)
Six Months Ended | ||||||||
July 30,
2011 |
July 28,
2012 |
|||||||
Net revenues |
$ | 420,383 | $ | 510,820 | ||||
Cost of goods sold |
265,953 | 321,425 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Gross profit |
154,430 | 189,395 | ||||||
Selling, general and administrative expenses |
150,395 | 171,830 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Income from operations |
4,035 | 17,565 | ||||||
Interest expense |
(1,888 | ) | (3,054 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Income before income taxes |
2,147 | 14,511 | ||||||
Income tax expense |
783 | 623 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Net income |
$ | 1,364 | $ | 13,888 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Basic and diluted net income per share |
$ | 13,640 | $ | 138,880 | ||||
Shares used in computing basic and diluted net income per share |
100 | 100 | ||||||
Pro forma basic and diluted net income per share |
$ | 0.43 | ||||||
Pro forma shares used in computing basic and diluted net income per share |
35,914,326 |
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.
F-41
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
(In thousands)
(Unaudited)
Six Months Ended | ||||||||
July 30,
2011 |
July 28,
2012 |
|||||||
Net income |
$ | 1,364 | $ | 13,888 | ||||
Foreign currency translation adjustmentnet of tax |
310 | 35 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total comprehensive income |
$ | 1,674 | $ | 13,923 | ||||
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.
F-42
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(In thousands)
(Unaudited)
Six Months Ended | ||||||||
July 30,
2011 |
July 28,
2012 |
|||||||
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES |
||||||||
Net income |
$ | 1,364 | $ | 13,888 | ||||
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash used in operating activities: |
||||||||
Depreciation and amortization |
14,983 | 12,892 | ||||||
Loss on disposal of property and equipment |
674 | | ||||||
Stock-based compensation expense |
876 | 738 | ||||||
Amortization of financing fees |
96 | 309 | ||||||
Change in assets and liabilities: |
||||||||
Accounts receivable |
(7,689 | ) | (5,660 | ) | ||||
Merchandise inventories |
(36,666 | ) | (29,639 | ) | ||||
Prepaid expense and other current assets |
(19,324 | ) | (24,464 | ) | ||||
Other assets |
(512 | ) | 396 | |||||
Accounts payable and accrued expenses |
18,907 | 8,894 | ||||||
Deferred revenue and customer deposits |
9,086 | 13,180 | ||||||
Other current liabilities |
2,899 | (758 | ) | |||||
Deferred rent and lease incentives |
351 | 5,310 | ||||||
Other long-term obligations |
128 | 282 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Net cash used in operating activities |
(14,827 | ) | (4,632 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES |
||||||||
Capital expenditures |
(12,168 | ) | (13,517 | ) | ||||
Purchase of domain name |
| (304 | ) | |||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Net cash used in investing activities |
(12,168 | ) | (13,821 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES |
||||||||
Gross borrowings under line of credit |
465,410 | 566,808 | ||||||
Gross repayments under line of credit |
(440,734 | ) | (544,673 | ) | ||||
Payments on capital leases |
(2,027 | ) | (2,104 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Net cash provided by financing activities |
22,649 | 20,031 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Effects of foreign currency exchange rate translation |
121 | 13 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents |
(4,225 | ) | 1,591 | |||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
||||||||
Beginning of period |
13,364 | 8,511 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
End of period |
$ | 9,139 | $ | 10,102 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Non-cash transactions: |
||||||||
Property and equipment acquired under capital lease |
$ | 6,752 | $ | | ||||
Property and equipment additions in accounts payable |
$ | 13 | $ | 2,590 |
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.
F-43
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)
NOTE 1THE COMPANY
Nature of Business
Restoration Hardware, Inc., a Delaware corporation, together with its subsidiaries (collectively, the Company), is a luxury home furnishings retailer that offers a growing number of categories including furniture, lighting, textiles, bathware, décor, outdoor, garden, and baby and child products. These products are sold through the Companys stores, catalogs and websites. As of July 28, 2012, the Company operated a total of 73 retail stores and 10 outlet stores in 29 states, the District of Columbia and Canada, and had sourcing operations in Shanghai and Hong Kong.
On June 16, 2008, the Company completed a merger with a wholly owned subsidiary (Merger Sub) of Home Holdings, LLC (Parent), a Delaware limited liability company, pursuant to which Merger Sub merged with and into the Company and the Company became a direct wholly owned subsidiary of Parent (the Acquisition). Parent is controlled by investment funds affiliated with Catterton Management Company, LLC (Catterton), Tower Three Partners LLC (Tower Three) and GJK Capital Advisors, LLC (Glenhill).
Basis of Presentation
The accompanying unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared from the Companys records and, in managements opinion, include all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring adjustments) necessary to fairly state the Companys financial position as of July 28, 2012, and the results of operations and changes of cash flows for the six months ended July 30, 2011, and July 28, 2012, which both consist of twenty-six week periods.
The Companys accounting policies are described in Note 4 to its audited consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ended January 28, 2012 (fiscal 2011). Certain information and disclosures normally included in the notes to annual consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America have been condensed or omitted for purposes of these interim condensed consolidated financial statements. The interim condensed consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements, including the notes thereto, for fiscal 2011. The Companys current fiscal year ends on February 2, 2013 (fiscal 2012).
The results of operations for the six months ended July 28, 2012, presented herein are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full fiscal year.
NOTE 2CHANGE IN ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLESTOCK-BASED COMPENSATION
In the third quarter of 2012, the Company changed its policy for recognizing stock-based compensation expense from the graded method of accounting to the straight-line method of accounting for its time-based units (or service-only awards). Based on research and analysis, the Company believes the straight-line method of accounting for stock-based compensation expense for service-only awards is the predominant method used in its industry. In order for the Companys results of operations to be comparable to its peers, it has concluded that the straight-line method of accounting for stock-based compensation is a preferable accounting method in accordance with ASC 250-10-45.
F-44
The following table presents the unaudited comparative effect of the change in accounting method and its impact on key components of the Companys condensed consolidated statements of operations ( dollar amounts in thousands ):
Six Months Ended | ||||||||||||||||
July 30,
2011 |
July 28,
2012 |
|||||||||||||||
As
Reported |
As
Revised |
As
Reported |
As
Revised |
|||||||||||||
Net revenues |
$ | 420,383 | $ | 420,383 | $ | 510,820 | $ | 510,820 | ||||||||
Cost of goods sold |
265,953 | 265,953 | 321,425 | 321,425 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Gross profit |
154,430 | 154,430 | 189,395 | 189,395 | ||||||||||||
Selling, general and administrative expense |
150,619 | 150,395 | 171,729 | 171,830 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Income from operations |
3,811 | 4,035 | 17,666 | 17,565 | ||||||||||||
Interest expense, net |
(1,888 | ) | (1,888 | ) | (3,054 | ) | (3,054 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Income before income taxes |
1,923 | 2,147 | 14,612 | 14,511 | ||||||||||||
Income tax (benefit) expense |
783 | 783 | 623 | 623 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Net income |
$ | 1,140 | $ | 1,364 | $ | 13,989 | $ | 13,888 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Basic and diluted net income per share |
$ | 11,400 | $ | 13,640 | $ | 139,890 | $ | 138,880 | ||||||||
Shares used in computing basic and diluted net income per share |
100 | 100 | 100 | 100 |
The following table presents the unaudited comparative effect of the change in accounting method and its impact on key components of the Companys condensed consolidated balance sheets ( in thousands ):
January 28,
2012 |
July 28,
2012 |
|||||||||||||||
As
Reported |
As
Revised |
As
Reported |
As
Revised |
|||||||||||||
Stockholders equity: |
||||||||||||||||
Common stock, $0.01 par value, 1,000 shares authorized, 100 shares issued and outstanding as of both January 28, 2012 and July 28, 2012 |
$ | | $ | | $ | | $ | | ||||||||
Additional paid-in capital |
293,280 | 292,010 | 293,917 | 292,748 | ||||||||||||
Accumulated other comprehensive income |
1,150 | 1,150 | 1,185 | 1,185 | ||||||||||||
Accumulated deficit |
(43,968 | ) | (42,698 | ) | (29,979 | ) | (28,810 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total stockholders equity |
$ | 250,462 | $ | 250,462 | $ | 265,123 | $ | 265,123 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The change did not impact cash flows from total operating, investing or financing activities.
NOTE 3RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
In July 2012, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued guidance that revises the requirements around how entities test indefinite-lived intangible assets other than goodwill for impairment. Similar to the guidance issued in September 2011 related to the testing of goodwill for impairment, this guidance allows companies to perform a qualitative assessment before calculating the fair value of the indefinite-lived intangible asset. If entities determine, on the basis of qualitative factors, that the fair value of the indefinite-lived intangible asset is more likely than not greater than the carrying amount, a quantitative calculation would not be needed. The Company will adopt this guidance effective for its fiscal 2012 annual indefinite-lived intangible assets impairment test. The adoption of this guidance will result in a change in how the Company performs its indefinite-lived intangible assets impairment assessment; however, the Company does not expect it to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.
F-45
In June 2011, the FASB issued guidance that revises the manner in which entities present comprehensive income in their financial statements. The guidance requires entities to report the components of comprehensive income in either a single, continuous statement or two separate but consecutive statements. In December 2011, the FASB issued guidance which defers certain requirements set forth in June 2011. These amendments are being made to allow the FASB time to redeliberate whether to present on the face of the financial statements the effects of reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income on the components of net income and other comprehensive income in all periods presented. Both sets of guidance are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2011 and is to be applied retrospectively. The Company adopted this guidance on January 29, 2012 and such adoption only resulted in a change in how the Company presents the components of comprehensive income, which was previously presented within its consolidated statements of stockholders equity.
In May 2011, the FASB issued guidance to amend the fair value measurement and disclosure requirements. The guidance requires the disclosure of quantitative information about unobservable inputs used, a description of the valuation processes used, and a qualitative discussion around the sensitivity of the measurements. The guidance is effective during interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011 and is to be applied prospectively. The Company adopted this guidance on January 29, 2012 and adoption did not have a material impact on its condensed consolidated financial statement footnote disclosures.
NOTE 4PREPAID EXPENSES AND OTHER CURRENT ASSETS
Prepaid expenses and other current assets consist of the following ( in thousands ):
January 28,
2012 |
July 28,
2012 |
|||||||
Prepaid catalog |
$ | 28,608 | $ | 45,083 | ||||
Vendor deposits |
9,399 | 13,578 | ||||||
Prepaid expenses |
8,923 | 11,255 | ||||||
Deferred tax assets |
4,161 | 4,161 | ||||||
Other current assets |
5,640 | 7,110 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total prepaid expenses and other current assets |
$ | 56,731 | $ | 81,187 | ||||
|
|
|
|
NOTE 5PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
Property and equipment consists of the following ( in thousands ):
January 28,
2012 |
July 28,
2012 |
|||||||
Leasehold improvements (1) |
$ | 118,898 | $ | 129,989 | ||||
Land |
2,388 | 2,388 | ||||||
Building |
2,205 | 2,205 | ||||||
Furniture, fixtures and equipment |
16,166 | 21,532 | ||||||
Machinery and equipment |
4,823 | 4,999 | ||||||
Computer software |
27,194 | 29,520 | ||||||
Equipment under capital leases (2) |
13,918 | 10,976 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total property and equipment |
185,592 | 201,609 | ||||||
Lessaccumulated depreciation and amortization |
(102,034 | ) | (113,705 | ) | ||||
Total property and equipmentnet |
$ | 83,558 | $ | 87,904 |
(1) | Leasehold improvements include construction in progress of $9.1 million and $9.6 million as of January 28, 2012, and July 28, 2012, respectively. |
(2) | Accumulated depreciation and amortization include accumulated amortization related to equipment under capital leases of $8.5 million and $7.2 million as of January 28, 2012, and July 28, 2012, respectively. |
F-46
The Company recorded depreciation expense of $13.4 million and $11.7 million in the six months ended July 30, 2011, and July 28, 2012, respectively.
NOTE 6GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS
The following sets forth the goodwill and intangible assets as of January 28, 2012 ( dollar amounts in thousands ):
Gross Carrying
Amount |
Accumulated
Amortization |
Foreign
Currency Translation |
Net Book
Value |
Useful
Life |
||||||||||||||||
Intangible assets subject to amortization: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Core technologies |
$ | 6,580 | $ | (4,825 | ) | $ | | $ | 1,755 | 5 years | ||||||||||
Fair value of leases |
||||||||||||||||||||
Fair market write-up |
11,988 | (8,365 | ) | 48 | 3,671 | (2 | ) | |||||||||||||
Fair market write-down |
(2,591 | ) | 1,448 | | (1,143 | )(1) | (2 | ) | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Total intangible assets subject to amortization |
15,977 | (11,742 | ) | 48 | 4,283 | |||||||||||||||
Intangible assets not subject to amortization: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Goodwill |
122,285 | | 310 | 122,595 | ||||||||||||||||
Trademarks |
47,100 | | | 47,100 | ||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Total intangible assets |
$ | 185,362 | $ | (11,742 | ) | $ | 358 | $ | 173,978 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) | The fair market write-down of leases is included in other long-term obligations on the condensed consolidated balance sheets. |
(2) | The fair value of each lease is amortized over the life of the respective lease. The longest lease for which a fair value adjustment was recorded has a termination date in January 2019. |
The following sets forth the goodwill and intangible assets as of July 28, 2012 ( dollar amounts in thousands ):
Gross Carrying
Amount |
Accumulated
Amortization |
Foreign
Currency Translation |
Net Book
Value |
Useful
Life |
||||||||||||||||
Intangible assets subject to amortization: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Core technologies |
$ | 6,580 | $ | (5,483 | ) | $ | | $ | 1,097 | 5 years | ||||||||||
Fair value of leases |
||||||||||||||||||||
Fair market write-up |
11,988 | (8,996 | ) | 48 | 3,039 | (2 | ) | |||||||||||||
Fair market write-down |
(2,591 | ) | 1,623 | | (968 | )(1) | (2 | ) | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Total intangible assets subject to amortization |
15,977 | (12,856 | ) | 48 | 3,168 | |||||||||||||||
Intangible assets not subject to amortization: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Goodwill |
122,285 | | 300 | 122,585 | ||||||||||||||||
Trademarks |
47,404 | | | 47,404 | ||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Total intangible assets |
$ | 185,666 | $ | (12,856 | ) | $ | 348 | $ | 173,157 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) | The fair market write-down of leases is included in other long-term obligations on the condensed consolidated balance sheets. |
(2) | The fair value of each lease is amortized over the life of the respective lease. The longest lease for which a fair value adjustment was recorded has a termination date in January 2019. |
Core technologies represents the fair market value of Company-developed technologies that had been fully depreciated at the time of the Acquisition. The fair value of leases reflects the Companys favorable and
F-47
unfavorable positions of lease terms for its stores, distribution centers and corporate headquarters at the time of the Acquisition.
In July 2012, the Company purchased the domain rights to the web address www.rh.com for $0.3 million, which is included in trademarks on the condensed consolidated balance sheets.
The Company recorded amortization expense related to intangible assets of $1.5 million and $1.1 million in the six months ended July 30, 2011, and July 28, 2012, respectively.
The following table sets forth the remaining amortization of the intangible assets based on a straight-line method of amortization over the respective useful lives as of July 28, 2012 ( in thousands ):
Remainder of 2012 |
$ | 1,104 | ||
2013 |
1,204 | |||
2014 |
690 | |||
2015 |
95 | |||
2016 |
56 | |||
Thereafter |
19 | |||
|
|
|||
Total amortization |
$ | 3,168 | ||
|
|
NOTE 7ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND ACCRUED EXPENSES
Accounts payable and accrued expenses consist of the following ( in thousands ):
January 28,
2012 |
July 28,
2012 |
|||||||
Accounts payable |
$ | 47,440 | $ | 62,655 | ||||
Accrued compensation |
21,168 | 14,550 | ||||||
Accrued freight |
8,896 | 9,538 | ||||||
Accrued occupancy |
6,203 | 7,040 | ||||||
Accrued catalog |
7,176 | 4,277 | ||||||
Accrued sales taxes |
8,472 | 9,037 | ||||||
Accrued professional fees |
2,494 | 5,844 | ||||||
Other accrued expenses |
3,845 | 4,234 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total accounts payable and accrued expenses |
$ | 105,694 | $ | 117,175 | ||||
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable included negative cash balances due to outstanding checks of $12.4 million and $16.5 million as of January 28, 2012, and July 28, 2012, respectively.
NOTE 8LINE OF CREDIT AND TERM LOAN
In August 2011, the Company, along with its Canadian subsidiary, Restoration Hardware Canada, Inc., entered into a revolving line of credit agreement with Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, and certain other lenders. This credit agreement modified a previous facility in which the Company had a revolving line of credit for up to $190.0 million. As a result of the modification, the unamortized deferred financing fees related to the previous revolving line of credit on the date of the modification of $0.2 million will be amortized over the life of the new revolving line of credit, which has a maturity date of August 3, 2016. Under this amended credit agreement (which was further amended in January 2012 to incorporate a term loan facility), the Company has (i) a revolving line of credit available of up to $317.5 million, of which $10.0 million is available to Restoration Hardware Canada, Inc., and (ii) a $15.0 million term loan with a maturity date of July 6, 2015.
Under the terms of the credit agreement, the Company may increase the amount of the revolving line of credit by up to an additional $100 million provided that, among other things, the lenders agree to participate in
F-48
the increased loan commitments under the credit facility, no default under the revolving line of credit then exists or would result from such increase and sufficient borrowing base collateral is available to support increased loan amounts.
The availability of credit at any given time under the revolving line of credit is limited by reference to a borrowing base formula based upon numerous factors, including the value of eligible inventory, eligible accounts receivable, eligible real estate, and, in the case of the term loan, registered trade names, and reserves established by the administrative agent. As a result of the borrowing base formula, the actual borrowing availability under the revolving line of credit could be less than the stated amount of the revolving line of credit (as reduced by the actual borrowings and outstanding letters of credit under the revolving line of credit). The revolving line of credit is secured by substantially all of the Companys assets, including accounts receivable, inventory, intangible assets, property, equipment, goods and fixtures.
Borrowings under the revolving line of credit are subject to interest, at borrowers option, at either the banks reference rate or LIBOR (or the BA Rate or the Canadian Prime Rate, as such terms are defined in the credit agreement, in the case of Canadian borrowings denominated in Canadian dollars or the U.S. Index Rate or LIBOR for Canadian borrowings denominated in U.S. dollars) plus an applicable margin rate, in each case. The weighted-average interest rate for the revolving line of credit was 2.7% as of July 28, 2012. The term loan bears interest at a rate of LIBOR plus 5.0%, and the interest rate for the term loan was 5.3% as of July 28, 2012.
As of July 28, 2012, $129.6 million was outstanding under the revolving line of credit and the term loan was $14.8 million, net of $0.2 million unamortized debt issuance costs. As of July 28, 2012, the Companys undrawn borrowing availability under the credit facility was $86.2 million. There were $6.9 million and $11.5 million in outstanding letters of credit as of January 28, 2012, and July 28, 2012, respectively.
The Company is required to repay the term loan in quarterly installments of $1.25 million beginning October 2012 with the final payment in April 2015.
The credit agreement contains various restrictive covenants, including, among others, limitations on the ability to incur liens, make loans or other investments, incur additional debt, issue additional equity, merge or consolidate with or into another person, sell assets, pay dividends or make other distributions, or enter into transactions with affiliates. The credit agreement does not contain any significant financial or coverage ratio covenants unless the availability under the revolving line of credit is less than the greater of (i) $17.5 million and (ii) 10% of the lesser of (A) the aggregate maximum commitments under the credit facility and (B) the domestic borrowing base. If the availability under the revolving line of credit is less than the foregoing amount, then the Company is required to maintain a consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio of at least one to one. As of July 28, 2012, the Company is in compliance with all covenants, and if the availability under the revolving line of credit were less than the amount described above, the Company would have been in compliance with the consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio described in the previous sentence. The credit agreement requires a daily sweep of cash to prepay the loans under the credit agreement while (i) an event of default exists or (ii) the availability under the revolving line of credit for extensions of credit to the Company is less than the greater of (A) $20.0 million and (B) 15% of the lesser of the aggregate maximum commitments and the domestic borrowing base.
NOTE 9INCOME TAXES
As of January 28, 2012, and July 28, 2012, $2.5 million and $2.6 million, respectively, of the exposures related to unrecognized tax benefits would affect the effective tax rate if realized and are included in other long-term obligations on the condensed consolidated balance sheets. These amounts are primarily associated with foreign tax exposures that would, if realized, reduce the amount of net operating losses that would ultimately be utilized. As of July 28, 2012, $0.5 million of the exposures related to unrecognized tax benefits are expected to decrease in the next 12 months due to the lapse of the statute of limitations.
Adjustments required upon adoption of accounting for uncertainty in income taxes related to deferred tax asset accounts were offset by the related valuation allowance. Future changes to the Companys assessment of
F-49
the realizability of those deferred tax assets will impact the effective tax rate. The Company accounts for interest and penalties related to exposures as a component of income tax expense. The Company has accrued $1.3 million and $1.4 million of penalties and interest associated with exposures as of January 28, 2012, and July 28, 2012, respectively.
Income tax expense for the six months ended July 28, 2012 of $0.6 million decreased $0.2 million from income tax expense for the six months ended July 30, 2011 of $0.8 million, despite significantly improved results. This decrease is primarily due to California allowing the use of net operating loss carryforwards to offset California income, where previously California suspended the use of net operating loss caryforwards for the year ended January 28, 2012.
NOTE 10PRO FORMA EQUITY AND NET INCOME PER SHARE
Restoration Hardware Holdings, Inc. (the Issuer) was incorporated as a Delaware corporation on August 18, 2011, for the purpose of acquiring all of the stock of the Company. Prior to the completion of this offering, the Issuer will acquire all of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company. Outstanding units under Parents equity compensation plan, referred to as the Team Resto Ownership Plan, will be converted in connection with this offering into common stock of the Issuer. These transactions are referred to as the Reorganization.
Pro forma stockholders equity as of July 28, 2012, has been computed to give effect to (i) the Reorganization and (ii) the issuance of shares of common stock of the Issuer to repay a portion of the outstanding amounts under the Companys revolving line of credit and term loan, as discussed below, as if such events had been completed as of July 28, 2012. As part of the Reorganization, the Company will record non-cash stock-based compensation expense to accumulated deficit of $41.2 million related to 2,650,230 shares of common stock that will be granted and issued to Team Resto Ownership Plan participants in respect of unvested time-based units and vesting of performance-based units under the Team Resto Ownership Plan.
Unaudited pro forma net income per share for the six months ended July 28, 2012, has been computed to give effect to the Reorganization as if such events had been completed as of the beginning of fiscal 2011 and the share capital resulting therefrom was outstanding for the six months ended July 28, 2012. In addition, 3,725,435 shares issued in the initial public offering of common stock of the Issuer for proceeds of $85.7 million will be used to repay a portion of the outstanding amounts under the Companys revolving line of credit and term loan, which were $129.6 million and $14.8 million, net of unamortized debt issuance costs of $0.2 million, respectively, as of July 28, 2012. The issuance of the shares and the repayment of the revolving line of credit and term loan are assumed to have occurred as of the beginning of the fiscal period. The Company has assumed that the initial public offering price is $23.00, the midpoint in the estimated price range set forth on the cover of the prospectus included in the Issuers Form S-1 Registration Statement.
Pro forma net income has been computed by taking net income and removing interest expense related to debt assumed to be repaid. The interest expense amount has not been adjusted to record the tax effect at the Companys estimated statutory tax rate of 40% as all deferred tax assets have a full valuation allowance as of July 28, 2012.
F-50
The following table summarizes pro forma net income and pro forma basic and diluted net income per share computations for the six months ended July 28, 2012 ( in thousands, except share and per share amounts ):
Net incomeas reported |
$ | 13,888 | ||
Lessinterest expense |
1,534 | |||
|
|
|||
Pro forma net income |
$ | 15,422 | ||
|
|
|||
Pro forma weighted-average shares outstanding after Reorganization |
32,188,891 | |||
Pro forma shares issued to repay revolving line of credit and term loan |
3,725,435 | |||
|
|
|||
Pro forma shares for basic and diluted income per share |
35,914,326 | |||
|
|
|||
Pro forma basic and diluted net income per share |
$ | 0.43 |
NOTE 11STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION
The Company accounts for stock-based compensation in accordance with applicable guidance, which requires the Company to estimate the value of securities issued based upon an option-pricing model and recognize this estimated value as compensation expense over the vesting periods.
In connection with the Acquisition, Parent established the Team Resto Ownership Plan in fiscal 2009. Awards under the Team Resto Ownership Plan are granted by Parent and are made up of the following:
|
Time-based unitstime-based units vest in annual installments, generally over a five-year graded vesting period. |
|
Performance-based unitsperformance-based units vest based on a return on equity investment to the Companys investors between either two times and three times such investment (the 2X3X Performance-based Units) or three times and five times such investment (the 3X5X Performance-based Units). |
Under the terms of the Team Resto Ownership Plan, 2X3X Performance-based Units will vest to the extent cumulative return on equity investment is greater than two times and up to and including three times the original invested capital amount, with proportional vesting in between. At a return on equity investment equal to three times the original invested capital amount, 100% of the 2X3X Performance-based Units vest. In the case of 3X5X Performance-based Units, these performance-based units will vest to the extent cumulative return on equity investment is greater than three and up to and including five times the original invested capital amount, with proportional vesting in between. In the case of these 3X5X Performance-based Units, 100% of the units vest at cumulative return on equity investment equal to five times the original invested capital amount. Performance-based units that do not vest will be cancelled for no consideration.
Under the Team Resto Ownership Plan, vesting of performance-based units will occur upon the consummation of an initial public offering to the extent of achievement of the applicable cumulative return on equity investment as provided in the Team Resto Ownership Plan. Return on equity investment will be calculated based upon a return on investment to the Companys investors assuming that its investors had received the initial public offering price for their investments as a result of such offering.
All stock-based compensation expense associated with the grants of units by Parent to the Companys directors, executive officers and employees is recorded by the Company.
As of July 28, 2012, the total number of units issuable under the Team Resto Ownership Plan was 21,045,517. If all 21,045,517 units were issued and fully vested under their terms, such interests would represent 24.9% of all of the outstanding equity interests in Parent on a fully diluted basis. Awards of units reduce the
F-51
number of units available for future issuance. Cancellations and forfeitures of units previously granted increase the number of units available for future issuance. The number of units available for future issuance under the Team Resto Ownership Plan as of July 28, 2012, was 1,687,759.
The Company estimates the fair value of each grant on the date of grant using a lattice model that incorporates a Monte Carlo Simulation (the Monte Carlo method), which includes the following assumptions:
Expected Equity Returns and Volatility The Monte-Carlo method incorporates both expectations concerning equity returns in the future and an expected volatility in terms of the possible range of returns units based upon historical volatility data from a group of comparable companies prior to the valuation date and expectations of future volatility over a timeframe consistent with the expected life of the awards.
Expected Unit Life The Monte-Carlo method analysis includes an estimate of the expected unit life from grant date which represents the period that the units are anticipated to be outstanding after initial grant until expiration or settlement based upon various factors including expectations concerning a potential liquidity event, the contractual terms of the equity based awards and vesting schedules.
Risk Free Interest Rate The Monte-Carlo method incorporates an assumed risk-free interest rate which is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve rates in effect at the time of the grant using the term most consistent with the expected life of the award.
Expected Dividend Yield Dividend yield was estimated at zero as Parent does not anticipate making future distributions to equity holders.
Time-Based Units
The following table presents the time-based unit activity for the three months ended July 28, 2012:
Number Of
Units |
Weighted
Average Grant Date Fair Value |
Weighted
Average Remaining Contractual Life (In Years) |
||||||||||
OutstandingJanuary 28, 2012 |
10,288,720 | $ | 0.69 | 7.43 | ||||||||
Granted |
| | | |||||||||
Cancelled |
(33,000 | ) | 0.62 | 9.85 | ||||||||
Forfeited |
(241,750 | ) | 1.24 | 10.17 | ||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||
OutstandingJuly 28, 2012 |
10,013,970 | 0.68 | 7.15 | |||||||||
|
|
As of July 28, 2012, 5,852,566 time-based units were vested with a weighted average grant date fair value of $0.59 and a remaining weighted average expected life of 7.01 years.
During the six months ended July 30, 2011 and July 28, 2012, the fair value of units vested was $1.1 million and $1.0 million, respectively. As of July 28, 2012, the total unrecognized compensation expense related to non-vested time-based units was $2.9 million, which is expected to be recognized on a straight line basis over a weighted average period of 2.22 years. No stock-based compensation cost has been capitalized in the accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements.
The Company recorded stock-based compensation expense for time-based units of $0.9 million and $0.7 million in the six months ended July 30, 2011, and July 28, 2012, respectively, which is included in selling, general and administrative expenses on the condensed consolidated statements of operations.
F-52
Performance-Based Units
The following table presents the performance-based unit activity for the six months ended July 28, 2012:
Number Of
Units |
Weighted
Average Grant Date Fair Value |
|||||||
OutstandingJanuary 28, 2012 |
9,121,775 | $ | 0.28 | |||||
Granted |
| | ||||||
Forfeited |
(30,000 | ) | 0.77 | |||||
|
|
|||||||
OutstandingJuly 28, 2012 |
9,091,775 | 0.28 | ||||||
|
|
The Company recognizes expense associated with the units when it becomes probable that the performance condition will be met. Once it becomes probable that a participant will vest, the Company recognizes compensation expense equal to the number of shares which have vested multiplied by the fair value of the related shares measured at the grant date. No performance-based awards are considered to have vested and, as such, no expense was recorded in the six months ended July 30, 2011 or July 28, 2012. In the event of a public offering, all outstanding awards vest. As of July 28, 2012, the total unrecognized compensation expense related to non-vested performance-based units was $2.5 million.
NOTE 12RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
Management Agreement
Pursuant to the Amended and Restated Management Service Agreement with certain affiliates of Catterton, Tower Three and Glenhill, such affiliates are to provide services to the Company for general management, consulting services and other strategic planning functions. The Company recorded management fees of $1.9 million in selling, general and administrative expenses in each of the six months ended July 30, 2011, and July 28, 2012, and all such management fees were paid by the Company as of July 28, 2012.
Equity Interest in Parent
In connection with the Acquisition, each of Mr. Friedman, Mr. Krevlin, a member of the Companys Board of Directors, and certain funds of Glenhill entered into separate stockholder voting agreements with the Company in connection with the First Amendment to Agreement and Plan of Merger. Mr. Krevlin has sole voting power and investment power with respect to shares beneficially owned by such funds of Glenhill. Pursuant to such stockholder voting agreements, Mr. Friedman, Mr. Krevlin and such funds agreed to vote for and support the Acquisition. In addition, immediately prior to the completion of the Acquisition, Mr. Friedman and Mr. Krevlin (through such funds of Glenhill) contributed approximately 1,000,000 and 3,632,533 shares, respectively, of the Companys common stock to Parent in exchange for equity interests in Parent pursuant to rollover agreements between the Company, Parent and each of Mr. Friedman and such funds of Glenhill.
NOTE 13COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
Commitments
The Company has no off balance sheet commitments as of July 28, 2012.
In the event of a subsequent sale of the Company, illiquid sale of the Company or an initial public offering, the Company would be required to make payments to Catterton, Tower Three and Glenhill pursuant to the terms of their management services agreement. The amount of such payments will be negotiated with Parents Board of Directors at the time of such transaction.
F-53
In addition, certain former executives are entitled to cash payments up to $2.2 million in the event of a subsequent sale of the Company, illiquid sale of the Company or an initial public offering.
Contingencies
The Company is involved from time to time in various legal claims, actions and complaints arising in connection with its business. The outcome of matters the Company is involved in cannot be determined at this time and the results cannot be predicted with certainty.
The Company reviews the need for any loss contingency reserves and establishes reserves when, in the opinion of management, it is probable that a matter would result in liability, and the amount of loss, if any, can be reasonably estimated. Generally, in view of the inherent difficulty of predicting the outcome of those matters, particularly in cases in which claimants seek substantial or indeterminate damages, it is not possible to determine whether a liability has been incurred or to reasonably estimate the ultimate or minimum amount of that liability until the case is close to resolution, in which case no reserve is established until that time.
NOTE 14 SEGMENT REPORTING
The Company defines an operating segment on the same basis that it uses to evaluate performance internally by the Chief Operating Decision Maker (CODM). The Company has determined that the Co-Chief Executive Officers were its CODM and there was one operating segment. Therefore, the Company reports as a single segment. This includes all sales channels accessed by the Companys customers, including sales through catalogs, sales through the Companys website and sales through the Companys stores.
The Company classifies its sales into furniture and non-furniture product lines. Furniture includes both indoor and outdoor furniture from the Companys business lines. Non-furniture includes lighting, textiles, accessories and home décor. Net revenues in each category were as follows ( in thousands ):
Six Months Ended | ||||||||
July 30,
2011 |
July 28,
2012 |
|||||||
Furniture |
$ | 223,050 | $ | 281,913 | ||||
Non-furniture |
197,333 | 228,907 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total net revenues |
$ | 420,383 | $ | 510,820 | ||||
|
|
|
|
The Company is domiciled in the United States and operates stores in the United States and Canada. Revenues from Canadian operations, and the long-lived assets in Canada, are not material to the Company. Geographic revenues are determined based upon where service is rendered.
No single customer accounted for more than 10% of the Companys revenues in the six months ended July 30, 2011 or July 28, 2012.
NOTE 15RETAIL STORE CLOSURES AND OFFICE RESTRUCTURING
Shanghai Office Restructuring
In April 2011, the Company restructured its Shanghai office location and terminated employees at that office, as well as terminated employees within the corporate headquarters in Corte Madera, CA. As a result, during the six months ended July 30, 2011, the Company incurred $1.6 million in restructuring related costs, including one-time employee termination benefits, contract termination fees, loss on disposal of capitalized property and equipment, and other associated costs, which are included in selling, general and administrative expenses on the condensed consolidated statements of operations. During the six months ended July 31, 2012, the
F-54
Company did not incur any restructuring related costs. At July 28, 2012, the Company did not have any remaining future liabilities related to this office restructuring. The Company does not expect to incur additional costs associated with this office restructuring in future periods.
Retail Store Closures
In June and July 2011, the Company closed four retail store locations prior to their respective lease termination dates. As a result, during the six months ended July 30, 2011, the Company incurred $3.6 million in exit related costs, including contract termination fees, one-time employee termination benefits and other associated costs. During fiscal 2011, the Company had broker commission related costs of $0.5 million relating to a store closure for one retail store. During the six months ended July 28, 2012, the Company recorded income of $0.4 million related to a change in estimate of liabilities related to closed stores. At July 28, 2012, the Company had remaining future liabilities existing under the lease agreements of $0.5 million. The Company does not expect to incur additional costs associated with these retail store closures in future periods.
NOTE 16SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
Management has evaluated all events and transactions that occurred after July 28, 2012, through October 22, 2012, which is the date the financial statements are available to be issued. No material subsequent events have occurred since July 28, 2012, that require recognition or disclosure in these condensed consolidated financial statements, except the following:
Reorganization
Restoration Hardware Holdings, Inc. was formed on August 18, 2011, as a holding company for the purposes of facilitating an initial public offering of its common stock. It is expected that following the Reorganization, as defined in Note 10 Pro Forma Equity and Net Income Per Share, the Company will become a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of Restoration Hardware Holdings, Inc. prior to the completion of the initial public offering.
Resignation of Co-CEO and Relationship with Hierarchy
The Companys former Chairman and Co-Chief Executive Officer, Gary Friedman, resigned from these positions and as a director of the Company effective as of October 20, 2012. In connection with his resignation as Chairman, Co-Chief Executive Officer and a director, Mr. Friedman and the Company have entered into an advisory services agreement that provides for Mr. Friedman to advise the Company in a role described as the Creator and Curator with respect to product development, merchandising and other creative matters. The agreement has a five-year term and is renewable for an additional five-year period. In addition, in connection with this offering, Parent has agreed to invest $5 million, consisting of $2.5 million in an initial tranche and up to $2.5 million in one or more additional tranches, directly or indirectly, in Hierarchy, LLC (Hierarchy), a newly formed entity in which Mr. Friedman has a controlling interest. If requested by Parent and agreed to by the Company, the Company may make these subsequent investments. The Company will have the right to acquire all or a portion of Parents interest in Hierarchy between the second and third anniversaries of this offering, at the greater of the then fair market value and the price paid by Parent.
In addition, Parent has assigned to the Company its right of first offer and co-sale right over the sale by Mr. Friedman of his interests in Hierarchy, its right of first offer over the sale of Hierarchy or any of its lines of business and its preemptive rights on issuances of additional interests in Hierarchy. The Company expects to enter into an agreement with Hierarchy pursuant to which it will provide Hierarchy with back office, logistics, supply chain and administrative support, with pricing determined based on the fair market value of such services. The Company also transferred to Hierarchy its minimal apparel-related assets at fair market value. Unless otherwise agreed by Home Holdings, for two years from the date of the Hierarchy agreements, Hierarchys line
F-55
of business will be limited to apparel and apparel related businesses. In addition, Hierarchy will be permanently prohibited from entering into lines of business in which we are engaged (other than luggage, which Hierarchy may enter into after such two year period). Mr. Friedman is also a significant stockholder in the Company and will continue to advise the Board of Directors in an observer capacity, with the honorary title of Chairman Emeritus.
2012 Equity Replacement Plan
Prior to the completion of this offering, the Board of Directors will adopt the Restoration Hardware 2012 Equity Replacement Plan (the Replacement Plan), and outstanding units under the Team Resto Ownership Plan will be replaced with vested shares of common stock under the Replacement Plan, in some cases subject to selling restrictions. The Company will record a non-cash compensation charge at the Reorganization of $41.2 million related to these awards, assuming an initial public offering price of $23.00 per share (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus).
A portion of the shares issued under the Replacement Plan will be subject to resale restrictions whereby the holder may not sell the shares for a period of 20 years after this offering, except as follows: (i) with respect to 778,451 of these shares, such resale restrictions will lapse over time in accordance with the dates set forth in the award agreement, and (ii) with respect to 1,633,372 of these shares, such resale restrictions will lapse on the date after this offering on which the price of the Issuers common stock reaches a price per share specified in the applicable award agreement corresponding to a market capitalization of approximately $1.9 billion for at least 10 consecutive trading days.
A portion of the shares issued under the Replacement Plan will be unvested restricted shares issued to Mr. Alberini and Mr. Friedman in replacement of their 2X3X performance-based units and 3X5X performance-based units. With respect to the 1,333,732 shares received by Mr. Alberini and Mr. Friedman in replacement of their 3X5X performance-based units, such shares shall begin to vest during the 36-month period following this offering when the price of the Issuers common stock reaches a price per share specified in the applicable award agreement corresponding to a market capitalization of approximately $1.1 billion for at least 10 consecutive trading days, and such shares shall fully vest when the price of the Issuers common stock reaches a price per share specified in the applicable award agreement corresponding to a market capitalization of approximately $1.9 billion for at least 10 consecutive trading days (with proportional vesting in between). In addition, with respect to the 555,190 shares received by Mr. Alberini and Mr. Friedman in replacement of a portion of their 2X3X performance-based units, such shares shall begin to vest during the 36-month period following this offering when the price of the Issuers common stock exceeds the initial public offering price per share for at least 10 consecutive trading days, and such shares shall fully vest when the price of the Issuers common stock reaches a price per share specified in the applicable award agreement corresponding to a market capitalization of approximately $1.1 billion for at least 10 consecutive trading days (with proportional vesting in between). At the time of the Reorganization, unrecognized compensation expense associated with these shares is $2.6 million, assuming an initial public offering price of $23.00 per share (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus).
Aside from the awards of restricted stock in connection with the conversion of Team Resto Ownership Plan units, no other awards will be granted under the Replacement Plan.
2012 Stock Option Plan and 2012 Stock Incentive Plan
Prior to the completion of the Reorganization, the Board of Directors will adopt the Restoration Hardware 2012 Stock Option Plan (the Option Plan), pursuant to which 6,925,146 fully vested options will be granted in connection with the Reorganization to certain of the Companys employees and advisors, including Mr. Alberini and Mr. Friedman. The options granted under this plan will be vested and will be subject to resale restrictions whereby the holder may not sell the shares for a period of 20 years after this offering, except as follows: (i) with
F-56
respect to 953,116 of these shares, such resale restrictions will lapse over time in accordance with the dates set forth in the award agreement, and (ii) with respect to 5,972,030 shares, such resale restrictions will lapse on dates after this offering on which the price of the Issuers common stock reaches prices specified in the applicable award agreement corresponding to market capitalizations ranging from $2.1 billion to $5.4 billion. Aside from the awards of options granted in connection with the Reorganization, no other awards will be granted under the Option Plan.
Prior to the completion of the Reorganization, the Board of Directors will adopt the Restoration Hardware 2012 Stock Incentive Plan (the 2012 Plan). The 2012 Plan will become effective on the date of the completion of the Reorganization. The 2012 Plan will provide for the grant of incentive stock options to the Companys employees and any parent and subsidiary corporations employees, and for the grant of cash, shares of the Issuers common stock, non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, dividend equivalent rights, cash-based awards and any combination thereof to the Companys employees, directors and consultants and the Companys parent and subsidiary corporations employees, directors and consultants. Upon completion of the Reorganization, the Board of Directors will grant fully vested options to purchase 1,271,821 shares of the Issuers common stock to employees of the Company under the 2012 Plan each with an exercise price equal to either the initial public offering price or 120% of the initial public offering price.
In connection with the grants under the Option Plan and the 2012 Plan, the Company will record a non-cash compensation charge at the Reorganization of $49.7 million related to these awards, assuming an initial public offering price of $23.00 per share (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus).
F-57
PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
Item 13. | Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution |
The following table sets forth the costs and expenses, other than the underwriting discount, payable in connection with the sale and distribution of the securities being registered. All amounts are estimated except the SEC registration fee, the FINRA filing fee and the NYSE listing fee. Except as otherwise noted, all the expenses below will be paid by us.
Amount
to be paid |
||||
SEC Registration Fee |
$ | 16,549 | ||
FINRA Filing Fee |
15,500 | |||
NYSE Listing Fee |
250,000 | |||
Legal Fees and Expenses |
5,400,000 | |||
Accounting Fees and Expenses |
1,310,000 | |||
Printing and Engraving Expenses |
550,000 | |||
Blue Sky Fees and Expenses |
50,000 | |||
Transfer Agent and Registrar Fees |
39,500 | |||
Director and Officer Insurance |
940,000 | |||
Miscellaneous Expenses |
1,043,451 | |||
|
|
|||
Total |
$ | 9,615,000 |
Item 14. | Indemnification of Directors and Officers |
Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the DGCL) permits a corporation to include in its charter documents, and in agreements between the corporation and its directors and officers, provisions expanding the scope of indemnification beyond that specifically provided by the current law.
Our certificate of incorporation will provide that our directors will not be liable for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty.
Our bylaws provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, subject to certain exceptions contained in our bylaws. Our bylaws provide for the indemnification of officers and directors acting on our behalf if this person acted in good faith and in a manner reasonably believed to be in and not opposed to our best interest, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, the indemnified party had no reason to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.
We intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our executive officers and directors, in addition to indemnification provided for in our charter documents, and we intend to enter into indemnification agreements with any new directors and executive officers in the future. The indemnification agreements will provide the executive officers and directors with contractual rights to indemnification, expense advancement and reimbursement, to the fullest extent permitted under the DGCL, subject to certain exceptions contained in those agreements.
The underwriting agreement (Exhibit 1.1 hereto) provides for indemnification by the underwriters of us, and indemnification of the underwriters by us for certain liabilities, including liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, in connection with matters specifically provided in writing by the underwriters for inclusion in the registration statement.
II-1
We will purchase and intend to maintain insurance on behalf of us and any person who is or was a director or officer against any loss arising from any claim asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in that capacity, subject to certain exclusions and limits of the amount of coverage.
Item 15. | Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities |
Set forth below is information regarding securities sold by Home Holdings, LLC (Home Holdings) within the past three fiscal years that were not registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Securities Act). Also included is information relating to the section of the Securities Act, or rule of the SEC, under which exemption from registration was claimed.
(1) | In connection with the agreement and plan of merger described in the prospectus that is a part of this registration statement, Gary Friedman, certain funds affiliated with Glenhill and certain funds affiliated with Palo Alto Investors, LLC entered into rollover agreements with Home Holdings pursuant to which they agreed to contribute, immediately prior to the effective time of the merger, a portion of his or its shares of Restoration Hardware, Inc.s common stock in exchange for a pro rata equity interest in Home Holdings. |
(2) | In December 2008, May 2010 and June 2010, as described in the prospectus that is a part of this registration statement, two of our officers entered into subscription agreements with Home Holdings whereby they purchased 215,269 Class A units, 2,006,952 Class A-1 units and 2,006,952 Class A-2 units at an aggregate purchase price of approximately $10 million. |
(3) | In May 2009, Gary Friedman was granted 7,183,441 Class B-1 units under the Home Holdings 2008 Team Resto Ownership Plan (the Team Resto Ownership Plan), and in June 2010, Carlos Alberini, our Chief Executive Officer and a director, was granted 4,225,554 Class B-1 units and one Class B-2 unit under the Team Resto Ownership Plan. In addition to these grants to Mr. Friedman and Mr. Alberini, from May 2009 through April 18, 2012, 146 of our current and former employees, consultants, directors and members of our board were granted 16,125,476 Class B units under the Team Resto Ownership Plan. |
(4) | In September 2011, as described in the prospectus that is a part of this Registration Statement, 1,215,269 Class A Units of Home Holdings held by Gary Friedman were reclassified into 1,215,269 Class A Prime units of Home Holdings, 1,118,064 Class A-1 units of Home Holdings held by Mr. Friedman were reclassified into 1,118,064 Class A-1 Prime units of Home Holdings and 1,810,000 Class B units held by Ken Dunaj, our Chief Operating Officer, were reclassified into 1,810,000 Class B Prime units of Home Holdings, in each case in connection with the repayment of loans owed to Home Holdings by Mr. Friedman or Mr. Dunaj, as applicable. |
There were no underwriters employed in connection with any of the transactions set forth in Item 15. These transactions were made in reliance upon Section 4(2) of the Securities Act (or Rule 501 of Regulation D promulgated thereunder), or Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act, as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering or pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the issuers board of directors. Each recipient of the securities in these transactions represented his, her or its intention to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any distribution thereof. In each case, the recipient received adequate information about the issuer or had adequate access, through his, her or its relationship with Home Holdings, to information about Home Holdings. The sales of these securities were made without any general solicitation or advertising.
Item 16. | Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules |
(a) Exhibits
The exhibit index attached hereto is incorporated herein by reference.
II-2
(b) Financial Statement Schedules
Financial statement schedules have been omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the financial statements or notes thereto.
Item 17. | Undertakings |
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted as to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the provisions described in Item 14, or otherwise, we have been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, we will, unless in the opinion of our counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by us is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:
(1) | For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus as filed as part of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective. |
(2) | For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new Registration Statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof. |
That, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities: the undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:
(i) | Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424; |
(ii) | Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant; |
(iii) | The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and |
(iv) | Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser. |
II-3
The undersigned registrant hereby further undertakes that:
If the registrant is subject to Rule 430C, each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.
II-4
Signatures
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, we have duly caused this Registration Statement on Form S-1 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the Town of Corte Madera, State of California, on the 23rd day of October, 2012.
RESTORATION HARDWARE HOLDINGS, INC. | ||
By: |
/s/ Carlos Alberini |
|
Carlos Alberini Chief Executive Officer |
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement on Form S-1 has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
Signature |
Title |
Date |
||
/s/ Carlos Alberini Carlos Alberini |
Chief Executive Officer; Director (Principal Executive Officer) |
October 23, 2012 | ||
/s/ Karen Boone Karen Boone |
Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer; Principal Accounting Officer) |
October 23, 2012 |
||
* J. Michael Chu |
Director |
October 23, 2012 |
||
* Scott Dahnke |
Director |
October 23, 2012 |
||
* Mark Demilio |
Director |
October 23, 2012 |
||
* William Forrest |
Director |
October 23, 2012 |
||
* Glenn Krevlin |
Director |
October 23, 2012 |
||
* Marc Magliacano |
Director |
October 23, 2012 |
||
* Frederick Wilson |
Director |
October 23, 2012 |
*By: |
/s/ Carlos Alberini |
|
Carlos Alberini Attorney-in-Fact |
II-5
EXHIBIT INDEX
Exhibit
|
Description of Exhibit |
|
1.1* | Form of Purchase Agreement. | |
3.1*
|
Form of Certificate of Incorporation of Restoration Hardware Holdings, Inc., to be in effect upon completion of this offering. | |
3.2* | Form of Bylaws of Restoration Hardware Holdings, Inc., to be in effect upon completion of this offering. | |
4.1 | Form of Restoration Hardware Holdings, Inc.s Common Stock Certificate. | |
5.1 | Opinion of Morrison & Foerster LLP. | |
10.1 | Amended and Restated Compensation and Severance Agreement, effective as of February 1, 2010, by and between Restoration Hardware, Inc. and Gary Friedman. | |
10.2 | Employment Agreement, entered into as of May 12, 2010, by and between Restoration Hardware, Inc. and Carlos Alberini. | |
10.3 | Amended and Restated Offer Letter, between Restoration Hardware, Inc. and Ken Dunaj. | |
10.4 | Form of Indemnification Agreement to be entered into by and between Restoration Hardware Holdings, Inc. and each of its directors. | |
10.5 | First Amendment to Ninth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of January 6, 2012, by and among Restoration Hardware, Inc., as lead borrower, Restoration Hardware Canada, Inc., as Canadian borrower, the other borrowers party thereto, the guarantors party thereto, the lenders party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent. | |
10.6 | Ninth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of August 3, 2011, by and among Restoration Hardware, Inc., as lead borrower, Restoration Hardware Canada, Inc., as Canadian borrower, the other borrowers party thereto, the guarantors party thereto, the lenders from time to time party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent. | |
10.7* | 2012 Stock Incentive Plan and related documents. | |
10.8* | 2012 Equity Replacement Plan. | |
10.9* | 2012 Stock Option Plan. | |
10.10 | Transition Agreement, entered into December 21, 2011, between Restoration Hardware, Inc. and James Stewart. | |
10.11* | Form of Stockholders Agreement to be entered into effective upon completion of this offering among Restoration Hardware Holdings, Inc., Home Holdings, LLC, Gary Friedman and Carlos Alberini. | |
10.12* | Form of Registration Rights to be entered into effective upon completion of this offering among Restoration Hardware Holdings, Inc., Home Holdings, LLC, CP Home Holdings, LLC, Tower Three Home, LLC, Gary Friedman and Carlos Alberini. | |
10.13* | Advisory Services Agreement entered into October 20, 2012, between Restoration Hardware, Inc. and Gary Friedman. | |
10.14* | Employment Agreement, entered into as of , 2012 by and between Restoration Hardware, Inc. and Carlos Alberini. | |
10.15* | Employment Agreement entered into as of , 2012 by and between Restoration Hardware, Inc. and Karen Boone. |
Exhibit
|
Description of Exhibit |
|
21.1 | Subsidiary List. | |
23.1 | Consent of Counsel (included in exhibit 5.1). | |
23.2 | Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP. | |
23.3 | Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP. | |
24.1 | Powers of Attorney (included on signature page). | |
99.1 | Director Nominee Consent of Eri Chaya. | |
99.2 | Director Nominee Consent of Thomas Mottola. | |
99.3 | Director Nominee Consent of Barry Sternlicht. |
* | To be filed by amendment. |
| Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement. |
| Previously filed. |
Exhibit 4.1
COMMON STOCK PAR VALUE $0.0001 RH RESTORATION HARDWARE COMMON STOCK THIS CERTIFICATE IS TRANSFERABLE IN CANTON, MA AND NEW YORK, NY RESTORATION HARDWARE HOLDINGS, INC. INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE Shares Certificate Number CUSIP THIS CERTIFIES THAT is the owner of SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS FULLY-PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK OF Restoration Hardware Holdings, Inc. (hereinafter called the Company), transferable on the books of the Company in person or by duly authorized attorney, upon surrender of this Certificate properly endorsed. This Certificate and the shares represented hereby, are issued and shall be held subject to all of the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, and the By-Laws, as amended, of the Company (copies of which are on file with the Company and with the Transfer Agent), to all of which each holder, by acceptance hereof, assents. This Certificate is not valid unless countersigned and registered by the Transfer Agent and Registrar. Witness the facsimile seal of the Company and the facsimile signatures of its duly authorized officers. Chief Executive Officer Chief Financial Officer DATED COUNTERSIGNED AND REGISTERED: COMPUTERSHARE TRUST COMPANY, N.A. TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR, DWAR REAH HNOOLIDTIARG NOT 2011 , S DELAWARE IS CN ER . By AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE 1234567
RESTORATION HARDWARE HOLDINGS, INC. THE COMPANY WILL FURNISH WITHOUT CHARGE TO EACH SHAREHOLDER WHO SO REQUESTS, A SUMMARY OF THE POWERS, DESIGNATIONS, PREFERENCES AND RELATIVE, PARTICIPATING, OPTIONAL OR OTHER SPECIAL RIGHTS OF EACH CLASS OF STOCK OF THE COMPANY AND THE QUALIFICATIONS, LIMITATIONS OR RESTRICTIONS OF SUCH PREFERENCES AND RIGHTS, AND THE VARIATIONS IN RIGHTS, PREFERENCES AND LIMITATIONS DETERMINED FOR EACH SERIES, WHICH ARE FIXED BY THE CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF THE COMPANY, AS AMENDED, AND THE RESOLUTIONS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF THE COMPANY, AND THE AUTHORITY OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS TO DETERMINE VARIATIONS FOR FUTURE SERIES. SUCH REQUEST MAY BE MADE TO THE OFFICE OF THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY OR TO THE TRANSFER AGENT. THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS MAY REQUIRE THE OWNER OF A LOST OR DESTROYED STOCK CERTIFICATE, OR HIS LEGAL REPRESENTATIVES, TO GIVE THE COMPANY A BOND TO INDEMNIFY IT AND ITS TRANSFER AGENTS AND REGISTRARS AGAINST ANY CLAIM THAT MAY BE MADE AGAINST THEM ON ACCOUNT OF THE ALLEGED LOSS OR DESTRUCTION OF ANY SUCH CERTIFICATE. The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations: TEN COM - as tenants in common UNIF GIFT MIN ACT -Custodian (Cust) (Minor) TEN ENT - as tenants by the entireties under Uniform Gifts to Minors Act (State) JT TEN - as joint tenants with right of survivorship UNIF TRF MIN ACT -Custodian (until age) and not as tenants in common (Cust) under Uniform Transfers to Minors Act (Minor) (State) Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list. PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE For value received, hereby sell, assign and transfer unto (PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING POSTAL ZIP CODE, OF ASSIGNEE) Shares of the common stock represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint Attorney to transfer the said stock on the books of the within-named Company with full power of substitution in the premises. Dated: 20 Signature: Signature: Notice: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the certificate, in every particular, without alteration or enlargement, or any change whatever. Signature(s) Guaranteed: Medallion Guarantee Stamp THE SIGNATURE(S) SHOULD BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (Banks, Stockbrokers, Savings and Loan Associations and Credit Unions) WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM, PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15. Security instructions this is watermarked paper, do not accept without noting watermark. Hold to light to verify watermark.
Exhibit 5.1
|
425 MARKET STREET SAN FRANCISCO CALIFORNIA 94105-2482
TELEPHONE: 415.268.7000 FACSIMILE: 415.268.7522
WWW.MOFO.COM |
MORRISON & FOERSTER LLP
NEW YORK , SAN FRANCISCO , LOS ANGELES , PALO ALTO , SAN DIEGO , WASHINGTON , D . C .
NORTHERN VIRGINIA , DENVER , SACRAMENTO , WALNUT CREEK
TOKYO , LONDON , BRUSSELS , BEIJING , SHANGHAI , HONG KONG |
October 23, 2012
Restoration Hardware Holdings, Inc.
15 Koch Road, Suite J
Corte Madera, California 94925
Re: Registration Statement on Form S-1
Ladies and Gentlemen:
We are acting as counsel to Restoration Hardware Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the Company), in connection with the registration of 5,938,982 shares of the Companys Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the Common Stock), pursuant to a Registration Statement on Form S-1, as amended (the Registration Statement), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the offering and sale by the Company of 4,782,609 shares of Common Stock (the Primary Shares), and the offering and sale by the Selling Stockholders identified in the Registration Statement of 381,723 shares of Common Stock and, if exercised, the offering and sale by the Selling Stockholders identified in the Registration Statement of up to 774,650 shares of Common Stock subject to an option to purchase additional shares (the Secondary Shares and, together with the Primary Shares, the Shares). All Secondary Shares will be issued in connection with the Reorganization, as such term is defined in the Registration Statement.
As counsel for the Company, we have examined originals or copies, certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of such documents, corporate records, certificates of public officials and other instruments as we have deemed necessary for the purposes of rendering this opinion and we are familiar with the proceedings taken and proposed to be taken by the Company in connection with the authorization, issuance and sale of the Shares. In our examination, we have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals and the conformity with the originals of all documents submitted to us as copies.
Based upon the foregoing, we are of the opinion that when the Reorganization is complete:
1. | The Primary Shares will be duly and validly authorized and upon issuance, delivery and payment therefor in the manner contemplated by the Registration Statement, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable; and |
2. | The Secondary Shares will be duly and validly authorized, and when issued and delivered by the Company to the Selling Stockholders in connection with the Reorganization, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable. |
We consent to the use of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, and we consent to the reference of our name under the caption Legal Matters in the Prospectus forming a part of the Registration Statement. In giving such consent, we do not thereby admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act.
Very truly yours,
/s/ Morrison & Foerster LLP
Exhibit 10.1
AMENDED AND RESTATED
COMPENSATION AND SEVERANCE AGREEMENT
THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED COMPENSATION AND SEVERANCE AGREEMENT (this Agreement), is effective as of February 1, 2010, by and between RESTORATION HARDWARE, INC., a corporation incorporated under the laws of Delaware (the Company), and GARY G. FRIEDMAN (Officer) and is an amendment and restatement of (i) a previous offer letter dated March 15, 2001 offering Officer employment with the Company (the Prior Offer Letter), and (ii) a previous Compensation and Severance Agreement by and between the Company and Officer initially effective March 21, 2001, as most recently amended and restated effective as of February 4, 2004 and as further amended on December 31, 2008 (the Compensation and Severance Agreement).
WHEREAS, the Board has determined that it is essential and in the best interest of the Company and its stockholders to retain the services of Officer on the terms hereinafter set forth and
WHEREAS, in order to encourage Officer to remain in the employ of the Company, the Company desires to enter into this amended and restated Agreement with Officer;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the respective agreements of the parties contained herein, it is agreed as follows:
1. Certain Other Agreements . The Prior Offer Letter and the previous version of this Compensation and Severance Agreement effective March 21, 2001 were initially executed substantially contemporaneously with stock option agreements and notices of grant of stock options referenced in the Prior Offer Letter, agreements to participate in a preferred stock financing and an agreement to purchase common stock of the Company as described in the Prior Offer Letter. All options under the aforementioned option agreements have been settled or cancelled as of the date of this Agreement.
2. Definitions .
2.1. Accrued Compensation . Accrued Compensation shall mean an amount which shall include all amounts earned or accrued through the Termination Date (as hereinafter defined) but not paid as of the Termination Date, including, without limitation, (i) Base Salary, (ii) reimbursement for reasonable and necessary expenses incurred by Officer on behalf of the Company during the period ending on the Termination Date, (iii) vacation pay and (iv) any accrued or vested benefits or entitlements under all employee benefit and welfare plans and programs of the Company in which Officer participates, subject to the terms and conditions of such employee benefit and welfare plans and programs.
2.2. Base Salary . Base Salary shall mean the base salary as set forth in Section 3.1 (or, for purposes of determining the termination benefits to which Officer is entitled upon a termination for Good Reason, if greater, the rate in effect immediately before a reduction in rate that constitutes Good Reason), and shall include all amounts of Officers base salary that are deferred under the qualified and non-qualified employee benefit plans of the Company or any other agreement or arrangement.
2.3. Board . Board shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.
2.4. Bonus Amount . Bonus Amount shall mean 100% of the last annual bonus paid or payable (i.e., if the performance period was completed but the bonus not yet paid) to Officer prior to the Termination Date or Officers target bonus for the applicable fiscal year in which termination of employment occurs if such target bonus is greater than the last annual bonus paid or payable to Officer.
2.5. Cause shall mean:
(a) Officer has been convicted of (or has entered a plea of nolo contendere to) a felony involving fraud, dishonesty, or physical harm to any person;
(b) Officer intentionally failed to substantially perform Officers material duties (other than a failure resulting from Officers incapacity due to physical or mental illness or from Officers assignment of duties that would constitute Good Reason), which failure lasted for a period of at least fifteen (15) days after a written notice of demand for substantial performance has been delivered to Officer specifying the manner in which Officer has failed substantially to perform;
(c) Officer intentionally engaged in conduct which is demonstrably and materially injurious to the Company; or,
(d) Officers fraud, embezzlement or other act of material dishonesty with respect to the Company as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction or by arbitration pursuant to Section 14 below.
For purposes of this Section 2.5, no act, nor failure to act, on Officers part shall be considered intentional unless Officer has acted, or failed to act, with a lack of reasonable belief that Officers action or failure to act was in the best interest of Company. No termination for Cause may occur pursuant to Section 2.5(b) or Section 2.5(c) unless there shall have been delivered to Officer a written notice setting forth the conduct allegedly constituting Cause and specifying the particulars thereof in reasonable detail, and Officer shall have been provided an opportunity to be heard in person by the Board (with the assistance of Officers counsel); or
2.6. Change in Control . Change in Control shall mean the sale of the Company, or of Home Holdings, including in one or more series of related transactions, to an Independent Third Party (as such term is defined in the LLC Agreement) or to multiple Independent Third Parties acting as a group, pursuant to which such party or parties acquire, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, (a) equity securities of the Company or Home Holdings constituting more than fifty percent (50%) of the fair market value or total voting power (whether by merger, consolidation, sale or transfer of the Companys or Home Holdings outstanding equity securities) of the equity securities of the Company or Home Holdings or (b) more than 50% of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis or Home Holdings and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis immediately before such acquisition.
2
2.7. Company . The Company shall mean Restoration Hardware, Inc. and shall include its Successors and Assigns (as hereinafter defined).
2.8. Disability . Disability shall mean a physical or mental infirmity which either (i) impairs Officers ability to substantially perform Officers duties with the Company for a period of one hundred eighty (180) consecutive days or (ii) is expected to so impair Officer for a period of at least one year or (iii) entitles Officer to long-term disability benefits under a long-term disability policy maintained by the Company; provided, that Officer has not returned to Officers full-time employment prior to the Termination Date as stated in the Notice of Termination (as hereinafter defined).
2.9. Good Reason . Good Reason shall mean the occurrence of any of the events or conditions described in subsections (a) through (e) hereof that occur without Officers consent, and within 90 days following the end of the Notice Period (as defined below) Officer terminates his employment with the Company:
(a) a material diminution in Officers authority, duties or responsibilities or the assignment to Officer by the Company of duties materially inconsistent with his status as Chief Executive Officer (it being understood that a change in status to Co-Chief Executive Officer and Chairman upon commencement of employment by Mr. Carlos Alberini shall not constitute Good Reason) or Co-Chief Executive Officer and Chairman, as the case may be, as set forth in this Agreement (it being understood that in the case of the two Co-Chief Executive Officers they may have changes in the personnel and functions within the Company that report to each of them from time to time and mutually agreed changes in some of those responsibilities that report to Officer alone shall not constitute Good Reason so long as the authority and responsibility of the Officer within the organization is not materially diminished or materially inconsistent with the status of Co-Chief Executive Officer and Chairman as set fort h in this Agreement) or a change in Officers reporting relationship directly to the Board of Directors of Home Holdings, LLC (Home Holdings); provided that a change in Officers authority, duties or responsibilities due to the fact that the Company or its successor becomes a stand-alone division or subsidiary of a public or private company will not alone constitute Good Reason so long as Officer continues as Chief Executive Officer or Co-Chief Executive Officer and Chairman, as the case may be, of the Company (or successor or parent thereof, as the case may be) or such division or subsidiary; and provided further that (for avoidance of doubt) a change in Officers authority, duties or responsibilities in connection with the termination of Officers employment for Disability, Cause, as a result of Officers death, or by Officer other than for Good Reason shall not constitute Good Reason;
(b) a material reduction in Officers Base Salary, annual bonus opportunity or benefits, except if the base salaries, annual bonus opportunities or benefits of a significant number of other executives and members of senior management of the Company also are proportionately reduced, whether or not such reduction is voluntary on the part of Officer or such other executives and senior management;
3
(c) any material breach by the Company or any of its Successors and Assigns of this Agreement, including, without limitation, the last sentence of Section 3.7 hereof and Section 10.1 hereof; provided, however, that a breach of the last sentence of Section 3.7 hereof only shall be deemed to be material in the event that Officer is required to be based outside a 40-mile radius of Corte Madera, California.
(d) removal of Officer, or failure to cause the reappointment or election of Officer, as the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, as a member of the Board or as a member of the Board of Directors of Home Holdings; and
(e) the failure of any Successors and Assigns to assume the obligations of the Company under this Agreement, either by written agreement or by operation of law.
Officers right to terminate his employment in connection with an event of Good Reason shall not be affected by Officers incapacity due to physical or mental illness. Officer must provide notice to the Company of the existence of a condition described in clauses (a) through (e) above within sixty (60) days of his knowledge of the initial existence of the condition, upon the notice of which the Company shall have a period (the Notice Period) of 30 days during which it may remedy the condition so that it shall not constitute a Good Reason. If more than one change or event shall occur which alone or in the aggregate constitutes Good Reason, then for purposes hereof, Good Reason shall be deemed to have occurred on the last such change or event to occur.
2.10. LLC Agreement . LLC Agreement shall mean the Fourth Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Operating Agreement of Home Holdings, LLC, as further amended from time to time.
2.11. Notice of Termination . Notice of Termination shall mean a written notice from the Company or Officer of termination of Officers employment which indicates the specific reason for termination relied upon and which sets forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of Officers employment.
2.12. Pro-Rata Bonus . Pro-Rata Bonus shall mean an amount equal to the Bonus Amount multiplied by a fraction the numerator of which is the number of days in the fiscal year through the Termination Date and the denominator of which is 365.
2.13. Successors and Assigns . Successors and Assigns shall mean a corporation or other entity acquiring all or substantially all the assets and business of the Company (including this Agreement), whether by operation of law or otherwise.
2.14. Termination Date . Termination Date shall mean (i) in the case of Officers death, Officers date of death, (ii) in the case of a resignation by Officer with or without Good Reason, the last day of Officers employment, and (iii) in all other cases, the date specified in the Notice of Termination; provided, that if Officers employment is terminated by the Company or
4
due to Disability, the date specified in the Notice of Termination shall be at least thirty (30) days (and not more than sixty (60) days) from the date the Notice of Termination is given to Officer; and provided, further, that in the case of Disability Officer shall not have returned to the full-time performance of Officers duties during such period of at least thirty (30) days.
3. Compensation, Benefits and Officer Obligations .
3.1. Compensation . Officers Base Salary shall be nine hundred thousand dollars ($900,000) per year, effective from February 1, 2010, to be paid in installments in accordance with the Companys standard payroll practices, less required withholding taxes. If and when the Companys twelve-month trailing EBITDA (as such metric is determined in good faith by the Board) exceeds thirty-seven million dollars ($37 million), then Officers Base Salary shall increase to one million dollars ($1,000,000) per year beginning on the first day of the month immediately following the end of such twelve-month period (and, for avoidance of doubt, shall not thereafter decrease merely as a result of twelve-month trailing EBITDA decreasing). Notwithstanding the foregoing, a proportional reduction in Officers Base Salary as described in Section 2.9(b) hereof shall not be considered a breach of this Agreement.
3.2. Bonus .
(a) Officer will be eligible to earn annual cash bonus compensation for each fiscal year based on the level of achievement of performance goals established by the Board or the Compensation Committee of the Board (the Compensation Committee) following consultation with Officer. If, and only if, the minimum performance threshold required in order to earn a bonus is attained, then the bonus payable to Officer will be between 85% and 125% of the Base Salary on a pro rata basis depending on the actual level of achievement of the goals as confirmed by the Board or the Compensation Committee; provided, however, that (1) for purposes of this Section 3.2(a), Base Salary shall be nine hundred thousand dollars ($900,000) for purposes of calculating the bonus payable for the Companys fiscal year ending January 31, 2011, regardless of whether Base Salary has been increased pursuant to Section 3.1 hereof as of such time; and (2) in no case shall Officers Base Salary and bonus, together, equal in excess of two million dollars ($2,000,000) in any fiscal year.
(b) The performance goals established as provided in subsection (a) above shall be based upon financial performance metrics for the Company and shall be set for each fiscal year at approximately the same time that the Companys annual budget for such fiscal year is established, but in no event later than April 30th of such fiscal year.
(c) Payment of the annual bonus for any fiscal year generally shall be made thirty (30) days following the date on which the audited financial results for such fiscal year and the amount of the bonus for such fiscal year are determined, but in no case later than the 15 th day of the third month following the end of the applicable fiscal year.
5
3.3. Equity Awards . Officer has been awarded a grant under the Home Holdings, LLC Team Resto Ownership Plan (the Plan) of 7,183,441 Class B-1 Units (as defined in the Plan) by the terms of an award letter (the TROP Award Letter). Officer has also purchased an 1,118,064 Class A-1 Units and 1,118,064 Class A-2 Units of Home Holdings in addition to 1,215,269 Class A Units previously acquired by Officer. Officer will be awarded equity awards from time to time as determined by the Board of Directors of Home Holdings.
3.4. Reimbursement of Expenses . Officer will be entitled to reimbursement of reasonable business expenses incurred in the course of his duties in accordance with the existing policies and practices of the Company, as such policies and practices may be modified from time to time. Eligible reimbursements will be paid as promptly as practicable.
3.5. Benefits . Officer shall be entitled to participate in all employee and welfare benefit plans and programs available to the Companys senior level executives or to its employees generally, as such plans or programs may be in effect from time to time, and shall be entitled to continue to receive such benefits and perquisites as are provided to Officer on the effective date hereof, including an automobile allowance and not less than four (4) weeks of paid vacation for each year that Officer is employed by the Company. Subject to Section 4.2 of this Agreement, Officers entitlement to any other compensation or benefits from the Company shall be determined in accordance with the Companys employee benefit plans and other applicable programs, policies and practices then in effect
3.6. Indemnification . The Company and Officer acknowledge and agree that Officer is covered under the indemnification provisions set forth under Article 15 of the LLC Agreement, in addition to all other rights of indemnification that he may have from the Company, and that the scope of indemnification shall not be materially reduced from that provided under the LLC Agreement as in effect on the effective date hereof (except to the extent that such indemnification shall be prohibited in the future by an amendment to the laws of the jurisdiction in which Home Holdings is then domiciled) without Officers prior written consent. Officers right to indemnification as aforesaid shall survive any termination of his employment with the Company irrespective of the reason for such termination to the extent not prohibited by law.
3.7. Positions . The Company agrees to employ Officer as its Chief Executive Officer reporting directly to the Board of Directors of Home Holdings and to cause Officer to be a member of the Board and of the Board of Directors of Home Holdings. In the event that Carlos Alberini commences employment with the Company, then Officer shall hold the title of Co-Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board with Mr. Alberini serving as Co-Chief Executive Officer. Officer agrees to be employed by the Company, on the terms and conditions set forth herein. In the event that Officer is Chief Executive Officer, then Officer shall have all of the duties and responsibilities as are customarily exercised by an individual serving in the position of Chief Executive Officer of a company of the size and nature of the Company. In the event that Officer serves as Co-Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board, then Officer shall have all of the duties and responsibilities as are customarily exercised by an individual serving in the position of Chairman of the Board of a company of the size and nature of the Company and shall also have the duties as Co-Chief Executive Officer initially consistent with those duties set forth in Schedule A attached hereto. The duties of Officer as Co-Chief
6
Executive may change from time to time by mutual agreement of the Officer on the one hand and the other Co-Chief Executive Officer on the other hand, any such agreement or understanding to be memorialized in writing including by email. Officer shall be based in this Companys Corte Madera, California offices, but his duties will require reasonable business travel.
3.8. Officer Obligations . During the term of Officers employment hereunder and excluding any periods of vacation and sick leave to which Officer is entitled, Officer agrees to devote his full time and attention spent on business matters to the business and affairs of the Company serving in the office or offices designated under this Agreement and, to the extent necessary to discharge the responsibilities assigned to Officer that do not constitute Good Reason, to use Officers reasonable best efforts to perform faithfully and efficiently such responsibilities; provided, that it shall not be a violation of this Agreement for Officer to engage in outside activities, including without limitation, to (i) serve on corporate, civic or charitable boards or committees, (ii) deliver lectures, fulfill speaking engagements or teach at educational institutions, (iii) manage personal investments and (iv) perform such other activities as the Board may approve, so long as such outside activities do not materially interfere with the performance of Officers duties hereunder. It is expressly understood and agreed that to the extent that any such activities have been either (i) conducted by Officer and disclosed to the Board prior to the effective date of this Agreement or (ii) approved by the Board prior to the date of a Change in Control, the continued conduct of such activities (or the conduct of activities similar in nature and scope thereto) shall not thereafter be deemed to interfere with the performance of Officers responsibilities to the Company.
4. Termination of Employment .
4.1. Termination Benefits . If Officers employment with the Company shall be terminated, Officer shall be entitled to the following compensation and benefits:
(a) If Officers employment with the Company shall be terminated (i) by the Company for Cause or Disability, (ii) by reason of Officers death, (iii) due to Officers retirement pursuant to the Companys policies applying to executive officers generally, or (iv) by Officer other than for Good Reason, the Company shall pay to Officer the Accrued Compensation;
(b) If Officers employment with the Company shall be terminated by the Company without Cause or by Officer for Good Reason, Officer shall be entitled to the following:
(i) Payment of Accrued Compensation and a Pro-Rata Bonus;
(ii) Severance pay in the amount of one million and five hundred thousand dollars ($1,500,000); and
(iii) Continuation of medical benefit coverage for Officer and his eligible dependents until the earlier of the date that Officer becomes entitled to medical benefits from another employer or twenty-four (24) months after the Termination Date, subject to Officers payment of applicable premiums, if any, at the same rate that would have applied had Officer remained an officer of the Company.
7
(c) The amounts provided for in Sections 4.1(a) and 4.1(b)(i) shall be paid in a single lump sum cash payment within thirty (30) days after the Termination Date (or earlier, if required by applicable law), and in the case of the Pro-Rata Bonus under Section 4.1(b)(i), conditioned upon Officers delivery of a release in favor of the Company in the form of Exhibit A hereto, and upon such release becoming effective. The amount provided for in Section 4.1(b)(ii) shall be paid in twelve (12) equal monthly cash installments commencing with the first business day of the first month following the Termination Date, conditioned upon Officers delivery of a release in favor of the Company in the form of Exhibit A hereto, and upon such release becoming effective. Payment or benefits of Accrued Compensation to be paid or provided under Section 2.1(iv) shall be paid or provided at the time(s) and in the manner specified in the applicable plan or program referred to in Section 2.1(iv).
(d) In the event that Officer breaches this Agreement, including, but not limited to, the provisions set forth in Sections 4.4, 6, 7, and 8.1, in any material respect, all payments under Sections 4.1(b)(ii) and 4.1(b)(iii) shall cease after Officer has been given notice of the breach and an opportunity to cure within 30 days of Officers receipt of such notice and if Officer has failed to timely effect such cure, and thereafter the Company shall have no further obligations under Sections 4.1(b)(ii) and 4.1(b)(iii), except as required by federal or state continuation coverage laws.
(e) Officer shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment provided for in this Agreement by seeking other employment or otherwise, and no such payment shall be offset or reduced by the amount of any compensation or benefits provided to Officer in any subsequent employment.
4.2. Other Benefit Policies . The severance payments, severance benefits and severance protections provided to Officer in this Agreement shall be in lieu of any other severance payments, severance benefits and severance protections to which Officer may be entitled under any severance or termination policy, plan, program, practice or arrangement of the Company and its affiliates, except as may be provided any written agreement between the Company and/or Home Holdings, and Officer entered into after the date hereof. Officers entitlement to any other compensation or benefits from the Company shall be determined in accordance with the Companys employee benefit plans and other applicable programs, policies and practices then in effect. Nothing in this Agreement shall alter Officers status as an at will employee of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Agreement shall prevent or limit Officers continuing or future participation in, or reduce Officers rights under (i) any benefit, bonus, incentive or other plan or program provided by the Company (except for any severance or termination policy, plan, program, practice, or arrangement) and for which Officer may qualify, or (ii) any other agreement with the Company or Home Holdings (including the Related Agreements, as defined in Section 19 below). Amounts which are vested or accrued benefits or which Officer is otherwise entitled to receive under any plan or program of the
8
Company shall be payable in accordance with such plan or program, except as explicitly modified by this Agreement, and rights to continued vesting of Units under the TROP Award Letter shall continue in accordance with the terms thereof.
4.3. Notice of Termination . Any purported termination of Officers employment by the Company or Officer shall be communicated by a Notice of Termination. For purposes of this Agreement, no such purported termination shall be effective without such Notice of Termination.
4.4. Non-Disparagement . Officer and the Company mutually agree that, while Officer is employed by the Company and at any time thereafter, in any communication with the press or other media or any customer or client of or supplier to the Company or any of its affiliates, or any customer or client of or supplier to Officer or of any business with which Officer then is affiliated, each of Officer and the Company shall not (and the Company shall cause each of its officers, directors and other affiliates not to) criticize, ridicule or make any statement which reasonably could be concluded to be disparaging or derogatory towards the other, including, in the case of the Company or any of its affiliates, any of their officers or directors, and including, in Officers case, any business with which he then is affiliated and any affiliate, officer or director of such business or its affiliates. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this subsection 4.4 shall prevent any person from (x) responding publicly to incorrect, disparaging or derogatory public statements to the extent reasonably necessary to correct or refute such public statement or (y) making any truthful statement to the extent (i) necessary with respect to any litigation, arbitration or mediation involving this Agreement, including, but not limited to, the enforcement of this Agreement or (ii) required by law or by any court, arbitrator, mediator or administrative or legislative body (including any committee thereof) with apparent jurisdiction over such person.
5. Golden Parachute Excise Tax Payments .
5.1. In the event that any payment in the nature of compensation (within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(2)(A) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code)) to Officer or for Officers benefit, paid or payable or distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, the LLC Agreement or otherwise in connection with, or arising out of, Officers employment with the Company (a Payment or Payments), would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Code Section 4999, or any interest or penalties are incurred by Officer with respect to such excise tax (such excise tax, together with any such interest and penalties, are hereinafter collectively referred to as the Excise Tax), then Officer will be entitled to receive an additional payment (a Gross-Up Payment) in an amount such that after payment by Officer of all taxes (including any interest or penalties (other than interest and penalties imposed by reason of Officers failure to file timely a tax return or pay taxes shown due on Officers return) imposed with respect to such taxes and the Excise Tax), including any Excise Tax imposed upon the Gross-Up Payment, Officer retains an amount of the Gross-Up Payment equal to the Excise Tax imposed upon the Payments.
5.2. An initial determination as to whether a Gross-Up Payment is required pursuant to this Agreement and the amount of such Gross-Up Payment shall be made by the Company. The Company shall provide its determination (the Determination), together with detailed supporting calculations and documentation, to Officer within fifteen (15) days of the
9
Termination Date, if applicable, or such other time as requested by Officer (provided Officer reasonably believes that any of the Payments may be subject to the Excise Tax). If requested by Officer, the Company shall furnish Officer, at the Companys expense, with an opinion reasonably acceptable to Officer from the Companys accounting firm (or an accounting firm of equivalent stature reasonably acceptable to Officer) that there is a reasonable basis for the Determination. Any Gross-Up Payment determined pursuant to this Section 5.2 shall be paid by the Company to Officer within five (5) days of receipt of the Determination, and in no event later than the last day of the calendar year following the calendar year in which Officer remits the subject taxes.
5.3. As a result of the uncertainty in the application of Sections 4999 and 280G of the Code, it is possible that a Gross-Up Payment (or a portion thereof) will be paid which should not have been paid (an Excess Payment) or a Gross-Up Payment which should have been paid will not have been paid (an Underpayment).
(a) An Underpayment shall be deemed to have occurred (i) upon notice (formal or informal) to Officer from any governmental taxing authority that Officers tax liability (whether in respect of Officers current taxable year or in respect of any prior taxable year) may be increased by reason of the imposition of the Excise Tax on a Payment or Payments with respect to which the Company has failed to make a sufficient Gross-Up Payment, (ii) upon a determination by a court, or (iii) by reason of determination by the Company (which shall include the position taken by the Company, together with its consolidated group, on its federal income tax return). If an Underpayment occurs, Officer shall promptly notify the Company and the Company shall promptly, but in any event at least five (5) days prior to the date on which the applicable government taxing authority has requested payment, pay to Officer an additional Gross-Up Payment equal to the amount of the Underpayment plus any interest and penalties (other than interest and penalties imposed by reason of Officers failure to file timely a tax return or pay taxes shown due on Officers return) imposed on the Underpayment.
(b) An Excess Payment shall be deemed to have occurred upon a Final Determination (as hereinafter defined) that the Excise Tax shall not be imposed upon a Payment or Payments (or portion thereof) with respect to which Officer had previously received a Gross-Up Payment. A Final Determination shall be deemed to have occurred when Officer has received from the applicable government taxing authority a refund of taxes or other reduction in Officers tax liability by reason of the Excise Payment and upon either (i) the date a determination is made by, or an agreement is entered into with, the applicable governmental taxing authority which finally and conclusively binds Officer and such taxing authority, or in the event that a claim is brought before a court of competent jurisdiction, the date upon which a final determination has been made by such court and either all appeals have been taken and finally resolved or the time for all appeals has expired or (ii) the statute of limitations with respect to Officers applicable tax return has expired. If an Excess Payment is determined to have been made, the amount of the Excess Payment shall be treated as a loan by
10
the Company to Officer, which loan Officer must repay to the Company together with interest at the applicable federal rate under Code Section 7872(f)(2); provided, that no loan shall be deemed to have been made and no amount will be payable by Officer to the Company unless, and only to the extent that, the deemed loan and payment would either reduce the amount on which Officer is subject to tax under Code Section 4999 or generate a refund of tax imposed under Code Section 4999.
5.4. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, in the event that, according to the Determination, an Excise Tax will be imposed on any Payment or Payments, the Company shall pay to the applicable government taxing authorities, as Excise Tax withholding, the amount of the Excise Tax that the Company has actually withheld from the Payment or Payments.
5.5 Notwithstanding the foregoing Sections 5.1 through 5.4, if, at the time it is determined by the Board that the Payments would or reasonably could be subject to the Excise Tax, (a) the Company is a corporation no stock in which is readily tradable on an established securities market (or otherwise) within the meaning of Code Section 280G(b)(5)(A)(ii)(I), (b) Catterton Partners and Tower Three Partners or any of their respective affiliates (collectively, the Current Owners) control, in the aggregate, more than 75% of the voting power of the Company, and (c) Officer, as a member of the Board, has voted in favor of the transaction giving rise to the Excise Tax, then, Officer shall not be entitled to receive a Gross-Up Payment but rather shall be required to cause his receipt of the Payments, to the extent that the aggregate value of the Payments, determined in accordance with Code Section 280G and the applicable regulations thereunder, equals or exceeds three times Officers average annual compensation during the preceding five-year period as calculated in accordance with Code Section 280G, to be subject to the approval of the Current Owners in accordance with Code Section 280G(b)(5)(B); provided, however, that if Officer unreasonably withholds his vote in favor of the transaction giving rise to the Excise Tax, then clause (c) hereof shall not be given any force or effect.
5.6. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, in no event shall any Gross-Up Payment or additional Gross-up Payment required to be made by the Company pursuant to this Section 5 be made later than December 31 of Officers taxable year next following his taxable year in which the related taxes are remitted by him or on his behalf to the applicable taxing authorities.
6. Cooperation . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, payment of the amounts specified in Section 4.1(b)(ii) hereof is conditional upon Officer cooperating with the Company for a period of twelve (12) months following Officers termination of employment (i) in connection with any Change in Control or proposed Change in Control, (ii) in connection with all material matters relating to Officers employment with the Company, and (iii) in transitioning Officers responsibilities to Officers replacement, all as reasonably requested by the Company, and all subject to Officers reasonable accommodation in light of his personal and business commitments; provided, that Officer shall not be required to perform any duties or take any action that would constitute Good Reason.
11
7. Confidential Information . Officer shall hold in confidence for the benefit of the Company and its affiliates all secret or confidential information, trade secrets, knowledge or data relating to the Company or its affiliates and their businesses, which shall have been obtained by Officer prior to or in the course of Officers employment by the Company and which was not and is not public knowledge (other than by acts by Officer in violation of this Agreement) (Confidential Information). Whether before or after termination of the Officers employment with the Company, Officer shall not, without the prior written consent of the Company (or affiliate, if the Confidential Information is that of the affiliate), communicate or divulge any Confidential Information, other than to the Company or affiliate and to those persons or entities designated by the Company or affiliate or as otherwise is reasonably necessary for Officer to carry out his responsibilities as an executive of the Company or pursuant to Section 6 above, except that Officer may make disclosure of Confidential Information to an attorney or advisor representing Officer in connection with the matters covered by this Agreement solely to the extent necessary to protect Officers interest under this Agreement and only if the attorney or advisor agrees to confidentiality restrictions for the benefit of the Company and its affiliates that are as restrictive as those set forth in this Agreement. In no event shall an asserted violation of the provisions of this Section 8 constitute a basis for deferring or withholding any amounts otherwise payable to Officer under this Agreement. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the provisions of this Section 7 shall not apply (i) when disclosure is required by law or by any court, arbitrator, mediator or administrative or legislative body (including any committee thereof) with apparent jurisdiction to order Officer to disclose or make accessible any information or (ii) with respect to any litigation, arbitration or mediation involving this Agreement, including, but not limited to, the enforcement of this Agreement; provided, however, that Officer agrees that in the event of a disclosure of Confidential Information pursuant to the preceding clause, Officer will take reasonable action to inform Company of the pending disclosure so that Company may attempt to obtain a protective order.
8. Non-Solicitation .
8.1. Non-Solicitation . Officer agrees that from the date hereof to the end of the twenty-fourth month following the Termination Date, Officer will not:
(a) Solicit, raid, entice or induce, either directly or through a third party, any person then employed by the Company or who was employed by the Company within the preceding twelve months to be employed by another person, or either directly or through a third party hire or otherwise employ any person then employed by the Company or who was employed by the Company within the preceding twelve months;
(b) Assist a competitor or other employer in taking such action set forth in Section 8.1(a);
(c) Directly or indirectly work for or make a significant investment in a Competitor including by becoming an employee, officer, director, consultant, stockholder, partner, consultant or other similar arrangement, unless and solely to the extent that Officer can demonstrate that any action that otherwise would contravene this Section 8.1(c) was done without use in any way of Confidential
12
Information; provided, that nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to prohibit Officer from owning not more than five percent (5%) of any class of publicly traded securities of a Competitor. Competitor shall mean (a) a retail company, including without limitation, a subsidiary or business unit of such company, where an aggregate of twenty-five percent (25%) or more of its revenue (including revenue of any subsidiary or business unit) is derived from the home furnishings business, including without limitation, lighting, floor covering, furniture, hardware and tools, or hard goods business or (b) a manufacturer, supplier or other vendor that has a material vendor relationship with the Company.
8.2. Remedies . Officer agrees that any breach or threatened breach by Officer of Section 8.1 will entitle the Company, in addition to any other legal remedies available to it, to apply to any court of competent jurisdiction to enjoin the breach or threatened breach, it being acknowledged and agreed that any such material breach will cause irreparable injury to the Company and that any damages will not provide adequate remedies to the Company.
9. Exclusive Remedy . Officers right to the compensation and benefits to which he may become entitled pursuant to this Agreement and pursuant to any other written agreement between Officer and the Company and/or Home Holdings (including the Related Agreements) shall be Officers sole and exclusive remedy for any termination of Officers employment.
10. Successors; Binding Agreement .
10.1. This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the Company and its Successors and Assigns, and the Company shall require any Successors and Assigns to expressly assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no such succession or assignment had taken place.
10.2. Neither this Agreement nor any right or interest hereunder shall be assignable or transferable by Officer or Officers beneficiaries or legal representatives, except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by Officer and by Officers legal personal representative.
11. Notice . Notices and all other communications provided for in this Agreement (including the Notice of Termination) shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when personally delivered or sent by certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or by nationally recognized overnight courier, addressed to the respective addresses last given by each party to the other; provided, that all notices to the Company shall be directed to the attention of the Board with a copy to the Secretary of the Company. All notices and communications shall be deemed to have been received on the date of delivery thereof or on the third business day after the mailing thereof, or on the first business day after sending by overnight courier, except that notice of change of address shall be effective only upon receipt.
12. Settlement of Claims . Except as expressly provided herein, the Companys obligation to make the payments provided for in this Agreement and otherwise to perform its obligations
13
hereunder shall not be affected by any circumstances, including, without limitation, any set-off, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which the Company may have against Officer or others, provided that all amounts payable hereunder shall be subject to all applicable tax withholding.
13. Miscellaneous . No provision of this Agreement may be modified or discharged unless such modification or discharge is agreed to in writing and signed by Officer and the Company, and no notice, consent or waiver under this Agreement shall be valid unless given or made in writing by the party to be charged. No waiver by either party hereto at any time of any breach by the other party hereto of, or compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by such other party shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same or at any prior or subsequent time. No agreement or representation, oral or otherwise, express or implied, with respect to the subject matter hereof has been made by either party that is not expressly set forth in this Agreement.
14. Governing Law; Arbitration .
(a) The Company and Officer agree that any existing or future dispute, controversy, claim or action (dispute or claim) arising out of the hiring or employment of Officer by the Company, the termination of that employment, or arising under this Agreement shall be resolved by final and binding arbitration. Such arbitration shall occur in accordance with the National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes of the American Arbitration Association.
(b) Scope of Disputes and Claims to Be Arbitrated . Company and Officer understand and agree that this Agreement shall apply to any and all disputes arising from or relating to Officers hiring, employment with or termination of employment by the Company or arising under this Agreement. This agreement to arbitrate applies to disputes arising in tort or contract, pursuant to statute, regulation or otherwise, now in existence or which may in the future be enacted, amended or judicially recognized, including but not limited to the following:
(i) claims for fraudulent inducement of contract or breach of contract or contractual obligation, whether such alleged contract or obligation be oral, written, express, or implied by fact or law;
(ii) claims of fraud, or wrongful termination, including violation of public policy and constructive discharge;
(iii) claims of discrimination or harassment under any and all state and federal statutes that prohibit discrimination in employment, as well as claims for violation of any other state or federal statute except as set forth below;
(iv) claims of non-payment or incorrect payment of wages, commissions, bonuses, severance, Officer fringe benefits, stock options and the like, whether such claims be pursuant to alleged express or implied contract or obligation, equity, the California Labor Code, the Fair
14
Labor Standards Act, the Officer Retirement Income Securities Act, and any other local, state or federal law concerning wages, compensation or Officer benefits;
(v) claims for infliction of emotional distress, misrepresentation, interference with contract or prospective economic advantage, violation of public policy, defamation, unfair business practices, and any other tort or tort-like causes of action relating to or arising from the employment relationship or the formation or termination thereof; and
(vi) claims arising out of or relating to the grant, exercise, vesting and/or issuance of equity in the Company or its affiliates or options to purchase equity in the Company.
(c) Company and Officer understand and agree that except for such limited post-arbitration judicial review as may be permitted by law, arbitration of such disputes, as provided for herein, shall be the sole and exclusive mechanism for resolving any and all existing and future disputes, and that no other forum for dispute resolution will be available to either party. The only exceptions are the claims identified below, which may be resolved in any appropriate forum, including courts of law, as required by the laws then in effect:
(i) claims for benefits under the workers compensation, unemployment insurance and state disability insurance laws;
(ii) claims concerning the validity, infringement or enforceability of any trade secret, patent right, copyright, trademark, or any other intellectual or confidential property right held or sought by the Company.
(d) Decision of Arbitrator Binding; Waiver of Trial Before Court, Jury or Government Agency . Company and Officer understand and agree that arbitration shall be instead of a trial before a court or jury, or a hearing before a government agency. Company and Officer understand and agree that the decision of the arbitrator shall be final and binding on both the Company and Officer, and it shall provide the exclusive remedy(ies) for resolving any and all disputes between the Company and Officer, as provided herein, and it shall be enforceable by any court having proper jurisdiction.
COMPANY AND OFFICER FURTHER UNDERSTAND AND AGREE THAT BY SIGNING THIS AGREEMENT, EACH IS EXPRESSLY WAIVING ANY AND ALL RIGHTS TO A TRIAL BEFORE A COURT OR JURY OR BEFORE A GOVERNMENT AGENCY REGARDING ANY DISPUTE OR CLAIM WHICH EACH NOW HAS OR MAY IN THE FUTURE HAVE, AS PROVIDED FOR HEREIN.
(e) Place of Arbitration . Company and Officer understand and agree that arbitration of disputes provided for herein shall take place in San Francisco, California. If, at the time the dispute in question arises, Officer lives and works
15
more than one hundred (100) miles from San Francisco, California, then Officer has the option of requesting that the arbitration take place in the county in which the Company has an office that is nearest to Officers residence at the time the dispute in question arises.
(f) Costs of Arbitration . Company and Officer understand and agree that the arbitrators fee will be borne solely by the Company. Additionally, the Company will bear all other costs related to the arbitration, assuming such costs are not expenses that the Officer would be required to bear if he were bringing an action in a court of law. The Company and Officer shall each bear their own attorneys fees incurred in connection with the arbitration, and the arbitrator will not have authority to award attorneys fees unless a statue at issue in the dispute or other appropriate law authorizes the award of attorneys fees to the prevailing party, in which case the arbitrator shall have the authority to make an award of attorneys fees as permitted by the applicable statute.
(g) Governing Law/Applicable Procedures . Company and Officer understand and agree that this Agreement, including the obligation to arbitrate, and its validity, construction and performance shall be governed by the laws of the State of California without regard to conflict of law principles. The parties specifically intend that this Agreement and the provision of benefits hereunder shall not constitute an employee benefit plan subject to any of the provisions of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.
(h) Written Arbitration Decision . Company and Officer understand and agree that, in any arbitration arising from this agreement to arbitrate, the arbitrator will be required to issue a written arbitration decision that clearly sets forth the essential findings on which that award is based.
(i) Preservation of Remedies . Company and Officer understand and agree that, in any arbitration arising from this agreement to arbitrate, Officer and the Company will preserve all remedies to which he would otherwise be entitled in a court of law, except as limited under the terms of this Agreement.
(j) Necessary Minimum Standard of Discovery . Company and Officer understand and agree that, in any arbitration arising from this agreement to arbitrate, the Company and Officer will be entitled to discovery in accordance with the provisions of California Code of Civil Procedure § 1283(a).
(k) Knowing and Voluntary Agreement to Arbitrate . Company and Officer have been advised to consult with attorneys of their own choosing before agreeing to arbitrate, and have had an opportunity to do so.
COMPANY AND OFFICER HAVE READ THIS AGREEMENT TO ARBITRATE CAREFULLY AND UNDERSTAND THAT BY SIGNING IT, EACH IS WAIVING ALL RIGHTS TO A TRIAL OR HEARING BEFORE A COURT OR JURY OR GOVERNMENT AGENCY OF ANY AND ALL DISPUTES AS PROVIDED FOR HEREIN.
16
15. Attorneys Fees . The Company will pay Officer seventy-five thousand dollars ($75,000) in respect of legal fees and disbursements reasonably and directly incurred by Officer in the preparation and negotiation of this agreement (and of a loan agreement and the TROP Award Letter entered into in connection herewith) and in connection with matters leading up to such preparation and negotiation.
16. Severability . The provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed severable, and the invalidity or unenforceability of any provision shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions hereof.
17. Section 409A . The parties intend that any compensation, benefits and other amounts payable or provided to Officer under this Agreement be paid or provided in compliance with section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code and all regulations, guidance, and other interpretative authority issued thereunder (collectively, Section 409A) such that there will be no adverse tax consequences, interest, or penalties for Officer under Section 409A as a result of the payments and benefits so paid or provided to him. The parties agree to modify this Agreement, or the timing (but not the amount) of the payment hereunder of the severance or other compensation, or both, to the extent necessary to comply with and to the extent permissible under Section 409A. In addition, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any other provision of this Agreement, the payments and benefits to be provided Officer under this Agreement shall be subject to the provisions set forth below.
(a) The date of Officers separation from service, as defined in the regulations issued under Section 409A, shall be treated as Officers Termination Date for purpose of determining the time of payment of any amount that becomes payable to Officer pursuant to Section 4.1 hereof upon the termination of his employment and that is treated as an amount of deferred compensation for purposes of Section 409A.
(b) In the case of any amounts that are payable to Officer in the form of installment payments under this Agreement, or under any other nonqualified deferred compensation plan (within the meaning of Section 409A) maintained by the Company and in effect on December 31, 2008, the Executives right to receive such payments shall be treated as a right to receive a series of separate payments under Treas. Reg. §1.409A-2(b)(2)(iii). Any nonqualified deferred compensation plan (within the meaning of Section 409A) adopted by the Company on or after January 1, 2009 in which Officer participates shall also contain a provision to the foregoing effect, with respect to amounts payable to Officer thereunder.
(c) If Officer is a specified employee within the meaning of the Section 409A at the time of his separation from service within the meaning of Section 409A, then any payment otherwise required to be made to him under this Agreement on account of his separation from service, to the extent such payment
17
(after taking in to account all exclusions applicable to such payment under Section 409A) is properly treated as deferred compensation subject to Section 409A, shall not be made until the first business day after (i) the expiration of six months from the date of Officers separation from service, or (ii) if earlier, the date of Officers death (the Delayed Payment Date). On the Delayed Payment Date, there shall be paid to the Executive or, if the Executive has died, to the Executives estate, in a single cash lump sum, an amount equal to aggregate amount of the payments delayed pursuant to the preceding sentence.
(d) To the extent that the reimbursement of any expenses or the provision of any in-kind benefits pursuant to this Agreement is subject to Section 409A, (i) the amount of such expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits to be provided, hereunder during any one calendar year shall not affect the amount of such expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits to be provided, hereunder in any other calendar year; provided , however , that the foregoing shall not apply to any limit on the amount of any expenses incurred by Officer that may be reimbursed or paid under the terms of the Companys medical plan, if such limit is imposed on all similarly situated participants in such plan; (ii) all such expenses eligible for reimbursement hereunder shall be paid to Officer as soon as administratively practicable after any documentation required for reimbursement for such expenses has been submitted, but in any event by no later than December 31 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which such expenses were incurred; and (iii) Officers right to receive any such reimbursements or in-kind benefits shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for any other benefit.
18. Survivorship . Except as otherwise expressly set forth in this Agreement, upon the termination of Officers employment for any reason, the respective rights and obligations of the parties shall survive such expiration to the extent necessary to carry out the intentions of the parties as embodied in the rights and obligations of the parties under this Agreement. This Agreement shall continue in effect until there are no further rights or obligations of the parties outstanding hereunder and shall not be terminated by either party without the express prior written consent of both parties.
19. Entire Agreement, Etc . This Agreement, as amended and restated (together with the other agreements and documents referenced herein (such other agreements and documents, the Related Agreements)), constitute the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements, if any, understandings and arrangements, oral or otherwise, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof (including without limitation, the Prior Offer Letter). This Agreement may be signed in counterparts (including by fax or pdf), each of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.
* * *
18
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Agreement to be executed by its duly authorized officer and Officer has executed this Agreement on May 12 , 2010, to be effective as of the day and year first above written.
RESTORATION HARDWARE, INC. | ||
By: |
/s/ Chris Newman |
|
Chief Financial Officer | ||
OFFICER | ||
/s/ Gary G. Friedman |
||
Gary G. Friedman |
Affirmed by: | ||
HOME HOLDINGS, LLC. | ||
By: |
/s/ J. Michael Chu |
|
Name: J. Michael Chu, President |
19
SCHEDULE A
Initial Duties to Officer
All Functions and Officers except the following areas which shall report to Carlos Alberini:
Chief Financial Officer
Chief Operating Officer
Senior Vice President Stores
Senior Vice President and Chief Information Officer
Senior Vice President Inventory
Senior Vice President Human Resources
Senior Vice President Real Estate and Construction
Exhibit A
Release of Claims
RELEASE OF CLAIMS
Restoration Hardware, Inc. (Resto), Home Holdings, LLC (Home Holdings, and, together with Resto, the Company), and the employee whose signature appears below (Employee), enter into this Release of Claims (the Release) and agree as follows:
1. | In connection with the termination of Employees employment with Resto, and in consideration for [description of severance and other entitlements], Employee and the Company wish to compromise, resolve, and settle the possible disputes and claims between and among them as set forth in this Release. |
2. | Employee releases and forever discharges the Company and its affiliates and each of their predecessors, successors, insurers, and assigns, and each of their officers, directors, agents, employees, administrators, and investors (collectively referred to as the Releasees), from any and all claims, duties, obligations, liabilities, costs, attorneys fees and damages of any nature whatsoever, both known and unknown, suspected or unsuspected, arising from omissions, acts or facts that have occurred up until and including the date on which this Release is signed by Employee as follows: |
a. | relating to or arising from the Employees employment with Resto or the termination of that employment; |
b. | for breach of contract or tort relating to or arising from the Employees employment with Resto or the termination of that employment, including, but not limited to, claims of wrongful discharge, breach of a duty of good faith and fair dealing, fraud, defamation, intentional infliction of emotional distress, or assault; |
c. | for violation of any federal, state or municipal statute, including, but not limited to, Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Civil Rights Act of 1991, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967 (ADEA), the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (ADA), the Fair Labor Standards Act (FLSA), the Older Worker Benefit Protection Act (OWBPA) the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (ERISA), the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act (WARN); the California Fair Employment and Housing Act, and the California Labor Code (excepting any workers compensation claim), including but not limited to the following sections of the California Labor Code: section 201, et seq., section 970, et seq., and section 1400, et seq. (California WARN Act), and any successor law to any of the foregoing statutes; |
d. | arising out of any other laws and regulations relating to employment, employment discrimination, or unlawful employment harassment (collectively, the aforementioned items are referred to as the Released Matters); and |
e. | for attorneys fees and costs arising from any of the Released Matters. |
3. |
This Release does not extend to (i) claims arising after the date upon which the Release was signed, (ii) any claim that cannot be waived by law, (iii) any right Employee may have to enforce this Release, the Grant Agreement dated May , 2010 between |
Employee and Home Holdings, the Home Holdings, LLC 2008 Team Resto Ownership Plan, the Fourth Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Operating Agreement of Home Holdings, the Loan Agreement dated as of December 31, 2008 between Employee and Home Holdings, the Loan Agreement dated May , 2010 between Employee and Home Holdings, the Amended and Restated Pledge and Security Agreement dated May , 2010 between Employee and Home Holdings and [other agreements in effect], as any of the foregoing may be amended or modified from time to time, (iv) Employees eligibility for indemnification and advancement of expenses in accordance with applicable laws or the certificate of incorporation and by-laws of Company, or any applicable insurance policy (v) any right Employee may have to obtain contribution as permitted by law in the event of entry of judgment against Employee as a result of any act or failure to act for which Employee, on the one hand, and Company or any other Releasee, on the other hand, are jointly liable, or (vi) Sections 2, 3.4, 3.6, 4.1, 4.2, 4.4, 5 through 14, and 16 through 19 of the Amended and Restated Compensation and Severance Agreement dated May , 2010 between Employee and Resto and the corresponding provisions of such agreement as it may be amended from time to time. |
4. | Employee agrees to abide by the terms of the Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement and to maintain the confidentiality of the terms of this Release, except Employee may make disclosure (i) to the extent necessary with respect to any litigation, arbitration or mediation involving this Release, including, but not limited to, the enforcement of this Release, (ii) when disclosure is required by law or by any court, arbitrator, mediator or administrative or legislative body (including any committee thereof) with apparent jurisdiction to order Employee to disclose or make accessible any information, provided, however, that Employee agrees to take reasonable action to inform the Company of the pending disclosure so that the Company may attempt to obtain a protective order, or (iii) to Employees legal, financial and tax advisors and immediate family members |
5. | The terms of this Release are a compromise and settlement of any disputed claim, the validity, existence, or occurrence of which are expressly denied by the Company. This Release does not constitute, and shall not be construed as an admission by the Company of, any breach of contract or other violation of any right of Employee, or of harm to him/her of any kind whatsoever, or of any violation of a federal, state, or local statute, law, or regulation. To the contrary, the Company denies any liability whatsoever to Employee. |
6. | Employee enters into this Release freely and voluntarily and acknowledges that he has been advised by this Release to consult legal counsel. |
7. | If Employee elects to accept this Release, Employee must sign and return the Release to the Company not later than twenty-one (21) days after receiving it. Once Employee signs this Release, Employee shall have seven (7) days during which Employee may revoke the Release by providing written notice of revocation to Company at the address below. If this Release is not revoked by Employee during the seven (7) day period, it shall be deemed accepted. The Release shall become effective and enforceable on the first day following the seven (7) day revocation period with no revocation by Employee (the Effective Date). |
2
8. | The undersigned affirm that the terms stated herein constitute the only consideration for their signing this Release, that no other promise or agreement of any kind has been made by any person or entity to cause them to sign this Release, and that they fully understand the meaning and intent of this Release, including, but not limited to, its final and binding effect. |
9. | Employee agrees and recognizes that his/her employment relationship with Resto has been terminated and that the Company has no obligation, contractual or otherwise, to re-employ or hire Employee in the future. |
10. | This Release is entered into in the State of California and shall be governed by the internal laws of California, without regard to its principles of conflicts of laws. |
11. | If any provision of this Release is held by final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision shall be severed from the remainder of this Release, and the remainder of this Release shall be enforced. |
12. | Employee acknowledges the waiver and release of any right he may have under ADEA and OWBPA and that this waiver and release is knowing and voluntary. Moreover, Employee acknowledges that the terms of this Release fully comply with ADEA and OWBPA, and that said terms therefore are final and binding. Specifically, Employee acknowledges that: |
a. | The terms of this Release not only are understandable, but they are fully understood by Employee; |
b. | This Release specifically refers to Employees rights and claims under ADEA, as well as to the laws of the State of California prohibiting age discrimination, and Employee understands that such rights and claims are irrevocably being waived by Employee; |
c. | The consideration recited in this Release is adequate to make it final and binding, and is in addition to payments or benefits to which Employee otherwise would be entitled as a former employee of Company; |
d. | Employee has been advised, both orally and by this writing, of the right to consult with an attorney before entering into this Release, and has exercised such right to the extent Employee wishes to do so; |
e. | Employee has been given adequate time, up to twenty-one (21) days if desired, to consider this Release, and has used all or as much of the twenty-one (21) day consideration period as she deemed necessary to fully consider this Release; and |
f. | Employee understands that this Release may be revoked by Employee up to seven (7) days after its execution, following which time it is final and binding. |
3
13. | Employee understands and agrees that the release set forth in this Release covers both claims that Employee knows about and those that he may not know about. Employee waives any rights afforded by Section 1542 of the California Civil Code, which reads as follows: |
A GENERAL RELEASE DOES NOT EXTEND TO CLAIMS WHICH THE CREDITOR DOES NOT KNOW OR SUSPECT TO EXIST IN HIS OR HER FAVOR AT THE TIME OF EXECUTING THE RELEASE, WHICH IF KNOWN BY HIM OR HER MUST HAVE MATERIALLY AFFECTED HIS OR HER SETTLEMENT WITH THE DEBTOR.
Employee, being aware of said code section, agrees to expressly waive all rights he may have thereunder, as well as under any other statute or common law principles of similar effect.
14. | EMPLOYEE FURTHER STATES THAT HE HAS CAREFULLY READ THE FOREGOING RELEASE OF CLAIMS AND KNOWS AND UNDERSTANDS THE CONTENTS THEREOF AND SIGNS THE SAME AS EMPLOYEES OWN FREE ACT AND DEED. |
15. | This Release was presented to Employee on , 200 . |
4
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Release:
EMPLOYEE | ||||||
Signature: |
|
|||||
Print Name: |
|
Date: |
|
|||
RESTORATION HARDWARE, INC. | ||||||
Signature: |
|
|||||
By: |
|
Date: |
|
|||
Title: |
|
|||||
HOME HOLDINGS, LLC | ||||||
Signature: |
|
|||||
By: |
|
Date: |
|
|||
Title: |
|
NAME AND ADDRESS FOR NOTICES TO RESTORATION HARDWARE:
[Name and Title]
Human Resources
Restoration Hardware
5725 Paradise Drive, Building D
Corte Madera, CA 94925
5
Exhibit 10.2
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
This Employment Agreement (the Agreement ) is entered into as of May 12, 2010 (the Effective Date ), by and between Restoration Hardware, Inc., a Delaware corporation, with a business address of 15 Koch Road, Suite J, Corte Madera, CA 94925 (the Company ), and Carlos Alberini, an individual with a residence address of [ ] (the Executive ).
INTRODUCTION
1. The Company wishes to employ the Executive as its Co-Chief Executive Officer pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth herein.
2. The Executive desires to be employed by the Company, pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth herein.
AGREEMENT
In consideration of the premises and mutual promises herein below set forth, the parties hereby agree as follows:
1. | Employment. |
(a) Title; Duties; Board Membership . The Executive shall serve as Co-Chief Executive Officer of the Company, and the Executive hereby accepts such employment. The duties assigned and authority granted to the Executive shall initially be consistent with those duties set forth in Schedule A attached hereto. The duties of Executive may change from time to time by mutual agreement of the Executive, on the one hand, and the other Co-Chief Executive Officer, on the other hand, and such agreement or understanding to be memorialized in writing including by email. The Executive shall report to the Companys Chairman of the Board. The Executive also shall serve as a member of the Board and a member of the Board of Managers of Home Holdings, LLC (the Companys parent) while Executive serves as Co-Chief Executive Officer of the Company. The Executive agrees to perform his duties for the Company diligently, competently, and in a good faith manner.
(b) Exclusive Employment . While Executive is employed by the Company, the Executive shall devote his full business time to his duties and responsibilities set forth above, and may not, without the prior written consent of the Board or its designee, operate, participate in the management, board of directors, operations or control of, or act as an employee, officer, consultant, agent or representative of, any type of business or service (other than as an employee of the Company); provided , however , that the Executive may (i) engage in civic and charitable activities to the extent they do not materially interfere with the Executives performance of his duties hereunder, (ii) make and maintain outside personal investments, and (iii) serve on the board of directors of other companies subject to the prior written consent of the Board or its designee (which consent is deemed granted with respect to service on the Guess? Inc. Board of Directors), which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, provided that none of the foregoing activities and service materially interfere with the Executives performance of his duties hereunder.
1
(c) Place of Employment . The Executives primary workplace shall be the Companys offices in Corte Madera, California, except for usual and customary travel on the Companys business.
(d) Certain Terms Related to Commencement of Employment . Executive shall commence employment, and begin to accrue salary and benefits as a full time employee, on June 1, 2010 (the Commencement Date ). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive and the Company may complete prior to the Commencement Date (i) the grant of profits interest to Executive under the Grant Letter, (ii) the purchase and sale of Class A-1 Units and Class A-2 Units under the Restricted Unit Purchase Agreement, (iii) the issuance of the Promissory Note, and (iv) the appointment of Executive as a member of the Board of Directors of the Company and the Board of Managers of Home Holdings, LLC. In the event that Executive does not commence full time employment for any reason whatsoever on or prior to the Commencement Date, including by reason of his death, disability, or inability to serve from and after the Commencement Date, then without any further action on the part of the Executive, (i) Executive shall be deemed to have automatically and immediately on June 1, 2010 resigned from the Board of Directors of the Company and the Board of Managers of Home Holdings, LLC, (ii) the grant of profits interest to Executive under the Grant Letter shall be deemed immediately and automatically cancelled and rescinded and of no further force and effect, (iii) the purchase and sale of Class A-1 Units and Class A-2 Units under the Restricted Unit Purchase Agreement shall be deemed immediately and automatically cancelled and rescinded and of no further force and effect, and (iv) the issuance of the Promissory Note shall be deemed immediately and automatically cancelled and rescinded and of no further force and effect. For the avoidance of doubt, in the event of any conflict between the preceding Section 1(d) of this Employment and the terms of the Plan, the LLC Agreement, the Grant Letter, the Restricted Unit Purchase Agreement or the Proprietary Information Agreements, the terms of this Section 1(d) shall prevail over any other inconsistent provision.
2. | Compensation. |
(a) Base Salary . The Executive shall be entitled to receive a base salary from the Company at the rate of Eight Hundred Thousand Dollars ($800,000.00) per year. The Executives base salary shall be reviewed annually on or about each anniversary date of this Agreement by the Compensation Committee of the Board (the Committee ), which shall consider appropriate factors, including, without limitation, the Executives performance and the Companys financial condition.
(b) Bonus . The Executive will be eligible to earn annual cash bonus compensation (the Annual Bonus ) for each fiscal year based on the level of achievement of performance goals established by the Board or the Committee following consultation with the Executive. If, and only if, the minimum performance threshold required in order to earn a bonus is attained, then the bonus payable to the Executive will be between 85% and 125% of the Executives then effective base salary on a pro rata basis depending on the actual level of achievement of the goals as confirmed by the Board or the Committee; provided, however, that the Annual Bonus for fiscal year 2010 shall be pro rated based on a factor of 80% of the bonus that Executive would otherwise be eligible to earn for fiscal year 2010 assuming that he had served for the full fiscal year 2010. The performance goals established as provided above shall
2
be based upon financial performance metrics for the Company and shall be set for each fiscal year at approximately the same time that the Companys annual budget for such fiscal year is established, but in no event later than April 30 th of such fiscal year. For fiscal 2010, Executives performance goals shall be established within 45 days of his commencement of employment. Payment of the Annual Bonus for any fiscal year generally shall be made thirty (30) days following the date on which the audited financial results for such fiscal year and the amount of the bonus for such fiscal year are determined, but in no case later than the 15 th day of the third month following the end of the applicable fiscal year.
(c) Equity Incentive Compensation . Effective on the first day of the Executives employment with the Company, Home Holdings, LLC shall grant to Executive 4,225,554 Class B-1 Units of Home Holdings, LLC which are intended to qualify as profits interests. Such profits interests shall be granted under the Home Holdings, LLC 2008 Team Resto Ownership Plan (the Plan ), and shall be governed by the terms and conditions of the Plan and the applicable grant letter which is attached hereto as Exhibit A (the Grant Letter ). Of the foregoing Class B-1 Units, 2,112,777 Class B-1 Units shall be Time-Based Units granted pursuant to Section 6(b)(i) of the Plan, 704,259 Class B-1 Units shall be Performance-Based Units granted pursuant to Section 6(b)(ii)(A) of the Plan, and 1,408,518 Class B-1 Units shall be Performance-Based Units granted pursuant to Section 6(b)(ii)(B) of the Plan.
(d) Class B-2 Contingent Payment Profits Interest . Effective on the first day of the Executives employment with the Company, Home Holdings, LLC shall grant to Executive one (1) Class B-2 Unit of Home Holdings, LLC which is intended to qualify as profits interests. Such profits interests shall be governed by the terms and conditions of the applicable Grant Letter which is attached hereto as Exhibit A .
3. | Other Benefits; Indemnification. |
(a) Benefits . The Executive (and his spouse and dependents) shall be covered by health and other employee benefits (including but not limited to health, medical, dental, supplemental health, travel accident, life, long-term disability, and directors and officers insurance) on a basis no less favorable than such benefits are provided by the Company from time to time to its other Co-Chief Executive Officer and commensurate with the Executives position in the Company. The Executive shall be bound by all of the written policies and procedures established by the Company from time to time.
(b) Vacation . The Executive shall be entitled to an annual vacation of four (4) weeks per calendar year, pro rated for any partial year during Executives employment with the Company. During any vacation period, the Executive will continue to receive his salary, compensation, and benefits, without interruption.
(c) Reimbursement of Expenses . The Company shall promptly reimburse the Executive for all reasonable out of pocket travel, entertainment, and other expenses incurred or paid by the Executive in connection with, or related to, the performance of his responsibilities or services under this Agreement upon the submission of appropriate documentation pursuant to the Companys policies in effect from time to time.
3
(d) Automobile Allowance . The Executive shall be entitled to receive an automobile allowance in the same amount as the other co-Chief Executive Officer of the Company.
(e) Relocation Program . The Company agrees to reimburse Executive for actual expenses reasonably incurred by the Executive in order to relocate to the San Francisco Bay Area as provided in the Companys relocation policies as follows: (i) actual moving and relocation expenses of family and possessions to the San Francisco Bay Area, (ii) transactions and closing costs in connection with the acquisition of a new home in the San Francisco Bay Area and the sale of a prior home in the Los Angeles area (but only including real estate brokerage fees for sale of Executives home in the Los Angeles area), (iii) a housing stipend of up to $20,000 per month for up to 12 months in order to cover rental of an additional residence in the San Francisco Bay Area, (iv) reimbursement of travel expenses of the Executive and his spouse and offspring for up to the first 12 months of employment with the Company to allow the Executive to travel back and forth to Los Angeles on a once per week basis, and (v) a tax adjustment gross up payment in an amount equal to the entire amount of all income taxes imposed with respect to the reimbursement payments in clauses (i) through (v) of this Section 3(e) (including any income taxes imposed upon the gross up payment itself under this clause (v)), such that the Executives receipt of the reimbursement payments under this Section 3(e) is tax neutral to Executive from an income tax perspective.
(f) Reimbursement of Legal Fees . Upon commencement of Executives employment, the Company shall reimburse the Executive for a flat amount equal to $25,000 in respect of legal fees related to the negotiation and preparation of this Agreement.
(g) Indemnification . The Company and the Executive acknowledge and agree that the Executive is covered as a Member (as such term is defined in the Fourth Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Operating Agreement of Home Holdings, LLC (as amended from time to time, the LLC Agreement )) under the indemnification provisions set forth under Article 15 of the LLC Agreement. The Company agrees that the scope of indemnification regarding the Executives acts or omissions in his capacity as an officer or director of the Company or Home Holdings, LLC shall not be materially reduced from that provided under the LLC Agreement (except to the extent that such indemnification shall be prohibited in the future by an amendment to applicable law, including the laws of the jurisdiction in which the Company or Home Holdings, LLC, as applicable, is then domiciled) without the Executives prior consent. The Executives right to indemnification shall survive any termination of his employment with the Company in accordance with the LLC Agreement, irrespective of the reason for the termination to the extent not prohibited by law. The Company shall indemnify the Executive to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law in the event that he was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, by reason of the fact that the Executive is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or any of its affiliates or performs his required services under this Agreement. Reasonable expenses incurred by the Executive in defending any such claim, action, suit or proceeding shall accordingly be paid by the Company in advance of the final disposition of such claim, action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the Executive to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company as authorized in this Section 3(g). In addition, the Company shall use its
4
commercially reasonable efforts to purchase and maintain a directors and officers liability insurance policy (or policies) (i) during the Executives employment with the Company providing coverage to the Executive that is no less favorable to him in any respect (including with respect to scope, exclusions, amounts, and deductibles) than the coverage then being provided by the Company with respect to its other senior officers and directors, and (ii) after Executives employment with the Company for so long as the Company is making such insurance coverage available to its other senior officers and directors.
4. | Equity Purchase. |
In connection with this Agreement, Home Holdings, LLC has entered into that certain Restricted Unit Purchase Agreement dated as of the date hereof in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B (the Restricted Unit Purchase Agreement ). Upon Executives commencement of employment by the Company, Home Holdings, LLC shall issue and Executive shall purchase in accordance with the terms of the Restricted Unit Purchase Agreement 888,889 Class A-1 Units and 888,889 Class A-2 Units of Home Holdings, LLC at a price of U.S. $4.50 for each pair of securities consisting of one Class A-1 Unit and one Class A-2 Unit for an aggregate cash purchase price of U.S. $4,000,000.50 except that Executive may at his option elect to purchase such Units with a promissory note in the form attached to the Restricted Unit Purchase Agreement. The Class A-1 Units and Class A-2 Units shall be subject to transfer and other restrictions including vesting and certain repurchase rights as set forth in the Restricted Unit Purchase Agreement and the LLC Agreement.
5. | Termination. |
(a) At-Will Termination by the Company . The employment of the Executive shall be at-will at all times. The Company may terminate the Executives employment with the Company at any time without any advance notice (and the Executive may terminate his employment with the Company at any time upon providing thirty (30) days prior notice), in each case, for any reason or no reason at all, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in or arising from any statements, policies or practices of the Company relating to the employment, discipline or termination of its employees. Upon and after such termination, all obligations of the Company under this Agreement shall cease, except as otherwise provided below in this Section 5.
(b) Termination by the Company with Cause . Upon written notice to the Executive, the Company may terminate the Executives employment for Cause (as defined below). In the event that the Executives employment is terminated for Cause, (A) the Executive shall receive from the Company payments for (i) any and all earned and unpaid portion of his then effective base salary (on or before the first regular payroll date following the Date of Termination) or Annual Bonus (at the time the Annual Bonus otherwise is paid); (ii) any and all accrued and unpaid vacation through the Date of Termination (on or before the first regular payroll date following the Date of Termination); (iii) any and all unreimbursed business expenses (in accordance with the Companys reimbursement policy); and (iv) any other benefits the Executive is entitled to receive as of the Date of Termination under the employee benefit plans of the Company, less standard withholdings for tax and social security purposes (items (i) through (iv) are hereafter referred to as Accrued Benefits ), and (B) except as required by law,
5
after the Date of Termination, the Company shall have no obligation to make any other payment, including severance or other compensation of any kind, on account of the Executives termination of employment or to make any payment in lieu of notice to the Executive. Except as required by law, all benefits provided by the Company to the Executive under this Agreement (including for any further vesting for any Class B-1 Units) or otherwise shall cease as of the Date of Termination. The Class A-1 Units and the Class A-2 Units acquired by Executive pursuant to the Restricted Unit Purchase Agreement shall be subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Restricted Unit Purchase Agreement (including with respect to vesting and repurchase), and the Class B-1 Units granted to Executive under the Plan shall be subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Plan and the applicable grant letter with respect to such Class B-1 Units (including with respect to vesting, cancellation and repurchase).
(c) Termination by the Company Without Cause . The Company may, at any time and without prior written notice, terminate the Executive without Cause. In the event that the Executives employment with the Company is terminated without Cause, the Executive shall receive the Accrued Benefits. In addition, the Executive shall be entitled to receive from the Company the following: (i) severance payments totaling $1.5 million, less standard withholdings for tax and social security purposes, paid according to the Companys regular payroll schedule over the twelve (12) months following the Date of Termination (the Severance Period ), (ii) a pro-rata amount of the Annual Bonus that the Executive would have been eligible to receive had he remained employed by the Company for the remainder of the year in which the Executives termination occurs (determined by multiplying the amount the Executive would have received based upon the actual level of achievement of the applicable performance goals had employment continued through the end of the performance year by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days during the performance year of termination that the Executive is employed by the Company and the denominator of which is 365), such pro-rata amount to be paid at the same time and in the same form as the Annual Bonus otherwise would be paid (but in no event later than 30 days after the end of the Companys fiscal year to which such bonus relates), (iii) subject to the Executives timely election under COBRA, continuation of health insurance benefits for twenty four (24) months following the Date of Termination, which benefits shall be paid for by the Company to the same extent that the Company paid for health insurance for the Executive prior to termination, and (iv) vesting of Executives Time-Based Units shall accelerate as to the number of Time-Based Units that would have vested through the Date of Termination and for an additional 24-month period following the Date of Termination (assuming, for purposes of this Section 5(c)(iv) only, that such Time-Based Units vest on the first day of each month rather than in annual installments but the rate of such monthly vesting shall correspond to the annual vesting schedule, i.e., 15% in years one and two (1.25% each month), 20% in year three (1.66% per month) and 25% in years four and five (2.0833% per month)), and the Executives Performance-Based Units shall remain outstanding and vest according to their terms for a period of 24 months following the Date of Termination (after which time such Performance-Based Units, to the extent unvested, shall expire and be cancelled for no consideration); provided, however, that the Executives entitlement to the severance payments in this Section 5(c) is conditioned on (y) the Executives executing and delivering to the Company of a release of claims against the Company, in a form attached hereto as Exhibit C , and on such release becoming effective, and (z) the Executives compliance with the restrictive covenants set forth in Sections 6 and 8(a), (b),(d) and (e) and the Proprietary Information Agreements (as defined below). The Executive agrees that the Company shall have a right of offset against all severance payments for amounts
6
owed to the Company by the Executive (unless the amounts owed are subject to a good faith dispute) to the fullest extent not prohibited by law. Except as specifically provided in this Section 5(c) or in another section of this Agreement, or except as required by law, all benefits provided by the Company to the Executive under this Agreement or otherwise shall cease as of the Date of Termination. In the event that Executives employment is terminated without Cause, the Class A-1 Units and the Class A-2 Units acquired by Executive pursuant to the Restricted Unit Purchase Agreement shall be subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Restricted Unit Purchase Agreement (including with respect to vesting and repurchase), and the Class B-1 Units granted to Executive under the Plan shall be subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Plan and the applicable grant letter with respect to such Class B-1 Units (including with respect to vesting, cancellation and repurchase).
(d) Termination by the Executive for Good Reason . The Executive may voluntarily terminate his employment with the Company and receive the severance payments, bonus payments, and other benefits detailed in Section 5(c) (subject to the same conditions set forth in Section 5(c)) following the occurrence of an event constituting Good Reason (as defined below) that has not been cured by the Company within the timeframe specified in the definition of Good Reason. In the event of any such termination of employment by the Executive, the Class A-1 Units and the Class A-2 Units acquired by Executive pursuant to the Restricted Unit Purchase Agreement shall be subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Restricted Unit Purchase Agreement (including with respect to vesting and repurchase), and the Class B-1 Units granted to Executive under the Plan shall be subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Plan and the applicable grant letter with respect to such Class B-1 Units (including with respect to vesting, cancellation and repurchase).
(e) Voluntary Termination . If the Executive terminates employment with the Company without Good Reason, the Executive agrees to provide the Company with thirty (30) days prior written notice. In the event that the Executives employment is terminated under this Section 5(e), the Executive shall receive from the Company payment for all Accrued Benefits described in Section 5(b) above at the times specified in Section 5(b) above. Except as required by law, after the Date of Termination, the Company shall have no obligation to make any other payment, including severance or other compensation, of any kind, or provide any other benefits (including for any further vesting for any Class B-1 Units), to the Executive on account of the Executives termination of employment. In the event of Executive terminates employment with the Company without Good Reason, the Class A-1 Units and the Class A-2 Units acquired by Executive pursuant to the Restricted Unit Purchase Agreement shall be subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Restricted Unit Purchase Agreement (including with respect to vesting and repurchase), and the Class B-1 Units granted to Executive under the Plan shall be subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Plan and the applicable grant letter with respect to such Class B-1 Units (including with respect to vesting, cancellation and repurchase).
(f) Termination Upon Death or Disability . If the Executives employment is terminated as a result of death or Disability, the Executive (or Executives estate, or other designated beneficiary(s) as shown in the records of the Company in the case of death) shall be entitled to receive from the Company payment for (i) the Accrued Benefits described in Section 5(b) above at the times specified in Section 5(b) above and (ii) a pro-rata amount of the Annual Bonus that the Executive would have been eligible to receive had he remained employed by the
7
Company for the remainder of the year in which the Executives termination occurs (determined by multiplying the amount the Executive would have received based upon the actual level of achievement of the applicable performance goals had employment continued through the end of the performance year by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days during the performance year of termination that the Executive is employed by the Company and the denominator of which is 365), such pro-rata amount to be paid in the same time and the same form as the Annual Bonus otherwise would be paid (but in no event later than 75 days after the end of the Companys fiscal year to which such bonus relates). Except as required by law, after the Date of Termination, the Company shall have no obligation to make any other payment, including severance or other compensation, of any kind, or provide any other benefits (including for any further vesting for any Class B-1 Units), to the Executive (or the Executives estate, or other designated beneficiary(s), as applicable) upon a termination of employment by death or Disability. In the event that the Executives employment is terminated as a result of death or Disability, the Class A-1 Units and the Class A-2 Units acquired by Executive pursuant to the Restricted Unit Purchase Agreement shall be subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Restricted Unit Purchase Agreement (including with respect to vesting and repurchase), and the Class B-1 Units granted to Executive under the Plan shall be subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Plan and the applicable grant letter with respect to such Class B-1 Units (including with respect to vesting, cancellation and repurchase).
(g) Certain Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below.
(i) Cause shall mean
(A) the Executive has been convicted of (or has entered a plea of nolo contendere to) a felony involving fraud, dishonesty, or physical harm to any person;
(B) the Executive intentionally failed to substantially perform the Executives material duties (other than a failure resulting from the Executives incapacity due to physical or mental illness or from the Executives assignment of duties that would constitute Good Reason), which failure lasted for a period of at least fifteen (15) days after a written notice of demand for substantial performance has been delivered to the Executive specifying the manner in which the Executive has failed substantially to perform;
(C) the Executive intentionally engaged in conduct which is demonstrably and materially injurious to the Company; or
(D) the Executives fraud, embezzlement or other act of material dishonesty with respect to the Company as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction or by arbitration pursuant to the Arbitration Agreement attached as Exhibit F hereto.
For purposes of this Section 5(g)(i), no act, nor failure to act, on the Executives part shall be considered intentional unless the Executive has acted, or failed to act, with a lack of
8
reasonable belief that the Executives action or failure to act was in the best interest of Company. No termination for Cause may occur pursuant to Section 5(g)(i)(B) or Section 5(g)(i)(C) unless a written notice setting forth the conduct allegedly constituting Cause and specifying the particulars thereof in reasonable detail has been delivered to the Executive, and the Executive has been provided an opportunity to be heard in person by the Board (with the assistance of the Executives counsel).
(ii) Date of Termination shall mean (i) if the Executive is terminated by the Company for Disability, thirty (30) days after written notice of termination is given to the Executive (provided that the Executive shall not have returned to the performance of his duties on a full-time basis during such 30-day period); (ii) if the Executives employment is terminated by the Company for any other reason, the date on which a written notice of termination is given; (iii) if the Executive terminates employment for Good Reason, the date of the Executives resignation; provided that the notice and cure provisions in the definition of Good Reason have been complied with; (iv) if the Executive terminates employment for other than a Good Reason, the date specified in the Executives notice in compliance with Section 5(e); or (v) in the event of Executives death, the date of death.
(iii) Disability shall (i) have the meaning defined under the Companys then-current long-term disability insurance plan, policy, program or contract as entitles the Executive to payment of disability benefits thereunder, or (ii) if there shall be no such plan, policy, program or contract, mean permanent and total disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
(iv) Good Reason shall mean the occurrence of any of the events or conditions described in subsections (A) through (E) hereof that occur without the Executives consent, and within 90 days following the end of the Notice Period (as defined below) the Executive terminates his employment with the Company:
(A) a material diminution in the Executives authority, duties or responsibilities including an adverse change in the Executives reporting relationship, or the assignment to the Executive by the Company of duties materially inconsistent with his status as Co-Chief Executive Officer as set forth in this Agreement (it being understood that the two Co-Chief Executives may have changes in the personnel and functions within the Company that report to each of them from time to time and mutually agreed changes in some of those responsibilities that report to Executive alone shall not constitute Good Reason so long as the authority and responsibility of the Executive within the organization is not materially diminished or materially inconsistent with the status of Co-Chief Executive Officer as set forth in this Agreement); provided that a change in the Executives authority, duties or responsibilities due to the fact that the Company or its successor becomes a stand-alone division or subsidiary of a public or private company will not alone constitute Good Reason so long as the Executive continues as Co-Chief Executive Officer of the Company (or successor or parent thereof, as the case may be) or such division or subsidiary; and provided further that (for avoidance of doubt) a change in the Executives authority, duties or responsibilities in connection with the termination of the Executives employment for Disability, Cause, as a result of the Executives death, or by the Executive other than for Good Reason shall not constitute Good Reason;
9
(B) a material reduction in the Executives then effective base salary, annual bonus opportunity or benefits, except if the base salaries, annual bonus opportunities or benefits of a significant number of other executives and members of senior management of the Company also are proportionately reduced, whether or not such reduction is voluntary on the part of the Executive or such other executives and senior management;
(C) any material breach by the Company or any of its successors and assigns of this Agreement; provided, however, that once the Executive has relocated his family to the San Francisco Bay Area a breach of this Agreement involving the Executives office location only shall be deemed to be material in the event that the Executive is thereafter required to be based outside a 40-mile radius of Corte Madera, California;
(D) removal of the Executive, or failure to cause the reappointment or election of the Executive, as the Co-Chief Executive Officer of the Company, as a member of the Board or as a member of the Board of Managers of Home Holdings, LLC; and
(E) the failure of the Companys successors and assigns to assume the obligations of the Company under this Agreement, either by written agreement or by operation of law.
The Executives right to terminate his employment in connection with an event of Good Reason shall not be affected by the Executives incapacity due to physical or mental illness. The Executive must provide notice to the Company of the existence of a condition described in clauses (A) through (E) above within sixty (60) days of his knowledge of the initial existence of the condition, upon the notice of which the Company shall have a period (the Notice Period ) of 30 days during which it may remedy the condition so that it shall not constitute a Good Reason. If more than one change or event shall occur which alone or in the aggregate constitutes Good Reason, then for purposes hereof, Good Reason shall be deemed to have occurred on the last such change or event to occur.
(h) Notice of Termination . Any termination of the Executives employment by the Company or by the Executive under this Section 5 (other than in the case of death) shall be communicated by a written notice (the Notice of Termination ) to the other party hereto, indicating the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon, and specifying a Date of Termination which notice shall be delivered within the time periods set forth in the various subsections of this Section 5, as applicable (the Notice Period ); provided, however, that the Company may pay to the Executive all base salary, benefits and other rights due to the Executive during the Notice Period instead of employing the Executive during such Notice Period.
10
6. | Non-Competition; General Provisions Applicable to Restrictive Covenants. |
(a) Covenant not to Compete . For the duration of Executives employment with the Company and throughout the duration of the Severance Period, the Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, engage or invest in, own, manage, operate, finance, control or participate in the ownership, management, operation, financing, or control of, be employed by, associated with, or in any manner connected with, lend any credit to, or render services or advice to, any business, firm, corporation, partnership, association, joint venture or other entity that engages or conducts any competing business the same as or substantially similar to the business engaged in or proposed to be engaged in or conducted by the Company or described in a written strategic plan of the Company at any time that the Executive was employed with the Company, anywhere within the United States of America; provided , however , that the Executive may own up to 5% of the outstanding shares of any class of securities of any enterprise (but without otherwise participating in the activities of such enterprise) if such securities are listed on any national or regional securities exchange or have been registered under Section 12(g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and up to 5% of the voting stock or other securities of any privately-held company. At any time after the termination of his employment with the Company for any reason, Executive will not engage in competition with the Company while making use of the trade secrets of the Company.
(b) Specific Performance . The Executive recognizes and agrees that a violation by him of his obligations under this Section 6, or under Section 8, or under the Proprietary Information Agreements may cause irreparable harm to the Company that would be difficult to quantify and that money damages may be inadequate. As such, the Executive agrees that the Company shall have the right to seek injunctive relief (in addition to, and not in lieu of any other right or remedy that may be available to it) to prevent or restrain any such alleged violation without the necessity of posting a bond or other security and without the necessity of proving actual damages. However, the foregoing shall not prevent the Executive from contesting the Companys request for the issuance of any such injunction on the grounds that no violation or threatened violation of the aforementioned Sections has occurred and that the Company has not suffered irreparable harm. If an arbitrator or court of competent jurisdiction determines that the Executive has violated the obligations of any covenant for a particular duration, then the Executive agrees that such covenant will be extended by that duration.
(c) Scope and Duration of Restrictions . The Executive expressly agrees that the character, duration and geographical scope of the restrictions imposed under this Section 6, and under Section 8 and under the Proprietary Information Agreements are reasonable in light of the circumstances as they exist at the date upon which this Agreement has been executed. However, should a determination nonetheless be made by an arbitrator or a court of competent jurisdiction at a later date that the character, duration or geographical scope of any of the covenants contained herein is unreasonable in light of the circumstances as they then exist, then it is the intention of both the Executive and the Company that such covenant shall be construed by an arbitrator or the court in such a manner as to impose only those restrictions on the conduct of the Executive which are reasonable in light of the circumstances as they then exist and necessary to assure the Company of the intended benefit of such covenant. Except insofar as claims involving the prohibited disclosure, misuse or misappropriation of the Companys trade secrets, return of the Companys property or assignment of inventions are involved, to the extent Executive engages in any action(s) after termination of his employment in violation of the restrictions imposed under this Section 6, under Sections 8(a) and (b) and/or under the
11
Proprietary Information Agreements, the Companys only right of action and remedy hereunder shall be to immediately terminate any and all severance payment that still may be due and owing hereunder as well as for any further vesting for any Class B-1 Units; the parties otherwise acknowledge that Executive is not limited hereby from engaging in such action(s) after his employment termination except insofar as the prohibited disclosure, misuse or misappropriation of trade secrets or breach of any other statutory or common law duties (including any fiduciary duties) may be involved.
7. | Proprietary and Confidential Information. |
The Executive has signed and agrees to be bound by the terms of the Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit C , and the Confirmation of Confidential Information, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit D (collectively, the Proprietary Information Agreements ).
8. | Other Covenants. |
(a) Solicitation of Employees . During the Executives employment with the Company and for the duration of any Severance Period thereafter, the Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, individually, or together with or through any other person, firm, corporation or entity, (i) hire any member of senior management of the Company (defined as an officer with a title of vice president or higher) who is then in the employ of the Company, (ii) solicit for hire any employee of the Company, provided, however, that general solicitations not targeted to Company employees shall not be deemed to violate this clause (ii), or (iii) cause any of the foregoing persons to terminate their employment relationship with the Company.
(b) Solicitation of Customers and Suppliers . During Executives employment with the Company and for the duration of any Severance Period, the Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, individually, or together through any other person, firm, corporation or entity (i) use the Companys Proprietary Information (as defined in the Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit C ) to solicit the business of any material customers of or suppliers to the Company, or (ii) encourage any person or entity which is a customer of the Company to cease, reduce, limit or otherwise alter in a manner adverse to the Company its existing business or contractual relationship with the Company.
(c) Compliance with Company Policies . The Executive agrees that, during Executives employment with the Company, he shall comply with the Companys employee manual and other policies and procedures reasonably established by the Company from time to time, including but not limited to policies addressing matters such as management, supervision, recruiting and diversity.
(d) Cooperation . The Executive shall, upon the Companys reasonable request and in good faith and with the Executives commercially reasonable efforts and subject to the Executives reasonable availability, (i) during the Severance Period, cooperate and assist the Company (a) in connection with any Sale of the Company or proposed Sale of the Company, (b) in connection with all material matters relating to the Executives employment with the Company, and (c) in transitioning the Executives responsibilities to the Executives
12
replacement; and (ii) for a period of two years following termination of the Executives employment under this Agreement, cooperate and assist the Company in any dispute, controversy, or litigation in which the Company may be involved and with respect to which the Executive obtained knowledge while employed by the Company or any of its affiliates, successors, or assigns, including, but not limited to, participation in any court or arbitration proceedings, giving of testimony, signing of affidavits, or such other personal cooperation as counsel for the Company shall request, with the Company paying (a) the Executives reasonable travel and incidental out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with any such cooperation, (b) the reasonable attorneys fees and costs incurred in connection with a joint representation and (c) the reasonable fees and costs of an attorney the Executive engages to advise him in connection with the foregoing, but only if there is a conflict of interest that would prevent the Companys own outside or inside legal counsel from adequately representing the Executives interests as well as the Companys interests).
(e) Return of Business Records and Equipment . Upon termination of the Executives employment hereunder, the Executive shall promptly return to the Company: (i) all documents, records, procedures, books, notebooks, and any other documentation in any form whatsoever, including but not limited to written, audio, video or electronic, containing any information pertaining to the Company which includes Proprietary Information, including any and all copies of such documentation then in the Executives possession or control regardless of whether such documentation was prepared or compiled by the Executive, Company, other employees of the Company, representatives, agents, or independent contractors, and (ii) all equipment or tangible personal property entrusted to the Executive by the Company. The Executive acknowledges that all such documentation, copies of such documentation, equipment, and tangible personal property are and shall at all times remain the sole and exclusive property of the Company.
(f) Nondisparagement . The Executive and the Company mutually agree that, while the Executive is employed by the Company and at any time thereafter, in any communication with the press or other media or any customer or client of or supplier to the Company or any of its affiliates, or any customer or client of or supplier to the Executive or of any business with which the Executive then is affiliated, each of the Executive and the Company shall not (and the Company shall cause each of its officers, directors and other affiliates not to) criticize, ridicule or make any statement which reasonably could be concluded to be disparaging or derogatory towards the other, including, in the case of the Company or any of its affiliates, any of their officers or directors, and including, in the Executives case, any business with which he then is affiliated and any affiliate, officer or director of such business or its affiliates. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Section 8(f) shall prevent any person from (x) responding publicly to incorrect, disparaging or derogatory public statements to the extent reasonably necessary to correct or refute such public statement or (y) making any truthful statement to the extent (i) necessary with respect to any litigation, arbitration or mediation involving this Agreement, including, but not limited to, the enforcement of this Agreement or (ii) required by law or by any court, arbitrator, mediator or administrative or legislative body (including any committee thereof) with apparent jurisdiction over such person.
13
9. | Interaction with Other Benefit Policies. |
The severance payments, severance benefits and severance protections provided to the Executive in this Agreement shall be in lieu of any other severance payments, severance benefits and severance protections to which the Executive may be entitled under any severance or termination policy, plan, program, practice or arrangement of the Company and its affiliates. The Executives entitlement to any other compensation or benefits from the Company shall be determined in accordance with the Companys employee benefit plans and other applicable programs, policies and practices then in effect. Nothing in this Agreement shall alter the Executives status as an at will employee of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Agreement shall prevent or limit the Executives continuing or future participation in, or reduce the Executives rights under (i) any benefit, bonus, incentive or other plan or program provided by the Company (except for any severance or termination policy, plan, program, practice, or arrangement) and for which the Executive may qualify, or (ii) any other agreement with the Company or Home Holdings, LLC. Amounts which are vested or accrued benefits or which the Executive is otherwise entitled to receive under any plan or program of the Company shall be payable in accordance with such plan or program, except as explicitly modified by this Agreement.
10. | Forum Selection. |
Subject to compliance with dispute resolution procedure set forth in Section 25 below, the Company and the Executive mutually agree that any and all claims or controversies arising out of this Agreement, or any breach thereof, or otherwise arising out of or relating to the Executives employment, compensation, and benefits with the Company or the termination thereof, to the extent they are not covered by and subject to arbitration according to the terms of the Arbitration Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit F , shall be brought exclusively in a court in the city and county of San Francisco, California or, if federal jurisdiction exists, the United States District Count for the Northern District of California, and both parties submit and consent to jurisdiction of such courts and waive any objection to venue and/or any claim that the aforementioned forums are inconvenient.
11. | Governing Law. |
This Agreement and any disputes or controversies arising hereunder shall be construed and enforced in accordance with and governed by the internal laws of the State of California, without reference to principles of law that would apply the law of another jurisdiction.
12. | Entire Agreement. |
This Agreement, together with the Plan, the LLC Agreement, the Grant Letter, the Restricted Unit Purchase Agreement and the Proprietary Information Agreements, constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof and supersedes and cancels any and all previous agreements, written and oral, regarding the subject matter hereof between the parties hereto. This Agreement shall not be changed, altered, modified or amended, except by a written agreement that (i) explicitly states the intent of both parties hereto to supplement this Agreement and (ii) is signed by both parties hereto.
14
13. | Notices. |
All notices, requests, demands and other communications called for or contemplated hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given if personally delivered or if sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested to the parties, their successors in interest, or their assignees at the following addresses, or at such other addresses as the parties may designate by written notice in the manner aforesaid, and shall be deemed received upon actual receipt:
(a) to the Company at:
Restoration Hardware, Inc.
15 Koch Road, Suite J
Corte Madera, CA 94925
Attention: Chief Executive Officer
Facsimile: (415) 927-7083
with a copy to:
Morrison & Foerster LLP
425 Market Street
San Francisco, CA 94402
Attention: Gavin B. Grover
Facsimile: (415) 268-7522
(b) to the Executive at:
[ ]
[ ]
with a copy to:
Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson LLP
One New York Plaza
New York, NY 10004-1980
Attention: Donald P. Carleen, Esq.
Facsimile: (212) 859-4000
14. | Severability. |
If any term or provision of this Agreement, or the application thereof to any person or under any circumstance, shall to any extent be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Agreement, or the application of such terms to the persons or under circumstances other than those as to which it is invalid or unenforceable, shall be considered severable and shall not be affected thereby, and each term of this Agreement shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.
15
15. | Waiver. |
The failure of any party to insist in any one instance or more upon strict performance of any of the terms and conditions hereof, or to exercise any right or privilege herein conferred, shall not be construed as a waiver of such terms, conditions, rights or privileges, but same shall continue to remain in full force and effect. Any waiver by any party of any violation of, breach of or default under any provision of this Agreement by the other party shall not be construed as, or constitute, a continuing waiver of such provision, or waiver of any other violation of, breach of or default under any other provision of this Agreement.
16. | Exclusive Remedy. |
The Executives right to the compensation and benefits to which he may become entitled pursuant to this Agreement and pursuant to any other written agreement between the Executive and the Company and/or Home Holdings, LLC shall be the Executives sole and exclusive remedy for any termination of the Executives employment.
17. | Successors and Assigns. |
This Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and any successors and assigns of the Company, including any corporation with which, or into which, the Company may be merged or which may succeed to the Companys assets or business. In the event that the Company sells or transfers all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or in the event of any merger or consolidation of the Company, the Company shall use reasonable efforts to cause such assignee, transferee, or successor to assume the liabilities, obligations and duties of the Company hereunder. Neither this Agreement nor any right or obligation hereunder may be assigned by the Executive; provided, however, that this provision shall not preclude the Executive from designating one or more beneficiaries to receive any amount that may be payable after his death and shall not preclude his executor or administrator from assigning any right hereunder to the person or persons entitled hereto.
18. | Counterparts. |
This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
19. | Headings. |
Headings in this Agreement are for reference only and shall not be deemed to have any substantive effect.
20. | Opportunity to Seek Advice; Warranties and Representations. |
The Executive acknowledges and confirms that he has had the opportunity to seek such legal, financial and other advice and representation as he has deemed appropriate in connection with this Agreement. The Executive hereby represents and warrants to the Company that he is
16
not under any obligation of a contractual or quasi-contractual nature known to him that is inconsistent or in conflict with this Agreement or that would prevent, limit or impair the performance by the Executive of his obligations hereunder.
21. | Withholding and Payroll Practices. |
All salary, severance payments, bonuses or benefits provided by the Company under this Agreement shall be net of any tax or other amounts required to be withheld by the Company under applicable law and shall be paid in the ordinary course pursuant to the Companys then existing payroll practices or as otherwise specified in this Agreement.
22. | Section 280G Excise Tax Matters. |
(a) Golden Parachute Excise Tax Payments . In the event that any payment in the nature of compensation (within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code)) to Executive or for Executives benefit, paid or payable or distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, the LLC Agreement or otherwise in connection with, or arising out of, Executives employment with the Company (a Payment or Payments), would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Code Section 4999, or any interest or penalties are incurred by Executive with respect to such excise tax (such excise tax, together with any such interest and penalties, are hereinafter collectively referred to as the Excise Tax), then Executive will be entitled to receive an additional payment (a Gross-Up Payment) in an amount such that after payment by Executive of all taxes (including any interest or penalties (other than interest and penalties imposed by reason of Executives failure to file timely a tax return or pay taxes shown due on Executives return) imposed with respect to such taxes and the Excise Tax), including any Excise Tax imposed upon the Gross-Up Payment, Executive retains an amount of the Gross-Up Payment equal to the Excise Tax imposed upon the Payments.
(b) Initial Determination . An initial determination as to whether a Gross-Up Payment is required pursuant to this Agreement and the amount of such Gross-Up Payment shall be made by the Company. The Company shall provide its determination (the Determination), together with detailed supporting calculations and documentation, to Executive within fifteen (15) days of the Termination Date, if applicable, or such other time as requested by Executive (provided Executive reasonably believes that any of the Payments may be subject to the Excise Tax). If requested by Executive, the Company shall furnish Executive, at the Companys expense, with an opinion reasonably acceptable to Executive from the Companys accounting firm (or an accounting firm of equivalent stature reasonably acceptable to Executive) that there is a reasonable basis for the Determination. Any Gross-Up Payment determined pursuant to this Section 22(b) shall be paid by the Company to Executive within five (5) days of receipt of the Determination, and in no event later than the last day of the calendar year following the calendar year in which Executive remits the subject taxes.
(c) Underpayment . As a result of the uncertainty in the application of Sections 4999 and 280G of the Code, it is possible that a Gross-Up Payment (or a portion thereof) will be paid which should not have been paid (an Excess Payment) or a Gross-Up Payment which should have been paid will not have been paid (an Underpayment).
17
(i) An Underpayment shall be deemed to have occurred (i) upon notice (formal or informal) to Executive from any governmental taxing authority that Executives tax liability (whether in respect of Executives current taxable year or in respect of any prior taxable year) may be increased by reason of the imposition of the Excise Tax on a Payment or Payments with respect to which the Company has failed to make a sufficient Gross-Up Payment, (ii) upon a determination by a court, or (iii) by reason of determination by the Company (which shall include the position taken by the Company, together with its consolidated group, on its federal income tax return). If an Underpayment occurs, Executive shall promptly notify the Company and the Company shall promptly, but in any event at least five (5) days prior to the date on which the applicable government taxing authority has requested payment, pay to Executive an additional Gross-Up Payment equal to the amount of the Underpayment plus any interest and penalties (other than interest and penalties imposed by reason of Executives failure to file timely a tax return or pay taxes shown due on Executives return) imposed on the Underpayment.
(ii) An Excess Payment shall be deemed to have occurred upon a Final Determination (as hereinafter defined) that the Excise Tax shall not be imposed upon a Payment or Payments (or portion thereof) with respect to which Executive had previously received a Gross-Up Payment. A Final Determination shall be deemed to have occurred when Executive has received from the applicable government taxing authority a refund of taxes or other reduction in Executives tax liability by reason of the Excise Payment and upon either (i) the date a determination is made by, or an agreement is entered into with, the applicable governmental taxing authority which finally and conclusively binds Executive and such taxing authority, or in the event that a claim is brought before a court of competent jurisdiction, the date upon which a final determination has been made by such court and either all appeals have been taken and finally resolved or the time for all appeals has expired or (ii) the statute of limitations with respect to Executives applicable tax return has expired. If an Excess Payment is determined to have been made, the amount of the Excess Payment shall be treated as a loan by the Company to Executive, which loan Executive must repay to the Company together with interest at the applicable federal rate under Code Section 7872(f)(2); provided, that no loan shall be deemed to have been made and no amount will be payable by Executive to the Company unless, and only to the extent that, the deemed loan and payment would either reduce the amount on which Executive is subject to tax under Code Section 4999 or generate a refund of tax imposed under Code Section 4999.
(d) Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, in the event that, according to the Determination, an Excise Tax will be imposed on any Payment or Payments, the Company shall pay to the applicable government taxing authorities, as Excise Tax withholding, the amount of the Excise Tax that the Company has actually withheld from the Payment or Payments.
18
(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing Sections 22(a) through 22(d), if, at the time it is determined by the Board that the Payments would or reasonably could be subject to the Excise Tax, (i) the Company is a corporation no stock in which is readily tradable on an established securities market (or otherwise) within the meaning of Code Section 280G(b)(5)(A)(ii)(I), (ii) Catterton Partners and Tower Three Partners or any of their respective affiliates (collectively, the Current Owners) control, in the aggregate, more than 75% of the voting power of the Company, and (iii) Executive, as a member of the Board, has voted in favor of the transaction giving rise to the Excise Tax, then, Executive shall not be entitled to receive a Gross-Up Payment but rather shall be required to cause his receipt of the Payments, to the extent that the aggregate value of the Payments, determined in accordance with Code Section 280G and the applicable regulations thereunder, equals or exceeds three times Executives average annual compensation during the preceding five-year period as calculated in accordance with Code Section 280G, to be subject to the approval of the Current Owners in accordance with Code Section 280G(b)(5)(B); provided, however, that if Executive unreasonably withholds his vote in favor of the transaction giving rise to the Excise Tax, then clause (iii) in this Section 22(e) shall not be given any force or effect.
(f) Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, in no event shall any Gross-Up Payment or additional Gross-up Payment required to be made by the Company pursuant to this Section 22 be made later than December 31 of Executives taxable year next following his taxable year in which the related taxes are remitted by him or on his behalf to the applicable taxing authorities.
23. | Section 409A. |
The parties intend that any compensation, benefits and other amounts payable or provided to Executive under this Agreement be paid or provided in compliance with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code and all regulations, guidance, and other interpretative authority issued thereunder (collectively, Section 409A ) such that there will be no adverse tax consequences, interest, or penalties for the Executive under Section 409A as a result of the payments and benefits so paid or provided to him. The parties agree to modify this Agreement, or the timing (but not the amount) of the payment hereunder of severance or other compensation, or both, to the extent necessary to comply with and to the extent permissible under Section 409A. In addition, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any other provision of this Agreement, the payments and benefits to be provided the Executive under this Agreement shall be subject to the provisions set forth below.
(a) The date of the Executives separation from service, as defined in the regulations issued under Section 409A, shall be treated as Executives Date of Termination for purpose of determining the time of payment of any amount that becomes payable to Executive pursuant to Section 5 hereof upon the termination of his employment and that is treated as an amount of deferred compensation for purposes of Section 409A.
(b) In the case of any amounts that are payable to the Executive under this Agreement, or under any other nonqualified deferred compensation plan (within the meaning of Section 409A) maintained by the Company in the form of installment payments, (i) the Executives right to receive such payments shall be treated as a right to receive a series of
19
separate payments under Treas. Reg. §1.409A-2(b)(2)(iii), and (ii) to the extent any such plan does not already so provide, it is hereby amended as of the date hereof to so provide, with respect to amounts payable to the Executive thereunder,
(c) If the Executive is a specified employee within the meaning of Section 409A at the time of his separation from service within the meaning of Section 409A, then any payment otherwise required to be made to him under this Agreement on account of his separation from service, to the extent such payment (after taking in to account all exclusions applicable to such payment under Section 409A) is properly treated as deferred compensation subject to Section 409A, shall not be made until the first business day after (i) the expiration of six months from the date of Executives separation from service, or (ii) if earlier, the date of Executives death (the Delayed Payment Dat e). On the Delayed Payment Date, there shall be paid to the Executive or, if the Executive has died, to the Executives estate, in a single cash lump sum, an amount equal to aggregate amount of the payments delayed pursuant to the preceding sentence.
(d) To the extent that the reimbursement of any expenses or the provision of any in-kind benefits pursuant to this Agreement is subject to Section 409A, (i) the amount of such expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits to be provided hereunder during any one calendar year shall not affect the amount of such expenses eligible for reimbursement or in-kind benefits to be provided hereunder in any other calendar year; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not apply to any limit on the amount of any expenses incurred by the Executive that may be reimbursed or paid under the terms of the Companys medical plan, if such limit is imposed on all similarly situated participants in such plan; (ii) all such expenses eligible for reimbursement hereunder shall be paid to the Executive as soon as administratively practicable after any documentation required for reimbursement for such expenses has been submitted, but in any event by no later than December 31 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which such expenses were incurred; and (iii) the Executives right to receive any such reimbursements or in-kind benefits shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for any other benefit.
24. | No Duty to Mitigate. |
The Executive shall not be required to mitigate damages or the amount of any payment provided for under this Agreement by seeking other employment or otherwise, and the amount of any payment provided for under this Agreement shall not be reduced or offset by any compensation earned by the Executive or by any retirement benefits received by the Executive as a result of employment by another employer after the Date of Termination. The provisions of this Agreement, and any payment provided for hereunder, shall not reduce any amounts otherwise payable, or in any way diminish the Executives then existing rights, or rights which would accrue solely as a result of the passage of time, under any Company benefit plan or other contract, plan or arrangement.
25. | Dispute Resolution. |
The Executive has signed and agrees to be bound by the terms of the Arbitration Agreement, which is attached as Exhibit F .
20
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the Effective Date.
RESTORATION HARDWARE, INC., a Delaware company |
||
By: |
/s/ Chris Newman |
|
CARLOS ALBERINI | ||
/s/ Carlos Alberini |
Acknowledged and Agreed:
HOME HOLDINGS, LLC., | ||
a Delaware limited liability company | ||
By: |
/s/ J. Michael Chu |
21
SCHEDULE A
Initial Duties
Initial Functions and Officers Reporting to Executive
Chief Financial Officer
Chief Operating Officer
Senior Vice President Stores
Senior Vice President and Chief Information Officer
Senior Vice President Inventory
Senior Vice President Human Resources
Senior Vice President Real Estate and Construction
EXHIBIT A
Form of Grant Letter
EXHIBIT B
Form of Restricted Unit Purchase Agreement
EXHIBIT C
Form of General Release
This Separation and General Release Agreement (the Agreement) is entered into by and between Restoration Hardware, Inc. (the Company) and Carlos Alberini (the Executive) (collectively, Parties).
RECITALS
WHEREAS, the Executive was employed by the Company on an at-will basis;
WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive have mutually agreed that the Executive will resign as of (Resignation Date) in accordance with the terms of this Agreement; and
WHEREAS, capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Employment Agreement dated as of , 2010, by and between the Company and the Executive (the Employment Agreement).
ACCORDINGLY, the Parties agree as follows:
Severance Benefit . The Company hereby agrees to provide the Executive with the payments and benefits set forth in Section 5(c) of the Employment Agreement with respect to a termination by the Company without Cause, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in such Section 5(c) of the Employment Agreement (including the Executives compliance with the restrictive covenants set forth in Sections 6 and 8 of the Employment Agreement and the Proprietary Information Agreements).
2. Resignation . The Executive hereby resigns his employment with the Company and any Affiliate, and his position as a member of the Board of Directors and/or Board of Managers of the Company or any Affiliate, effective as of the Resignation Date. Affiliate means any entity that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with the Company.
3. The Executive Release . The Executive and his representatives, heirs, successors, and assigns do hereby completely release and forever discharge the Company, any Affiliate, and its and their present and former shareholders, officers, directors, agents, employees, attorneys, successors, and assigns (collectively, Released Parties) from all claims, rights, demands, actions, obligations, liabilities, and causes of action of every kind and character, known or unknown, which the Executive may have now or in the future arising from any act or omission or condition occurring on or prior to the Effective Date (including, without limitation, the future effects of such acts, omissions, or conditions), whether based on tort, contract (express or implied), or any federal, state, or local law, statute, or regulation (collectively, the Released Claims). By way of example and not in limitation of the foregoing, Released Claims shall include any claims arising under the Fair Labor Standards Act, the National Labor Relations Act, the Family and Medical Leave Act, the Executive Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, the
Americans with Disabilities Act, Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, the California Fair Employment and Housing Act, and the California Family Rights Act, as well as any claims asserting wrongful termination, breach of contract, breach of the covenant of good faith and fair dealing, negligent or intentional infliction of emotional distress, negligent or intentional misrepresentation, negligent or intentional interference with contract or prospective economic advantage, defamation, invasion of privacy, and claims related to disability. Released Claims shall also include, but not be limited to, any claims for severance pay, bonuses, sick leave, vacation pay, life or health insurance, or any other fringe benefit, or any claims relating to any bona fide disputes or controversies (other than a dispute or controversy regarding the determination of fair market value that in accordance with the applicable arrangement is to be, or may be, determined by an independent appraiser) concerning (i) awards made to the Executive under the Team Resto Ownership Plan or similar plan, (ii) the repurchase of any such awards by Home Holdings, LLC or the Company, or (iii) the investment made by the Executive in Home Holdings, LLC. The Executive likewise releases the Released Parties from any and all obligations for attorneys fees incurred in regard to the above claims or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Released Claims shall not include (i) any claims based on obligations created by or reaffirmed in this Agreement; (ii) any vested retirement benefits or vested stock option rights, (iii) any claims which by law cannot be released, including without limitation unemployment compensation claims and workers compensation claims (the settlement of which would require approval by the California Workers Compensation Appeals Board), (iv) any claim for indemnification under the Employment Agreement, the Companys bylaws or certificate of incorporation, the LLC Agreement or any agreement providing for the indemnification of Executive, or (v) any rights not in dispute that Executive might have (x) under the Team Resto Ownership Plan or similar plan or arrangement regarding equity awards to Executive or equity interests owned by Executive or (y) the repurchase of any such awards or interests by Home Holdings, LLC or the Company.
4. Section 1542 Waiver . The Executive understands and agrees that the Released Claims include not only claims presently known to the Executive, but also include all unknown or unanticipated claims, rights, demands, actions, obligations, liabilities, and causes of action of every kind and character that would otherwise come within the scope of the Released Claims as described in Section 3, above. The Executive understands that he may hereafter discover facts different from what he now believes to be true, which if known, could have materially affected this Agreement, but he nevertheless waives any claims or rights based on different or additional facts. The Executive knowingly and voluntarily waives any and all rights or benefits that he may now have, or in the future may have, under the terms of Section 1542 of the California Civil Code, which provides as follows:
A GENERAL RELEASE DOES NOT EXTEND TO CLAIMS WHICH THE CREDITOR DOES NOT KNOW OR SUSPECT TO EXIST IN HIS FAVOR AT THE TIME OF EXECUTING THE RELEASE, WHICH IF KNOWN BY HIM MUST HAVE MATERIALLY AFFECTED HIS SETTLEMENT WITH THE DEBTOR.
5. Covenant Not to Sue . The Executive shall not bring a civil action in any court (or file an administrative complaint or arbitration) against the Company or any other Released Party asserting claims pertaining in any manner to the Released Claims.
6. Age Discrimination Claims . The Executive understands and agrees that, by entering into this Agreement, (i) he is waiving any rights or claims he might have under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, as amended by the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act; (ii) he has received consideration beyond that to which he was previously entitled; (iii) he has been advised to consult with an attorney before signing this Agreement; and (iv) he has been offered the opportunity to evaluate the terms of this Agreement for not less than twenty-one (21) days prior to his execution of the Agreement. the Executive may revoke this Agreement (by written notice to Company) for a period of seven (7) days after his execution of the Agreement, and it shall become enforceable (and payment of the payments and benefits by the Company to the Executive in accordance with Section 1 above only shall be made) only upon the expiration of this revocation period without prior revocation by the Executive.
7. Confidentiality . The Parties understand and agree that this Agreement and each of its terms, and the negotiations surrounding it, are confidential and shall not be disclosed by the Executive without the prior written consent of the Company, unless required by law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive may disclose the terms of this Agreement to his spouse, and for legitimate business reasons, to legal, financial, and tax advisors, provided such individuals agree to maintain the confidentiality of such information.
8. Non-admission . The Parties understand and agree that the furnishing of the consideration for this Agreement shall not be deemed or construed at any time or for any purpose as an admission of liability by the Company. The liability for any and all claims is expressly denied by the Company.
9. Arbitration . All claims that the Executive may have against the Company or any other Released Party, or which the Company may have against the Executive, of any kind, including, but not limited to, all claims in any way related to (i) the subject matter, interpretation, application, or alleged breach of this Agreement, (ii) the employment or termination of the Executive, or (iii) the Executives efforts to find subsequent employment (collectively, Arbitrable Claims) shall be resolved by arbitration pursuant to the terms of the Arbitration Agreement attached as Exhibit F to the Employment Agreement.
10. Entire Agreement . This Agreement and constitute the complete, final and exclusive embodiment of the entire agreement among the Parties hereto with regard to the subject matter hereof and thereof. This Agreement is entered into without reliance on any promise or representation, written or oral, other than those expressly contained or referenced herein.
11. Amendments; Waivers . This Agreement may not be amended except by an instrument in writing, signed by each of the Parties. No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising any right, remedy, or power under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, or power under this Agreement preclude any other or further exercise thereof, or the exercise of any other right, remedy, or power provided herein or by law or in equity.
12. Successors and Assigns . The Executive represents that he has not previously assigned or transferred any claims or rights released by him pursuant to this Agreement. This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the Parties and their respective heirs, successors, attorneys, and permitted assigns. This Agreement shall also inure to the benefit of any Released Party.
13. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the law of the State of California, without regard to conflict of laws provisions.
14. Interpretation . This Agreement shall be construed as a whole, according to its fair meaning, and not in favor of or against any Party. By way of example and not in limitation, this Agreement shall not be construed in favor of the Party receiving a benefit nor against the Party responsible for any particular language in this Agreement. Captions are used for reference purposes only and should be ignored in the interpretation of the Agreement.
15. Representation by Counsel . The Parties acknowledge that (i) they have had the opportunity to consult counsel in regard to this Agreement; (ii) they have read and understand the Agreement and they are fully aware of its legal effect; and (iii) they are entering into this Agreement freely and voluntarily, and based on each Partys own judgment and not on any representations or promises made by the other Party, other than those contained in this Agreement.
16. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts. True copies of such executed counterparts may be used in lieu of an original for any purpose.
17. Effective Date . This Agreement shall become effective as of seven (7) days after the date executed by the Executive (Effective Date), but only if the Agreement is not revoked as provided in Section 6. If the Agreement is revoked, it shall be null and void.
The Parties have duly executed this Agreement as of the dates noted below.
|
Date: |
|
||||||
Executive | ||||||||
Restoration Hardware, Inc. | ||||||||
By: |
|
Date: |
|
|||||
Its: |
|
EXHIBIT D
Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement
I am entering into this Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement (the Agreement) with Restoration Hardware, Inc. (the Company) for the purpose of protecting the trade secrets of the Company and prohibiting the unauthorized use of confidential information by me.
In consideration of my employment or continued employment by the Company, and the compensation now and hereafter paid to me, I hereby agree as follows:
1) | Recognition of Companys Rights: Nondisclosure, At all times during the term of my employment and thereafter, I will hold in strictest confidence and will not disclose, use, lecture upon or publish any of the Companys Proprietary Information (defined below), except as such disclosure, use or publication may be required in connection with my work for the Company, or unless an officer of the Company expressly authorizes such in writing. I hereby assign to the Company any rights I may have or acquire in such Proprietary Information and recognize that all Proprietary Information shall be the sole property of the Company and its assigns and that the Company and its assigns shall be the sole owner of all patent rights, copyrights, trade secret rights and all other rights throughout the world (collectively, Proprietary Rights) in connection therewith. |
The term Proprietary Information shall mean trade secrets confidential knowledge, data or any other proprietary information of the Company. Proprietary Information includes, but is not limited to, (a) inventions, trade secrets, ideas, data, other works of authorship, know-how, improvements, discoveries, developments, designs and techniques (hereinafter collectively referred to as Inventions); and (b) information regarding plans for research, development, new products, branding, marketing and selling business plans, budgets and unpublished financial statements, licenses, prices and costs, suppliers and customers, details of contracts; and information regarding the skills and compensation of other associates of the Company.
2) | Third Party Information, I understand, in addition, that the Company has received and in the future will receive from third parties confidential or proprietary information (Third Party Information) subject to a duty on the Companys part to maintain the confidentiality of such information and to use it only for certain limited purposes. During the term of my employment and thereafter, I will hold Third Party Information in the strictest confidence and will not disclose (to anyone other than Company personnel who need to know such information in connection with their work for the Company) or use, except in connection with my work for the Company, Third Party Information unless expressly authorized by an officer of the Company in writing. |
3) | Assignment of Inventions I shall promptly disclose to the Company any and all inventions that I may conceive or develop, alone or with others, during the term of my employment, and I agree that all inventions belong to and be the exclusive property of the Company. I agree to assign, and upon their creation do hereby automatically assign, all of my right, title and interest (in the United States and other countries) in and to all Inventions (and all Proprietary Rights with respect thereto) whether or not patentable or registerable under copyright or similar statutes, made or conceived or reduced to practice or learned by me, either alone or jointly with others, during the period of my employment with the Company. I recognize that this Agreement does not require assignment of any invention which qualifies fully for protection under Section 2870 of the California Labor Code (hereinafter Section 2870), which provides as follows: |
a) | Any provision in an employment agreement which provides that an associate shall assign, or offer to assign, any of his or her rights in an invention to his or her employer shall not apply to an invention that the associate developed entirely on his or her own time without using the employers equipment, supplies, facilities, or trade secret information except for those inventions that either: |
i) | Relate at the time of conception or reduction to practice of the invention to the employers business, or actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development of the employer. |
ii) | Result from any work performed by the associate for the employer. |
iii) | To the extent a provision in an employment agreement purports to require an associate to assign an invention otherwise excluded from being required to be assigned under subdivision (I), the provision is against the public policy of this state and is unenforceable. |
b) | I also assign to or as directed by the Company all my right, title and interest in and to any and all Inventions, full title to which is required to be in the United States by a contract between the Company and the United States or any of its agencies. |
c) | I acknowledge that all original works of authorship which are made by me (solely or jointly with others) within the scope of my employment and which are protectable by copyright are works made for hire, as that term is defined in the United States Copyright Act (17 U.S.C., Section 101). Inventions assigned to or as directed by the Company by this paragraph 3 are hereinafter referred to as Company Inventions. |
4) | Prior Inventions, Inventions, if any patented or unpatented, which I made prior to the commencement of my employment with the Company are excluded form the scope of this Agreement. To preclude any possible uncertainty, I have set forth on Exhibit A attached hereto a complete list of all Inventions that I have, alone or jointly with others, conceived, developed or reduced to practice prior to commencement of my employment with the Company, that I consider to be my property or the property of third parties and that I wish to have excluded from the scope of this Agreement. If disclosure of any such Invention on Exhibit A would cause me to violate any prior confidentiality agreement, I understand that I am not to list such Inventions in Exhibit A but am to inform the Company that all Inventions have not been listed for that reason. |
5) | No Improper Use of materials, During my employment by the Company I will not improperly use or disclose any confidential information or trade secrets, if any, of any former employer or any other person to whom I have an obligation of confidentiality, and I will not bring onto the premises of the Company any unpublished documents or any property belonging to any former employer or any other person to whom I have an obligation of confidentiality unless consented to in writing by that former employer or person. |
6) | No Conflicting Obligation, I represent that my performance of all the terms of this Agreement and as an associate of the Company does not breach any agreement to keep in confidence information acquired by me in confidence or in trust prior to my employment by the Company. I have not entered into, and I agree I will not enter into, any agreement either in written or oral in conflict herewith. |
7) | Right to Inspection, I agree that any property situated on the Companys premises and owned by the Company, including disks and other storage media, filing cabinets or other work areas, is subject to inspection by Company personnel at any time with or without notice. Prior to leaving, I will cooperate with the Company in completing and signing the Companys termination statement for technical and management personnel. |
8) | Legal and Equitable Remedies , Because my services are personal and unique and because I may have access to and become acquainted with the Proprietary Information of the Company, the Company shall have the right to enforce this Agreement and any of its provisions by injunction, specific performance or other equitable relief, without bond, without prejudice to any other rights and remedies that the Company may have for a breach of this Agreement; provided that the limitations on such rights and remedies other stated in Executives Employment Agreement executed concurrently herewith shall equally apply hereunder. |
9) | Notices, Any notices required or permitted hereunder shall be given to the appropriate party at the address specified below or at such other address as the party shall specify in writing. Such notice shall be deemed given upon personal delivery to the appropriate address or if sent by certified or registered mail, three days after the date of mailing. |
10) | General Provisions , |
a) | Governing Law, This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California. |
b) | Entire Agreement, This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement and understanding between the Company and me relating to the subject matter hereof and supersedes and merges all prior discussions between us. No modification of or amendment to this Agreement, nor any waiver of any rights under this Agreement will be effective unless in writing signed by the party to be charged. Any subsequent change or changes in my duties, salary or compensation will not affect the validity or scope of this Agreement. As used in this Agreement, the period of my employment includes any time during which I may be retained by the Company as a consultant. |
c) | Severability, If one or more of the provisions in this Agreement are deemed unenforceable by law, then the remaining provisions will continue in full force and effect. |
d) | Successors and Assigns, This Agreement will be binding upon my heirs, executors, administrators and other legal representatives and will be for the benefit of the Company, its successors and assigns. |
e) | Survival, The provisions of the Agreement shall survive the termination of my employment and the assignment of this Agreement by the Company to any successor in interest or other assignee. |
f) | Employment, I agree and understand that nothing is this Agreement shall confer any right with respect to continuation of employment with the Company, nor shall it interfere in any way with my right or the Companys right to terminate my employment at any time, with or without cause. |
g) | Waiver, No waiver by the Company of any breach of this Agreement shall be a waiver of any preceding or succeeding breach. No waiver by the Company of any right under this Agreement shall be construed as a waiver of any other right. The Company shall not be required to give notice to enforce strict adherence to all terms of this Agreement. |
This Agreement shall be effective as of the first day of my employment with the Company, namely: June 1, 2010
I UNDERSTAND THAT THIS AGREEMENT AFFECTS MY RIGHTS TO INVENTIONS I MAKE DURING MY EMPLOYMENT, AND RESTRICTS MY RIGHT TO DISCLOSE OR USE THE COMPANYS PROPRIETARY INFORMATION DURING OR SUBSEQUENT TO MY EMPLOYMENT.
I HAVE READ THIS AGREEMENT CAREFULLY AND UNDERSTAND ITS TERMS. I HAVE COMPLETELY FILLED OUT EXHIBIT A TO THIS AGREEMENT.
Dated as of , 2010 |
|
|||
Signature | ||||
Carlos Alberini |
||||
Name of Associate | ||||
|
||||
Address |
ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO:
Restoration Hardware, Inc. | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: | ||
Title: |
Exhibit A to Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement
Schedule of Inventions
EXHIBIT E
Confirmation of Confidential Treatment
This shall confirm that, I, Carlos Alberini, as an associate of Restoration Hardware, Inc. (the Company), and in accordance with the Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement (the Confidentiality Agreement) entered into between me and the Company, understand, agree and acknowledge that all information and materials relating to my work on the Companys development of new retail concepts, new merchandise programs and new brands (including without limitation all information and materials related to the development of new Company brands, logos and corporate identities), shall be treated as Proprietary Information (as that term is defined under the Confidentiality Agreement). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, and for the avoidance of doubt, I hereby agree to hold all ideas, data, documents, drawings, notes, memoranda, and other information and materials regarding Companys new retail concepts, new merchandise programs and new brands including branding plans, brand development and branding strategy, in strictest confidence, and will not disclose, lecture upon or publish any such information or materials unless an officer of the Company expressly authorizes such in writing, and will not use such information and materials for any purpose other than in furtherance of the business of the Company as directed by the Company.
Because I may have access to and become acquainted with such information and materials, the Company shall have the right to enforce my duties of confidentiality by injunction, specific performance or other equitable relief, without bond, without prejudice to any other rights and remedies that the Company may have.
I HAVE READ THIS DOCUMENT CAREFULLY AND UNDERSTAND ITS TERMS.
Dated: |
|
|
||||||
Signature | ||||||||
Carlos Alberini |
||||||||
Associate Name | ||||||||
|
EXHIBIT F
Arbitration Agreement
Restoration Hardware, Inc. (the Company), Home Holdings, LLC (Home Holdings) and Carlos Alberini (the Executive) hereby agree, effective as of , 2010, that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any and all claims or controversies between them (or between the Executive and any present or former officer, director, agent, or employee of the Company or any parent, subsidiary, or other entity affiliated with the Company) relating in any manner to the employment or the termination of employment of the Executive (including the award to Executive under the Team Resto Ownership Plan or the investment by Executive in Home Holdings) shall be resolved by final and binding arbitration. Except as specifically provided herein, any arbitration proceeding shall be conducted by the Judicial Arbitration and Mediation Services (JAMS) under the JAMS Employment Arbitration Rules and Procedures then in effect (the JAMS Rules).
Claims subject to arbitration shall include, without limitation: contract claims, tort claims, claims relating to compensation, as well as claims based on any federal, state, or local law, statute, or regulation, including but not limited to any claims arising under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, the Americans with Disabilities Act, the California Fair Employment and Housing Act, equity purchases or repurchases, and any and all claims for any other compensation, wages and/or benefits of any type, including as such terms are used in Executives Employment Agreement with the Company. However, claims for unemployment benefits, workers compensation claims, and claims under the National Labor Relations Act shall not be subject to arbitration.
A neutral and impartial arbitrator shall be chosen by mutual agreement of the parties; however, if the parties are unable to agree upon an arbitrator within a reasonable period of time, then a neutral and impartial arbitrator shall be appointed in accordance with the arbitrator nomination and selection procedure set forth in the JAMS Rules. The arbitrator shall prepare a written decision containing the essential findings and conclusions on which the award is based so as to ensure meaningful judicial review of the decision. The arbitrator shall apply the same substantive law, with the same statutes of limitations and same remedies, that would apply if the claims were brought in a court of law.
Either the Company or the Executive may bring an action in court to compel arbitration under this Agreement and to enforce an arbitration award. Otherwise, neither party shall initiate or prosecute any lawsuit of claim in any way related to any arbitrable claim, including without limitation any claim as to the making, existence, validity, or enforceability of the agreement to arbitrate. Nothing in this Agreement, however, precludes a party from filing an administrative charge before an agency that has jurisdiction over an arbitrable claim. Moreover, nothing in this Agreement prohibits either party from seeking provisional relief pursuant to Section 1281.8 of the California Code of Civil Procedure.
All arbitration hearings under this Agreement shall be conducted in San Francisco, California, unless otherwise agreed by the parties. The arbitration provisions of this Arbitration Agreement shall be governed by the Federal Arbitration Act. In all other respects, this Arbitration Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without reference to conflicts of law principles.
Each party shall pay its own costs and attorneys fees, unless a party prevails on a statutory claim, and the statute provides that the prevailing party is entitled to payment of its attorneys fees. In that case, the arbitrator may award reasonable attorneys fees and costs to the prevailing party as provided by law.
This Agreement does not alter the Executives at-will employment status. Accordingly, the Executive understands that the Company may terminate the Executives employment, as well as discipline or demote the Executive, at any time, with or without prior notice, and with or without cause. The parties also understand that the Executive is free to leave the Company at any time and for any reason, with or without cause and with or without advance notice.
If any provision of this Agreement shall be held by a court or the arbitrator to be invalid, unenforceable, or void, such provision shall be enforced to the fullest extent permitted by law, and the remainder of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect. The parties obligations under this Agreement shall survive the termination of the Executives employment with the Company and the expiration of this Agreement.
The Company and the Executive understand and agree that this Arbitration Agreement contains a full and complete statement of any agreements and understandings regarding resolution of disputes between the parties, and the parties agree that this Arbitration Agreement supersedes all previous agreements, whether written or oral, express or implied, relating to the subjects covered in this agreement. The parties also agree that the terms of this Arbitration Agreement cannot be revoked or modified except in a written document signed by both the Executive and an officer of the Company.
THE PARTIES ALSO UNDERSTAND AND AGREE THAT THIS AGREEMENT CONSTITUTES A WAIVER OF THEIR RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CLAIMS OR CONTROVERSIES COVERED BY THIS AGREEMENT. THE PARTIES AGREE THAT NONE OF THOSE CLAIMS OR CONTROVERSIES SHALL BE RESOLVED BY A JURY TRIAL.
THE PARTIES FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THEY HAVE BEEN GIVEN THE OPPORTUNITY TO DISCUSS THIS AGREEMENT WITH THEIR LEGAL COUNSEL AND HAVE AVAILED THEMSELVES OF THAT OPPORTUNITY TO THE EXTENT THEY WISH TO DO SO.
RESTORATION HARDWARE, INC. | ||
By: |
|
|
HOME HOLDINGS, LLC | ||
By: |
|
|
|
||
Executive |
Exhibit 10.3
May 5, 2006
Ken Dunaj
[ ]
[ ]
Dear Ken:
I am pleased to offer you the position of Chief Operating Officer at Restoration Hardware, Inc. (the Company). Im confident that you will find our Company to be an exciting and challenging environment in which to work. This letter will confirm the most important details of our offer to you.
Title | Chief Operating Officer, reporting to the Chief Executive Officer. | |
Salary | $450,000 per year, paid bi-weekly. | |
Bonus |
You will receive a signing bonus of $100,000, which will be payable on the first payroll following your date of hire. If you voluntarily resign or are terminated for Cause (as defined in Attachment A ) on or prior to the one year anniversary of your first date of employment, you agree that you will reimburse the Company for a pro-rated share of the signing bonus, which shall be calculated by dividing the number of days you were employed by the Company by 365.
You also will be guaranteed a minimum bonus of $200,000 for Fiscal Year 2006, provided your employment does not terminate due to your voluntary resignation or a termination before the distribution of bonuses for Fiscal Year 2006. Such bonus will be payable when the Company distributes its annual incentive bonuses to other senior officers for such fiscal year. |
|
Management Incentive Program | For each fiscal year from and including Fiscal Year 2006, you will be eligible to participate in the Management Incentive Program. Your eligibility range will be up to 100% of your base pay. Your guaranteed bonus amount (other than your signing bonus) for Fiscal Year 2006 referred to above will be credited against your actual bonus for Fiscal Year 2006. You will receive full plan details after your arrival at the Company. |
Stock Option Grant |
Subject to the approval of the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company, you will receive 400,000 stock options at the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date thereof, which will be your first day of employment with the Company. Stock options will vest at 25% per year, over a four-year period, and have a ten-year term, with other terms being in accordance with the Companys 1998 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended and restated October 9, 2002. Your initial option grant will be an incentive stock option to the maximum extent permitted under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code.
In the event your employment with the Company is terminated for any reason other than death, disability or for Cause, you will have three months following your termination of employment to exercise the vested portion of your initial option grant. In the event your employment with the Company is terminated for Cause, your initial option grant will terminate concurrently with your termination of employment. In the event your employment with the Company is terminated due to your death or disability, you will have twelve months following your termination of employment to exercise the vested portion of your initial option grant. In no event may your initial option grant be exercised after the expiration of its ten-year term.
In addition, you will be eligible to receive options or other equity of the Company on an annual basis in accordance with the Companys 1998 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended and restated October 9, 2002. The type and amount of equity of the Company that you will be eligible to receive in any year in accordance with the Companys 1998 Stock Incentive Plan generally will be consistent with the type and amount of equity that other similarly-situated senior officers of the Company will be eligible to receive in such year. |
|
Severance | Should your employment be terminated Not for Cause (as defined in Attachment A ) by the Company, other than in connection with a Change of Control (as defined in Attachment B ), you will receive salary continuation for a period of twelve (12) months from your termination date. In the event that you resign or are terminated by the Company for Cause, you will not be eligible to receive any severance pay. Your entitlement to any severance payments will be contingent upon your execution of the Companys written release and expiration of any applicable revocation period to the Companys written release. (See Attachment A ) | |
Change of Control | Should there be a Change of Control of the Company (See Attachment B ) and you, within 12 months thereafter, are subject to an Involuntary Termination (as defined in Attachment B ) by the Company, you will receive, in lieu of any other severance pursuant to this offer letter, salary continuation for a period of twelve (12) months from your termination date at the annual rate of your base salary. In addition, your initial stock option grant will vest in full upon a Change of Control. Your entitlement to any severance payments and acceleration of your stock option grant will be contingent upon your execution |
Page 2
of the Companys written release and expiration of any applicable revocation period to the written release. (See Attachment A ) In addition, the severance payments and benefits to be provided upon an Involuntary Termination following a Change of Control are subject to the excise tax payment provisions set forth in Attachment B. | ||
Non-Compete Provision | You acknowledge and agree that in your role as Chief Operating Officer you shall acquire confidential and proprietary information belonging to the Company. To preserve and protect this information and the assets of the Company, and in consideration of the severance and benefits provided to you under this offer letter, you agree not to work in a capacity that would compete directly with the Company, or solicit any employees or customers of the Company, for a period of one (1) year following the effective date of your resignation from or termination by the Company for any reason, as set forth in Attachment C. In the event that you breach this provision all severance and other benefits shall cease. | |
Car Allowance | You will receive a car allowance of $500.00 per month. | |
401(k) Plan | You will be eligible to participate in the Companys 401(k) Plan on the first enrollment dates following your date of hire. | |
Medical Benefits | You will be eligible to participate in the Companys healthcare program per the Companys guidelines. | |
Vacation | 15 business days (3 calendar weeks) per year. | |
Employee Discount | You will be eligible for a 40% associate discount on merchandise of the Company. | |
Miscellaneous Benefits: | You will be eligible for other benefits as set forth in the relocation policy (and other policies, if any) attached hereto as administered in accordance with the Companys customary practices and procedures. |
The language that follows reflects our standard offer letter language. We do not mean for it to come across as impersonal, but rather, as sound and necessary information for you to know from the outset of your working relationship with us. The relationship between you and the Company is called at-will employment. This means that employment with the Company is for no specific period of time. As a result, either you or the Company is free to terminate your employment relationship at any time for any reason, with or without Cause. This is the full and complete agreement between us on this term. Although your job duties, title, compensation, benefits, or the Companys policies, practices and procedures may change from time to time, the at-will nature of your employment may only be changed in an express writing signed by you and the Chief Executive Officer of the Company.
Page 3
Finally, your employment is contingent on (a) you executing a Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement, (b) you providing the Company with legal proof of your identity and authorization to work in the United States at time of hire and (c) successful completion of a routine background investigation and references check.
I am enclosing two copies of this letter. Please sign and return one copy to me on your first day of work and keep the other copy for your files.
Ken, we are very excited about you joining the Resto team and look forward to your contributions to the growth and success of the Company.
Sincerely,
/s/ Gary Friedman
Gary Friedman
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer
Þ I understand and agree to the terms of this offer of employment:
/s/ Ken Dunaj |
5/9/06 |
|||||
Ken Dunaj | Date |
cc: | Associates File |
Page 4
Attachment A
Severance. In the event that your employment is terminated Not for Cause by the Company, other than in connection with a Change of Control (as defined in Attachment B ), you will be eligible to receive severance pay in the form of salary continuation for a period of twelve (12) months from your termination date with the Company at an annual rate equal to your base salary less applicable deductions and withholdings, payable in regular periodic payments in accordance with the Companys policy. You acknowledge that except as expressly provided in this offer letter, you will not receive any additional compensation, severance or benefits after your termination of employment. You agree and acknowledge that your right to receive the severance payments shall be conditioned upon your execution of a release agreement with the Company containing standard terms and conditions used by the Company at the time for a general release by a senior officer of all claims arising from the officers relationship with the Company. In the event that the Company terminates your employment for Cause (as defined below), you shall not be entitled to receive any of the severance payments or benefits described above, and the Company shall pay you all compensation due and owing through the last day actually worked; thereafter the obligations of the Company under this offer letter shall cease.
If you are subject to an Involuntary Termination within 12 months following a Change of Control, you will be eligible to receive severance pay in the form of salary continuation for a period of 12 months from your termination date with the Company at an annual rate equal to your base salary less applicable deductions and withholdings, payable in regular periodic payments in accordance with the Companys policy. You also will receive full vesting of your initial stock option grant of 400,000 stock options only. You agree and acknowledge that your right to receive the severance payments and acceleration of your initial stock option grant shall be conditioned upon your execution of a release agreement with the Company containing standard terms and conditions used by the Company at the time for a general release by a senior officer of all claims arising from the officers relationship with the Company. In addition, the severance payments and benefits to be provided upon an Involuntary Termination following a Change of Control are subject to the excise tax payment provisions set forth in Attachment B .
Definition of Cause and Not for Cause . For purposes of determining your eligibility for the above-described severance payments and benefits, the Company may terminate your employment for Cause if: (a) you exhibit persistent deficiencies in performance or gross incompetence, (b) you breach any material term of this offer letter or any other written agreement you have with the Company, (c) you have been convicted of a felony involving fraud or dishonesty, (d) you die or suffer from a Disability (as defined below) during your continued employment with the Company, (e) you intentionally and continually fail to substantially perform your reasonably assigned duties with the Company (other than a failure resulting from your assignment of duties that would constitute an Involuntary Termination (as defined in Attachment B ) following a Change of Control), which failure continues for a period of at least thirty (30) days after a written notice of demand for substantial performance has been delivered to you specifying the manner in which you have failed substantially to perform, or (f) you intentionally engaged in conduct which is demonstrably and materially injurious to the Company; provided, that no termination of your employment shall be for Cause as set forth in clause (f) above until there shall have been delivered to you a copy of a written notice setting forth that you were guilty of the conduct set forth in clause (f) and specifying the particulars
A-1
thereof in detail. No act, nor failure to act, on your part shall be considered intentional unless you have acted, or failed to act, with a lack of good faith and with a lack of reasonable belief that your action or failure to act was in the best interest of the Company.
For purposes of this offer letter, the term Not for Cause shall mean termination of your employment by the Company for reasons other than for Cause.
Termination by Employee . In the event that you elect to terminate your employment for any reason other than in connection with an Involuntary Termination within 12 months following a Change of Control, the Company shall pay you all compensation due and owing through the last day actually worked and thereafter the obligations of the Company under this offer letter shall cease.
Disability . Disability shall mean that you are unable to carry out the responsibilities and functions of the position held by you by reason of any physical or mental impairment for more than 120 days in any twelve-month period. If you suffer from a Disability, then, to the extent permitted by law, the Company may terminate your employment. The Company shall pay to you all compensation to which you are entitled up through the date of termination, and thereafter all obligations of the Company under this offer letter shall cease. Nothing in this offer letter shall affect your rights under any disability plan in which you are a participant.
A-2
Attachment B
Definitions:
Involuntary Termination shall mean the termination of your employment which occurs by reason of:
(i) your involuntary dismissal or discharge by the Company Not for Cause, or
(ii) your voluntary resignation within 45 days following one or more of the following events:
(A) a change in your position with the Company which materially reduces your duties and responsibilities or the level of management to which you report,
(B) a reduction in your level of compensation (including base salary, fringe benefits and target bonus under any corporate-performance based bonus or incentive programs), other than a reduction that is similar in percentage or nature to a reduction generally applicable to all similarly-situated senior officers of the Company, or
(C) a relocation of your principal place of employment by more than fifty (50) miles, provided and only if such change, reduction or relocation is effected by the Company without your consent.
Change of Control shall mean any of the following:
(a) An acquisition (other than directly from the Company) of any voting securities of the Company (the Voting Securities) by any Person (as the term person is used for purposes of Section 13 or 14 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the 1934 Act)) immediately after which such Person has Beneficial Ownership (as the term beneficial ownership is defined under Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the 1934 Act) of fifty percent (50%) or more of the combined voting power of the Companys then outstanding Voting Securities; provided, that in determining whether a Change of Control has occurred, Voting Securities which are acquired in a Non-Control Acquisition (as hereinafter defined) shall not constitute an acquisition which would cause a Change of Control. A Non-Control Acquisition shall mean an acquisition by (i) an employee benefit plan (or a trust forming a part thereof) maintained by (1) the Company or (2) any corporation or other Person of which a majority of its voting power or its equity securities or equity interest is owned directly or indirectly by the Company (a Subsidiary), (ii) the Company or any Subsidiary, or (iii) any Person in connection with a Non-Control Transaction (as hereinafter defined);
(b) The individuals who, as of date this offer letter, are members of the Board of Directors of the Company (the Incumbent Board), cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company; provided, that if the appointment, election or nomination for election by the Companys stockholders of any new director was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the Incumbent Board, such new director shall, for purposes of this offer letter, be considered a member of the Incumbent Board; and provided, further, that no individual shall be considered a member of the Incumbent Board if such individual initially assumed office as a result of either an actual or threatened Election Contest (as described in Rule 14a-11 promulgated under the 1934 Act) or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board of Directors of the Company (a Proxy Contest) including by reason of any agreement intended to avoid or settle any Election Contest or Proxy Contest;
B-1
(c) A merger, consolidation or reorganization involving the Company, unless such merger, consolidation or reorganization satisfies the conditions set forth in clauses (1) and (2) below (any transaction(s) meeting the requirements of clauses (1) and (2) below being referred to herein as Non-Control Transactions):
(1) the stockholders of the Company immediately before such merger, consolidation or reorganization own, directly or indirectly, immediately following such merger, consolidation or reorganization, at least fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the outstanding voting securities of the corporation resulting from such merger, consolidation or reorganization (the Surviving Corporation) in substantially the same proportion as their ownership of the Voting Securities immediately before such merger, consolidation or reorganization; and
(2) the individuals who were members of the Incumbent Board immediately prior to the execution of the agreement providing for such merger, consolidation or reorganization constitute at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the Surviving Corporation;
(d) A complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company; or
(e) An agreement for the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company to any Person (other than a transfer to a Subsidiary); and
(f) Any other event that at least two-thirds of the Incumbent Board in its sole discretion shall determine constitutes a Change of Control.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change of Control shall not be deemed to occur solely because any Person (the Subject Person) acquired Beneficial Ownership of more than the permitted amount of the outstanding Voting Securities as a result of the acquisition of Voting Securities by the Company which, by reducing the number of Voting Securities outstanding, increases the proportional number of shares Beneficially Owned by the Subject Person; provided, that if a Change of Control would occur (but for the operation of this sentence) as a result of the acquisition of Voting Securities by the Company, and after such share acquisition by the Company the Subject Person becomes the Beneficial Owner of any additional voting Securities which increases the percentage of the then outstanding Voting Securities Beneficially Owned by the Subject Person, then a Change of Control shall occur; provided further that no Change of Control shall be deemed to have occurred under (a) or (c) above merely because individuals and entities who, individually, as of the date of the offer letter have Beneficial Ownership of at least 5% of the Voting Securities have, immediately after the transaction described in (a) or (c) above, Beneficial Ownership, in the aggregate, of more than 50% of the Voting Securities of the Company or successor or parent thereof if both (i) no one such individual or entity has, immediately after such a transaction, Beneficial Ownership of more than 50% and (ii) the transaction does not result in the Company or successor or parent thereof becoming a private company.
Notwithstanding anything contained in this offer letter to the contrary, if your employment is terminated prior to a Change of Control and the Board of Directors of the Company
B-2
determines that such termination (i) was at the request of a third party who has indicated an intention or taken steps reasonably calculated to effect a Change of Control and who subsequently effectuates a Change of Control or (ii) otherwise occurred in connection with, or in anticipation of, a Change of Control which actually occurs, then, for all purposes of this offer letter, the date of a Change of Control with respect to you shall mean the date immediately prior to the date of such termination of your employment.
Excise Tax Payments:
(1) In the event that any payment or benefit (within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code)) to you or for your benefit, paid or payable or distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of this letter or otherwise in connection with, or arising out of, your employment with the Company or a Change in Control (a Payment or Payments), would be subject to the excise tax imposed under Code Section 4999, or any interest or penalties are incurred by you with respect to such excise tax (such excise tax, together with any such interest and penalties, are hereinafter collectively referred to as the Excise Tax), the Payments shall be reduced (but not below zero) if and to the extent necessary so that no Payment to be made or benefit to be provided to you shall be subject to the Excise Tax (such reduced amount is hereinafter referred to as the Limited Payment Amount). Unless you have given prior written notice specifying a different order to the Company to effectuate the Limited Payment Amount, the Company shall reduce or eliminate the Payments by (i) first reducing or eliminating those payments or benefits which are payable in cash and (ii) then reducing or eliminating non-cash payments, in each case in reverse order beginning with payments or benefits which are to be paid the furthest in time from the Determination (as hereinafter defined). Any notice given by you pursuant to the preceding sentence shall take precedence over the provisions of any other plan, arrangement or agreement governing your rights and entitlements to any benefits or compensation.
(2) An initial determination as to whether the Payments shall be reduced to the Limited Payment Amount and the amount of such Limited Payment Amount shall be made, at the Companys expense, by the accounting firm that is the Companys independent accounting firm as of the date of the Change in Control (the Accounting Firm). The Accounting Firm shall provide its determination (the Determination), together with detailed supporting calculations and documentation, to the Company and you within five (5) days after the termination date, if applicable, or such other time as requested by the Company or by you (provided you reasonably believe that any of the Payments may be subject to the Excise Tax) and, if the Accounting Firm determines that no Excise Tax is payable by you with respect to a Payment or Payments, it shall furnish you with an opinion reasonably acceptable to you that no Excise Tax will be imposed with respect to any such Payment or Payments. Within ten (10) days after the delivery of the Determination to you, you shall have the right to dispute the Determination (the Dispute). If there is no Dispute, the Determination shall be binding, final and conclusive upon the Company and you, subject to the application of paragraph (3) below.
(3) As a result of the uncertainty in the application of Sections 4999 and 280G of the Code, it is possible that the Payments to be made to, or provided for the benefit of, you will be either greater (an Excess Payment) or less (an Underpayment) than the amounts provided for by the limitations contained in paragraph (1) above.
(a) If it is established, pursuant to a final determination of a court or an Internal Revenue Service (the IRS) proceeding which has been finally and conclusively resolved, that
B-3
an Excess Payment has been made, you must repay such Excess Payment to the Company; provided , that no Excess Payment will be repaid by you to the Company unless, and only to the extent that, the repayment would either reduce the amount on which you are subject to tax under Code Section 4999 or generate a refund of tax imposed under Code Section 4999.
(b) In the event that it is determined (i) by the Accounting Firm, the Company (which shall include the position taken by the Company, or together with its consolidated group, on its federal income tax return) or the IRS, (ii) pursuant to a determination by a court, or (iii) upon the resolution to your satisfaction of the Dispute, that an Underpayment has occurred, the Company shall pay an amount equal to the Underpayment to you within ten (10) days after such determination or resolution, together with interest on such amount at the applicable federal rate under Code Section 7872(f)(2) from the date such amount would have been paid to you until the date of payment.
Compliance with Section 409A:
This Agreement is intended to comply with Section 409A of the Code (as amplified by any IRS or U.S. Treasury Department guidance), and shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with such intent. You acknowledge that the Company, in the exercise of its sole discretion and without your consent, (i) may amend or modify this Agreement in any manner in order to meet the requirements of Section 409A of the Code as amplified by any IRS or U.S. Treasury Department guidance and (ii) shall have the authority to delay the payment of any amounts or the provision of any benefits under this Agreement to the extent it deems necessary or appropriate to comply with Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code (relating to payments made to certain key employees of certain publicly-traded companies) as amplified by any IRS or U.S. Treasury Department guidance as the Company deems appropriate or advisable. In such event, any amounts or benefits under this Agreement to which you would otherwise be entitled during the six (6) month period following the termination of your employment will be paid on the first business day following the expiration of such six (6) month period. Any provision of this Agreement that would cause the payment of any benefit to fail to satisfy Section 409A of the Code shall have no force and effect until amended to comply with Code Section 409A (which amendment may be retroactive to the extent permitted by the Code or any regulations or rulings thereunder).
B-4
Attachment C
Confidential Information. You agree to hold in confidence for the benefit of the Company all secret or confidential information, knowledge or data, including proprietary information and trade secrets, relating to the Company and its businesses, which shall have been obtained by you prior to or in the course of your employment by the Company (Confidential Information), provided, however, that Confidential Information shall not retain its status as such if the Confidential Information (i) is publicly known through no act or omission by you, (ii) becomes available to you on a non-confidential basis from a source other than the Company, provided that such source is not bound by a confidentiality agreement with, or other obligation of secrecy to, the Company or another party, or (iii) is known by you prior to receiving it from the Company, provided that such information is not subject to another confidentiality agreement with, or other obligation of secrecy to, the Company or another party. You also shall have the right to disclose Confidential Information to the extent required by law, provided that you first give prompt written notice to the Company regarding the intention to make such disclosure and, provided, further, you request confidential treatment of such Confidential Information to the fullest extent permitted by law. Whether before or after termination of your employment with the Company, you shall not, without the prior written consent of the Company, communicate or divulge any Confidential Information, other than to the Company and to those persons or entities designated by the Company or as otherwise is reasonably necessary for you to carry out you responsibilities as an executive of the Company.
You also represent and warrant and covenant that you shall not disclose to the Company, or use, or induce the Company to use, any confidential or proprietary information or trade secrets of others at any time, and you acknowledge and agree that any violation of this provision shall be grounds for your immediate termination for Cause and could subject you to substantial civil liabilities and criminal penalties. You further specifically and expressly acknowledge that no officer or other employee or representative of the Company has requested or instructed you to disclose or use any such third party confidential or proprietary information or trade secrets.
Restriction on Competition. You acknowledge and agree that in your role as Chief Operating Officer you shall acquire confidential and proprietary information belonging to the Company. To preserve and protect this information and the assets of the Company, including the goodwill and customers of the Company of which you will have an interest in your role as an employee and officer of the Company, or its subsidiaries, and to preserve and protect the goodwill and business interests of the Company going forward, and in consideration of the severance and benefits provided to you under the offer letter, you agree that, for a period of one (1) year from your termination of employment for any reason (the Restricted Period), you will not directly or indirectly engage in, or have any ownership interest in, or participate in the financing operation, management or control of, any person, firm, corporation or business that engages in the Restricted Business of Restoration Hardware, Inc. Restricted Business of Restoration Hardware, Inc. is defined in Attachment D.
Restrictions on Solicitation after Termination . In consideration of the severance and benefits provided to you under the offer letter, you agree that, during the Restricted Period, you shall not, without the prior written consent of the Company, directly or indirectly, including, without limitation, as a sole proprietor, member of a partnership, stockholder or investor, officer or director of a corporation, or as an employee, associate, consultant, independent contractor or agent of any person, partnership, corporation or other business organization or entity other than
C-1
the Company (i) solicit or endeavor to entice away from the Company any person or entity who is, or during the then most recent 12-month period was, employed by, or had served as an agent or key consultant of the Company; (ii) solicit or endeavor to entice away from the Company any person or entity who is, or was within the then most recent 12-month period, a customer of the Company; (iii) attempt to solicit any business that is related to the business of the Company or any business that is competitive with the Company; or (iv) assist any person, firm, corporation or business that engages in the Restricted Business of Restoration Hardware, Inc. in taking such action set forth in clauses (i), (ii) or (iii). Furthermore, during the Restricted Period, you shall not, for yourself or for any other entity, hire or employ any person who is, or during the then most recent 12-month period was, employed by, or had served as an agent or key consultant of, the Company.
C-2
Attachment D
Definition of Restricted Business of Restoration Hardware, Inc. Restricted Business of Restoration Hardware, Inc. shall mean (a) a retail company, including without limitation, a subsidiary or business unit of such company, where an aggregate of 25% or more of its revenue (including revenue of any subsidiary or business unit) is derived from the home furnishings business, including without limitation, lighting, floor covering, furniture, hardware and tools, or hard goods business or (b) a manufacturer, supplier or other vendor that has a material vendor relationship with the Company.
D-1
Relocation Policy
FIRST AMENDMENT
TO
OFFER LETTER
THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO OFFER LETTER (this Amendment ) is executed and delivered effective as of November 15, 2007, by and between Restoration Hardware, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the Company ) and Ken Dunaj, an individual resident of the State of California ( Employee ).
RECITALS
WHEREAS, the Company and Employee previously executed and delivered an Offer Letter, dated as of May 5, 2006 (the Original Agreement ); and
WHEREAS, the Company and Employee now wish to amend the Original Agreement in order to provide for a Retention Incentive Payment (as defined below), enhanced severance protection and a limitation of the events comprising Involuntary Termination following a Change of Control, pursuant to the terms and conditions described herein;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein, the Company and Employee, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:
1. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Original Agreement.
2. A new section is hereby added to the Original Agreement following the section on Miscellaneous Benefits, reading as follows and effective for thirty-six (36) months from the date hereof:
Retention Incentive Payment | In the event of a Change of Control (as defined in Attachment B ), the Company shall pay you a one-time retention incentive payment of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000), less state, federal and other applicable tax withholdings (the Retention Incentive Payment), within thirty (30) days of the consummation of the Change of Control (Change of Control Date), provided that you have continued to be employed by the Company through the Change of Control Date. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, if within sixty (60) days prior to the Change of Control Date with respect to a Change of Control that constitutes a change in ownership or effective control or a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Company under Internal Revenue Code Section 409A (409A Change of Control), the Company has terminated your employment Not for Cause, the Retention Incentive Payment shall be payable within thirty (30) days of the Change of Control Date. If within sixty (60) days prior to the Change of Control Date with respect to a Change of Control that does not constitute a 409A Change of Control, the Company has terminated your employment Not for Cause, the Retention Incentive Payment shall be payable within sixty (60) days of your separation from service under Code Section 409A. The Retention Incentive Payment shall only be payable, if at all, with respect to the first Change of Control occurring after the date hereof. |
1
3. The section on Change of Control of the Original Agreement is hereby replaced in its entirety with the following:
Change of Control | Should there be a Change of Control of the Company (See Attachment B ), your initial stock option grant will vest in full upon such Change of Control. In addition, if either on such Change of Control date or within (18) months after the Change of Control, you are subject to an Involuntary Termination (as defined in Attachment B ) by the Company, you will receive, in lieu of any other severance pursuant to this offer letter, compensation continuation for a period of twelve (12) months from your termination date at the rate of two (2) times your annual base salary plus two (2) times your target bonus, which target bonus for this sole purpose shall be Three Hundred Thousand Dollars ($300,000). Your entitlement to any severance payments and acceleration of your stock option grant will be contingent upon your execution of the Companys written release and expiration of any applicable revocation period to the written release. (See Attachment A ) In addition, the severance payments and benefits to be provided upon an Involuntary Termination following a Change of Control are subject to the excise tax payment provisions set forth in Attachment B . This section shall govern the benefits payable in the event of your Involuntary Termination in the eighteen (18) months after a Change of Control, notwithstanding any inconsistent language in Attachment A , and any inconsistent language shall be of no force or effect. In the event this section is effective, no other severance or similar benefits shall be payable hereunder. |
4. The definition of Involuntary Termination on Attachment B to the Original Agreement is hereby replaced in its entirety with the following:
Involuntary Termination shall mean the termination of your employment which occurs by reason of:
(i) your involuntary dismissal or discharge by the Company Not for Cause, or
(ii) your voluntary resignation within 45 days following one or more of the following events:
(A) a change in your position with the Company which materially reduces your duties and responsibilities or the level of management to which you report (but excluding (x) a reduction in duties or responsibilities by virtue of the Company being acquired and made part of another entity (as, for example, when the chief executive officer of the Company remains as the senior executive officer of a division or subsidiary of the acquirer, which division or subsidiary either contains substantially all of the Companys business or is of a comparable size), or (y) a change in your reporting position such that you no longer report directly to the chief executive officer of a publicly-traded company; provided, that, for the avoidance of doubt, you will be deemed to have sustained a material reduction in
2
your duties or responsibilities if you are no longer reporting directly to one of the following (i) the Companys Chief Executive Officer, (ii) the parent companys Chief Operating Officer or Chief Executive Officer, (iii) the head of the operating group covering the Company, or (iv) any other person holding a substantially equivalent position to any of such preceding clauses (i) through (iii)),
(B) a reduction in your level of compensation (including base salary, fringe benefits and target bonus under any corporate-performance based bonus or incentive programs), other than a reduction that is similar in percentage or nature to a reduction generally applicable to all similarly situated senior officers of the Company, or
(C) a relocation of your principal place of employment by more than fifty (50) miles, provided and only if such change, reduction or relocation is effected by the Company without your consent.
5. The section at the end of Attachment B to the Original Agreement with the heading Compliance with Section 409A is amended to read as follows:
Compliance with Section 409A:
This Agreement is intended to comply with Section 409A of the Code (as amplified by any IRS or U.S. Treasury Department guidance), and shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with such intent. You acknowledge that the Company, in the exercise of its sole discretion and without your consent, (i) may amend or modify this Agreement in any manner in order to meet the requirements of Section 409A of the Code as amplified by any IRS or U.S. Treasury Department guidance and (ii) shall have the authority to delay the payment of any amounts or the provision of any benefits under this Agreement to the extent it deems necessary or appropriate to comply with Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code (relating to payments made to certain key employees of certain publicly-traded companies) as amplified by any IRS or U.S. Treasury Department guidance as the Company deems appropriate or advisable. In such event, if, upon your separation from service, you are then a specified employee (as defined in Section 409A of the Code), then only to the extent necessary to comply with Code Section 409A and avoid imposition of taxes under Code Section 409A, the Company will defer payment of certain of the amounts owed to you under this Agreement until the earlier of your death or the first business day of the seventh month following your separation from service. Any provision of this Agreement that would cause the payment of any benefit to fail to satisfy Section 409A of the Code shall have no force and effect until amended to comply with Code Section 409A (which amendment may be retroactive to the extent permitted by the Code or any regulations or rulings thereunder). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, no actions taken pursuant to this section shall reduce the total amount of payments and benefits owed to you and to be paid to you under this Agreement.
3
6. You will be entitled to reimbursement for reasonable attorneys fees incurred by you in negotiating the terms of this Amendment, not to exceed $10,000 unless approved by the Company. Except as provided above in this Amendment, all terms, covenants and conditions in the Original Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall not be affected by this Amendment.
7. This Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which shall be taken together and deemed to be one instrument,
[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]
4
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereby execute this First Amendment to Offer Letter as of the date first above written.
RESTORATION HARDWARE, INC. | ||||||
By: |
/s/ Gary Friedman |
/s/ Ken Dunaj |
||||
Name: Gary Friedman | Ken Dunaj | |||||
Title: Chairman, CEO and President | EVP & COO |
S IGNATURE P AGE TO F IRST A MENDMENT TO O FFER L ETTER
EXECUTION COPY
SECOND AMENDMENT
TO
OFFER LETTER
THIS SECOND AMENDMENT TO OFFER LETTER (this Amendment ) is executed and delivered effective as of March 31, 2009, by and between Restoration Hardware, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the Company ) and Ken Dunaj, an individual resident of the State of California ( Employee ).
RECITALS
WHEREAS, the Company and Employee previously executed and delivered an Offer Letter, dated as of May 5, 2006 (the Original Agreement ), and the First Amendment to the Offer Letter, dated as of November 15, 2007 (the First Amendment and together with the Original Agreement, the Agreement );
WHEREAS, a Change of Control of the Company, within the meaning of such definition as constituted in Attachment B of the Original Agreement, was consummated on June 17, 2008 (the Catterton/Tower III Change of Control );
WHEREAS, the change in Employees reporting relationship, effective April 1, 2009 (the Reporting Change ), constitutes a material reduction in the level of management to which Employee reports within the meaning of Section (ii)(A) of the definition of Involuntary Termination in the First Amendment; and
WHEREAS, the Company and Employee now wish to further amend the Agreement in order to (i) provide for an extended period following the Catterton/Tower III Change of Control during which Employee may receive severance as a result of an Involuntary Termination and also extending the period during which Employee may voluntarily resign for any event constituting an Involuntary Termination, including but not limited to the Reporting Change; and (ii) modify the Agreements Change of Control provisions.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein, the Company and Employee, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:
1. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Agreement.
2. The section entitled Change of Control in the Original Agreement, as amended by the First Amendment, is hereby replaced in its entirety with the following:
Change of Control . If, either on or within eighteen (18) months following a Change of Control of the Company (as defined in Attachment B ), you are subject to an Involuntary Termination (as defined in Attachment B ) by the Company, you will receive, in lieu of any other severance pursuant to this offer letter, at your election, one of the following: either (i) compensation continuation (paid according to the Companys regular payroll schedule) for a period of twelve (12) months from your termination date at the rate of two (2) times your annual base salary plus two (2) times your target bonus, which target
1
EXECUTION COPY
bonus for this sole purpose shall be Three Hundred Thousand Dollars ($300,000), provided that you surrender all vested incentive units ( Incentive Units ) granted to you under the Home Holdings, LLC 2008 Team Resto Ownership Plan (the Plan ) as of your termination date for zero value; or (ii) compensation continuation (paid according to the Companys regular payroll schedule) for a period of twelve (12) months from your termination date at the rate of one (1) times your annual base salary plus one (1) times your target bonus, which target bonus for this sole purpose shall be Three Hundred Thousand Dollars ($300,000), with no requirement to surrender your vested Incentive Units for zero value. Your entitlement to severance payments will be contingent upon your execution of the Companys written release and expiration of any applicable revocation period to the written release (and such written release shall be a mutual release of claims and shall be limited to releasing claims you or the Company may then have and the Company shall provide such written release to you for your consideration (and potential execution) no later than two days after your termination date). In addition, the severance payments and benefits to be provided upon an Involuntary Termination following a Change of Control are subject to the excise tax payment provisions set forth in Attachment B provided, however, that the Company has concluded that no part of the severance or other payments or benefits to be paid to you under this Agreement or otherwise which are attributable to the Catterton/Tower III Change of Control (as defined below) constitutes an excess parachute payment within the meaning of Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code, and the Company will report and withhold taxes, as applicable, consistent with such position. This section shall govern the benefits payable in the event of your Involuntary Termination in the eighteen (18) months after a Change of Control. In the event this section is effective, no other severance or similar benefits shall be payable hereunder.
3. A new section entitled Catterton/Tower III Change of Control hereby is added to the Agreement, following the section entitled Change of Control, to read as follows:
Catterton/Tower III Change of Control . The foregoing section entitled Change of Control (as amended by the First and Second Amendments), and the definition of Involuntary Termination on Attachment B (as amended by the First Amendment) are modified as follows solely with respect to the Change of Control of the Company that was consummated on June 17, 2008 (the Catterton/Tower III Change of Control ):
(i) The period during which you shall be entitled to receive the severance described in the section entitled Change of Control (as amended by the First and Second Amendments) following an Involuntary Termination hereby is extended to cover any Involuntary Termination that occurs on or before April 30, 2010.
(ii) The requirement to resign within 45 days following an event described in clause (ii) of the definition of Involuntary Termination in order to receive the severance described in the section entitled Change of Control (as amended by the First and Second Amendments) hereby is waived through and including April 30, 2010. Instead, you shall be required to give the Company sixty (60) days notice in advance of the date of your voluntary resignation. For avoidance of doubt, this means that the latest you could give notice to the Company under this section Catterton/Tower III Change of Control is
2
EXECUTION COPY
March 2, 2010, for a termination on April 30, 2010. The Company shall have the right to waive all or part of the sixty (60) day notice period and to terminate your employment at any time after such notice is given.
4. The following new sentence hereby is appended to the end of the Compliance with Section 409A section in Attachment B as follows:
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the Company has concluded that the severance or other payments or benefits to be paid to you under this Agreement which are attributable to the Catterton/Tower III Change on Control (as defined above), along with the modifications to the Agreement created by this Amendment, either are (i) exempt from Section 409A of the Code or (ii) compliant with Section 409A of the Code, and the Company will report and withhold taxes, as applicable, consistent with such position.
5. Employee acknowledges and agrees that the modifications to the Agreement in this Amendment, including, but not limited to, the modifications in Sections 2 and 3 hereof, do not per se constitute grounds for an Involuntary Termination.
6. Except as provided above in this Amendment, all terms, covenants and conditions in the Agreement (for the avoidance of doubt, including the First Amendment) shall remain in full force and effect and shall not be affected by this Amendment.
7. The Company shall pay for all legal fees, costs and expenses actually incurred by Employee in connection with the negotiation, preparation and execution of this Amendment up to $10,000. The Company shall directly make full cash payment to Employees legal counsel for such fees and costs within 30 days after the Companys receipt of applicable invoices and such invoices shall be provided to the Company within 45 days after execution of this Amendment.
8. This Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which shall be taken together and deemed to be one instrument.
[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]
3
EXECUTION COPY
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereby execute this Second Amendment to Offer Letter as of the date first above written.
RESTORATION HARDWARE, INC. | ||||||
By: |
/s/ Deborah Ellinger |
/s/ Ken Dunaj |
||||
Deborah Ellinger | Ken Dunaj | |||||
President |
S IGNATURE P AGE TO S ECOND A MENDMENT TO O FFER L ETTER
THIRD AMENDMENT
TO
OFFER LETTER
THIS THIRD AMENDMENT TO OFFER LETTER (this Amendment is executed and delivered effective as of January 6, 2010, by and between Restoration Hardware, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the Company ) and Ken Dunaj, an individual resident of the State of California ( Employee ).
RECITALS
WHEREAS, the Company and Employee previously executed and delivered an Offer Letter, dated as of May 5, 2006 (the Original Agreement ), the First Amendment to the Offer Letter, dated as of November 15, 2007 (the First Amendment ), and the Second Amendment to the Offer Letter, dated as of March 31, 2009 (the Second Amendment, and together with the Original Agreement and the First Amendment, the Agreement );
WHEREAS, a Change of Control of the Company, within the meaning of such definition as constituted in Attachment B of the Original Agreement, was consummated on June 17, 2008 (the Catterton/Tower III Change of Control );
WHEREAS, the change in Employees reporting relationship, effective April 1, 2009 (the Reporting Change ), constituted a material reduction in the level of management to which Employee reports within the meaning of Section (ii)(A) of the definition of Involuntary Termination in the First Amendment;
WHEREAS, in the Second Amendment, the Company and Employee agreed, among other things, to provide for an extended period following the Catterton/Tower III Change of Control during which Employee may receive severance as a result of an Involuntary Termination and also to extend the period during which Employee may voluntarily resign for any event constituting an Involuntary Termination, including but not limited to the Reporting Change; and
WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to further extend the period following the Catterton/Tower III Change of Control during which Employee may receive severance as a result of an Involuntary Termination and to further extend the period during which Employee may voluntarily resign for any event constituting an Involuntary Termination, including but not limited to the Reporting Change, in each case until March 1, 2011.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein, the Company and Employee, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:
1. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Agreement.
2. Subsections (i) and (ii) of the section entitled Catterton/Tower III Change of Control hereby are amended to read as follows:
(i) The period during which you shall be entitled to receive the severance described in the section entitled Change of Control (as amended by the First and Second Amendments) following an Involuntary Termination hereby is extended to cover any Involuntary Termination that occurs on or before March 1, 2011.
1
(ii) The requirement to resign within 45 days following an event described in clause (ii) of the definition of Involuntary Termination in order to receive the severance described in the section entitled Change of Control (as amended by the First and Second Amendments) hereby is waived through and including March 1, 2011. Instead, you shall be required to give the Company sixty (60) days notice in advance of the date of your voluntary resignation. For avoidance of doubt, this means that the latest you could give notice to the Company under this section Catterton/Tower III Change of Control is December 31, 2010, for a termination on March 1, 2011. The Company shall have the right to waive all or part of the sixty (60) day notice period and to terminate your employment at any time after such notice is given.
3. The last sentence in the Compliance with Section 409A section in Attachment B (which was added by the Second Amendment) is hereby amended to read as follow:
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the Company has concluded that the severance or other payments or benefits to be paid to you under this Agreement which are attributable to the Catterton/Tower III Change of Control (as defined above), along with the modifications to the Agreement created by the First, Second and Third Amendments, either are (i) exempt from Section 409A of the Code or (ii) compliant with Section 409A of the Code, and the Company will report and withhold taxes, as applicable, consistent with such position.
4. Employee acknowledges and agrees that the modifications to the Agreement in this Amendment do not per se constitute grounds for an Involuntary Termination.
5. Except as provided above in this Amendment, all terms, covenants and conditions in the Agreement (for the avoidance of doubt, including the First Amendment and the Second Amendment) shall remain in full force and effect and shall not be affected by this Amendment.
6. This Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which shall be taken together and deemed to be one instrument.
[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]
2
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereby execute this First Amendment to Offer Letter as of the date first above written.
RESTORATION HARDWARE, INC. | ||||||
By: |
/s/ Gary Friedman |
/s/ Ken Dunaj |
||||
Name | Ken Dunaj | |||||
Title |
S IGNATURE P AGE TO T HIRD A MENDMENT TO O FFER L ETTER
Exhibit 10.4
[FORM OF]
INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT
This INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT (this Agreement ) is made and entered into this [ ] day of [ ], 2012 (the Effective Date ) by and between Restoration Hardware Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the Company ), and [ ] (the Indemnitee ).
WHEREAS, the Company believes it is essential to retain and attract qualified directors and officers;
WHEREAS, the Indemnitee is a director and/or officer of the Company;
WHEREAS, both the Company and the Indemnitee recognize the increased risk of litigation and other claims being asserted against directors and officers of public companies;
WHEREAS, the Companys Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended (the Certificate of Incorporation ), allows, and Companys Amended and Restated Bylaws (the Bylaws ) require the Company to indemnify and advance expenses to its directors and officers to the extent permitted by the DGCL (as hereinafter defined);
[WHEREAS, the Indemnitee has been serving and intends to continue serving as a director and/or officer of the Company in part in reliance on the indemnification provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws; and]
[WHEREAS, the Indemnitee is relying upon the rights afforded under this Agreement in accepting the Indemnitees position as a director, officer or employee of the Company; and]
WHEREAS, in recognition of the Indemnitees need for (a) substantial protection against personal liability based on the Indemnitees reliance on the Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws and the rights afforded under this Agreement, and (b) an inducement [to continue] to provide effective services to the Company as a director and/or officer thereof, the Company wishes to provide for the indemnification of the Indemnitee and to advance expenses to the Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law, subject to certain exceptions contained in this Agreement, and, to the extent insurance is maintained by the Company, to provide for the continued coverage of the Indemnitee under the Companys directors and officers liability insurance policies;
1
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises contained herein and of the Indemnitee [continuing][agreeing] to serve the Company directly or, at its request, with another enterprise, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto agree as follows:
1. Certain Definitions .
(a) A Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred if:
(i) any person, as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (the Exchange Act ), hereafter becomes the beneficial owner, as defined in Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 20% or more of the total combined voting power represented by the Companys then outstanding Voting Securities, other than (1) a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company, (2) a corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company, or (3) any current beneficial stockholder or group, as defined by Rule 13d-5 of the Exchange Act, including the heirs, assigns and successors thereof, of beneficial ownership, within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act, of securities possessing more than 50% of the total combined voting power of the Companys outstanding securities.
(ii) during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Companys Board of Directors (the Board ) and any new director whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Companys stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute a majority thereof; or
(iii) the stockholders of the Company approve a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the Voting Securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into Voting Securities of the surviving entity) at least 80% of the total voting power represented by the Voting Securities of the Company or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation, or the stockholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company, in one transaction or a series of transactions, of all or substantially all of the Companys assets.
(b) DGCL shall mean the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended or interpreted; provided, however, that in the case of any such amendment or interpretation, only to the extent that such amendment or interpretation permits the Company to provide broader rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses than were permitted prior thereto.
(c) Expense shall mean attorneys fees and all other costs, expenses and obligations paid or incurred in connection with investigating, defending, being a witness in or participating in (including on appeal), or preparing for any of the foregoing, any Proceeding relating to or arising out of any Indemnifiable Event.
(d) Indemnifiable Event shall mean any event or occurrence that takes place either prior to, on or after the execution of this Agreement, related to or arising out of the fact
2
that the Indemnitee is or was a director or officer of the Company or its subsidiaries, or while a director or officer is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, or related to or arising out of anything done or not done by the Indemnitee in any such capacity.
(e) Potential Change in Control shall be deemed to occur if (i) the Company enters into an agreement or arrangement, the consummation of which would result in the occurrence of a Change in Control; (ii) any person (including the Company) publicly announces an intention to take or to consider taking actions which, if consummated, would constitute a Change in Control; (iii) any person (other than a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company acting in such capacity or a corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company) who is or becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 10% or more of the combined voting power of the Companys then outstanding Voting Securities, increases his or her beneficial ownership of such securities by 5% or more over the percentage so owned by such person on the date hereof; or (iv) the Board adopts a resolution to the effect that, for purposes of this Agreement, a Potential Change in Control has occurred.
(f) Proceeding shall mean any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, investigation or proceeding, and any appeal thereof, whether civil, criminal, administrative, arbitrative, investigative or otherwise and/or any inquiry or investigation, whether formal or informal, conducted by the Company or any other party, that the Indemnitee in good faith believes might lead to the institution of any such action.
(g) Reviewing Party shall mean any appropriate person or body consisting of a member or members of the Companys Board or any other person or body appointed by the Board (including the special independent counsel referred to in Section 6 hereof) who is not a party to the particular Proceeding with respect to which the Indemnitee is seeking indemnification.
(h) Voting Securities shall mean any securities of the Company which vote generally in the election of directors.
2. Indemnification . In the event the Indemnitee was or is a party to, or is threatened to be made a party to, or is involved (as a party, witness, or otherwise) in any Proceeding by reason of (or arising in part out of) an Indemnifiable Event, whether the basis of the Proceeding is the Indemnitees alleged action in an official capacity as a director or officer of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or in any other capacity while serving as a director or officer of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, the Company shall indemnify the Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation, and the Bylaws, subject to certain exceptions contained therein, and subject to any exceptions contained in this Agreement, against any and all Expenses, liability, and loss (including judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties, and amounts paid or to be paid in settlement, and any interest, assessments, or other charges imposed thereon, and any federal, state, local, or foreign taxes imposed on any director or officer as a result of the actual or deemed receipt of any payments
3
under this Agreement) (collectively, Liabilities ) reasonably incurred or suffered by such person in connection with such Proceeding. Liabilities shall include any liability of the lawful spouse (whether such status is derived by reason of the statutory law, common law or otherwise of any applicable jurisdiction) of the Indemnitee arising out of that persons capacity as the spouse of the Indemnitee in connection with an Indemnifiable Event, including, without limitation, liability for damages recoverable from marital community property, property jointly held by the Indemnitee and the spouse or property transferred from the Indemnitee to the spouse. The Company shall provide indemnification pursuant to this Section 2 as soon as practicable, but in no event later than 20 calendar days after it receives written demand from the Indemnitee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall only indemnify an Indemnitee that acted in good faith and in a manner reasonably believed to be in and not opposed to the Companys best interest, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, such Indemnitee had no reason to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.
3. Advancement of Expenses . The Company shall advance Expenses to the Indemnitee within 20 calendar days of such request (an Expense Advance ); provided, however, that (a) such Expenses shall be advanced only upon delivery to the Company of an undertaking by or on behalf of the Indemnitee to repay such amount if it is ultimately determined that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company; and (b) the Company shall make such advances only to the extent permitted by law. Expenses incurred by the Indemnitee while not acting in his/her capacity as a director or officer of the Company or any subsidiary thereof, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, may be advanced upon such terms and conditions as the Board, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate.
4. Limits on Indemnification and Advancement . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary and except as provided in Section 6 hereof, the Indemnitee shall not be entitled, pursuant to this Agreement, (a) to indemnification or advancement in connection with any Proceeding initiated by the Indemnitee against the Company or its subsidiaries or any of their respective directors or officers unless the Company has joined in or consented to the initiation of such Proceeding; or (b) to indemnification on account of any suit in which judgment is rendered against the Indemnitee pursuant to Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act for an accounting of profits made from the purchase or sale by the Indemnitee of securities of the Company.
5. Review Procedure for Indemnification . Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) the obligations of the Company under Sections 2 and 3 hereof shall be subject to the condition that the Reviewing Party shall not have determined (in a written opinion, in any case in which the special independent counsel referred to in Section 6 hereof is involved) that the Indemnitee would not be permitted to be indemnified under applicable law, and (b) the obligation of the Company to make an Expense Advance pursuant to Section 3 hereof shall be subject to the condition that, if, when and to the extent that the Reviewing Party determines that the Indemnitee would not be permitted to be so indemnified under applicable law, the Company shall be entitled to be reimbursed by the Indemnitee (who hereby agrees to reimburse the Company) for all such amounts theretofore paid; provided, however, that if the Indemnitee has commenced legal proceedings in a court of competent jurisdiction pursuant to Section 5 hereof to secure a determination that the Indemnitee should be indemnified under applicable law, any determination made by the Reviewing Party that the Indemnitee would not be permitted to be
4
indemnified under applicable law shall not be binding and the Indemnitee shall not be required to reimburse the Company for any Expense Advance until a final judicial determination is made with respect thereto (as to which all rights of appeal therefrom have been exhausted or have lapsed). To the extent permitted by law, the Indemnitees obligation to reimburse the Company for Expense Advances pursuant to this Section 4 shall be unsecured and no interest shall be charged thereon. If there has not been a Change in Control, the Reviewing Party shall be selected by the Board, and if there has been such a Change in Control, other than a Change in Control which has been approved by a majority of the Companys Board who were directors immediately prior to such Change in Control, the Reviewing Party shall be the special independent counsel referred to in Section 6 hereof.
6. Enforcement of Indemnification Rights . If the Reviewing Party determines that the Indemnitee substantively would not be permitted to be indemnified in whole or in part under applicable law, or if the Indemnitee has not otherwise been paid in full pursuant to Sections 2 and 3 hereof within 20 calendar days after a written demand has been received by the Company, the Indemnitee shall have the right to commence litigation in any court in the State of Delaware having subject matter jurisdiction thereof and in which venue is proper to recover the unpaid amount of the demand (an Enforcement Proceeding ) and, if successful in whole or in part, the Indemnitee shall be entitled to be paid any and all Expenses in connection with such Enforcement Proceeding. The Company hereby consents to service of process for such Enforcement Proceeding and to appear in any such Enforcement Proceeding. Any determination by the Reviewing Party otherwise shall be conclusive and binding on the Company and the Indemnitee. Neither the failure of the Reviewing Party to have made a determination prior to the commencement of an Enforcement Proceeding that indemnification of the Indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because the Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the DGCL, nor an actual determination by the Reviewing Party that the Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that the Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct or, in the case of such a suit brought by the Indemnitee, be a defense to such suit. In any suit brought by the Indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of Expenses hereunder, or brought by the Company to recover an advancement of Expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the burden of proving that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of Expenses, under this Section 5 or otherwise, shall be on the Company. The Company shall be precluded from asserting in any Proceeding that the provisions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable or that there is insufficient consideration for this Agreement and shall stipulate in court that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement. Failure by the Company to comply with the provisions of this Agreement will cause irreparable and irremediable injury to the Indemnitee, for which a remedy at law will be inadequate. As a result, in addition to any other right or remedy the Indemnitee may have at law or in equity with respect to a breach of this Agreement, the Indemnitee shall be entitled to injunctive or mandatory relief directing specific performance by the Company of its obligations under this Agreement.
7. Change in Control . The Company agrees that if there is a Change in Control of the Company, other than a Change in Control which has been approved by a majority of the Companys Board who were directors immediately prior to such Change in Control, then with respect to all matters thereafter arising concerning the rights of the Indemnitee to indemnity payments and Expense Advances under this Agreement or any other agreement or under
5
applicable law or the Companys Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws now or hereafter in effect relating to indemnification for Indemnifiable Events, the Company shall seek legal advice only from special independent counsel selected by the Indemnitee and approved by the Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. Such special independent counsel shall not have otherwise performed services for the Company or the Indemnitee, other than in connection with such matters, within the last five years. Such independent counsel shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or the Indemnitee in an action to determine the Indemnitees rights under this Agreement. Such counsel, among other things, shall render its written opinion to the Company and the Indemnitee as to whether and to what extent the Indemnitee would be permitted to be indemnified under applicable law. The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees of the special independent counsel referred to above and to indemnify fully such counsel against any and all expenses (including attorneys fees), claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the engagement of special independent counsel pursuant to this Agreement.
8. Establishment of Trust . In the event of a Potential Change in Control, the Company shall, upon written request by the Indemnitee, create a trust (the Trust ) for the benefit of the Indemnitee, and from time to time upon written request of the Indemnitee shall fund such Trust, to the extent permitted by law, in an amount sufficient to satisfy any and all Expenses reasonably anticipated at the time of each such request to be incurred in connection with investigating, preparing for and defending any Proceeding relating to an Indemnifiable Event, and any and all judgments, fines, penalties and settlement amounts of any and all Proceedings relating to an Indemnifiable Event from time to time actually paid or claimed, reasonably anticipated or proposed to be paid. The amount or amounts to be deposited in the Trust pursuant to the foregoing funding obligation shall be determined by the Reviewing Party, in any case in which the special independent counsel referred to in Section 6 hereof is involved. The terms of the Trust shall provide that upon a Change in Control (i) the Trust shall not be revoked or the principal thereof invaded, without the written consent of the Indemnitee, (ii) the trustee of the Trust (the Trustee ) shall advance, within ten calendar days of a request by the Indemnitee, any and all Expenses to the Indemnitee, to the extent permitted by law, (and the Indemnitee hereby agrees to reimburse the Trust under the circumstances under which the Indemnitee would be required to reimburse the Company under Section 4 hereof), (iii) the Trust shall continue to be funded by the Company in accordance with the funding obligation set forth above, (iv) the Trustee shall promptly pay to the Indemnitee all amounts for which the Indemnitee shall be entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise, and (v) all unexpended funds in the Trust shall revert to the Company upon a final determination by the Reviewing Party or a court of competent jurisdiction, as the case may be, that the Indemnitee has been fully indemnified under the terms of this Agreement. The Trustee shall be a bank or trust company or other individual or entity chosen by the Indemnitee and acceptable to and approved of by the Company. Nothing in this Section 7 shall relieve the Company of any of its obligations under this Agreement. All income earned on the assets held in the Trust shall be reported as income by the Company for federal, state, local and foreign tax purposes.
9. Partial Indemnity . If the Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to indemnification by the Company for some or a portion of the Expenses and Liabilities, but not, however, for all of the total amount thereof, the Company shall nevertheless indemnify the
6
Indemnitee for the portion thereof to which the Indemnitee is entitled. Moreover, notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that the Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any or all Proceedings relating in whole or in part to an Indemnifiable Event or in defense of any issue or matter therein, including dismissal without prejudice, the Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses incurred in connection therewith.
10. Non-exclusivity . The rights of the Indemnitee hereunder shall be in addition to any other rights the Indemnitee may have under any statute, provision of the Companys Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in an official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office. To the extent that a change in the DGCL permits greater indemnification by agreement than would be afforded currently under the Companys Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that the Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change.
11. Liability Insurance . To the extent the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing directors and officers liability insurance, the Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies, in accordance with its or their terms, to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any director or officer of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, depending on the Indemnitees position therewith, and the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain such coverage in effect in accordance with its terms. In all policies providing such insurance, the Indemnitee shall be named as an insured in such a manner as to provide the Indemnitee the same rights and benefits as are accorded to the most favorably insured of the Companys officers and directors. The Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of any Proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies and shall thereafter take all necessary actions to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of the Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such Proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies.
12. Settlement of Claims . The Company shall not be liable to indemnify the Indemnitee under this Agreement (a) for any amounts paid in settlement of any action or claim effected without the Companys written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; or (b) for any judicial award if the Company was not given a reasonable and timely opportunity, at its expense, to participate in the defense of such action. The Company shall not settle any Proceeding in any manner that would impose any penalty or limitation on, or disclosure obligation with respect to, the Indemnitee without the Indemnitees written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.
13. Presumptions . Upon submitting a written request for indemnification, the Indemnitee shall be presumed to be entitled to indemnification hereunder and the Company shall have the burden of proof in making any determination contrary to such presumption. For purposes of this Agreement, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the termination of any Proceeding, action, suit or claim, by judgment, order, settlement (whether with or without court approval) or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere, or its equivalent, shall not (a) create a presumption that the Indemnitee did not meet any particular standard of conduct or have any particular belief or that a court has determined that indemnification is not permitted by applicable law or (b) otherwise adversely affect the rights of the Indemnitee to indemnification except as may be provided herein.
7
14. Period of Limitations . No legal action shall be brought and no cause of action shall be asserted with respect to any dispute arising out of this Agreement by or on behalf of the Company or any affiliate of the Company against the Indemnitee, the Indemnitees spouse, heirs, executors or personal or legal representatives after the expiration of two years from the date of accrual of such cause of action, or such longer period as may be required by state law under the circumstances, and any claim or cause of action of the Company or its affiliate shall be extinguished and deemed released unless asserted by the timely filing of a legal action within such period; provided, however, that if any shorter period of limitations is otherwise applicable to any such cause of action, such shorter period shall govern.
15. Consent and Waiver by Third Parties . The Indemnitee hereby represents and warrants that he or she has obtained all waivers and/or consents from third parties which are necessary to execute and perform this Agreement without being in conflict with any other agreement, obligation or understanding with any such third party. The Indemnitee represents that he or she is not bound by any agreement or any other existing or previous business relationship which conflicts with, or may conflict with, the performance of his or her obligations hereunder or prevent the full performance of his or her duties and obligations hereunder.
16. Amendment of this Agreement . No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar), nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver. Except as specifically provided herein, no failure to exercise or any delay in exercising any right or remedy hereunder shall constitute a waiver thereof.
17. Primacy of Indemnification . Notwithstanding that the Indemnitee may have certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by other persons (collectively, the Other Indemnitors), the Company: (a) shall be the indemnitor of first resort (i.e., its obligations to the Indemnitee are primary and any obligation of the Other Indemnitors to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for the same expenses or liabilities incurred by the Indemnitee are secondary); and (b) shall be required to advance the full amount of expenses incurred by the Indemnitee and shall be liable for the full amount of all Expenses, without regard to any rights the Indemnitee may have against any of the Other Indemnitors. No advancement or payment by the Other Indemnitors on behalf of the Indemnitee with respect to any claim for which the Indemnitee has sought payment from the Company shall affect the immediately preceding sentence, and the Other Indemnitors shall have a right of contribution and/or be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of the Indemnitee against the Company. The Company and the Indemnitee agree that the Other Indemnitors are express third party beneficiaries of the terms of this Section 17.
18. Subrogation; Attorneys Fees . In the event of payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of the Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and shall do everything that may be necessary to secure such rights, including the execution of such documents necessary to enable the
8
Company effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights. In addition to paragraph 6 of this Agreement, if any proceeding is commenced related to or arising out of this Agreement, any prevailing party shall be entitled to have their Expenses in connection with such proceeding paid by the non-prevailing party.
19. No Duplication of Payments . The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment in connection with any claim made against the Indemnitee to the extent the Indemnitee has otherwise actually received payment (under any insurance policy, charter, bylaw, vote, agreement or otherwise) of the amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder.
20. Binding Effect . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors, assigns (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company), spouses, heirs, and personal and legal representatives. The Company shall require and cause any successor (whether direct or indirect by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all, substantially all, or a substantial part, of the business and/or assets of the Company, by written agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Indemnitee, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place. This Agreement shall continue in effect regardless of whether the Indemnitee continues to serve as a director or officer of the Company or of any other enterprise at the Companys request.
21. Severability . The provisions of this Agreement shall be severable in the event that any of the provisions hereof (including any provision within a single section, paragraph or sentence) is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void or otherwise unenforceable, and the remaining provisions shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law. Furthermore, to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of this Agreement containing any provision held to be invalid, void or otherwise unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, void or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested by the provision held invalid, illegal or unenforceable.
22. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware applicable to contracts made and to be performed in such State without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of laws.
23. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
24. Headings . The headings of the sections of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.
9
25. Notices . All notices, demands, and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered by hand, against receipt, or mailed, postage prepaid, certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, and addressed to the Company at:
Restoration Hardware Holdings, Inc. | ||
15 Koch Road, Suite J | ||
Corte Madera, CA 94925 | ||
Attention: Chief Financial Officer
|
||
and to the Indemnitee at:
|
||
Notice of change of address shall be effective only when done in accordance with this Section 25. All notices complying with this Section 25 shall be deemed to have been received on the date of delivery or on the third business day after mailing.
[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]
10
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed and delivered this Agreement as of the date first set forth above.
THE COMPANY:
|
||
RESTORATION HARDWARE HOLDINGS, INC.
|
||
By: |
|
|
Name: |
|
|
Title: |
|
|
INDEMNITEE:
|
||
|
||
Signature |
Print Name: |
|
11
Exhibit 23.2
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We hereby consent to the use in this Amendment No. 8 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Restoration Hardware Holdings, Inc. of our report dated April 26, 2012, except for the change in the presentation of comprehensive income discussed in Note 4, as to which the date is June 25, 2012, and except for the effects of the change in the accounting principle relating to recognition of stock-based compensation expense discussed in Note 3, as to which the date is October 10, 2012, relating to the financial statements of Restoration Hardware, Inc., which appears in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading Experts in such Registration Statement.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
San Francisco, CA
October 22, 2012
Exhibit 23.3
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We hereby consent to the use in this Amendment No. 8 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Restoration Hardware Holdings, Inc. of our report dated April 26, 2012 relating to the balance sheets of Restoration Hardware Holdings, Inc., which appears in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading Experts in such Registration Statement.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
San Francisco, CA
October 22, 2012
Exhibit 99.1
Consent of Director Nominee
Restoration Hardware Holdings, Inc. has filed a Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-176767) with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Securities Act), in connection with the initial public offering of common stock of Restoration Hardware Holdings, Inc. In connection therewith, I hereby consent, pursuant to Rule 438 of the Securities Act, to being named as a nominee to the board of directors of Restoration Hardware Holdings, Inc. in the Registration Statement, as may be amended from time to time. I also consent to the filing of this consent as an exhibit to such Registration Statement and any amendments thereto.
/s/ Eri Chaya |
Eri Chaya |
Dated October 20, 2012
Exhibit 99.2
Consent of Director Nominee
Restoration Hardware Holdings, Inc. has filed a Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-176767) with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Securities Act), in connection with the initial public offering of common stock of Restoration Hardware Holdings, Inc. In connection therewith, I hereby consent, pursuant to Rule 438 of the Securities Act, to being named as a nominee to the board of directors of Restoration Hardware Holdings, Inc. in the Registration Statement, as may be amended from time to time. I also consent to the filing of this consent as an exhibit to such Registration Statement and any amendments thereto.
/s/ Thomas D. Mottola |
Thomas D. Mottola |
Dated October 16, 2012
Exhibit 99.3
Consent of Director Nominee
Restoration Hardware Holdings, Inc. has filed a Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-176767) with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Securities Act), in connection with the initial public offering of common stock of Restoration Hardware Holdings, Inc. In connection therewith, I hereby consent, pursuant to Rule 438 of the Securities Act, to being named as a nominee to the board of directors of Restoration Hardware Holdings, Inc. in the Registration Statement, as may be amended from time to time. I also consent to the filing of this consent as an exhibit to such Registration Statement and any amendments thereto.
/s/ Barry S. Sternlicht |
Barry S. Sternlicht |
Dated October 16, 2012